FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL INC
S-1, 1997-07-21
Previous: ORLANDO PREDATORS ENTERTAINMENT INC, SB-2, 1997-07-21
Next: AIC INTERNATIONAL INC, 10QSB, 1997-07-22



      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 21, 1997
                                                         Registration No. 333-
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, DC 20549

                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 -------------
                        FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          Delaware                         6035                  Applied For
(State or other jurisdiction   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
      of incorporation          Classification Code Number)  Identification No.)
      or organization)   

      936 North Western Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60622-4695 (773) 772-4500
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                  of registrant's principal executive offices)
                                 -------------
                                 Julian E. Kulas
                      President and Chief Executive Officer
                        First SecurityFed Financial, Inc.
                            936 North Western Avenue
                          Chicago, Illinois 60622-4695
                                 (773) 772-4500
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                                 -------------
                  Please send copies of all communications to:
                              Kip A. Weissman, P.C.
                            Martin L. Meyrowitz, P.C.
                         SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.
      (A limited liability partnership including professional corporations)
                           1100 New York Avenue, N.W.
                            Seventh Floor, East Tower
                              Washington, DC 20005
                                 (202) 414-6100
                                 -------------
        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933 check the following box. [ ]

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
==============================================================================================================================
        Title of Each                   Amount            Proposed Maximum              Proposed                 Maximum
     Class of Securities                 to be              Offering Price         Aggregate Offering           Amount of
       to be Registered              Registered(1)          Per Share(1)                Price(1)             Registration Fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                         <C>                    <C>                        <C>    
Common Stock, $.01 par value       5,695,000 shares            $10.00                 $56,950,000                $17,258
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
- --------------
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

     The Registrant  hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
================================================================================
<PAGE>


Prospectus
 [LOGO]

                        FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL, INC.
       (Proposed Holding Company for First Security Federal Savings Bank)

                                $10.00 Per Share
                        4,735,000 Shares of Common Stock
                              (Anticipated Maximum)

     First SecurityFed Financial, Inc. (the "Holding Company") is offering up to
4,735,000  shares  of common  stock,  par value  $0.01  per share  (the  "Common
Stock"),  in connection  with the conversion of First Security  Federal  Savings
Bank ("First Security" or the "Bank") from a federally  chartered mutual savings
bank to a federally  chartered  stock  savings  bank and the  issuance of all of
First Security's  outstanding  stock to the Holding Company (the  "Conversion").
Pursuant  to the Bank's  plan of  conversion  (the "Plan of  Conversion"  or the
"Plan"),   non-transferable   rights  to   subscribe   for  the   Common   Stock
("Subscription  Rights") have been given to (i) First Security's depositors with
account  balances of $50 or more as of  December  31,  1995  ("Eligible  Account
Holders"),  (ii) tax-qualified  employee plans of First Security and the Holding
Company   ("Tax-Qualified   Employee  Plans"),   provided,   however,  that  the
Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans shall have first priority  Subscription  Rights to
the  extent  that the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  sold in the
Conversion  exceeds  the  maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range as defined
below, (iii) First Security's depositors with account balances of $50 or more as
of __________ __, 1997 ("Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders"),  (iv) certain
of its other members  ("Other  Members"),  and (v) its  employees,  officers and
directors (the "Subscription Offering.)
                                                        (continued on next page)

                              --------------------

           FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON HOW TO SUBSCRIBE, PLEASE CALL
                      THE STOCK CENTER AT (___) ___-____.

                              --------------------

            FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED, SEE
                      "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE __.


  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE COMMISSION, THE OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION OR THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT
  INSURANCE CORPORATION, NOR HAS SUCH COMMISSION, OFFICE OR CORPORATION PASSED
     UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO
                       THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                              THE SHARES OF COMMON
                STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE NOT SAVINGS ACCOUNTS OR
                   SAVINGS DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE
                      FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
                         OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.
================================================================================
                                                Estimated
                                             Underwriting Fees,    Estimated Net
                                  Purchase    Commissions and       Conversion
                                   Price(1)  Other Expenses(2)       Proceeds(3)
                                   --------  -----------------       -----------
Per Share(4)....................      $10.00        $0.23                 $9.77
Minimum Total................... $34,990,000     $908,000           $34,082,000
Midpoint Total.................. $41,170,000     $965,000           $40,205,000
Maximum Total................... $47,350,000   $1,022,000           $46,328,000
Maximum Total, As Adjusted(5)... $54,450,000   $1,087,000           $53,363,000
================================================================================

(1)  Determined on the basis of an appraisal prepared by FinPro, Inc. ("FinPro")
     dated July 18, 1997,  which states that the  estimated  aggregate pro forma
     market value of the Common Stock to be sold in the  Conversion  ranged from
     $34,990,000 to $47,350,000 or between 3,490,000 shares and 4,735,000 shares
     of Common Stock at $10.00 per share.  See "The  Conversion - Stock  Pricing
     and Number of Shares to be Issued."

(2)  Consists of the estimated costs to the Bank and the Holding Company arising
     from the Conversion,  including the payment to Friedman, Billings, Ramsey &
     Co.,  Inc.  ("FBR") of estimated  expenses of $25,000 and  estimated  sales
     commissions  ranging  from  $_______  (at the  minimum) to $_______ (at the
     maximum) in connection  with the sale of shares in the Offering.  Such fees
     may be deemed to be underwriting fees. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Pro Forma
     Data" for the assumptions  used to arrive at these  estimates.  The Holding
     Company has agreed to indemnify FBR against certain liabilities,  including
     liabilities  arising  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the
     "Securities Act"). See "The Conversion - Marketing Arrangements" for a more
     detailed description of underwriting fees, commissions and expenses.

(3)  Net Conversion  proceeds may vary from the estimated amounts,  depending on
     the Purchase  Price,  the number of shares  issued and the number of shares
     sold subject to commissions. The actual number of shares of Common Stock to
     be issued in the Conversion will not be determined until after the close of
     the Offering.

(4)  Assumes the sale of the midpoint number of shares. If the minimum,  maximum
     or 15% above the maximum number of shares are sold,  estimated expenses per
     share would be $0.26 $0.22 or $0.20  respectively,  resulting  in estimated
     net Conversion proceeds per share of $9.74, $9.78 or $9.80, respectively.

(5)  As  adjusted  to give  effect  to the sale of up to an  additional  _______
     shares (15% above the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation  Range) which may
     be offered in the Conversion  without the  resolicitation of subscribers or
     any right of  cancellation,  to reflect  changes  in market  and  financial
     conditions  following  the  commencement  of the  Offering.  See "Pro Forma
     Data,"  and "The  Conversion  - Stock  Pricing  and  Number of Shares to be
     Issued."


                     Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.
                The date of this Prospectus is ________ __, 1997

<PAGE>



(continued from prior page)


     Subscription Rights are  non-transferrable.  Persons found to be selling or
otherwise  transferring  their  right  to  purchase  stock  in the  Subscription
Offering or purchasing  Common Stock on behalf of another person will be subject
to  forfeiture  of such rights and  possible  further  sanctions  and  penalties
imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS"), an agency of the United
States Government. Subject to the prior rights of holders of Subscription Rights
and to market  conditions,  the Holding  Company may also offer the Common Stock
for sale  through FBR in a direct  community  offering  (the  "Direct  Community
Offering")  and/or a public offering to selected persons to whom this prospectus
is  delivered  (the "Public  Offering"  and when  referred to together  with the
Subscription   Offering  and  the  Direct  Community   Offering,   if  any,  the
"Offering").  Depending on market  conditions and  availability  of shares,  the
shares of Common  Stock may be  offered  for sale in the  Public  Offering  on a
best-efforts  basis by a selling group of selected  broker-dealers to be managed
by FBR. The Bank and the Holding  Company  reserve the right,  in their absolute
discretion,  to accept or reject,  in whole or in part, any or all orders in the
Public Offering.

     The total  number of  shares to be issued in the  Conversion  will be based
upon an appraised valuation of the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of
the Holding  Company and the Bank as  converted.  The  purchase  price per share
("Purchase  Price")  has been fixed at $10.00.  Based on the  current  valuation
range of the shares to be sold of  $34,990,000 to  $47,350,000  (the  "Estimated
Valuation  Range"),  the Holding  Company is offering  up to  4,735,000  shares.
Depending upon the market and financial conditions at the time of the completion
of the Public  Offering,  if any, the total number of shares to be issued in the
Conversion  may be increased  or decreased  from the  4,735,000  shares  offered
hereby,  provided  that the product of the total number of shares  multiplied by
the price  per share  remains  within,  or does not  exceed by more than 15% the
maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range. If the aggregate Purchase Price of the
Common Stock sold in the Conversion is below  $34,990,000 or above  $54,450,000,
or if the Offering is extended  beyond  ______ ___,  1997,  subscribers  will be
permitted to modify or cancel their subscriptions and to have their subscription
funds returned promptly with interest. Under such circumstances,  if subscribers
take no action,  their subscription funds will be promptly returned to them with
interest.   In  all  other  circumstances,   subscriptions  are  irrevocable  by
subscribers. See "The Conversion - Offering of Holding Company Common Stock."

     In  addition  to the  shares  of  the  Common  Stock  to be  issued  in the
Conversion,  the  Holding  Company  intends,  subject  to  member  approval,  to
contribute,  or sell for a price equal to their  aggregate  par value  ($2,500),
250,000 shares of the Common Stock to the Heritage  Foundation of First Security
Federal  Savings  Bank,  Inc.  (the  "Foundation"),   a  charitable   foundation
previously  created by the Bank.  The  purpose of the  Foundation  is to provide
charitable benefits to persons and organizations residing within the communities
in which the Bank  operates.  The proposed  contribution  to the  Foundation  is
subject to the approval of the Bank's members at the Special  Meeting being held
to consider the Plan of  Conversion.  For a discussion of the Foundation and its
effects on the Conversion, including what would happen if members do not approve
the proposed  contribution to the Foundation,  see "Risk Factors -- Contribution
to the  Charitable  Foundation,"  "Pro  Forma  Data,"  and  "The  Conversion  --
Contribution to the Charitable Foundation."

     With the exception of the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, no Eligible Account
Holder,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder or Other Member may purchase in
their capacity as such in the Subscription Offering more than $250,000 of Common
Stock; no person, together with associates of and persons acting in concert with
such  person,  may  purchase  more than  $250,000 of Common  Stock in the Public
Offering  and no person,  together  with  associates  of and  persons  acting in
concert with such person, may purchase more than $750,000 of Common Stock. Under
certain  circumstances,  the maximum  purchase  limitations  may be increased or
decreased at the sole discretion of the Bank and the Holding Company up to 9.99%
of the total number of shares of Common Stock sold in the  Conversion or down to
one percent of shares of Common  Stock  offered in the  Conversion.  The minimum
purchase is 25 shares. See "The Conversion - Additional Purchase  Restrictions."
The Bank and the Holding Company have engaged FBR as financial advisor and agent
to consult,  advise and assist in the distribution of shares of Common Stock, on
a best-efforts basis in the Offering including, if necessary,  managing selected
broker-dealers  to assist in  selling  stock in the  Public  Offering.  For such
services, FBR will receive a marketing fee of 1.0% of the total dollar amount of
Common Stock sold in the Conversion, excluding purchases by directors, officers,
employees and their immediate  family members,  and the employee stock ownership
and benefit plans of the Bank and the Holding  Company.  If selected dealers are
used, the selected  dealers will receive a fee estimated to be up to 4.5% of the
aggregate  Purchase  Price for all  shares of Common  Stock  sold in the  Public
Offering  through  such  selected  dealers.  Such  fees  may  be  deemed  to  be
underwriting  commissions.  FBR and the  selected  dealers  may be  deemed to be
underwriters.  See "The Conversion - Marketing Arrangements" and "The Conversion
- - Offering of Holding Company Common Stock."

     The  Subscription  Offering  will expire at 12:00 Noon,  Chicago,  Illinois
Time, on ___________,  1997 ("Expiration Date"), unless extended by the Board of
Directors  up to an  additional  45  days  with  the  approval  of the  OTS,  if
necessary, but without additional notice to subscribers. To subscribe for shares
of Common Stock in the Subscription  Offering,  the Holding Company must receive
(at any office of the Bank) a properly  executed  stock order and  certification
form  (together,  the "Order  Form") along with full payment at $10.00 per share
(or appropriate  instructions authorizing a withdrawal from a deposit account at
the Bank) for all shares for which  subscription is made by the Expiration Date.
The date by which orders must be received in the Public  Offering,  if any, will
be set by the Holding  Company at the time of such  offering  provided  that, if
such offering is extended  beyond  ________ 1997,  each subscriber will have the
right to modify or rescind their order.  Subscriptions paid by check, bank draft
or money order will be placed in a segregated  account at the Bank and will earn
interest at the Bank's  passbook rate from the date of receipt until  completion
or termination of the Conversion. Payments authorized by withdrawal from deposit
accounts at the Bank will  continue to earn  interest  at the  contractual  rate
until the Conversion is completed or  terminated;  these funds will be otherwise
unavailable  to the  depositor  until such  time.  Authorized  withdrawals  from
certificate  accounts for the purchase of Common Stock will be permitted without
the imposition of early withdrawal penalties or loss of interest. Once tendered,
subscription  orders  cannot be revoked or  modified  without the consent of the
Bank and the Holding  Company.  The Holding  Company is not  obligated to accept
orders  submitted on photocopied or facsimile  Order Forms. If the Conversion is
not consummated  within 45 days after the last day of the Subscription  Offering
and the OTS  consents  to an  extension  of time  to  complete  the  Conversion,
subscribers  will be given the right to  increase,  decrease  or  rescind  their
orders. Such extensions may not go beyond _________, 1999.

     The Holding  Company has received  preliminary  approval to have the Common
Stock listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol  "____."  Prior to this
offering there has not been a public market for the Common Stock,  and there can
be no assurance  that an active and liquid  trading  market for the Common Stock
will  develop or that  resales  of the Common  Stock can be made at or above the
Purchase  Price.  See  "Market  for Common  Stock" and "The  Conversion  - Stock
Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued."

                                        2

<PAGE>









                                 [MAP TO COME]














                                        3

<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The following  summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified
in its entirety by the detailed  information and financial  statements appearing
elsewhere herein.

First SecurityFed Financial, Inc.

         The Holding Company,  First SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc., was recently
formed by First  Security under the laws of Delaware for the purpose of becoming
a savings and loan holding company which will own all of the outstanding capital
stock  that  First  Security  will  issue in  connection  with  the  Conversion.
Immediately following the Conversion, the only significant assets of the Holding
Company  will be the capital  stock of First  Security,  a note  evidencing  the
Holding  Company's  loan  to the  ESOP  and up to  approximately  50% of the net
proceeds  from the  Offering,  less the  amount  of the ESOP  loan.  See "Use of
Proceeds."  Upon completion of the Conversion,  the Holding  Company's  business
initially  will  consist  only of the  business  of First  Security.  See "First
SecurityFed Financial, Inc."

First Security

         General.  First Security is a federally  chartered  mutual savings bank
headquartered in Chicago,  Illinois.  While the Bank was originally chartered in
1928,  the modern  chapter  of the Bank did not begin  until 1964 when the prior
board of directors  resigned  and  President  Kulas and eleven  other  community
leaders  assumed  director  positions.  At that  time,  the Bank  had less  than
$300,000 of assets and did not have  federal  deposit  insurance.  By the end of
1966,  the  assets  of the  Bank  more  than  tripled  and the  Bank's  board of
directors,  by  pledging  their  own  deposits  to  an  agency  of  the  federal
government,  had  secured  federal  deposit  insurance.  Since that time,  First
Security has grown steadily by focusing on the needs of its  customers,  many of
whom are persons of  Ukrainian,  Polish,  Eastern  European  and Latin  American
descent,  and by  remaining  extremely  active in community  affairs  within its
principal market areas.

         First Security  currently  serves the financial needs of communities in
its market area  through its main office  located at 936 North  Western  Avenue,
Chicago,  Illinois  60622-4695  and from  branch  offices  located  in  Chicago,
Illinois, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and Rolling Meadows, Illinois. Its deposits
are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
("FDIC").  At April 30, 1997, First Security had total assets of $260.0 million,
deposits  of $219.0  million  and  equity of $30.0  million  (or 11.54% of total
assets).

         First  Security  has been,  and  intends  to  continue  to  remain,  an
independent,   community  oriented,  financial  institution.   First  Security's
business  involves  attracting  deposits from the general  public and using such
deposits,  together with other funds, to originate primarily one- to four-family
residential  mortgages  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,   commercial  real  estate,
multi-family,  consumer and other loans  primarily in its market area.  At April
30,  1997,  $137.5  million,  or  81.32%,  of the Bank's  total  loan  portfolio
consisted  of one- to  four-family  residential  mortgage  loans.  The Bank also
invests  in   mortgage-backed   and  other  securities  and  other   permissible
investments.   See  "Business   Investment   Activities  -  Securities"  and  "-
Mortgage-Backed and Related Securities."


                                        4

<PAGE>


         Financial and operational highlights of the Bank include the following:

         Profitability.  First Security  historically  has been very profitable.
During each of the fiscal years ended  December  31, 1992  through  December 31,
1995,  the Bank  reported net income of between  $3.0 million and $3.4  million.
During the same periods the Bank's return on average assets ("ROAA") ranged from
1.76% to 1.34%,  while its return on average equity  ("ROAE") ranged from 17.12%
to 11.64%.  For the year ended December 31, 1996,  First  Security  reported net
income of $452,000,  which equated to an ROAA of 0.18% and an ROAE of 1.50%. The
decline in profitability for 1996 was primarily attributable to a mandatory $1.3
million one time assessment to recapitalize  the Savings  Association  Insurance
Fund and a $2.5 million  contribution  to the  Foundation.  See "Risk  Factors -
Stock  Contribution to Charitable  Foundation."  For the four months ended April
30, 1997,  the Bank recorded net income of $761,000,  resulting in an annualized
ROAA and ROAE of 0.88% and 7.65%, respectively. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

         Capital  Strength.  As a  result  of  its  historic  profitability  and
commitment to maintaining a high level of capital,  First Security has been able
to maintain a strong equity to assets ratio.  For each of the fiscal years ended
from  December 31, 1993 through  December 31, 1996,  the Bank's equity to assets
ratio  exceeded  11%.  At April 30,  1997,  the Bank had  total  equity of $30.0
million,  or 11.54% of total  assets,  which  substantially  exceeded all of the
applicable  regulatory capital  requirements with tangible,  core and risk-based
capital ratios of 11.4%, 11.4% and 24.4%, respectively.  Assuming on a pro forma
basis that $41.2  million,  the midpoint of the Estimated  Valuation  Range,  of
shares were sold in the  Conversion  and  approximately  50% of the net proceeds
were  contributed by the Holding  Company to the Bank, as of April 30, 1997, the
Bank's capital would have been $44.8 million  (16.3% of assets).  See "Pro Forma
Regulatory Capital Analysis."

         Asset Quality.  One of the principal aims of First Security's operating
strategy is to maintain a high level of asset  quality.  The Board has sought to
achieve  this  goal by  emphasizing  the  origination  of  one-  to  four-family
residential  mortgage  loans  in the  Bank's  market  area and by  investing  in
government-backed or investment grade mortgage-backed and other securities.  The
Bank's  ratio of  non-performing  assets to total  assets was 0.87% at April 30,
1997. At that date, First Security had no real estate owned.

         Core  Deposits.  The Bank  historically  has been  very  successful  at
attracting and retaining "core" deposits,  which consist  primarily of passbook,
NOW and money market accounts.  The Bank continues to utilize customer  service,
marketing  initiatives and community  outreach programs in order to maintain and
expand its deposit  base.  At April 30,  1997,  $90.8  million,  or 41.4% of the
Bank's total  deposits  consisted of  passbook,  NOW and money market  accounts.
These  accounts  generally  carry lower  interest  rates and are believed by the
Board to be more resistant to interest rate changes than certificate accounts.

         Niche  Strategy.  First  Security  has long  been  extremely  active in
community  affairs  within its urban market areas which are home to many persons
of  Ukrainian,  Polish,  Eastern  European and, more  recently,  Latin  American
descent.  Although  the Bank  historically  has  focused its  operations  on the
Chicago market, the Bank purchased in 1994 from the Resolution Trust Corporation
the deposits and many of the loans of Ukrainian Savings and Loan Association,  a


                                        5

<PAGE>


Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  based thrift  located in a community with an ethnic
composition  similar to that of the Bank's  Chicago  urban  market  areas.  As a
result of the Bank's marketing efforts and community  involvement,  the deposits
of its Philadelphia  branch have increased from  approximately  $22.3 million at
June 24, 1994 to approximately $50.0 million at April 30, 1997.

         The Board believes that additional  opportunities  for future expansion
may exist in other metropolitan areas with demographics  similar to those of the
Bank's Chicago and Philadelphia markets. However, there can be no assurance that
the  Bank  will  be able to  identify  any  such  additional  opportunities,  or
successfully conclude a transaction to take advantage of them.

         Strong Community Orientation.  The Board of Directors strongly believes
that the Bank's  success is closely tied to its focus on the financial and other
needs of its community members, many of whom are of Ukrainian,  Polish,  Eastern
European or, to a lesser extent, Latin American descent. In an attempt to better
serve its customers,  all of the Bank's directors and employees are fluent in at
least one language in addition to English. In addition,  the Bank encourages its
employees to be active in the  community,  and  substantially  all of the Bank's
employees and its directors and senior  officers are active in local  charitable
community service organizations. Finally, the Bank itself has been highly active
in  community  affairs  as  demonstrated  by  the  formation  and  funding  of a
charitable foundation. See "Stock Contribution to Charitable Foundation."

         The Board  strongly  believes  that the Bank can maintain the community
orientation  which has been so  important  to its  operations  only by remaining
independent.  The Board  believes  that the Bank is well  positioned to maintain
independent, community oriented operations into the next century and beyond.

Stock Contribution to Charitable Foundation

         As a reflection  of the Bank's  long-standing  commitment  to the local
community,  in 1996,  the Bank  established  The  Heritage  Foundation  of First
Security  Federal Savings Bank, Inc. a private  charitable  foundation under the
Illinois  General  Not-For-Profit  Corporation  Act,  (the  "Foundation").   The
Foundation  was  established  as a means of  supporting  the  needs of the local
community while  simultaneously  increasing the visibility and reputation of the
Bank.  The  Foundation  was  initially  funded by the Bank through  several cash
contributions  aggregating  $2.5 million,  all of which were accrued by the Bank
during the fourth  quarter of 1996.  In addition,  under the Plan and subject to
member approval,  the Holding Company will contribute to the Foundation  250,000
shares of its Common Stock (the "Stock  Contribution").  The Stock  Contribution
will be either in the form of a direct  contribution or a sale of the shares for
their aggregate par value ($2,500).  The Holding Company believes that the Stock
Contribution will be fully  tax-deductible for both federal and state income tax
purposes.

         The  Holding  Company  and the Bank  believe  that the  funding  of the
Foundation  with Common Stock of the Holding  Company is a means of  reinforcing
the bond among the Bank and the communities in which the Bank operates,  thereby
enabling such  communities  to share in the potential  growth and success of the
Holding Company over the long-term.  Although the Stock Contribution will result
in a reduction in the Holding Company's conversion appraisal (but not in its pro
forma  capital per share or earnings  per share),  the Board  believes  that the


                                        6

<PAGE>


Stock  Contribution  will enhance the long term value of the Bank by  increasing
customer  loyalty as well as the size of its customer  base.  The Board believes
that  customer  loyalty and  community  support are  critical for the success of
community oriented institutions such as the Bank.

         The Board  believes that the Stock  Contribution  will  facilitate  the
support of charitable  activities  even during periods when the Holding  Company
may not be in a  position  to support  such  activities.  (Similarly,  the Stock
Contribution  could enable the  Foundation to offset the impact of variations in
contribution  levels  from the  Holding  Company by  accumulating  funds  during
periods of  relatively  large  contributions  and  disbursing  such funds during
periods of relatively small contributions.) In addition, the Board believes that
the Stock  Contribution  will have a highly  beneficial public relations impact.
Finally,  the Board  believes that the Stock  Contribution  will  facilitate the
participation of non-Holding  Company  personnel in charitable  activities.  The
Board believes that the Foundation and the making of the Stock  Contribution  on
the terms  described  herein  represents  an  opportunity  to make a significant
charitable contribution which will benefit the Holding Company and the Bank at a
time when they have adequate  capital,  are not yet subject to possible earnings
pressure  resulting  from the Holding  Company's  status as a public company and
there is a need for charitable funding in the Bank's market area.

         The Foundation has been established to qualify as a private  foundation
under the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").  As a private
foundation,  the  Foundation  is  required to  distribute  annually in grants or
donations at least 5% of its net investment  assets. The Foundation is dedicated
to the promotion of charitable purposes within the communities in which the Bank
operates,  including,  but not  limited to,  providing  grants or  donations  to
community groups,  cultural activities,  youth and elder care and other types of
organizations or projects. While the Foundation is authorized to engage directly
in charitable  activities,  in order to limit  overhead  costs,  it is currently
anticipated that the Foundation's primary activity will consist of making grants
to other charitable organizations.

         The authority for the affairs of the  Foundation is vested in the Board
of  Trustees  of  the  Foundation  which  is  currently  comprised  of  Chairman
Nadzikewycz, President Kulas and Director Gawryk, each of whom is also currently
a member of the Bank's Board of Directors.  Such persons excused themselves from
the  Bank  Board's  vote on the  Stock  Contribution.  Under  the  terms  of the
Foundation's articles of incorporation, new trustees may be selected only by the
Foundation's Board of Trustees.

         The Foundation's articles of incorporation provide that the earnings of
the Foundation shall not result in any private benefit for its members, trustees
or officers.  In addition,  it is anticipated  that the Foundation  will adopt a
conflicts  of interest  policy to protect  against  inappropriate  benefits  for
trustees or  officers of the  Foundation  and any related  parties.  While these
provisions  would not  prohibit  the  payment  of  reasonable  compensation  for
services rendered, the members of the Board of Trustees do not currently receive
fees for service on the Board.

         The Trustees of the Foundation are  responsible  for  establishing  and
carrying out the policies of the Foundation  with respect to grants or donations
by the  Foundation,  consistent  with the purposes for which the  Foundation was
established.  The Trustees of the Foundation are also  responsible for directing
the  activities of the  Foundation,  including  the  management of the shares of


                                        7

<PAGE>

Common Stock held by the Foundation;  provided,  however, that the voting of any
such  shares will be subject to  applicable  OTS policy  regarding  foundations.
Under the terms of the OTS letter  approving the  conversion  application,  when
matters are presented for a stockholder vote, the shares of Common Stock held by
the Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of the Common
Stock. Under such circumstances, the Board and management of the Holding Company
would derive no  additional  voting  control from such shares.  However,  in the
event that the OTS were to waive this voting restriction, the Foundation's Board
of  Trustees  would  exercise  voting  control  over  such  shares.   Since  the
Foundation's  Board of  Trustees  currently  consists of three  Holding  Company
directors, in the event that the OTS were to waive this restriction,  the number
of shares over which the Board of Directors of the Holding  Company is deemed to
exercise voting control could increase.

         It is currently  anticipated  that the  Foundation  will adopt a policy
addressing  affiliated  transactions  between  the  Foundation  and the  Holding
Company or the Bank. Any  transactions  between the Foundation and the Bank will
comply with applicable provisions of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve
Act,  as  amended.  Additionally,  the  Holding  Company  (but not the Bank) may
provide  office  space and  administrative  support  to the  Foundation  without
charge.

         Under applicable IRS regulations,  the Foundation will be authorized to
purchase  shares  of the  Holding  Company's  Common  Stock in the open  market,
subject to certain  restrictions.  However, it is not currently anticipated that
the Foundation  will purchase any such shares.  The OTS has informed the Holding
Company  that  any  purchases  of  Common  Stock  in the  open  market  would be
considered  to be  purchases  by the Holding  Company for the purpose of the OTS
limitations on post-conversion stock repurchases. See "Use of Proceeds."

         If  approved  by members,  the Stock  Contribution  will be made within
twelve months following the completion of the Conversion.  However, as discussed
below,  the Holding  Company  will  recognize  the expense  related to the Stock
Contribution in the quarter in which the Conversion is completed. Once made, the
Stock  Contribution  will not be recoverable by the Holding Company or the Bank.
The Foundation may receive  working  capital from any dividends that may be paid
on the Holding  Company's  Common Stock in the future and, subject to applicable
federal and state laws,  from loans  collateralized  by the Common Stock or from
the proceeds of the sale of any of the Common Stock in the open market from time
to time as may be permitted to provide the Foundation with additional liquidity.
One of the conditions  imposed on the Stock  Contribution by the Holding Company
is that the amount of Common Stock that may be sold by the Foundation in any one
year shall not exceed 5% of the average  market  value of the assets held by the
Foundation,   except  where  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Foundation,   by
three-fourths  vote,  determines  that the  failure  to sell an amount of Common
Stock  greater  than such amount  would  result in a long-term  reduction in the
value of the  Foundation's  assets and as such would jeopardize the Foundation's
capacity to carry out its charitable  purposes.  The Stock  Contribution is also
subject to certain conditions imposed by the OTS in connection with its approval
of the Conversion.  See "The Conversion -- Stock  Contribution to the Charitable
Foundation." and "-- Regulatory  Conditions Imposed on the Foundation." Assuming
the sale of shares at the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation Range, the Company
will have 4,985,000 shares issued and outstanding,  of which the Foundation will
own 250,000 shares or 5.0%.  Due to the additional  issuance of shares


                                       8

<PAGE>


of Common Stock to the Foundation,  persons  purchasing shares in the Conversion
will have their ownership and voting interests in the Company diluted.  See "Pro
Forma Data."

         If the Stock  Contribution  is  approved  by the  Bank's  members,  the
Holding  Company  will  recognize a $2.5  million  expense  (offset in part by a
corresponding  tax  benefit),  during  the  quarter in which the  Conversion  is
completed,  which is expected to be the third or fourth  quarter of fiscal 1997.
Such  expense  will  likely  eliminate  earnings  in the  quarter in which it is
recognized and have a material adverse impact on the Holding Company's  earnings
for  fiscal  year 1997.  Assuming a  contribution  valued at $2.5  million,  the
Holding Company  estimates a net  tax-effected  expense of $1.5 million.  If the
Stock  Contribution  had been expensed  during the four month period ended April
30,  1997,  the Bank would have  reported  a net loss of  $739,000  for the four
months  ended April 30, 1997  rather  than net income of  $761,000.  For further
discussion of the Foundation and its impact on purchasers of Common Stock in the
Conversion, see "Risk Factors Stock Contribution to a Charitable Foundation" and
"Pro Forma Data."

         Because the Stock Contribution will result in dilution,  it will reduce
the  estimated  pro forma market value of the stock to be sold by  approximately
$4.8 million at the midpoint of the Estimated  Valuation Range. As a result, the
pro forma  capital of the  Holding  Company  will be $3.8  million  lower at the
midpoint of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range than it would have been without the
Stock  Contribution.  However,  because of the lower  number of shares which are
being  offered  (as a result of the lower  appraisal),  per  share  capital  and
earnings are expected to be approximately the same. See "Comparison of Valuation
and Pro Forma Information With No Stock Contribution."

         As a result of the $4.8 million  reduction in the  estimated  pro forma
market  value of the  stock to be sold  caused by the  Stock  Contribution,  the
amount of shares  expected to be purchased by directors and executive  officers,
assuming the sale of the midpoint number of shares,  increased from 5.4% to 6.0%
of  the  shares  sold.  See  "The  Conversion--Participation  by the  Board  and
Executive Officers." However, it should also be noted that their stock incentive
awards,  which are calculated as a percentage of the conversion shares,  will be
reduced by the reduction in the estimated pro forma market value of the stock to
be sold caused by the Stock Contribution.

         The Stock  Contribution is subject to the approval of a majority of the
total outstanding votes of the Bank's members eligible to be cast at the Special
Meeting. The Stock Contribution will be considered as a separate matter from the
vote to approve the Plan of Conversion.  If the Bank's members  approve the Plan
of Conversion, but not the Stock Contribution,  the Bank intends to complete the
Conversion  without  the  Stock  Contribution.  Failure  to  approve  the  Stock
Contribution may materially increase the aggregate pro forma market value of the
Common Stock being  offered since the Estimated  Valuation  Range,  as set forth
herein,  takes into account the after-tax impact of the Stock  Contribution.  If
the pro forma  market value of the shares of the Common Stock to be sold without
the Stock  Contribution  is either greater than $54.5 million or less than $35.0
million or if the OTS otherwise  requires a resolicitation  of subscribers,  the
Bank  will   establish  a  new   Estimated   Valuation   Range  and  commence  a
resolicitation of subscribers  (i.e.,  subscribers will be permitted to continue
or modify their orders, in which case they will need to affirmatively  reconfirm
their  subscriptions  prior to the expiration of the resolicitation  offering or
their subscription funds will be promptly refunded with interest.) Any change in
the Estimated Valuation Range must be approved by the OTS. See "Pro Forma Data,"
"Comparison of Valuation and



                                        9

<PAGE>


Pro Forma Information With No Stock  Contribution,"  and "The  Conversion--Stock
Contribution to the Charitable Foundation" and "The Conversion--Stock Pricing."

The Conversion

         The Offering is being made in connection  with the  conversion of First
Security from a federally chartered mutual savings bank to a federally chartered
stock savings bank and the formation of First SecurityFed Financial, Inc. as the
holding  company  of First  Security.  The  Conversion  is  subject  to  certain
conditions, including the prior approval of the Plan by the Bank's members at a
Special Meeting to be held on ______ __, 1997. After the Conversion,  the Bank's
current  voting  members  (who  include  certain  deposit  account  holders  and
borrowers)  will have no voting rights in First Security and will have no voting
rights in the Holding Company unless they become Holding  Company  stockholders.
Eligible  Account Holders and Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders,  however,
will have certain liquidation rights in the Bank. See "The Conversion Effects of
Conversion to Stock Form on  Depositors  and Borrowers of the Bank - Liquidation
Rights."

         The Offering. The shares of Common Stock to be issued in the Conversion
are being  offered at a Purchase  Price of $10.00 per share in the  Subscription
Offering pursuant to nontransferable  Subscription Rights in the following order
of priority:  (i) Eligible  Account Holders (i.e.,  depositors whose accounts in
the Bank  totaled  $50.00 or more on  December  31,  1995);  (ii)  Tax-Qualified
Employee Plans;  provided,  however, that the Tax Qualified Employee Plans shall
have first priority  Subscription  Rights to the extent that the total number of
shares of  Common  Stock  sold in the  Conversion  exceeds  the  maximum  of the
Estimated  Valuation Range; (iii)  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders (i.e.,
depositors  whose  accounts in the Bank  totaled  $50.00 or more on ________ __,
____); (iv) Other Members (i.e.,  depositors as of ________ __, ____ and certain
borrowers  of the Bank as of ________  __, ____ and _______ __,  ____);  and (v)
employees,  officers and directors of the Bank.  Subscription Rights received in
any of the foregoing  categories will be subordinated to the Subscription Rights
received by those in a prior  category.  Subscription  Rights will expire if not
exercised by noon,  Chicago,  Illinois time, on ______ _, ____,  unless extended
(the "Expiration Date").

         Subject  to the prior  rights of  holders  of  Subscription  Rights and
market  conditions at or near the completion of the Subscription  Offering,  any
shares of Common Stock not  subscribed for in the  Subscription  Offering may be
offered at the same price in a Public Offering and/or Direct Community  Offering
through FBR to selected  persons to whom this prospectus is delivered.  To order
Common Stock in connection  with the Public  Offering  and/or  Direct  Community
Offering, if any, an executed Order Form and full payment at $10.00 per share in
the form of a check,  bank draft or money order must be received by FBR prior to
the termination of such offerings.  The date by which orders must be received in
the Public Offering and/or Direct Community Offering, if any, will be set by the
Holding  Company at the time of such  offering  provided that if the Offering is
extended  beyond _____ _, 1997, each subscriber will have the right to modify or
rescind his or her  subscription.  The Holding  Company and the Bank reserve the
absolute right to accept or reject any orders in the Public  Offering and Direct
Community Offering, in whole or in part.


                                       10

<PAGE>


         If necessary,  shares of Common Stock may also be offered in connection
with the Public  Offering for sale on a best-efforts  basis by selected  dealers
managed by FBR. See "The  Conversion  -- Public  Offering  and Direct  Community
Offering."

         The Bank and the Holding  Company  have engaged FBR to consult with and
advise the Holding  Company and the Bank with respect to the  Offering,  and FBR
has agreed to solicit  subscriptions  and  purchase  orders for shares of Common
Stock in the Offering. Neither FBR nor any selected broker-dealers will have any
obligation to purchase shares of Common Stock in the Offering.  FBR will receive
for its services a marketing  fee of 1.0% of the total  dollar  amount of Common
Stock  sold in the  Conversion  (excluding  purchases  by  directors,  officers,
employees  and  members of their  immediate  families,  the  Foundation  and the
employee  benefit plans of the Holding  Company and the Bank, and shares sold by
selected broker-dealers).  To the extent selected broker-dealers are utilized in
connection with the sale of shares in the Public Offering,  the selected dealers
will  receive  a fee of up to 4.5%  and FBR  will  receive  a fee of 1.0% of the
aggregate  Purchase  Price for all  shares of Common  Stock  sold  through  such
broker-dealers.  FBR  will  also  receive  reimbursement  for  certain  expenses
incurred in  connection  with the  Offering.  The Holding  Company has agreed to
indemnify FBR against certain  liabilities,  including certain liabilities under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities Act"). See "The Conversion -
Marketing Arrangements."

         The Bank has established a Stock Center,  which will be managed by FBR,
to coordinate the Offering,  and answer questions about the Offering received by
telephone.  All  subscribers  will be  instructed  to mail  payment to the Stock
Center or deliver payment  directly to one of the Bank's  offices.  In addition,
representatives  of FBR will be  available  to answer  questions  at the  Bank's
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  office.  Payment for shares of Common  Stock may be
made by cash (if delivered in person),  check or money order or by authorization
of withdrawal  from deposit  accounts  maintained with the Bank. Such funds will
not be available for withdrawal and will not be released until the Conversion is
completed  or  terminated.   See  "The   Conversion  -  Method  of  Payment  for
Subscriptions."

         Purchase Limitations.  The Plan of Conversion places limitations on the
number of shares which may be purchased in the Conversion by various  categories
of persons. With the exception of the Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans, no Eligible
Account Holder,  Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, Other Member or director,
officer or employee may purchase in their  capacity as such in the  Subscription
Offering more than $250,000 of Common Stock; no person, together with associates
of and  persons  acting in concert  with such  person,  may  purchase  more than
$250,000  of  Common  Stock in the  Public  Offering;  and no person or group of
persons  acting in concert  (other than the  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans) may
purchase  more than  $750,000  of Common  Stock in the  Conversion.  The minimum
purchase  limitation is 25 shares of Common Stock.  These purchase limits may be
increased or decreased  consistent with the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS")
regulations at the sole discretion of the Holding Company and the Bank. See "The
Conversion - Offering of Holding Company Common Stock."

         Restrictions  on  Transfer  of  Subscription   Rights.   Prior  to  the
completion of the Conversion, no person may transfer or enter into any agreement
or  understanding  to  transfer  the  legal  or  beneficial   ownership  of  the
subscription  rights  issued  under the Plan or the shares of Common Stock to be


                                       11

<PAGE>


issued  upon  their   exercise.   Persons  found  to  be  selling  or  otherwise
transferring  their  right to  purchase  stock in the  Subscription  Offering or
purchasing  Common  Stock  on  behalf  of  another  person  will be  subject  to
forfeiture of such rights and possible federal penalties and sanctions. See "The
Conversion -- Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares."

         Stock  Pricing and Number of Shares of Common Stock to be Issued in the
Conversion.  The  Purchase  Price of the Common Stock is $10.00 per share and is
the same for all purchasers. The aggregate pro forma market value of the Holding
Company and First  Security,  as converted,  was  estimated by FinPro,  which is
experienced in appraising  converting thrift  institutions,  to be the Estimated
Valuation  Range.  The Board of Directors has reviewed the  Estimated  Valuation
Range as stated in the  appraisal  and  compared  it with recent  stock  trading
prices as well as recent pro forma market value  estimates  for other  financial
institutions.  The Board of Directors has also  reviewed the  appraisal  report,
including the assumptions and methodology  utilized therein, and determined that
it was not unreasonable.

         Depending  on  market  and  financial  conditions  at the  time  of the
completion  of the  Offering,  the total  number of shares of Common Stock to be
issued in the  Conversion may be increased or decreased  significantly  from the
4,735,000  shares  offered  hereby  and the  Purchase  Price  may be  decreased.
However,  subscribers will be permitted to modify or rescind their subscriptions
if the product of the total number of shares to be sold  multiplied by the price
per share is less than $35.0 million or more than $54.5  million.  The appraisal
is not intended to be, and must not be interpreted as, a  recommendation  of any
kind as to the advisability of voting to approve the Conversion or of purchasing
shares of Common Stock.  The appraisal  considers First Security and the Holding
Company only as going concerns and should not be considered as any indication of
the liquidation  value of First Security or the Holding Company.  Moreover,  the
appraisal is  necessarily  based on many factors which change from time to time.
There can be no assurance that persons who purchase  shares in the Offering will
be able to sell such shares at prices at or above the Purchase  Price.  See "Pro
Forma  Data" and "The  Conversion  - Stock  Pricing  and  Number of Shares to be
Issued" for a description of the manner in which such valuation was made and the
limitations on its use.

Purchases by Directors and Executive Officers

         The  directors  and  executive  officers  of First  Security  intend to
purchase,  for investment  purposes and at the same price as the shares are sold
to other  investors  in the  Conversion,  approximately  $2.1  million of Common
Stock,  or 6.0%,  5.1% or 4.4% of the shares to be sold in the Conversion at the
minimum, midpoint and maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range, respectively. In
addition,  an amount of shares  equal to an  aggregate of 8% of the shares to be
issued in the  Conversion,  including  the shares to be issued  pursuant  to the
Stock  Contribution,  is  anticipated  to be  purchased  by the  ESOP.  See "The
Conversion -- Participation by the Board and Executive Officers."


                                       12

<PAGE>

Potential Benefits of Conversion to Directors and Executive Officers

         Employee Stock  Ownership  Plan. The Board of Directors of the Bank has
adopted  an  ESOP,  a  tax-qualified  employee  benefit  plan for  officers  and
employees  of the Holding  Company and the Bank.  All  employees of the Bank are
eligible to  participate  in the ESOP after they attain age 21 and  complete one
year  of  service.  The  Bank's  contribution  to the  ESOP is  allocated  among
participants  on the basis of their relative  compensation.  Each  participant's
account will be credited  with cash and shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock
based  upon  compensation  earned  during  the year  with  respect  to which the
contribution  is made.  The ESOP  intends  to buy up to 8% of the  Common  Stock
issued in the  Conversion,  including  the shares to be issued  pursuant  to the
Stock  Contribution,  (approximately  $3.0 million to $4.0 million of the Common
Stock based on the  issuance  of the  minimum  and the maximum of the  Estimated
Valuation Range and the $10.00 per share Purchase Price). The ESOP will purchase
the shares with funds borrowed from the Holding  Company,  and it is anticipated
that the ESOP will repay the loans through periodic tax-deductible contributions
from the Bank over a ten-year  period.  These  contributions  will  increase the
compensation  expense of the Bank.  See  "Management  - Benefit Plans - Employee
Stock Ownership Plan" for a description of this plan.

         Stock Option and Incentive Plan and Recognition and Retention Plan. The
Board of  Directors of the Holding  Company  intends to adopt a Stock Option and
Incentive  Plan (the "Stock Option Plan") and a Recognition  and Retention  Plan
("RRP") to become  effective upon  ratification  by  stockholders  following the
Conversion.  Certain of the  directors  and  executive  officers  of the Holding
Company and the Bank will  receive  awards  under these  plans.  It is currently
anticipated  that an amount of shares  equal to 10% and 4% of the shares sold in
the  Conversion,  including  the  shares  to be  issued  pursuant  to the  Stock
Contribution, will be reserved for issuance under the Stock Option Plan and RRP,
respectively.  Depending  upon  market  conditions  in the  future,  the Holding
Company  may  purchase  shares  in the open  market  to fund  these  plans.  See
"Management - Benefit Plans" for a description of these plans.

         Under the proposed Stock Option Plan, it is presently intended that the
directors and executive officers be granted options to purchase,  in addition to
the shares to be issued in the Conversion,  an amount of shares equal to 8.4% of
the shares issued in the Conversion,  including the shares to be issued pursuant
to the Stock  Contribution,  (or 314,916 and 418,740  shares,  respectively,  of
Common Stock based on the minimum and maximum of the Estimated  Valuation Range)
at an exercise  price equal to the market value per share of the Common Stock on
the date of grant. Such options will be awarded at no cost to the recipients and
pose no  financial  risk to the  recipients  until  exercised.  It is  presently
anticipated  that Julian Kulas,  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer,  will
receive an option to  purchase  an amount of shares  equal to 2.5% of the shares
issued in the  Conversion,  including  the shares  issued  pursuant to the Stock
Contribution, (or 93,725 and 124,625 shares, assuming the minimum and maximum of
the Estimated  Valuation Range,  respectively).  See "Management Benefit Plans -
Stock Option and Incentive Plan."

         The award and  exercise of options  pursuant  to the Stock  Option Plan
will not result in any expense to the Holding Company; however, when the options
are exercised, the interests of existing stockholders will likely be diluted.

                                       13

<PAGE>

         It is also  intended that  directors and executive  officers be granted
under the RRP (without any  requirement  of payment by the grantee) an amount of
shares  of  restricted  stock  awards  equal to 3.4% of the  shares  sold in the
Conversion,  including the shares issued pursuant to the Stock Contribution, (or
127,466 and 169,490  shares,  respectively,  based on the minimum and maximum of
the Estimated  Valuation  Range) which will vest over five years  commencing one
year from  stockholder  ratification  and which will have a total  value of $1.3
million and $1.7 million based on the Purchase  Price of $10.00 per share at the
minimum  and  maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range,  respectively.  It is
presently anticipated that President Kulas will receive a restricted stock award
equal to 1.0% of the shares issued in the Conversion, including the shares to be
issued  pursuant  to the Stock  Contribution,  (or  37,490  and  49,850  shares,
assuming  the  minimum  and  maximum  of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range).  The
restricted  stock award to President Kulas would have an aggregate value ranging
from $374,900 to $498,500 (at the minimum and maximum of the Estimated Valuation
Range) based upon the  original  Purchase  Price of $10.00 per share.  See "Risk
Factors - Takeover  Defensive  Provisions"  and  "Management  - Benefit  Plans -
Recognition and Retention Plan."

         Following  stockholder  ratification of the RRP, the RRP will be funded
either with shares  purchased in the open market or with authorized but unissued
shares.  Based upon the Purchase Price of $10.00 per share,  the amount required
to fund the RRP through  open-market  purchases  would range from  approximately
$1.5  million  (based  upon the sale of shares at the  minimum of the  Estimated
Valuation Range) to approximately $2.0 million (based upon the sale of shares at
the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation  Range). In the event that the per share
price of the Common Stock  increases  above the $10.00 per share  Purchase Price
following completion of the Offering, the amount necessary to fund the RRP would
also  increase.  The expense  related to the cost of the RRP will be  recognized
over the five-year  vesting period of the awards made pursuant to such plan. The
use of authorized but unissued shares to fund the RRP would dilute the interests
of stockholders  who purchase Common Stock in the Conversion.  See "Management -
Benefit Plans - Recognition and Retention Plan."

         The Holding Company intends to submit the RRP and the Stock Option Plan
to stockholders for ratification following completion of the Offering, but in no
event prior to six months  following  the  completion of the  Conversion.  These
plans will only be effective if ratified by the  stockholders.  In the event the
Stock Option Plan and the RRP are not ratified by  stockholders,  management may
consider the adoption of alternate  incentive plans,  although no such plans are
currently  contemplated.  While  the Bank  believes  that the RRP and the  Stock
Option Plan will provide important  incentives for the performance and retention
of  management,  the Bank has no reason to  believe  that the  failure to obtain
shareholder  ratification  of such plans would  result in the  departure  of any
members of senior management.

         Employment and Severance Agreements.  The Bank intends to enter into an
employment  agreement with President Kulas. It is anticipated that the agreement
will provide for a salary equal to his current salary, will have an initial term
of three years, subject to annual extension for an additional year following the
Bank's annual  performance  review and will become effective upon the completion
of the Conversion. Under certain circumstances including a change in control, as
defined in the employment  agreement,  Mr. Kulas will be entitled to a severance


                                       14

<PAGE>


payment  in  lieu  of  salary  equal  to  a  multiple  of  his  base  amount  of
compensation, as defined. See "Management - Executive Compensation."

         The Bank  also  intends  to enter  into  change  in  control  severance
agreements with four other executive officers. Such agreements will have initial
terms of 24 months and become  effective upon completion of the  Conversion.  In
the event a covered  officer is  terminated  following a "change in control" (as
defined in the agreements), such officer will be entitled to a severance payment
of  200% of  their  then  current  compensation.  See  "Management  -  Executive
Compensation  -  Employment   Agreements  and  Severance   Agreements"  for  the
definition  of "change in  control"  and a more  detailed  description  of these
agreements.

Use of Proceeds

         The net  proceeds  from the  sale of  Common  Stock  in the  Conversion
(estimated  at $29.6  million,  $35.0  million,  $40.3 million and $46.5 million
based on sales at the  minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and 15% above the maximum of
the Estimated  Valuation Range,  respectively) will  substantially  increase the
capital of First  Security.  See "Pro  Forma  Data." The  Holding  Company  will
utilize  approximately  50% of the net proceeds  from the issuance of the Common
Stock to purchase  all of the common  stock of First  Security to be issued upon
Conversion and will retain  approximately 50% of the net proceeds.  The proceeds
retained  by the  Holding  Company  will be  invested  initially  in  short-term
investments  similar to those currently in the Bank's  portfolio.  Such proceeds
will  subsequently  be invested in  mortgage-backed  securities  and  investment
securities and will be available for general corporate  purposes,  including the
possible  repurchase of shares of the Common Stock, as permitted by the OTS. The
Holding Company  currently has no specific plan to make any such  repurchases of
any of its Common Stock. In addition, the Holding Company intends to provide the
funding for the ESOP loan.  Based upon the initial  Purchase Price of $10.00 per
share,  the dollar amount of the ESOP loan would range from $3.0 million  (based
upon the sale of shares at the minimum of the Estimated Valuation Range) to $4.0
million (based upon the sale of shares at the maximum of the Estimated Valuation
Range).  It is  anticipated  that the ESOP will repay the loan through  periodic
tax-deductible  contributions from the Bank over a ten-year period. The interest
rate to be  charged by the  Holding  Company on the ESOP loan will be based upon
the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS")  prescribed  applicable federal rate at the
time of origination.

         Finally,  the Holding Company currently intends to use a portion of the
proceeds  to  fund  a  Recognition  and  Retention  Plan  ("RRP"),   subject  to
stockholder  ratification.  Compensation  expense  related  to the  RRP  will be
recognized  as share awards vest.  See "Pro Forma Data."  Following  stockholder
ratification of the RRP, the RRP will be funded either with shares  purchased in
the open market or with authorized but unissued shares.  Based upon the Purchase
Price  of  $10.00  per  share,  the  amount  required  to fund  the RRP  through
open-market  purchases would range from  approximately  $1.5 million (based upon
the  sale  of  shares  at the  minimum  of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range)  to
approximately  $2.0 million (based upon the sale of shares at the maximum of the
Estimated  Valuation Range). In the event that the per share price of the Common
Stock increases  above the $10.00 per share Purchase Price following  completion
of the Offering,  the amount necessary to fund the RRP would also increase.  The
use of authorized but unissued shares to fund the RRP could dilute the interests
of stockholders  who purchase  Common Stock in the  Conversion.  See "Management
Benefit Plans - Recognition and Retention Plan."

                                       15

<PAGE>

         The net proceeds  received by First  Security will become part of First
Security's general funds for use in its business and will be used to support the
Bank's  existing  operations,  subject to  applicable  regulatory  restrictions.
Immediately  upon the completion of the Conversion,  it is anticipated  that the
Bank will invest such proceeds into short-term  assets.  Subsequently,  the Bank
intends to redirect the net proceeds to the  origination  of  residential  loans
and, to a lesser extent,  multi-family  and commercial  real estate and consumer
loans, subject to market conditions.  In addition, a portion of the proceeds may
be used  for the  creation  of one or more de novo  branch  offices  within  the
greater Chicago or Philadelphia  areas,  although the Bank has no specific plans
regarding any new branch  offices at this time.  Finally,  such proceeds will be
available  for  the  acquisition  of  deposits  or  assets  or both  from  other
institutions, although no such acquisitions are contemplated at this time.

         See "Use of Proceeds" for additional  information on the utilization of
the offering  proceeds as well as OTS restrictions on repurchases of the Holding
Company's stock.

Dividends

         The Holding Company  currently has no plans to pay dividends.  However,
the  Holding  Company's  Board of  Directors  may  consider  a policy  of paying
dividends in the future.  The  declaration  and payment of dividends are subject
to, among other things, the Holding Company's financial condition and results of
operations,   First   Security's   compliance   with  its   regulatory   capital
requirements,   including  the  fully  phased-in   capital   requirements,   tax
considerations,    industry   standards,    economic   conditions,    regulatory
restrictions,  general  business  practices and other  factors.  There can be no
assurance  as to whether or when the Holding  Company  will pay a dividend.  See
"Dividends."

Market for Common Stock

         The  Holding  Company  has  received  preliminary  approval to have the
Common Stock traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol "____." In order
to be traded on the  Nasdaq  Stock  Market,  there  must be at least two  market
makers for the Common Stock. FBR has indicated its intention to make a market in
the Holding  Company's  Common Stock  following  completion  of the  Conversion,
depending upon the volume of trading activity in the Common Stock and subject to
compliance  with  applicable laws and other  regulatory  requirements.  A second
market  marker has not yet been  secured by the  Holding  Company.  The  Holding
Company  anticipates  that  it will be able  to  secure  the two  market  makers
necessary to enable the Common Stock to be traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market.  A
public  market  having the  desirable  characteristics  of depth,  liquidity and
orderliness,  however,  depends  upon the  presence in the  marketplace  of both
willing  buyers and sellers of the Common Stock at any given time,  which is not
within the control of the Holding  Company,  First Security or any market maker.
Further,  no assurance  can be given that an investor will be able to resell the
Common Stock at or above the Purchase  Price after the  Conversion.  See "Market
for Common Stock" and "The Conversion - Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be
Issued."


                                       16

<PAGE>


Risk Factors

         See "Risk  Factors" for  information  regarding  certain  factors which
should be  considered by  prospective  investors,  including  interest rate risk
exposure,  risks  associated  with a  contribution  to a charitable  foundation,
competition,  takeover defensive  provisions  contained in the Holding Company's
certificate of  incorporation  and bylaws,  post-conversion  overhead  expenses,
regulatory oversight,  the risk of a delayed offering,  the absence of an active
market for the Common  Stock and the possible  consequences  of amendment of the
Plan of Conversion.


                                       17

<PAGE>


                         SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         Set forth below are selected  financial and other data of the Bank. The
financial data is derived in part from,  and should be read in conjunction  with
the Consolidated  Financial Statements and Notes of the Bank presented elsewhere
in this Prospectus.

         In the opinion of  management,  the  unaudited  condensed  consolidated
financial  statements  contain  all  adjustments   (consisting  only  of  normal
recurring  adjustments)  necessary to present fairly the financial condition and
results of  operations  of First  Security as of April 30, 1997 and for the four
month periods ended April 30, 1997 and 1996. Interim results at and for the four
months ended April 30, 1997 are not  necessarily  indicative of the results that
may be expected for the year ended December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          At December 31,
                                                                --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               At April 30,
                                                   1997          1996             1995          1994           1993           1992
                                                   ----          ----             ----          ----           ----           ----
                                                                                  (In Thousands)
<S>                                              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>     
Selected Financial Condition Data:
Total assets .............................       $260,002       $258,115       $251,922       $227,922       $189,846       $177,443
Cash and cash equivalents ................          7,104          7,300         19,173          6,800         11,365          8,667
Loans receivable, net(1) .................        165,914        163,348        144,566        136,207        105,946         97,968
Mortgage-backed securities(2):
  Held-to-maturity .......................         22,389         24,109         25,120         42,621         45,445         37,911
  Available-for-sale .....................         18,616         19,727         20,044           --             --             --
Securities(2)
  Held-to-maturity .......................         28,259         25,779         20,566         17,926         20,804         27,693
  Available-for-sale .....................          8,919          8,997         13,743         15,662           --             --
Deposits .................................        218,987        219,505        209,387        195,875        161,715        154,559
Total borrowings .........................          7,500          4,000         10,000          3,000          1,000          1,000
Total equity .............................         29,950         29,261         29,038         25,555         22,395         19,214

</TABLE>



                                       18

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                Four Months                          Year Ended
                                                               Ended April 30,                       December 31,
                                                              ----------------    --------------------------------------------------
                                                               1997      1996      1996         1995       1994      1993     1992
                                                               ----      ----      ----         ----       ----      ----     ----
                                                                                         (In Thousands)

<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    
Selected Operations Data:
Total interest income .....................................   $ 6,495   $ 6,124   $19,006      $17,650   $15,710   $13,995   $14,764
Total interest expense ....................................     3,220     3,163     9,494        8,727     6,584     6,068     7,308
                                                              -------   -------   -------      -------   -------   -------   -------
  Net interest income .....................................     3,275     2,961     9,512        8,923     9,126     7,927     7,456
Provision for loan losses .................................       574        42       706          136       182       249       184
                                                              -------   -------   -------      -------   -------   -------   -------
Net interest income after provision for loan losses .......     2,701     2,919     8,806        8,787     8,944     7,678     7,272
                                                              -------   -------   -------      -------   -------   -------   -------
Fees and service charges ..................................       116       121       362          378       326       281       229
Gain on sales of securities ...............................        --        --        55           24         5        32        28
Other non-interest income .................................        81        73       328          454       246       286       171
                                                              -------   -------   -------      -------   -------   -------   -------
Total non-interest income .................................       197       194       745          856       577       599       428
Total non-interest expense ................................     1,657     1,520     8,693(3)     4,690     4,271     3,457     3,173
                                                              -------   -------   -------      -------   -------   -------   -------
Income before taxes .......................................     1,241     1,593       858        4,953     5,250     4,820     4,527
Income tax provision ......................................       480       603       406        1,760     1,825     1,644     1,496
                                                              -------   -------   -------      -------   -------   -------   -------
Net income ................................................   $   761   $   990   $   452      $ 3,193   $ 3,425   $ 3,176   $ 3,031
                                                              =======   =======   =======      =======   =======   =======   =======
- -------------
<FN>

(1)  The allowance for loan losses at April 30, 1997,  December 31, 1996,  1995,
     1994,  1993  and  1992  was  $1,666,000,  $1,520,000,  $885,000,  $792,000,
     $608,000 and $360,000, respectively.

(2)  The Bank adopted Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No.
     115,  "Accounting for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity  Securities,"
     effective  as of January 1, 1994.  Prior to the  adoption  of SFAS No. 115,
     marketable equity securities were carried at the lower of amortized cost or
     market value and the remaining  securities were carried at amortized cost ,
     as adjusted for  amortization  of premiums and accretion of discounts  over
     the remaining terms of the securities from the dates of purchase.

(3)  Includes  $1.3  million  SAIF  special  assessment  and $2.5  million  cash
     contribution to the Foundation.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       19

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                   Four Months                         Year Ended
                                                                 Ended April 30,                      December 31,
                                                                ----------------    ------------------------------------------------
                                                                1997(1)  1996(1)    1996        1995       1994      1993      1992
                                                                -------  -------    ----        ----       ----      ----      ----
<S>                                                            <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
 Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

Performance Ratios:
   Return on assets (ratio of net income to average
    total assets) ..........................................    0.88%     1.19%     0.18%(2)     1.34%     1.62%     1.74%     1.76%
   Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity)     7.65     10.07      1.50 (2)    11.64     14.23     15.21     17.12
   Interest rate spread information:
        Average during period ..............................    3.45      3.37      3.51         3.61      4.28      4.22      4.16
        Net interest margin(4) .............................    3.96      3.81      3.98         4.00      4.60      4.56      4.54
   Ratio of operating expense to average total assets ......    1.92      1.83      3.45 (2)     1.97      2.03      1.89      1.84
   Efficiency Ratio(5) .....................................    0.48      0.48      0.85 (2)     0.48      0.44      0.41      0.40
   Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average
        interest-bearing liabilities .......................  112.96    110.69    111.81       109.93    109.51    109.55    108.56

Quality Ratios:
   Non-performing assets to total assets at end of period ..    0.87      1.18      1.44         1.11      0.72      1.05      1.32
   Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
        at end of period ...................................   73.78     33.46     41.30        38.73     55.58     32.02     16.57
   Allowance for loan losses to gross loans receivable
        at end of period ...................................    0.98      0.52      0.91         0.60      0.57      0.56      0.36

Capital Ratios:
   Equity to total assets at end of period(5) ..............   11.63     11.52     11.42        11.52     11.33     11.80     10.83
   Average equity to average assets ........................   11.50     11.84     11.97        11.55     11.42     11.42     10.27
- ------------
<FN>

(1)  Ratios for the four-month periods have been annualized.

(2)  Excluding  the $1.3 million SAIF  special  assessment  and the $2.5 million
     cash  contribution  to the  Foundation,  net of tax,  the return on assets,
     return on equity and ratio of  operating  expense to average  total  assets
     would have been 1.10%, 9.19% and 1.94%, respectively.  The efficiency ratio
     would have been 0.48.

(3)  Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

(4)  Ratio   is   exclusive   of   unrealized    gain   (loss)   on   securities
     available-for-sale.

(5)  The efficiency ratio represents  non-interest expense divided by the sum of
     net interest income and non-interest income.

</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       20

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

         The following factors, in addition to those discussed elsewhere in this
Prospectus,  should be  considered  by  investors  before  deciding  whether  to
purchase the Common Stock offered in the Offering.

Interest Rate Risk Exposure

         The Bank's  profitability  is  dependent to a large extent upon its net
interest  income,  which  is the  difference  between  its  interest  income  on
interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and its interest expense
on interest-bearing  liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. When interest
rates rise, the Bank's net interest income tends to be adversely  impacted since
its liabilities tend to reprice more quickly than its assets.  Conversely,  in a
declining  rate   environment  the  Bank's  net  interest  income  is  generally
positively  impacted  since its assets  tend to  reprice  more  slowly  than its
liabilities.  Changes in the level of  interest  rates also affect the amount of
loans  originated by the Bank and, thus, the amount of loan and commitment fees,
as well as the market  value of the Bank's  interest-earning  assets.  Moreover,
increases in interest rates also can result in  disintermediation,  which is the
flow of funds away from savings  institutions into direct  investments,  such as
corporate securities and other investment  vehicles,  which generally pay higher
rates of return than savings  institutions.  Finally, a flattening of the "yield
curve" (i.e., a decline in the  difference  between long and short term interest
rates), could adversely impact net interest income to the extent that the Bank's
assets have a longer average term than its liabilities.

         In managing its asset/liability  mix, the Bank often,  depending on the
relationship  between long- and short-term interest rates, market conditions and
consumer  preference,  places more emphasis on managing net interest margin than
on better  matching the interest rate  sensitivity of its assets and liabilities
in an effort to enhance net interest income. In particular,  because of customer
demand,  a large majority of the Bank's  residential  loans carry fixed interest
rates.  As a result,  the Bank will continue to be  significantly  vulnerable to
changes in interest  rates and to decreases in the  difference  between long and
short term interest rates.

         The Bank has  taken a number  of  steps  to limit  its  sensitivity  to
interest rate changes. Nevertheless, at March 31, 1997, the most recent date for
which data is available,  the Bank's net portfolio  value would have declined by
29% and 58%, respectively, in the event of instantaneous 200 and 400 basis point
increases in general interest rates. See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Asset/Liability Management."


                                       21

<PAGE>



Risks Associated with the Stock Contribution to a Charitable Foundation

         The Stock Contribution is subject to the approval of the Bank's members
at the Special Meeting.  If approved by members,  the Stock Contribution will be
made within 12 months  following the  completion of the  Conversion  and will be
expensed when the  Conversion  is  completed,  which is expected in the third or
fourth quarter of 1997.

         Negative Impact on Earnings. Assuming receipt of approval of the Bank's
members,  the Stock  Contribution  will have an  adverse  impact on the  Holding
Company's earnings.  The Holding Company will recognize an expense in the amount
of the $2.5  million  ($1.5  million  net of taxes) in the  quarter in which the
Conversion is completed,  which is expected to be the third or fourth quarter of
fiscal  1997.  Such expense  will reduce  earnings  and have a material  adverse
impact  on the  Holding  Company's  earnings  in the  fiscal  quarter  and  year
recorded.  The Holding Company has been advised by its  independent  accountants
that the Stock  Contribution  will be tax  deductible,  subject to a  limitation
based on 10% of the  Holding  Company's  annual  taxable  income.  If the  Stock
Contribution had been made at April 30, 1997, the Bank would have reported a net
loss of  $739,000  for the prior four  month  period  rather  than net income of
$761,000.

         Dilution  of  Stockholder's  Interests.  The  Stock  Contribution  will
involve the donation of 250,000 shares of the Common Stock,  or the sale of such
shares  for  their  aggregate  par  value  ($2,500),  to  the  Foundation.  Upon
completion of the Conversion  and the Stock  Contribution,  the Holding  Company
will have  4,367,000  shares  issued  and  outstanding  at the  midpoint  of the
Estimated  Valuation Range, of which the Foundation will own 250,000 shares,  or
5.7%. As a result,  persons  purchasing shares in the Conversion will have their
share  ownership and voting interest in the Holding Company diluted by 5.7%. See
"Pro Forma Data."

         Possible Nondeductibility of the Stock Contribution. The Foundation has
submitted a request to the Internal  Revenue Service ("IRS") to be recognized as
a tax-exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Code. Assuming that the
Foundation so qualifies,  the Holding Company will be entitled to a deduction in
the amount of the Stock  Contribution,  subject to an annual limitation based on
10% of the  Holding  Company's  annual  taxable  income.  The  Holding  Company,
however,  would be able to carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for
five years  following  the Stock  Contribution  for  Federal  and  Illinois  tax
purposes. Based on present information,  the Holding Company currently estimates
that the Stock  Contribution  should be fully  deductible  for  federal  tax and
Illinois purposes.  However,  no assurances can be made that the Holding Company
will have sufficient pre-tax income over the five-year period following the year
in which the Stock  Contribution is made to utilize fully the carryover  related
to the  excess  contribution.  There  can be no  assurances  that  the IRS  will
recognize the Foundation as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt  organization or that any
deductions related to the Stock Contribution, the cash contribution or any other
subsequent contributions will be permitted. In such event, the Holding Company's
tax benefit related to the Foundation would have to be reversed,  resulting in a
reduction in earnings in the year in which the IRS makes such a determination.

         Potential Change in Valuation and Capital if the Stock  Contribution is
Not Made. The Stock Contribution was taken into account by FinPro in determining
the estimated pro forma market value of the Holding Company. The aggregate price
of the shares of Common  Stock being  offered in the  Offering is based upon the
Appraisal. The pro forma aggregate price of the shares being offered for sale in
the Conversion is currently estimated to be between $35.0 million and $54.5

                                       22

<PAGE>



million,  with a midpoint  of $41.2  million.  The pro forma price to book value
ratio  and the pro  forma  price  to  earnings  ratio  are  66.23%  and  13.33x,
respectively, at the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range.

         If the Stock Contribution is not part of the Conversion,  the Estimated
Valuation  Range of the shares being  offered is  estimated to be between  $39.1
million and $60.8  million.  This  represents an increase of $4.8 million at the
midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range. In such event the estimated pro forma
stockholders' equity of the Holding Company would be approximately $69.4 million
at the  midpoint  based on a pro forma  price to book  ratio of 66.29% and a pro
forma price to earnings  ratio of 13.33x.  See  "Comparison of Valuation and Pro
Forma Information with No Stock Contribution."

         The decrease in the amount of Common Stock being  offered for sale as a
result  of the  Stock  Contribution  will not have a  significant  effect on the
Holding Company's or the Bank's capital position.  The Bank's regulatory capital
is  significantly  in excess of its  regulatory  capital  requirements  and will
further exceed such requirements following the Conversion.  The Bank's tangible,
core and  risk-based  capital  ratios at April 30,  1997 were  11.4%,  11.4% and
24.4%,  respectively.  Assuming  the  sale  of  shares  at the  midpoint  of the
Estimated  Valuation Range,  the Bank's pro forma tangible,  core and risk-based
capital ratios at April 30, 1997 would be 16.2%, 16.2% and 35.3%,  respectively.
On a consolidated  basis, as of April 30, 1997, the Holding  Company's pro forma
stockholders' equity would be $65.9 million,  assuming the sale of shares at the
midpoint of the Estimated  Valuation  Range and  contribution to the Foundation.
Pro forma  stockholders'  equity  per share at April 30,  1997 and pro forma net
earnings  per share for the four months ended April 30, 1997 would be $15.10 and
$0.25, respectively.  If the Stock Contribution were not made in the Conversion,
based on the FinPro  estimate,  the Holding  Company's  pro forma  stockholders'
equity would be approximately  $69.4 million at the midpoint of the estimate and
pro forma  stockholders'  equity per share and pro forma net  earnings per share
would be approximately the same with the Stock Contribution as without the Stock
Contribution.  See  "Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma  Information  with No
Stock Contribution."

         Potential  Anti-Takeover  Effect. If the Stock Contribution is approved
by the Bank's members,  upon completion of the Conversion,  assuming the sale of
the midpoint number of the Conversion  shares of the Estimated  Valuation Range,
the Foundation would own 5.7% of the Holding Company's  outstanding shares. Such
shares will be owned solely by the Foundation;  however pursuant to the terms of
the Stock Contribution as mandated by the OTS, the shares of Common Stock of the
Holding  Company held by the Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as other
shares of the Holding Company's Common Stock on all proposals  considered by the
stockholders of the Holding Company.  See "The Conversion -- Stock  Contribution
to Charitable  Foundation -- Regulatory  Conditions  Imposed on the Foundation."
The Holding  Company and the Foundation will take the necessary steps to provide
such requirement in the Foundation's  corporate governance  documents.  As such,
the Holding Company does not believe the Foundation  will have an  anti-takeover
effect on the  Holding  Company.  In the event  that the OTS were to waive  this
voting  restriction,  the  Foundation's  Board of Trustees  would  exercise sole
voting  power  over such  shares  and would no longer be  subject  to the voting
restriction. However, the OTS could impose additional conditions at that time on
the  composition  of the Board of the  Foundation or which  otherwise  relate to
control of the Common Stock of the Holding Company held by the  Foundation.  See
"The  Conversion  -- the Stock  Contribution  to the  Charitable  Foundation  --
Regulatory  Conditions  Imposed  on the  Foundation."  If a waiver of the voting
restriction were granted by the OTS and no

                                       23

<PAGE>



further  conditions  were imposed on the Foundation at that time,  management of
the Holding  Company and the Bank could  benefit to the extent that the Board of
Trustees of the Foundation determines to vote the shares of Common Stock held by
the  Foundation in favor of proposals  supported by the Holding  Company and the
Bank.  Furthermore,  when the  Foundation's  shares  are  combined  with  shares
purchased  directly by executive  officers and directors of the Holding Company,
shares issued  pursuant to proposed stock benefit plans,  and shares held in the
Bank's  ESOP,  the  aggregate  of such  shares  could  exceed 20% of the Holding
Company's  outstanding  Common  Stock,  which could enable  management to defeat
stockholder  proposals  requiring 80%  approval.  Consequently,  this  potential
voting control might preclude takeover attempts that other  stockholders deem to
be in their best interest,  and might tend to perpetuate  management.  Since the
ESOP shares are allocated to eligible employees of the Bank, and any unallocated
shares will be voted by an  independent  trustee,  and because  awards under the
proposed  stock benefit plans may be granted to employees  other than  executive
officers and  directors,  management  of the Holding  Company does not expect to
have voting  control of all shares held or to be  allocated by the ESOP or other
stock  benefit  plans.  See,  "--  Certain  Anti-Takeover  Provisions  Which May
Discourage Takeover Attempts -- Voting Control of Officers and Directors."

         There are no  agreements  or  understandings,  written  or tacit,  with
respect to the exercise of either direct or indirect control over the management
or policies  of the  Holding  Company by the  Foundation,  including  agreements
related to voting,  acquisition or disposition of the Holding  Company's  Common
Stock.  Finally,  as the Foundation  sells its shares of Common Stock over time,
its  ownership  interest and voting power in the Holding  Company is expected to
decrease.

         Potential Challenges. The funding of a charitable foundation as part of
a conversion is innovative  and has occurred on only a few other  occasions.  As
such,   the  Stock   Contribution   may  be  subject  to  potential   challenges
notwithstanding that the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank
have carefully  considered the various factors involved in the  establishment of
the Foundation in reaching their determination to make the Stock Contribution as
part of the  Conversion.  See "The  Conversion--the  Stock  Contribution  to the
Charitable  Foundation" In conjunction with its approval of the Conversion,  the
Bank  determined to submit the Stock  Contribution  to a vote of members so that
members have a right to vote on whether the Stock  Contribution  should be made.
If an action were instituted  seeking to require the Bank to eliminate the Stock
Contribution in connection  with the Conversion,  no assurances can be made that
the resolution of such action would not result in a delay in the consummation of
the Conversion or that any objecting persons would not be ultimately  successful
in obtaining such removal or other equitable  relief or monetary damages against
the Holding  Company or the Bank.  Additionally,  if the Holding Company and the
Bank are forced to eliminate the Stock Contribution,  the Holding Company may be
required to resolicit subscribers in the Offering.

         Approval of Members.  The Stock Contribution is subject to the approval
of a majority of the total  outstanding  votes of the Bank's members eligible to
be cast at the Special Meeting.  The Stock  Contribution will be considered as a
separate  matter from the  proposal to approve  the Plan of  Conversion.  If the
Bank's members approve the Plan of Conversion,  but not the Stock  Contribution,
the Bank  intends to complete  the  Conversion  without the Stock  Contribution.
Failure to approve the Stock Contribution may materially  increase the pro forma

                                       24

<PAGE>


market  value of the Common Stock being  offered for sale in the Offering  since
the  Estimated  Valuation  Range,  as set forth  herein,  takes into account the
expense related to the Stock Contribution.  If the pro forma market value of the
shares to be sold of the  Holding  Company  stock to be sold  without  the Stock
Contribution  is either greater than $54.5 million or less than $35.0 million or
if the OTS otherwise  requires a  resolicitation  of subscribers,  the Bank will
establish a new  Estimated  Valuation  Range and  commence a  resolicitation  of
subscribers  (i.e.,  subscribers  will be  permitted to continue or modify their
orders,  in  which  case  they  will  need  to  affirmatively   reconfirm  their
subscriptions  prior to the expiration of the  resolicitation  offering or their
subscription  funds will be promptly  refunded with interest.) Any change in the
Estimated  Valuation  Range must be approved by the OTS.  "See The  Conversion--
Stock Pricing."

Competition

         First Security experiences  significant competition in its local market
area in both  originating  real estate and other loans and attracting  deposits.
This  competition  arises  from  other  savings  institutions  as well as credit
unions,  mortgage banks,  commercial banks, mutual funds and, national and local
securities  firms.  Due to their size,  many  competitors  can  achieve  certain
economies  of scale  and as a result  offer a  broader  range  of  products  and
services than the Bank. The Bank attempts to mitigate the effect of such factors
by emphasizing  customer  service and community  outreach.  Such competition may
limit First Security's growth in the future. See "Business - Competition."

Geographic Concentration of Business Activities

         The  Bank's  lending  and  deposit  gathering  activities  are  focused
primarily on selected communities of the greater Chicago and Philadelphia areas.
In the event  that  such  communities  experienced  an  economic  slow down or a
decline in real  estate  values,  the  Bank's  results  of  operations  could be
materially adversely affected. See "Business -- Market Area."

Takeover Defensive Provisions

         Holding Company and Bank Governing  Instruments.  Certain provisions of
the Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws assist the Holding
Company in maintaining its status as an independent  publicly owned corporation.
However,  such provisions may also block stockholders from approving a potential
takeover of the Holding Company which a majority of such stockholders believe to
be in their best interests.  These  provisions  provide for, among other things,
limiting  voting  rights of  beneficial  owners  of more than 10% of the  Common
Stock, staggered terms for directors, noncumulative voting for directors, limits
on the calling of special meetings, a fair  price/supermajority vote requirement
for certain business combinations and certain notice requirements.  The 10% vote
limitation  would  not  affect  the  ability  of an  individual  who is not  the
beneficial  owner of more  than 10% of the  Common  Stock to  solicit  revocable
proxies  in a public  solicitation  for  proxies  for a  particular  meeting  of
stockholders  and to vote such  proxies.  In addition,  provisions in the Bank's
federal stock Charter that have an anti-takeover effect could also be applicable
to  changes in control of the  Holding  Company as the sole  shareholder  of the
Bank.  The Bank's Charter  includes a provision  applicable for five years which
prohibits  acquisitions  and offers to  acquire,  directly  or  indirectly,  the
beneficial  ownership  of more than 10% of the  Bank's  securities.  Any  person


                                       25

<PAGE>


violating this restriction may not vote the Bank's  securities in excess of 10%.
Any or all of these provisions may discourage potential proxy contests and other
takeover  attempts,  particularly  those which have not been negotiated with the
Board  of  Directors.   In  addition,   the  Holding  Company's  certificate  of
incorporation  also  authorizes  preferred stock with terms to be established by
the Board of  Directors  which may rank prior to the Common Stock as to dividend
rights, liquidation preferences, or both, may have full or limited voting rights
and may have a  dilutive  effect on the  ownership  interests  of holders of the
Common Stock.  See  "Restrictions  on Acquisitions of Stock and Related Takeover
Defensive Provisions."

         Regulatory and Statutory Provisions.  Federal regulations prohibit, for
a period of three years following the completion of the  Conversion,  any person
from offering to acquire or acquiring the beneficial  ownership of more than 10%
of the stock of a converted  savings  institution or its holding company without
prior  OTS  approval.  Federal  law  also  requires  OTS  approval  prior to the
acquisition  of  "control"  (as  defined  in  OTS  regulations)  of  an  insured
institution,   including  a  holding  company  thereof.   See  "Restrictions  on
Acquisitions of Stock and Related Takeover Defensive Provisions."

         Employment Agreement, Severance Agreements and Other Benefit Plans. The
employment agreement,  severance agreements,  the proposed Stock Option Plan and
the  proposed  RRP  also  contain  provisions  that  could  have the  effect  of
discouraging takeover attempts of the Holding Company.

         The Bank intends to enter into an employment  agreement  with President
Kulas  and  severance  agreements  with  four  other  executive  officers.   The
employment  agreement  provides  for an annual base salary in an amount not less
than the  employee's  current  salary and an initial  term of three  years.  The
agreement  may be extended  for an  additional  year on each annual  anniversary
date, but only if such  extensions  are approved by the Board of Directors.  The
employment  agreement also provides for payment of the employee's  salary to the
employee for the  remainder  of the term of the  agreement,  plus an  additional
amount,  the sum of which will not exceed a percentage  of the  employee's  base
compensation,  in the  event  there is a  "change  in  control"  of the Bank (as
defined  in  the  agreement)  where  employment   terminates   involuntarily  in
connection with such change in control or within 12 months thereafter.

         The Bank  also  intends  to enter  into  change  in  control  severance
agreements with four other executive officers.  Such agreements become effective
upon  completion of the Conversion  and have initial terms of 24 months.  In the
event the officer is terminated following a change in control (as defined in the
agreements),  such officer will be entitled to a severance payment equal to 200%
of such employee's  annual  compensation.  Finally,  the Bank intends to adopt a
Severance  Compensation  Plan providing other  employees with certain  severance
benefits in the event they are terminated within 12 months following a change in
control.  For more  information  regarding these  agreements,  see "Management -
Executive Compensation."

         Possible Dilutive  Effects.  The issuance of additional shares pursuant
to the  proposed  Stock  Option  Plan and RRP will  result in a dilution  in the
percentage  of  ownership  of the Holding  Company of those  persons  purchasing
Common Stock in the  Conversion,  assuming that the shares  utilized to fund the
proposed  Stock  Option Plan and RRP awards come from  authorized  but  unissued


                                       26

<PAGE>


shares.  Assuming the exercise of all options  available  under the Stock Option
Plan and the award of all shares  available  under the RRP, and assuming the use
of authorized but unissued shares,  the interest of stockholders will be diluted
by approximately 9.1% and 3.8%, respectively.  See "Pro Forma Data," "Management
- - Benefit  Plans - Stock  Option and  Incentive  Plan," and "-  Recognition  and
Retention Plan" and  "Restrictions on Acquisitions of Stock and Related Takeover
Defensive  Provisions."  For  financial  accounting  purposes,  grants under the
proposed  RRP will result in the  recording  of  compensation  expense  over the
vesting period. See "Pro Forma Data."

         Voting Control of Directors and Executive  Officers.  The directors and
executive  officers  (13  persons)  of the Bank are  anticipated  to purchase an
aggregate  of  approximately  $2.1 million or  approximately  6.0% of the shares
offered in the Conversion at the minimum of the Estimated  Valuation  Range,  or
4.4% of the shares  offered in the  Conversion  at the maximum of the  Estimated
Valuation  Range,  exclusive of shares that may be attributable to directors and
officers  through the RRP,  the Stock  Option Plan and the ESOP,  which may give
directors,  executive officers and employees the potential to control the voting
of additional  Common Stock. In addition,  in connection with the Conversion the
Foundation will receive 250,000 shares of Common Stock which, if a waiver of the
voting restriction imposed on such Common Stock is obtained from the OTS, may be
voted as determined by the Trustees of the Foundation who also will be directors
or officers of the Holding  Company and the Bank.  Management's  voting  control
could,  together  with  additional   stockholder  support,   defeat  stockholder
proposals  requiring  80%  approval of  stockholders.  As a result,  this voting
control may preclude takeover  attempts that certain  stockholders deem to be in
their  best  interest  and  tend  to   perpetuate   existing   management.   See
"Restrictions  on Acquisition of the Holding Company and the  Bank--Restrictions
in the Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws."

Post Conversion Overhead Expense

         After completion of the Conversion,  the Holding Company's  noninterest
expense is likely to increase as a result of the financial accounting, legal and
tax  expenses  usually  associated  with  operating  as a  public  company.  See
"Regulation  - Federal and State  Taxation"  and  "Additional  Information."  In
addition,  it is  currently  anticipated  that the Holding  Company  will record
additional  expense  based  on the  proposed  RRP.  See  "Pro  Forma  Data"  and
"Management  - Benefit  Plans  Recognition  and Retention  Plan."  Finally,  the
Holding Company will also record additional  expense as a result of the adoption
of the ESOP. See "Management - Benefit Plans - Employee Stock Ownership Plan."

         Statement of Position 93-6  "Employers'  Accounting  for Employee Stock
Ownership  Plans"  ("SOP  93-6")  requires an  employer  to record  compensation
expense in an amount equal to the fair value of shares  committed to be released
to employees from an employee stock  ownership  plan.  Assuming shares of Common
Stock  appreciate  in value over  time,  SOP 93-6  would  increase  compensation
expense  relating  to  the  ESOP  to  be  established  in  connection  with  the
Conversion.  It is not  possible  to  determine  at this time the extent of such
impact on future net  income.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  - Impact  of New  Accounting
Standards" and "Pro Forma Data."


                                       27

<PAGE>

         In addition,  the Company  will  experience  additional  expense in the
quarter  in  which  the  Conversion  is  completed  as a  result  of  the  Stock
Contribution.   See  "The  Conversion--Stock   Contribution  to  the  Charitable
Foundation."

Regulatory Oversight

         The  Bank  is  subject  to  extensive   regulation,   supervision   and
examination  by  the  OTS  as  its  chartering  authority  and  primary  federal
regulator,  and by the FDIC, which insures its deposits up to applicable limits.
The Bank is a member of the Federal  Home Loan Bank (the  "FHLB") of Chicago and
is  subject to  certain  limited  regulation  by the Board of  Governors  of the
Federal  Reserve  System  ("Federal  Reserve  Board").  As the  savings and loan
holding  company of the Bank, the Holding  Company will be subject to regulation
and oversight by the OTS. See  "Regulation."  Such  regulation  and  supervision
governs  the  activities  in which an  institution  can engage  and is  intended
primarily for the  protection of the insurance fund and  depositors.  Regulatory
authorities  have been granted  extensive  discretion in  connection  with their
supervisory  and  enforcement  activities  which are intended to strengthen  the
financial  condition  of the  banking  industry,  including  the  imposition  of
restrictions on the operation of an institution, the classification of assets by
the institution, the adequacy of an institution's capital and allowance for loan
losses  and  the  assessment  of  fees  to  protect  the  insurance  funds.  See
"Regulation  - Federal  Regulation  of Savings  Associations"  and "- Regulatory
Capital  Requirements." Any change in such regulation and oversight,  whether by
the OTS, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC or Congress,  could have a material
impact on the Holding Company, the Bank and their respective operations.

Risk of Delayed Offering

         The Subscription Offering will expire at ____, Chicago,  Illinois time,
on _____ __, 1997 unless extended by the Bank and the Holding Company. Depending
on the availability of shares and market conditions at or near the completion of
the  Subscription  Offering,  the Holding  Company may conduct a Public Offering
through FBR. If the  Offering is extended  beyond ___ _, 1997,  all  subscribers
will have the right to modify or rescind their  subscriptions  and to have their
subscription  funds returned with  interest.  There can be no assurance that the
Offering will not be extended as set forth above.

         A  material  delay in the  completion  of the sale of all  unsubscribed
shares in the Public Offering or otherwise may result in a significant  increase
in the costs in completing  the  Conversion.  Significant  changes in the Bank's
operations and financial condition,  the aggregate market value of the shares to
be issued in the Conversion and general market  conditions may occur during such
material delay. In the event the Conversion is not consummated  within 24 months
after the date of the Special Meeting, OTS regulations would require the Bank to
charge accrued  Conversion  costs to then-current  period  operations.  See "The
Conversion - Risk of Delayed Offering."

Absence of Active Market for the Common Stock

         The Holding  Company,  as a newly organized  company,  has never issued
capital stock. Consequently, there is not at this time any market for the Common
Stock.  The Common  Stock has received  preliminary  approval for listing on the
Nasdaq  National  Market  under the  symbol  "____."  FBR has agreed to act as a


                                       28

<PAGE>

market maker and to assist the Holding Company in securing a second market maker
to make a market in the Common Stock. However, there can be no assurance that at
least two market  makers  will be  obtained,  that the Bank will  receive  final
approval for listing on the Nasdaq  National  Market,  that an active and liquid
market for the Common Stock will develop or be maintained or that resales of the
Common Stock can be made at or above the Purchase Price.  See "Market for Common
Stock."

                        FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL, INC.

         The Holding  Company was formed at the  direction of First  Security in
July 1997 for the  purpose of becoming a savings  and loan  holding  company and
owning all of the outstanding  stock of the Bank issued in the  Conversion.  The
Holding  Company is  incorporated  under the laws of the State of Delaware.  The
Holding  Company is  authorized  to do  business in the State of  Illinois,  and
generally  is  authorized  to engage in any  activity  that is  permitted by the
Delaware General  Corporation Law. The business of the Holding Company initially
will  consist  only of the  business  of First  Security.  The  holding  company
structure will,  however,  provide the Holding Company with greater  flexibility
than the Bank has to diversify  its  business  activities,  through  existing or
newly formed subsidiaries, or through acquisitions or mergers of stock financial
institutions,  as well  as,  other  companies.  Although  there  are no  current
arrangements,  understandings  or  agreements  regarding  any such  activity  or
acquisition,  the Holding  Company will be in a position  after the  Conversion,
subject  to  regulatory  restrictions,   to  take  advantage  of  any  favorable
acquisition opportunities that may arise.

         The assets of the Holding  Company will consist  initially of the stock
of First Security,  a note evidencing the Holding Company's loan to the ESOP and
up to 50% of the net proceeds from the Conversion  (less the amount used to fund
the ESOP loan). See "Use of Proceeds." Initially,  any activities of the Holding
Company are  anticipated  to be funded by such retained  proceeds and the income
thereon  and  dividends  from  First  Security,  if  any.  See  "Dividends"  and
"Regulation Holding Company Regulation."  Thereafter,  activities of the Holding
Company  may also be funded  through  sales of  additional  securities,  through
borrowings  and through  income  generated  by other  activities  of the Holding
Company.  At this time, there are no plans regarding such other activities other
than the intended loan to the ESOP to facilitate its purchase of Common Stock in
the  Conversion.  See  "Management  - Benefit Plans - Employee  Stock  Ownership
Plan."

         The  executive  office of the  Holding  Company is located at 936 North
Western  Avenue,  Chicago,  Illinois  60622-4695.  Its telephone  number at that
address is (773) ___-____.

                                 FIRST SECURITY

         First Security  serves the financial needs of communities in its market
area  through  its main office  located at 936 North  Western  Avenue,  Chicago,
Illinois  and its branch  offices  located in Chicago,  Illinois,  Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania  and Rolling  Meadows,  Illinois.  Its  deposits  are insured up to
applicable  limits by the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC").  At
April 30, 1997,  First Security had total assets of $260.0 million,  deposits of
$219.0 million and equity of $30.0 million (or 11.54% of total assets).

         First Security has been, and intends to continue to be, an independent,
community oriented,  financial  institution.  First Security's business involves
attracting  deposits from the general public and using such  deposits,  together


                                       29

<PAGE>

with other funds,  to originate one- to four-family  residential  mortgage loans
and, to a lesser extent,  multi-family and commercial real estate,  consumer and
other loans primarily in its market area. At April 30, 1997, $137.5 million,  or
81.32%,  of the Bank's total loan  portfolio  consisted of  residential  one- to
four-family  mortgage loans. See "Business - Lending  Activities." The Bank also
invests  in   mortgage-backed   and  other  securities  and  other   permissible
investments.  See  "Business  -  Investment  Activities  -  Securities"  and  "-
Mortgage-Backed and Related Securities."

         The  executive  office  of the Bank is  located  at 936  North  Western
Avenue,  Chicago,  Illinois 60662-4695.  Its telephone number at that address is
(773) 772-4500.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         Although  the actual  net  proceeds  from the sale of the Common  Stock
cannot  be  determined  until  the  Conversion  is  completed,  it is  presently
anticipated  that such net  proceeds  will be between  $34.1  million  and $46.3
million (or up to $53.4 million in the event of an increase in the aggregate pro
forma  market  value of the Common  Stock of up to 15% above the  maximum of the
Estimated  Valuation  Range).  See "Pro Forma Data" and "The  Conversion - Stock
Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued" as to the assumptions  used to arrive
at such amounts.

         In exchange for all of the common stock of First Security issued in the
Conversion,  the Holding  Company will contribute  approximately  50% of the net
proceeds from the sale of the Holding  Company's Common Stock to First Security.
On an interim  basis,  the proceeds will be invested by the Holding  Company and
First  Security in  short-term  investments  similar to those  currently  in the
Bank's  portfolio.  The specific types and amounts of short-term  assets will be
determined  based on  market  conditions  at the time of the  completion  of the
Conversion.  In addition, the Holding Company intends to provide the funding for
the ESOP loan.  Based upon the initial  Purchase Price of $10.00 per share,  the
dollar  amount of the ESOP loan would  range from $3.0  million  (based upon the
sale of shares at the minimum of the Estimated  Valuation Range) to $4.0 million
(based upon the sale of shares at the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range).
The interest rate to be charged by the Holding  Company on the ESOP loan will be
based  upon  the  IRS  prescribed   applicable  federal  rate  at  the  time  of
origination.  It is  anticipated  that  the ESOP  will  repay  the loan  through
periodic tax-deductible contributions from the Bank over a ten-year period.

         The net proceeds  received by First  Security will become part of First
Security's general funds for use in its business and will be used to support the
Bank's  existing  operations,  subject to  applicable  regulatory  restrictions.
Immediately  upon the completion of the Conversion,  it is anticipated  that the
Bank will invest such proceeds into short-term  assets.  Subsequently,  the Bank
will redirect the net proceeds to the  origination  of loans,  subject to market
conditions.

         After the  completion  of the  Conversion,  the  Holding  Company  will
redirect the net proceeds  invested by it in short-term assets into a variety of
mortgage-backed securities and other securities similar to those already held by
the Bank.  Also,  the Holding  Company may use a portion of the proceeds to fund
the RRP,  subject to  shareholder  approval of such plan.  Compensation  expense
related  to the RRP will be  recognized  as share  awards  vest.  See "Pro Forma


                                       30

<PAGE>

Data."  Following  stockholder  ratification  of the RRP, the RRP will be funded
either with shares  purchased in the open market or with authorized but unissued
shares.  Based upon the initial  Purchase Price of $10.00 per share,  the amount
required  to  fund  the RRP  through  open-market  purchases  would  range  from
approximately  $1.5 million (based upon the sale of shares at the minimum of the
Estimated Valuation Range) to approximately $2.0 million (based upon the sale of
shares at the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation  Range). In the event that the
per  share  price of the  Common  Stock  increases  above the  $10.00  per share
Purchase Price  following  completion of the Offering,  the amount  necessary to
fund the RRP would also increase.  The use of authorized but unissued  shares to
fund the RRP could dilute the holdings of stockholders who purchase Common Stock
in  the  Conversion.  See  "Business  Lending  Activities"  and  " -  Investment
Activities" and "Management - Benefit Plans - Employee Stock Ownership Plan" and
"- Recognition and Retention Plan."

         The proceeds may also be utilized by the Holding  Company to repurchase
(at prices which may be above or below the initial offering price) shares of the
Common Stock through an open market  repurchase  program  subject to limitations
contained in OTS  regulations,  although the Holding  Company  currently  has no
specific  plan to  repurchase  any of its  stock.  In the  future,  the Board of
Directors of the Holding  Company will make  decisions on the  repurchase of the
Common Stock based on its view of the appropriateness of the price of the Common
Stock as well as the Holding Company's and the Bank's  investment  opportunities
and capital needs.  Under current OTS  regulations,  no repurchases  may be made
within  the first year  following  Conversion  except  with OTS  approval  under
"exceptional  circumstances."  During  the  second  and  third  years  following
Conversion,  OTS  regulations  permit,  subject  to  certain  limitations,   the
repurchase of up to five percent of the outstanding  shares of stock during each
twelve-month  period  with a greater  amount  permitted  with OTS  approval.  In
general, the OTS regulations do not restrict repurchases thereafter,  other than
limits on the Bank's ability to pay dividends to the Holding Company to fund the
repurchase.  For a  description  of the  restrictions  on the Bank's  ability to
provide the Holding Company with funds through dividends or other distributions,
see "Dividends" and "The Conversion Restrictions on Repurchase of Stock."

         The Bank may use a portion of the  proceeds to fund the creation of one
or more new branch offices  within the greater  Chicago or  Philadelphia  areas,
although the Bank has no specific plans  regarding any new branch offices at the
time.  In  addition,  the  Holding  Company  or First  Security  might  consider
expansion  through the  acquisition of other  financial  services  providers (or
branches,  deposits or assets  thereof),  although there are no specific  plans,
negotiations  or written or oral agreements  regarding any  acquisitions at this
time.

                                    DIVIDENDS

         The Holding Company  currently has no plans to pay dividends.  However,
the  Holding  Company's  Board of  Directors  may  consider  a policy  of paying
dividends  in the  future.  Dividends,  when and if  paid,  will be  subject  to
determination and declaration by the Board of Directors at its discretion.  They
will take into account the Holding Company's  consolidated  financial condition,
the  Bank's  regulatory  capital  requirements,  including  the fully  phased-in
capital   requirements,   tax  considerations,   industry  standards,   economic
conditions,  regulatory  restrictions,  general  business  practices  and  other
factors.  The Holding  Company may also consider  making a one time only special
dividend or distribution  (including a tax-free return of capital) provided that



                                       31

<PAGE>

the Holding Company will take no steps toward making such a distribution  for at
least one year following the completion of the Conversion.

         It is not presently  anticipated  that the Holding Company will conduct
significant  operations  independent  of those of First  Security  for some time
following the  Conversion.  As such, the Holding Company does not expect to have
any  significant  source of income other than  earnings on the net proceeds from
the Conversion  retained by the Holding  Company  (which  proceeds are currently
estimated to range from $17.0  million to $23.2 million based on the minimum and
the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation Range,  respectively) and dividends from
First Security, if any. Consequently,  the ability of the Holding Company to pay
cash dividends to its stockholders will be dependent upon such retained proceeds
and earnings thereon, and upon the ability of First Security to pay dividends to
the Holding Company. See "Description of Capital Stock - Holding Company Capital
Stock - Dividends." First Security,  like all savings associations  regulated by
the OTS, is subject to certain restrictions on the payment of dividends based on
its net income, its capital in excess of the regulatory capital requirements and
the amount of  regulatory  capital  required for the  liquidation  account to be
established in connection with the Conversion.  See "The Conversion - Effects of
Conversion to Stock Form on  Depositors  and Borrowers of the Bank - Liquidation
Rights in Proposed  Converted  Institution" and "Regulation - Regulatory Capital
Requirements" and "- Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital  Distributions."
Earnings  allocated to First Security's  "excess" bad debt reserves and deducted
for federal  income tax  purposes  cannot be used by First  Security to pay cash
dividends  to  the  Holding  Company  without  adverse  tax  consequences.   See
"Regulation - Federal and State Taxation."

                             MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

         First  Security,  as a  mutual  thrift  institution,  and  the  Holding
Company,  as a  newly  organized  company,  have  never  issued  capital  stock.
Consequently, there is not at this time an existing market for the Common Stock.
The Common Stock has been preliminarily approved for trading on the Nasdaq Stock
Market under the symbol "____" upon completion of the Conversion. In order to be
quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market, among other criteria,  there must be at least
two market  makers  for the Common  Stock.  FBR has  agreed,  subject to certain
conditions,  to act as a market  maker for the Holding  Company's  Common  Stock
following the Conversion, and assist in securing a second market maker to do the
same. A public  trading  market having the desirable  characteristics  of depth,
liquidity and  orderliness  depends upon the presence in the marketplace of both
willing  buyers and sellers of the Common Stock at any given time.  Accordingly,
there can be no assurance  that an active and liquid market for the Common Stock
will develop or be maintained or that resales of the Common Stock can be made at
or above the Purchase  Price.  See "The Conversion - Stock Pricing and Number of
Shares to be Issued."



                                       32

<PAGE>



                                 PRO FORMA DATA

         The following  table sets forth the historical  net income,  equity and
per share data of First Security at and for the four months ended April 30, 1997
and the fiscal year ended  December  31, 1996,  and after  giving  effect to the
Conversion, the pro forma net income, capital stock and stockholders' equity and
per share data of the Holding Company at and for the four months ended April 30,
1997 and the fiscal year ended  December 31,  1996.  The pro forma data has been
computed on the  assumptions  that (i) the specified  number of shares of Common
Stock  was sold at the  beginning  of the  specified  periods  and  yielded  net
proceeds to the Holding  Company as indicated,  (ii) 250,000 shares were donated
to the Foundation upon the completion of the  Conversion,  (iii) 50% of such net
proceeds  were retained by the Holding  Company and the  remainder  were used to
purchase all of the stock of First  Security,  and (iv) such net proceeds,  less
the amount of the ESOP and RRP  funding,  were  invested by the Bank and Holding
Company at the  beginning of the periods to yield a pre-tax  return of 5.90% for
the four months ended April 30, 1997 and for the fiscal year ended  December 31,
1996.  The assumed  return is based upon the market yield rate of one-year  U.S.
Government  Treasury  Securities  as of April 30, 1997.  The use of this current
rate is viewed to be more relevant in the current interest rate environment than
the use of an  arithmetic  average of the weighted  average  yield earned by the
Bank on its  interest-earning  assets and the weighted  average rate paid on its
deposits during such periods. In calculating the underwriting fees to be paid as
part of the Offering,  the table assumes that (i) no commission was paid on $2.1
million of shares sold to  directors,  officers  and  employees,  (ii) 8% of the
total shares issued in the Conversion  including the Stock  Contribution  shares
were sold to the ESOP at no commission, and (iii) the remaining shares were sold
at a 1.0% commission.  (These assumptions represent  management's estimate as to
the  distribution  of stock orders in the Conversion.  However,  there can be no
assurance  that such estimate will be accurate and that a greater  proportion of
shares  will  not be sold  at a  higher  commission,  thus  increasing  offering
expenses.)  Fixed  expenses  are  estimated to be  $540,000.  Actual  Conversion
expenses may be more or less than those  estimated  because the fees paid to FBR
and other brokers will depend upon the  categories of  purchasers,  the Purchase
Price and market conditions and other factors.  The pro forma net income amounts
derived  from  the  assumptions  set  forth  herein  should  not  be  considered
indicative of the actual results of operations of the Holding Company that would
have  been  attained  for  any  period  if  the  Conversion  had  been  actually
consummated  at the  beginning of such  period,  and the  assumptions  regarding
investment  yields  should not be  considered  indicative  of the actual  yields
expected to be achieved during any future period.

         The total  number of  shares  to be  issued  in the  Conversion  may be
increased  or  decreased  significantly,  or the price per share  decreased,  to
reflect  changes in market and  financial  conditions  prior to the close of the
Offering.  However,  if the aggregate Purchase Price of the Common Stock sold in
the  Conversion is below  $34,990,000  (the minimum of the  Estimated  Valuation
Range)  or more  than  $54,450,000  (15%  above  the  maximum  of the  Estimated
Valuation  Range),  subscribers  will be offered  the  opportunity  to modify or
cancel their  subscriptions.  See "The  Conversion - Stock Pricing and Number of
Shares to be Issued."



                                       33

<PAGE>



         The following table assumes that the Stock  Contribution is approved as
part of the Conversion and therefore  gives effect to the issuance of authorized
but unissued  shares of the Holding  Company's  Common  Stock to the  Foundation
concurrently with the completion of the Conversion.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                          At or For the Four Months Ended April 30, 1997
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                         15% Above
                                                                          Minimum        Midpoint         Maximum         Maximum
                                                                         3,749,000       4,367,000       4,985,000       5,695,000
                                                                         Shares at       Shares at       Shares at       Shares at
                                                                        $10.00 per      $10.00 per      $10.00 per      $10.00 per
                                                                           Share           Share           Share           Share
                                                                           -----           -----           -----           -----
                                                                            (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>        
Gross proceeds .....................................................   $    34,990     $    41,170     $    47,350     $    54,450
Plus: Shares issued to Foundation(1) ...............................         2,500           2,500           2,500           2,500
                                                                       -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
Pro forma market capitalization ....................................   $    37,490     $    43,670     $    49,850     $    56,950
                                                                       ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Gross proceeds .....................................................   $    34,990     $    41,170     $    47,350     $    54,450
Less offering expenses and commissions .............................           908             965           1,022           1,087
                                                                       -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
 Estimated net conversion proceeds .................................        34,082          40,205          46,328          53,363
Less ESOP shares ...................................................        (2,999)         (3,494)         (3,988)         (4,556)
Less RRP shares ....................................................        (1,500)         (1,747)         (1,994)         (2,278)
                                                                       -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
 Estimated proceeds available for investment(2) ....................   $    29,583     $    34,964     $    40,346     $    46,529
                                                                       ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Net Income:
  Historical .......................................................   $       761     $       761     $       761     $       761
Pro Forma Adjustments:
   Net earnings from proceeds(3) ...................................           349             413             476             549
   ESOP(4) .........................................................            60              70              80              91
   RRP(5) ..........................................................            60              70              80              91
                                                                       -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
     Pro forma net income(6) .......................................   $       990     $     1,034     $     1,077     $     1,128
                                                                       ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Net Income Per Share:
    Historical(7) ..................................................   $      0.22     $      0.19     $      0.17     $      0.15
Pro forma Adjustments:
     Net earnings from proceeds ....................................          0.10            0.10            0.10            0.10
     ESOP(3) .......................................................         (0.02)          (0.02)          (0.02)          (0.02)
     RRP(5) ........................................................         (0.02)          (0.02)          (0.02)          (0.02)
                                                                       -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
         Pro forma net income per share(5) .........................   $      0.28     $      0.25     $      0.23     $      0.21
                                                                       ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
    Ratio of offering price to pro forma net income per share
       (annualized) ................................................        11.90x          13.33x          14.49x          15.87x
    Number of shares using SOP 93-6 ................................     3,454,079       4,023,463       4,592,847       5,246,993
Stockholders' Equity (Book Value)(8):
  Historical .......................................................   $    29,950     $    29,950     $    29,950     $    29,950
Pro Forma Adjustments:
  Estimated net Conversion proceeds ................................        34,082          40,205          46,328          53,363
  Plus: Tax benefit of Stock Contribution ..........................         1,000           1,000           1,000           1,000
  Less: Common stock acquired by:
   ESOP(4) .........................................................        (2,999)         (3,494)         (3,988)         (4,556)
   RRP(5) ..........................................................        (1,500)         (1,747)         (1,994)         (2,278)
                                                                       -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
       Pro forma stockholder's equity(5) ...........................   $    60,533     $    65,914     $    71,296     $    77,479
                                                                       ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Stockholders' Equity (Book Value)(8):
Per Share(7):
  Historical .......................................................   $      7.99     $      6.86     $      6.01     $      5.26
Pro Forma Adjustments:
  Estimated net Conversion proceeds ................................          9.09            9.21            9.29            9.37
  Plus: Tax benefit of Stock Contribution ..........................          0.27            0.23            0.20            0.18
  Less: Common stock acquired by:
   ESOP(4) .........................................................         (0.80)          (0.80)          (0.80)          (0.80)
   RRP(5) ..........................................................         (0.40)          (0.40)          (0.40)          (0.40)
                                                                       -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
       Pro forma book value per share(6) ...........................   $     16.15     $     15.10     $     14.30     $     13.61
                                                                       ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Pro forma price to book value ......................................         61.92%          66.23%          69.93%          73.48%
Number of shares (including Foundation shares) .....................     3,749,000       4,367,000       4,985,000       5,695,000

</TABLE>

                                       34

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              At or For the Year Ended December 31, 1996
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        15% Above
                                                                           Minimum       Midpoint         Maximum        Maximum
                                                                          3,749,000      4,367,000       4,985,000      5,695,000
                                                                          Shares at      Shares at       Shares at      Shares at
                                                                          $10.00 per     $10.00 per      $10.00 per     $10.00 per
                                                                            Share          Share           Share          Share
                                                                            -----          -----           -----          -----
                                                                           (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>        
Gross proceeds .....................................................   $    34,990     $    41,170     $    47,350     $    54,450
Plus: Shares issued to Foundation(1) ...............................         2,500           2,500           2,500           2,500
                                                                       -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
Pro forma market capitalization ....................................   $    37,490     $    43,670     $    49,850     $    56,950
                                                                       ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Gross proceeds .....................................................   $    34,990     $    41,170     $    47,350     $    54,450
Less offering expenses and commissions .............................           908             965           1,022           1,087
                                                                       -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
 Estimated net conversion proceeds .................................        34,082          40,205          46,328          53,363
Less ESOP shares ...................................................        (2,999)         (3,494)         (3,988)         (4,556)
Less RRP shares ....................................................        (1,500)         (1,747)         (1,994)         (2,278)
                                                                       -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
 Estimated proceeds available for investment(2) ....................   $    29,583     $    34,964     $    40,346     $    46,529
                                                                       ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Net Income(9):
  Historical .......................................................   $       452     $       452     $       452     $       452
Pro Forma Adjustments:
   Net earnings from proceeds(3) ...................................         1,047           1,238           1,428           1,647
   ESOP(4) .........................................................          (180)           (210)           (239)           (273)
   RRP(4) ..........................................................          (180)           (210)           (239)           (273)
                                                                       -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
     Pro forma net income(6) .......................................   $     1,139     $     1,270     $     1,402     $     1,553
                                                                       ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Net Income Per Share(9):
    Historical(7) ..................................................   $      0.13     $      0.11     $      0.10     $      0.09
Pro forma Adjustments:
     Net earnings from proceeds ....................................          0.30            0.31            0.31            0.31
     ESOP(3) .......................................................         (0.05)          (0.05)          (0.05)          (0.05)
     RRP(5) ........................................................         (0.05)          (0.05)          (0.05)          (0.05)
                                                                       -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
         Pro forma net income per share(5) .........................   $      0.33     $      0.32     $      0.31     $      0.30
                                                                       ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
     Ratio of offering price to pro forma net income per share .....        30.30x          31.25x          32.26x          33.33x
         Number of shares using SOP 93-6(4) ........................     3,464,076       4,035,108       4,606,140       5,262,180
Stockholders' Equity (Book Value)(8):
  Historical
Pro Forma Adjustments: .............................................   $    29,261     $    29,261     $    29,261     $    29,261
  Estimated net Conversion proceeds ................................        34,082          40,205          46,328          53,363
  Plus: Tax benefit of Stock Contribution ..........................         1,000           1,000           1,000           1,000
  Less: Common stock acquired by:
   ESOP(4) .........................................................        (2,999)         (3,494)         (3,988)         (4,556)
   RRP(5) ..........................................................        (1,500)         (1,747)         (1,994)         (2,278)
                                                                       -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
       Pro forma stockholders' equity(5) ...........................   $    59,844     $    65,225     $    70,607     $    76,790
                                                                       ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Stockholders' Equity (Book Value)(8):
Per Share(7):
  Historical .......................................................   $      7.81     $      6.70     $      5.87     $      5.14
Pro Forma Adjustments:
  Estimated net Conversion proceeds ................................          9.09            9.21            9.29            9.37
  Plus: Tax benefit of Stock Contribution ..........................          0.27            0.23            0.20            0.18
  Less: Common stock acquired by:
   ESOP(4) .........................................................         (0.80)          (0.80)          (0.80)          (0.80)
   RRP(5) ..........................................................         (0.40)          (0.40)          (0.40)          (0.40)
                                                                       -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
       Pro forma book value per share(6) ...........................   $     15.97     $     14.94     $     14.16     $     13.49
                                                                       ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Offering Price Per Share as a Percentage of Pro Forma
   Stockholders' Equity Per Share ..................................         62.62%          66.93%          70.62%          74.13%
Number of shares (including Foundation shares) .....................     3,749,000       4,367,000       4,985,000       5,695,000

- ----------
<FN>
(1)  Subject to member  approval,  the  Holding  Company  intends to  contribute
     250,000 shares to the Foundation  within 12 months following the completion
     of  the  Conversion.   See  "The  Conversion--Stock   Contribution  to  the
     Charitable  Foundation."  Since the  contributed  shares will be donated or
     sold for  nominal  consideration,  they  will  not add to  gross  proceeds.
 </FN>
</TABLE>

<PAGE>



     However,  since such  shares are  issued and  outstanding,  they add to the
     Holding Company's market capitalization.

     The amount of the Stock  Contribution  will be accrued as an expense in the
     fiscal quarter in which the Conversion is completed. The pro forma earnings
     data does not reflect such non-recurring accrual.

                                       35
<PAGE>

     Both the  historical  and pro forma per share  data  assume  that the Stock
     Contribution is made.

(2)  Reflects a reduction  to net  proceeds for the cost of the ESOP and the RRP
     (which is subject to shareholder  ratification) which it is assumed will be
     funded from the net proceeds retained by the Holding Company.

(3)  No effect has been  given to  withdrawals  from  savings  accounts  for the
     purpose of  purchasing  Common  Stock in the  Conversion.  For  purposes of
     calculating pro forma net income, proceeds attributable to purchases by the
     ESOP and RRP, which  purchases are to be funded by the Holding  Company and
     the Bank, have been deducted from net proceeds.

(4)  It is  assumed  that  8% of the  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered  in the
     Conversion  including the shares issued to the Foundation will be purchased
     by the ESOP.  The funds used to acquire such shares will be borrowed by the
     ESOP from the net  proceeds  from the  Conversion  retained  by the Holding
     Company.  The Bank intends to make  contributions to the ESOP in amounts at
     least equal to the  principal  and interest  requirement  of the debt.  The
     Bank's  payment  of the  ESOP  debt is based  upon  equal  installments  of
     principal and interest over a 10-year period. However, assuming the Holding
     Company makes the ESOP loan,  interest income earned by the Holding Company
     on the ESOP debt will offset the  interest  paid by the Bank.  Accordingly,
     only the  principal  payments  on the ESOP debt are  recorded as an expense
     (tax-effected)  to the Holding Company on a consolidated  basis. The amount
     of ESOP debt is reflected as a reduction of  stockholders'  equity.  In the
     event that the ESOP were to receive a loan from an independent third party,
     both ESOP  expense  and  earnings on the  proceeds  retained by the Holding
     Company would be expected to increase.

(5)  Adjustments  to both  book  value and net  earnings  have been made to give
     effect to the proposed open market purchase (based upon an assumed purchase
     price of $10.00 per share)  following  Conversion  by the RRP  (subject  to
     stockholder  ratification  of such plan) of an amount of shares equal to 4%
     of the shares of Common  Stock sold in the  Conversion  for the  benefit of
     certain  directors,  officers  and  employees.  Funds  used  by the  RRP to
     purchase the shares will be contributed  to the RRP by the Holding  Company
     if the RRP is ratified by stockholders following the Conversion. Therefore,
     this funding is assumed to reduce the proceeds  available for reinvestment.
     For financial accounting  purposes,  the amount of the contribution will be
     recorded as a compensation  expense (although not an actual  expenditure of
     funds) over the period of vesting.  These  grants are  scheduled to vest in
     equal  annual  installments  over  the  five  years  following  stockholder
     ratification of the RRP. However,  all unvested grants will be forfeited in
     the case of  recipients  who fail to maintain  continuous  service with the
     Holding  Company  or its  subsidiaries.  In the  event the RRP is unable to
     purchase a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to fund the RRP, the
     RRP may issue  authorized  but  unissued  shares of Common  Stock  from the
     Holding  Company  to fund the  remaining  balance.  In the event the RRP is
     funded by the issuance of authorized but unissued shares in an amount equal
     to 4% of the shares  sold in the  Conversion,  the  interests  of  existing
     stockholders would be diluted by approximately 3.8%.

     In the event that the RRP is funded through authorized but unissued shares,
     for the four months ended April 30, 1997 and year ended  December 31, 1996,
     pro forma net income per share would be $0.28,  $0.25,  $0.23 and $0.21 and
     $0.33,  $0.32, $0.31 and $0.30,  respectively,  and pro forma stockholders'
     equity per share  would be $15.91,  $14.90,  $14.14 and $13.47 and  $15.73,
     $14.75,  $14.00  and  $13.35,  respectively,  in each case at the  minimum,
     midpoint,  maximum  and 15% above the  maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation
     Range.

(6)  No effect has been given to the shares to be reserved  for  issuance  under
     the  proposed  Stock  Option  Plan which is  expected  to be adopted by the
     Holding Company following the Conversion,  subject to stockholder approval.
     In the event the Stock Option Plan is funded by the issuance of  authorized
     but  unissued  shares in an amount  equal to 10% of the shares  sold in the
     Conversion,  at $10.00 per share,  the  interests of existing  stockholders
     would be  diluted as  follows:  pro forma net income per share for the four
     months  ended April 30, 1997 and the year ended  December 31, 1996 would be
     $0.27,   $0.24,  $0.22  and  $0.21  and  $0.33,  $0.32,  $0.31  and  $0.30,
     respectively, and pro forma stockholders' equity per share would be $15.59,
     $14.63,   $13.91  and  $13.28  and  $15.42,   $14.49,  $13.79  and  $13.17,
     respectively,  in each case at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15% above
     the maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range.  In the  alternative,  the
     Holding  Company may  purchase  shares in the open market to fund the Stock
     Option Plan following stockholder approval of such plan. To the extent, the
     entire 10% of the shares to be reserved for issuance under the Stock Option
     Plan were funded  through open market  purchases  at the Purchase  Price of
     $10.00 per share,  proceeds  available for reinvestment would be reduced by
     $3,749,000, $4,367,000, $4,985,000 and $5,695,000 at the minimum, midpoint,
     maximum and 15% above the maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range.  See
     "Management Benefit Plans - Stock Option and Incentive Plan."
                                       36
<PAGE>


(7)  Historical  per share amounts have been computed as if the shares of Common
     Stock indicated had been  outstanding at the beginning of the periods or on
     the dates shown,  but without any  adjustment of  historical  net income or
     historical  equity to reflect the  investment of the estimated net proceeds
     of the sale of shares in the Conversion as described above. All ESOP shares
     have been  considered  outstanding for purposes of computing book value per
     share. Pro forma share amounts have been computed by dividing the pro forma
     net income or  stockholders'  equity  (book  value) by the number of shares
     indicated as outstanding under SOP 93-6.

(8)  "Book value"  represents the  difference  between the stated amounts of the
     Bank's  assets  (based on  historical  cost) and  liabilities  computed  in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The amounts shown
     do not  reflect  the  effect  of the  Liquidation  Account  which  will  be
     established for the benefit of Eligible and  Supplemental  Eligible Account
     Holders in the  Conversion,  or the federal income tax  consequences of the
     restoration  to income of the Bank's  special bad debt  reserves for income
     tax purposes which would be required in the unlikely event of  liquidation.
     See "The Conversion - Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors and
     Borrowers of the Bank" and  "Regulation - Federal and State  Taxation." The
     amounts  shown  for book  value do not  represent  fair  market  values  or
     amounts,  if any,  distributable  to  stockholders in the unlikely event of
     liquidation.

(9)  In the event that 1996 net income were calculated  without giving effort to
     the non-recurring $1.3 million special deposit insurance assessment and the
     $2.5 million cash contribution to the Foundation, 1996 pro forma net income
     and net income per share would have been as follows:

                                                               15% Above
                               Minimum    Midpoint   Maximum    Maximum
                               -------    --------   -------    -------
Net Income:
  Historical ...............   $   452    $   452    $   452    $   452
  Nonrecurring expenses ....     2,276      2,276      2,276      2,276
                               -------    -------    -------       ----
    Adjusted historical ....     2,728      2,728      2,728      2,728

Pro Forma Adjustments:
  Net earnings from proceeds     1,047      1,238      1,428      1,647
  ESOP .....................      (180)      (210)      (239)      (273)
  RRP ......................      (180)      (210)      (239)      (273)
                                -------    -------    -------      ----
      Pro form net income ..   $ 3,415    $ 3,546    $ 3,678    $ 3,829
                                =======    =======    =======      ====

Net Income Per Share:
  Historical ...............   $  0.13    $  0.11    $  0.10    $  0.09
  Nonrecurring expenses ....      0.66       0.56       0.49       0.43
                                -------    -------    -------      ----
    Adjusted historical ....      0.79       0.67       0.59       0.52

Pro Forma Adjustments:
  Net earnings from
    proceeds ...............      0.30       0.31       0.31       0.31
  ESOP .....................     (0.05)     (0.05)     (0.05)     (0.05)
  RRP ......................     (0.05)     (0.05)     (0.05)     (0.05)
                                -------    -------    -------      ----
      Pro form net income
        per share ..........   $  0.99    $   0.88   $   0.80   $  0.73
                                =======    =======    =======      ====

Ratio of offering price to
  pro forma net income
  per share ................     10.10x     11.36x     12.50x    13.70x


                                       37

<PAGE>


            COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH NO
                               STOCK CONTRIBUTION

         In the event that the Stock Contribution to the Foundation is not made,
FinPro has  estimated  that the amount of Common  Stock  offered for sale in the
Conversion  would  increase by  approximately  $3.8 million and that the overall
market capitalization would increase by $3.5 million, all at the midpoint of the
Estimated  Valuation Range as of April 30, 1997. Under such  circumstances,  pro
forma  shareholder  equity of the Holding Company would be  approximately  $69.7
million,  at the midpoint,  which is approximately $3.8 million greater than the
pro  forma  shareholder  equity  of the  Holding  Company  would be if the Stock
Contribution  is made.  The pro forma price to book ratio and pro forma price to
earnings ratio would be approximately  the same under both the current appraisal
and  the  estimate  of the  value  of the  Holding  Company  without  the  Stock
Contribution.  Further,  assuming the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range,
pro forma stockholders'  equity per share and pro forma earnings per share would
be  substantially  the same with the Stock  Contribution  as  without  the Stock
Contribution.  In this regard, pro forma stockholders'  equity and pro forma net
income per share at and for the period  ended April 30, 1997 would be $15.09 and
$0.25,  respectively,  at  the  midpoint  of the  estimate,  assuming  no  Stock
Contribution,  and $15.10 and $0.25, respectively,  with the Stock Contribution.
The pro forma  price to book  value  ratio and the pro forma  price to  earnings
ratio at and for the  period  ended  April  30,  1997  are  66.27%  and  13.33x,
respectively,  at the midpoint of the estimate,  assuming no Stock  Contribution
and are 66.23%  and  13.33x,  respectively,  with the Stock  Contribution.  This
estimate  by FinPro  was  prepared  at the  request of the OTS and is solely for
purposes of providing members with sufficient  information with which to make an
informed decision on the Stock  Contribution.  There is no assurance that in the
event the Stock  Contribution  is not approved at the Special Meeting of members
that the  appraisal  prepared  at that time  would  conclude  that the pro forma
market value of the Holding Company would be the same as that estimated herein.

         If the Stock  Contribution  is not made,  FinPro has estimated that the
maximum,  as adjusted,  of the Estimated Valuation Range would be $60.8 million.
Nevertheless,  if the pro forma  market  value of the common stock to be sold by
the Holding Company without the Stock  Contribution is either greater than $54.5
million  or  less  than  $35.0  million  or if  the  OTS  otherwise  requires  a
resolicitation of subscribers, the Bank will establish a new Estimated Valuation
Range and commence a resolicitation  of subscribers  (i.e.,  subscribers will be
permitted  to  continue   their  orders,   in  which  case  they  will  need  to
affirmatively  reconfirm  their  subscriptions  prior to the  expiration  of the
resolicitation  offering or their  subscription  funds will be promptly refunded
witinterest.) Any change in the Estimated  Valuation Range must be approved by
the OTS. "See the Conversion--Stock Pricing."

         For  comparative  purposes  only,  set forth below are certain  pricing
ratios and  financial  data and ratios,  at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and
maximum, as adjusted,  of the Estimated Valuation Range, assuming the Conversion
was completed at April 30, 1997.


                                       38

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                       At the Minimum             At the Midpoint               At the Maximum
                                                  -------------------------   --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                      With          No           With           No           With           No
                                                     Stock        Stock         Stock         Stock         Stock         Stock
                                                  Contribution  Contribution  Contribution  Contribution  Contribution  Contribution
                                                  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>        
Estimated offering amount ....................   $    34,990   $    39,100   $    41,170   $    46,000   $    47,350   $    52,900
Pro forma market capitalization ..............        37,490        39,100        43,670        46,000        49,850        52,900
Total assets .................................       290,585       293,438       295,966       299,447       301,348       305,455
Total liabilities ............................       230,052       230,052       230,052       230,052       230,052       230,052
Pro forma stockholders' equity ...............        60,533        63,386        65,914        69,395        71,296        75,403
Pro forma consolidated net earnings(1) .......           990         1,030         1,034         1,079         1,077         1,128
Pro forma stockholders' equity per share .....         16.15         16.21         15.10         15.09         14.30         14.25
Pro forma consolidated net earnings
  per share(1) ...............................          0.28          0.29          0.25          0.25          0.23          0.23
Pro Forma Pricing Ratios:
  Offering price as a percentage of pro
    forma stockholders' equity per share .....         61.92         61.69         66.23         66.29         69.93         70.16
  Offering price to pro forma net
    earnings per share(1) ....................         11.90         11.49         13.33         13.33         14.49         14.49
  Offering price to assets ...................         12.90         13.32         14.76         15.36         16.54         17.32
Pro Forma Financial Ratios:
   Return on assets(2) .......................          1.02          1.05          1.05          1.08          1.07          1.11
   Return on stockholders' equity(2) .........          4.91          4.87          4.71          4.66          4.53          4.49
   Stockholders' equity to assets ............         20.83         21.60         22.27         23.17         23.66         24.69
</TABLE>


                                                         At the Maximum
                                                          as adjusted
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                     With              No
                                                     Stock           Stock
                                                 Contribution     Contribution
                                                 ------------     ------------
Estimated  offering  amount ..................    $ 54,450         $ 60,840
 Pro forma market capitalization .............      56,950           60,840
 Total assets ................................     307,531          312,369
 Total liabilities ...........................     230,052          230,052
 Pro forma stockholders'equity ...............      77,479           82,318
 Pro forma consolidated net earnings(1) ......       1,128            1,184
Pro forma stockholders' equity per share .....       13.61            13.53
Pro forma  consolidated  net  earnings
  per share(1) ...............................        0.21             0.21
Pro Forma Pricing Ratios:
 Offering price as a percentage of pro
  forma stockholders'equity per share ........       73.48            73.91
 Offering price to pro forma net earnings
  per share(1) ...............................       15.87            15.87
 Offering price to assets ....................       18.52            19.48
Pro Forma Financial Ratios:
 Return on assets(2) .........................        1.10             1.14
 Return on stockholders' equity(2) ...........        4.37             4.32
 Stockholders' equity to assets ..............       25.19            26.35

 ------------ 

(1)  For the four month period ended April 30, 1997.

(2)  Ratios for the four month periods have been annualized.


                                       39

<PAGE>

                      PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL ANALYSIS

         At April 30, 1997, the Bank would have exceeded each of the OTS capital
requirements. Set forth below is a summary of the Bank's compliance with the OTS
capital  standards  as of April 30,  1997 based on  historical  capital and also
assuming that the indicated number of shares were sold as of such date using the
assumptions contained under the caption "Pro Forma Data."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              Pro Forma at April 30, 1997
                                                                                 ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     3,749,000 Shares            4,367,000 Shares
                                                          Historical                      Minimum                     Midpoint
                                                   ----------------------        ------------------------      ---------------------
                                                   Amount          Percent        Amount         Percent       Amount        Percent
                                                   ------          -------        ------         -------       ------        -------
                                                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                <C>               <C>         <C>               <C>         <C>           <C>  
GAAP Capital(1) ..........................         $29,950           11.5%       $52,492           15.6%       $44,812       16.3%
                                                   =======           ====        =======           ====        =======       ==== 

Tangible Capital(2):
 Capital level ...........................         $29,468           11.4%       $42,010           15.4%       $44,330       16.2%
 Requirement .............................           3,892            1.5          4,081            1.5          4,116        1.5
                                                     -----            ---          -----            ---          -----        ---
 Excess ..................................         $25,576            9.9%       $37,929           13.9%       $40,214       14.7%
                                                   =======            ===        =======           ====        =======       ==== 

Core Capital(2):
 Capital level ...........................         $29,468           11.4%       $42,010           15.4%       $44,330       16.2%
 Requirement(3) ..........................           7,784            3.0          8,162            3.0          8,232        3.0
                                                     -----            ---          -----            ---          -----        ---
 Excess ..................................         $21,684            8.4%       $33,848           12.4%       $36,098       13.2%
                                                   -------            ---        -------           ----        -------       ---- 

Risk-Based Capital(2):
 Capital level(4) ........................         $31,060           24.4%       $43,627           33.6%       $45,952       35.3%
 Requirement(5) ..........................          10,186            8.0         10,387            8.0         10,424        8.0
                                                    ------            ---         ------            ---         ------        ---
 Excess ..................................         $20,874           16.4%       $33,240           25.6%       $35,528       27.3%
                                                   =======           ====        =======           ====        =======       ==== 
</TABLE>

                                                Pro Forma at April 30, 1997
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                               5,695,000 Shares
                                            4,985,000 Shares      15% above
                                                 Maximum           Maximum
                                             ---------------   -----------------
                                             Amount  Percent   Amount   Percent
                                             ------  -------   ------   -------
                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)
GAAP Capital(1) ..........................   $47,132   17.0%   $49,798   17.8%
                                             =======   ====    =======   ====

Tangible Capital(2):
  Capital level ..........................   $46,650   16.9%   $49,316   17.7%
  Requirement ............................     4,151    1.5      4,191    1.5
                                             -------   ----    -------   ----
  Excess .................................   $42,499   15.4%   $45,125   16.2%
                                             =======   ====    =======   ====

Core Capital(2):
  Capital level ..........................   $46,650   16.9%   $49,316   17.7%
  Requirement(3) .........................     8,302    3.0      8,382    3.0
                                             -------   ----    -------   ----
  Excess .................................   $38,348   13.9%   $40,934   14.7%
                                             =======   ====    =======   ====

Risk-Based Capital(2):
  Capital level(4) .......................   $48,277   36.9%   $50,949   38.8%
  Requirement(5) .........................    10,461    8.0     10,504    8.0
                                             -------   ----    -------   ----
  Excess .................................   $37,816   28.9%   $40,445   30.8%
                                             =======   ====    =======   ====

- ----------

(1)  Total equity as calculated under generally accepted  accounting  principles
     ("GAAP"). Assumes that the Bank receives 50% of the net proceeds, offset in
     part, by the aggregate  Purchase  Price of Common Stock acquired at a price
     of $10.00  per share by the ESOP in the  Conversion  and the RRP  (assuming
     stockholder   ratification  of  such  plan  following   completion  of  the
     Conversion).

<PAGE>

(2)  Tangible  and core  capital  figures  are  determined  as a  percentage  of
     adjusted  total  assets;  risk-based  capital  figures are  determined as a
     percentage of  risk-weighted  assets.  Unrealized  gains and losses on debt
     securities  available  for  sale  are  excluded  from  tangible,  core  and
     risk-based capital.

(3)  In April 1991,  the OTS  proposed a core  capital  requirement  for savings
     associations  comparable to the  requirement for national banks that became
     effective on November 30, 1990.  This  proposed core capital ratio is 3% of
     total  adjusted  assets for thrifts  that  receive the highest  supervisory
     rating for  safety and  soundness  ("CAMEL"  rating),  with a 4% to 5% core
     capital  requirement  for all other thrifts.  See  "Regulation - Regulatory
     Capital Requirements."

(4)  Includes  $1.7  million  of  general  valuation  allowances,  of which $1.6
     million  qualifies as supplementary  capital.  See "Regulation - Regulatory
     Capital Requirements."

(5)  Pro forma  amounts and  percentages  assume net  proceeds  are  invested in
     assets that carry a 20%  risk-weight,  such as short-term  interest-bearing
     deposits.


                                       40

<PAGE>



                                 CAPITALIZATION

         Set forth below is the  capitalization,  including  deposits,  of First
Security as of April 30, 1997, and the pro forma  capitalization  of the Holding
Company at the minimum,  the midpoint,  the maximum and 15% above the maximum of
the Estimated  Valuation Range,  after giving effect to the Conversion and based
on other  assumptions  set forth in the table and under the  caption  "Pro Forma
Data."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      Holding Company - Pro Forma Based
                                                                                         Upon Sale at $10.00 per share
                                                                             ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        15% Above
                                                                               Minimum       Midpoint      Maximum       Maximum
                                                              Existing        3,749,000     4.367,000     4,985,000     5,695,000
                                                           Capitalization      Shares         Shares        Shares        Shares
                                                           --------------      ------         ------        ------        ------
                                                                                           (In Thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>      
Deposits(1) .............................................     $ 218,987      $ 218,987      $ 218,987      $ 218,987      $ 218,987
                                                              =========      =========      =========      =========      =========
Stockholders' Equity:
  Serial Preferred Stock ($0.01 par value)
  authorized - 500,000 shares; none to be
  outstanding ...........................................     $    --        $    --        $    --        $    --        $    --
  Common Stock ($0.01 par value authorized
  - 8,000,000 shares; to be outstanding (as
  shown)(2) .............................................          --               37             43             49            546
  Additional paid-in capital ............................          --           36,545         42,662         48,779         55,863
  Retained earnings, substantially
  restricted(3) .........................................        30,226         30,226         30,226         30,226         30,226
  Net unrealized loss on securities available for
 sale ...................................................          (276)          (276)          (276)          (276)          (276)
Stock Contribution expense net of tax
 benefit ................................................          --           (1,500)        (1,500)        (1,500)        (1,500)
Less:
  Common Stock acquired by ESOP(4) ......................          --           (2,999)        (3,494)        (3,988)        (4,556)
  Common Stock acquired by RRP(4) .......................          --           (1,500)        (1,747)        (1,994)        (2,278)
                                                              ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
Total Stockholders' Equity(5) ...........................     $  29,950      $  60,533      $  65,914      $  71,296      $  77,479
                                                              =========      =========      =========      =========      =========
- ----------
<FN>


(1)  No effect has been  given to  withdrawals  from  deposit  accounts  for the
     purpose of purchasing Common Stock in the Conversion.  Any such withdrawals
     will reduce pro forma deposits by the amount of such withdrawals.

(2)  Does not  reflect  the  shares of Common  Stock  that may be  reserved  for
     issuance pursuant to the Stock Option Plan.

(3)  See  "Dividends"  and  "Regulation  -  Limitations  on Dividends  and Other
     Capital  Distributions"  regarding restrictions on future dividend payments
     and "The Conversion - Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors and
     Borrowers of the Bank" regarding the liquidation  account to be established
     upon Conversion.

(4)  Assumes that 8% of the shares sold in the  Conversion  will be purchased by
     the ESOP.  The funds used to acquire the ESOP shares will be borrowed  from
     the Holding  Company.  The Bank intends to make  contributions  to the ESOP
     sufficient to service and ultimately retire the ESOP's debt over a ten-year
     period.  Also assumes that an amount of shares equal to 4% of the amount of
     shares  sold in the  Conversion  will be  acquired  by the  RRP,  following
     shareholder  ratification of such plan after  completion of the Conversion.
     In the event  that the RRP is  funded by the  issuance  of  authorized  but
     unissued  shares  in an  amount  equal  to 4% of  the  shares  sold  in the
     Conversion,  the  interest  of  existing  stockholders  would be diluted by
     approximately  3.8%.  The amount to be  borrowed by the ESOP and the Common
     Stock  acquired by the RRP is  reflected  as a reduction  of  stockholders'
     equity.  See  "Management - Benefit Plans - Employee Stock  Ownership Plan"
     and "- Recognition and Retention Plan."

(5)  If the Stock Contribution is approved by the Bank's members,  the amount of
     initial contribution will be accrued as an expense in the fiscal quarter in
     which the conversion is completed. See "The Conversion--Stock  Contribution
     to the Charitable Foundation.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       41

<PAGE>



                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

General

         The Bank is a financial  intermediary  engaged  primarily in attracting
deposits from the general  public and using such  deposits to originate  one- to
four-family  residential  mortgage  and, to a lesser  extent,  multi-family  and
commercial real estate,  consumer and other loans primarily in its market areas,
and to acquire  mortgage-backed  and other  securities.  The Bank's revenues are
derived  principally from interest earned on loans and mortgage-backed and other
securities.  The operations of the Bank are influenced  significantly by general
economic  conditions  and  by  policies  of  financial  institution   regulatory
agencies,  including the OTS and FDIC. The Bank's cost of funds is influenced by
interest  rates on competing  investments  and general  market  interest  rates.
Lending  activities  are affected by the demand for financing of real estate and
other types of loans,  which in turn is affected by the interest  rates at which
such financings may be offered.

         The  Bank's  net  interest  income  is  dependent  primarily  upon  the
difference or spread  between the average yield earned on loans  receivable  and
securities  and the  average  rate  paid on  deposits,  as well as the  relative
amounts  of  such  assets  and   liabilities.   The  Bank,   like  other  thrift
institutions,  is  subject  to  interest  rate  risk  to  the  degree  that  its
interest-bearing  liabilities  mature or reprice  at  different  times,  or on a
different basis, than its interest-earning assets.

Business Strategy

         The  Bank  seeks to  obtain  a  competitive  advantage  in its  deposit
gathering  and  lending  operations  by  maintaining  a high level of  community
involvement and by offering a high level of personal service.

         In its deposit gathering  operations,  the Bank uses community outreach
and  customer  service  in an attempt  to build and  maintain a large  volume of
passbook and other  non-certificate  accounts.  These accounts  generally  carry
lower costs than  certificate  accounts and are believed to represent  primarily
"core"  deposits  that  are  less  vulnerable  to  interest  rate  changes  (and
competition from other financial products) than certificate accounts.

         In its  lending  operations,  the Bank  seeks to  obtain  high  quality
residential and, to a lesser extent,  other loans by maintaining a high level of
local  visibility,  offering a high level of customer  service and  limiting its
secondary  market  activities.  The Bank's one- to four-family  residential loan
balances  have  increased  significantly  in  recent  years as a result of these
efforts. At the same time, asset quality has remained high.

         Primarily  as a result  of its cost of funds and its loan  yields,  the
Bank has been profitable  since 1964. The Board has sought to enhance the Bank's
profitability by controlling  expenses and maintaining a relatively steady level
of loan and deposit growth.

                                       42

<PAGE>

         The Board  believes that the Bank's future  success is directly tied to
its ability to maintain and build a loyal  customer  base through its  community
and other activities.

Comparison of Financial Condition at April 30, 1997 and December 31, 1996

         Total assets at April 30, 1997 were $260.0  million  compared to $258.1
million at December 31, 1996, an increase of $1.9 million, or 0.7%. The increase
in total assets was due primarily to increases in loans receivable, funded by an
increase in Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") advances.

         Total  liabilities  at April 30, 1997 were $230.1  million  compared to
$228.9  million at December 31, 1996, an increase of $1.2 million,  or 0.5%. The
increase  is  primarily  due to an increase  in FHLB  advances of $3.5  million,
partially  offset by a decrease in advance  payments by borrowers  for taxes and
insurance  of $532,000 as a result of the  payment of the first  installment  of
taxes in 1997.

         Total  equity at April 30,  1997 was $30.0  million  compared  to $29.3
million at December 31, 1996.  This increase of $700,000,  or 2.4%, was a result
of $761,000 in net income for the period, partially offset by a $72,000 increase
in unrealized losses on securities  available-for-sale from December 31, 1996 to
April 30, 1997.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995

         Total  assets at  December  31, 1996 were  $258.1  million  compared to
$251.9  million at December 31, 1995, an increase of $6.2 million,  or 2.5%. The
increase  in total  assets was  primarily  a result of an  increase in net loans
receivable  of  $18.8  million  (most  of  which  was  in  one-  to  four-family
residential real estate loans),  partially offset by a decrease in cash and cash
equivalents of $11.9 million.  In December 1995,  management  transferred  $20.2
million   of   securities   from   the   held-to-maturity   portfolio   to   the
available-for-sale   portfolio  in  accordance   with   Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards No. 115  "Accounting  for Certain  Investments in Debt and
Equity Securities."

         Total  liabilities at December 31, 1996 were $228.9 million compared to
$222.9  million at December 31, 1995, an increase of $6.0 million,  or 2.7%. The
increase  was  primarily a result of an  increase in deposits of $10.1  million.
This  increase  was  partially  offset by a decrease  in FHLB  advances  of $6.0
million.

         Total equity at December 31, 1996 was $29.3  million  compared to $29.0
million at December  31, 1995,  an increase of $300,000,  or 1.0% as a result of
$452,000 of net income for the period offset by a change in the unrealized  gain
(loss) on  securities  available-for-sale  from $25,000 in 1995 to ($204,000) in
1996.



                                       43

<PAGE>



Results of Operations

         The Bank's results of operations depend primarily upon the level of net
interest income,  which is the difference  between the interest income earned on
its interest-earning  assets such as loans and securities,  and the costs of the
Bank's interest-bearing liabilities,  primarily deposits and borrowings. Results
of  operations  are also  dependent  upon the  level of the  Bank's  noninterest
income,  including fee income and service charges,  and affected by the level of
its noninterest expenses, including its general and administrative expenses. Net
interest  income  depends  upon  the  volume  of  interest-earnings  assets  and
interest-bearing  liabilities  and the  interest  rate  earned  or paid on them,
respectively.

Comparison  of  Operating  Results for the Four Months  Ended April 30, 1997 and
April 30, 1996

         General.  Net  income  for the four  months  ended  April 30,  1997 was
$761,000,  a decrease  of  $229,000,  from net income of  $990,000  for the four
months ended April 30, 1996.  The decrease was  primarily  due to an increase of
$532,000 in the  provision for loan losses,  partially  offset by an increase in
net interest income of $314,000.

         Interest  Income.  Interest  income for the four months ended April 30,
1997 was $6.5  million  compared to $6.1 million for the four months ended April
30, 1996, an increase of $371,000, or 6.1%. The increase resulted primarily from
an increase in the average balance of interest-earning  assets of $14.9 million,
partially  offset  by a two  basis  point  decrease  in  the  average  yield  on
interest-earning  assets. The average balance of loans receivable increased from
$145.5 million for the four months ended April 30,1996 to $164.1 million for the
four months ended April  30,1997.  The increase in the average  balance of loans
receivable  was a result  of  increased  demand as well as  increased  marketing
efforts.  The  decrease  in the  average  yield on  interest-earning  assets was
primarily  reflective  of the decrease in the average  yield on loans from 8.65%
for the four months  ended  April 30,  1996 to 8.51% for the four  months  ended
April 30, 1997.  This decrease was a result of maturities of older,  higher rate
loans.

         Interest Expense. Interest expense was $3.2 million for the four months
ended  April  30,  1997  and  1996.  The  average  balance  of  interest-bearing
liabilities increased by $9.0 million.  This was offset,  however, by a decrease
in the average cost of funds from 4.50% for the four months ended April 30, 1996
to 4.39% for the four months ended April 30,  1997.  The decrease in the average
cost of funds  was a result  of the  maturity  of higher  rate  certificates  of
deposit  and the  replacement  with  lower  rate  certificates  as a result of a
decreasing rate environment. The average balance of interest-bearing liabilities
increased  largely  in the  area of  certificates  of  deposit  as a  result  of
increased  market demand.  In addition,  FHLB advances  increased to support the
continued loan growth.

         Net Interest Income.  Net interest income was $3.3 million for the four
months ended April 30, 1997, an increase of $314,000, or 10.6% from net interest
income of $3.0 million for the four months  ended April 30,  1996.  The increase
was primarily a result of an increase in the ratio of interest-earning assets to
interest-bearing  liabilities  from  110.69% for the four months ended April 30,
1996 to 112.96% for the four months ended April 30, 1997.


                                       44

<PAGE>

         Provision for Loan Losses.  The Bank recorded a $574,000  provision for
loan  losses for the four  months  ended  April 30,  1997  compared to a $42,000
provision  for the four  months  ended  April  30,  1996.  The  increase  in the
provision for loan losses was primarily  related to various loans to The Bennett
Funding Group, Inc. ("Bennett  Funding") which were secured by equipment leases.
Bennett Funding filed bankruptcy  during 1996 and the Bank received a settlement
offer in February 1997. As a result of the proposed settlement, the Bank charged
off $432,000.  In addition,  the Bank has had  significant  loan growth over the
past few years and has  increased  the  provision to correspond to the growth in
the portfolio.  At April 30, 1997, the Bank's  allowance for loan losses totaled
$1.7 million, or .98% of total loans and 73.8% of total non-performing loans.

         The amount of the provision and allowance for estimated losses on loans
is influenced by current economic conditions,  actual loss experience,  industry
trends and other factors,  including  real estate  values,  in the Bank's market
area. In addition,  various  regulatory  agencies,  as an integral part of their
examination  process,  periodically  review the Bank's  allowance  for estimated
losses on loans.  Such agencies may require the Bank to provide additions to the
allowance based upon judgments  which differ from those of management.  Although
management  uses  the  best  information  available  and  maintains  the  Bank's
allowance  for losses at a level it  believes  adequate  to provide  for losses,
future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary due to economic, operating,
regulatory and other conditions that may be beyond the Bank's control.

         Non-interest  Income.  Non-interest  income for the four  months  ended
April 30, 1997 was $197,000 compared to $194,000 for the four months ended April
30, 1996, an increase of $3,000, or 1.5%. The increase was primarily a result of
a $1,000 gain on the sale of real estate owned  during the 1997 period  compared
to $10,000 in losses on the sale of real estate  owned  during the 1996  period.
This was partially offset by a decrease in deposit service charges of $5,000.

         Non-interest  Expense.  Non-interest  expense was $1.7  million for the
four months  ended April 30, 1997  compared to $1.5  million for the four months
ended April 30,  1996,  an increase  of  $137,000,  or 9.0%.  The  increase  was
primarily  a result of an  increase  in  compensation  and  benefits of $125,000
primarily due to an employer profit sharing  contribution  made in April 1997 of
$105,000.  The  corresponding  contribution in 1996 was made subsequent to April
30.  Other  operating  expenses  increased  $106,000  partially as a result of a
$25,000 loss from a robbery and $34,000 of expenses for real estate owned during
the 1997 period and various other  miscellaneous  expenses  increased  slightly.
These items were partially offset by a decrease in federal insurance premiums of
$139,000 as a result of a decrease in rates due to the  recapitalization of SAIF
during 1996.

         Income Tax Expense. The provision for income taxes totaled $480,000 for
the four months  ended April 30, 1997  compared to $603,000  for the four months
ended April 30, 1996.  The decrease  was  primarily  due to a decrease in income
before income taxes of $352,000.



                                       45

<PAGE>



Comparison  of  Operating  Results  for the Years  Ended  December  31, 1996 and
December 31, 1995

         General Net income for the year ended  December  31, 1996 was  $452,000
compared to net income of $3.2  million for the year ended  December 31, 1995, a
decrease of $2.7  million,  or 84.4%.  The decrease was  primarily a result of a
$1.3  million  FDIC  special  assessment  on  SAIF  insured  deposits  effective
September 30, 1996 and a $2.5 million accrued expense for  contributions  to the
Foundation  in  1996.  In  addition,  non-interest  income  decreased  $111,000,
primarily  as a result of a  decrease  in gain on sale of real  estate  owned of
$97,000  combined  with a decrease of $37,000 in rental  income from real estate
owned. This was partially offset by an increase in gain on sale of securities of
$21,000.

         Interest  Income.  Interest income for the year ended December 31, 1996
was $19.0  million  compared to $17.7  million for the year ended  December  31,
1995,  an increase of $1.3  million,  or 7.3%.  The increase  resulted  from the
combination of an increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets and
an increase in the average yield. The yield on average  interest-earning  assets
increased  from 7.92% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 7.96% for the year
ended  December  31,  1996.  The  average  yield on  mortgage-backed  securities
increased  from 6.81% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 7.81% for the year
ended  December  31,  1996  due to  the  upward  repricing  of  adjustable  rate
securities. The average balance of interest-earning assets increased in total by
$15.9 million from $222.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $238.8
million for the year ended  December  31,  1996.  Although  the yield on average
loans  receivable  decreased  from 8.64% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to
8.59% for the year  ended  December  31,  1996,  the  average  balance  of loans
receivable  increased  by $12.3  million  due to  increased  market  demand.  In
addition,  the average balance of mortgage-backed  securities  increased by $5.7
million.

         Interest Expense. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1996
was $9.5 million  compared to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1995,
an increase of $767,000,  or 8.8%. The increase in interest expense  reflected a
higher  interest  rate  environment,  as the  average  cost of  interest-bearing
liabilities  increased by 14 basis points from 4.30% for the year ended December
31, 1995 to 4.44% for the year ended  December  31,  1996.  The average  cost of
certificates  of deposit  increased  from 5.35% for the year ended  December 31,
1995 to 5.47% for the year ended  December  31, 1996.  In addition,  the average
balance of  interest-bearing  liabilities  increased  $10.8  million from $202.8
million  for the year ended  December  31,  1995 to $213.6  million for the year
ended December 31,1996 as a result of market demand.

         Net Interest  Income.  Net interest income of $9.5 million for the year
ended  December  31, 1996  represented  an  increase  of $589,000  from the $8.9
million  reported for the year ended December 31, 1995.  There was a decrease in
the net interest spread from 3.62% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 3.52%
for the year ended  December  31, 1996.  The  decrease in the net interest  rate
spread was a result of the average cost of interest-bearing  deposits increasing
at a more rapid rate than the average yield on interest-earning assets. However,
the  ratio  of  average  interest-earning  assets  to  average  interest-bearing
liabilities  increased  from  109.93%  for the year ended  December  31, 1995 to
111.81%  for the year ended  December  31,  1996,  and the net  interest  margin
decreased slightly from 4.00% to 3.98% for the same period.


                                       46

<PAGE>



         Provision for Loan Losses. The Bank's provision for loan losses for the
year ended  December  31, 1996 was  $706,000  compared to $136,000  for the year
ended  December 31,  1995.  The  increase in the  provision  for loan losses was
primarily  related  to  the  Bennett  Funding  loans  previously  discussed.  In
addition,  the Bank  experienced  significant  loan  growth  during  1996  which
resulted in an increase in the allowance for loan losses.  Gross loans increased
$19.3 million,  or 13.14% from 1995.  The allowance for loan losses  represented
 .91% and  .60% of  gross  loans  receivable  at  December  31,  1996  and  1995,
respectively.

         Non-interest  Income.  Non-interest  income for the year ended December
31, 1996 was $745,000 compared to $856,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995,
a decrease of $111,000,  or 13.0%.  The decrease was the result of a decrease in
the  gain on sale of real  estate  owned  of  $97,000  combined  with a  $37,000
decrease in rental  income from real estate owned as a result of the sale of the
property.  These  decreases were partially  offset by an increase in gain on the
sale of securities of $21,000,

         Non-interest  Expense.  Non-interest  expense was $8.7  million for the
year  ended  December  31,  1996  compared  to $4.7  million  for the year ended
December  31,  1995,  an increase of $4.0  million,  or 85.1%.  The increase was
primarily  due to a $1.3 million  one-time  special  assessment  on SAIF insured
deposits  resulting  from federal  legislation  enacted on  September  30, 1996,
combined with the $2.5 million contribution accrual to the Foundation.

        Income  Taxes.  The provision for income taxes was $406,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1996 compared to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31,
1995.  The decrease  was  primarily  due to a decrease in pretax  income of $4.1
million.

Comparison  of  Operating  Results  for the Years  Ended  December  31, 1995 and
December 31, 1994

         General.  Net  income  for the year ended  December  31,  1995 was $3.2
million  compared  to $3.4  million  for the year ended  December  31,  1994,  a
decrease of $232,000, or 6.8%. The decrease was primarily a result of a decrease
in net interest  income of $203,000  combined  with an increase in  non-interest
expense of $419,000.  This was partially  offset by an increase in  non-interest
income of $279,000 and a decrease in income taxes of $65,000.

         Interest  Income.  Interest income for the year ended December 31, 1995
was $17.7  million  compared to $15.7  million for the year ended  December  31,
1994, an increase of $2.0 million, or 12.7%. The increase was primarily a result
of an  increase in the average  balance of interest  earning  assets from $198.5
million  for the year ended  December  31,  1994 to $222.9  million for the year
ended December 31, 1995.  This increase was primarily a result of the deployment
of the  deposits  obtained  through  the  acquisition  of the  Bank's  branch in
Philadelphia in June 1994.


                                       47

<PAGE>

         Interest Expense. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1995
was $8.7 million  compared to $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1994,
an  increase  of $2.1  million,  or 31.8%.  The  increase  was the  result of an
increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities combined with an
increase in the average cost of funds.  The average  balance  increased by $21.6
million  from  $181.2  million  for the year ended  December  31, 1994 to $202.8
million  for the year ended  December  31,  1995.  The  increase  in the average
balance was primarily a result of the  Philadelphia  branch  acquisition in June
1994. The average cost of funds  increased by 67 basis points from 3.63% for the
year ended December 31, 1994 to 4.30% for the year ended December 31, 1995 which
was reflective of a higher interest rate environment.

         Net Interest  Income.  Net interest  income for the year ended December
31, 1995 was $8.9 million  compared to $9.1 million for the year ended  December
31, 1994, a decrease of $203,000,  or 2.2%. The decrease in net interest  income
was a result of the decrease in the net interest  spread from 4.29% for the year
ended  December 31, 1994 to 3.62% for the year ended  December 31, 1995, as well
as a  decrease  in the net  interest  margin  from  4.60% to 4.00%  for the same
period.  These  decreases  were  reflective of the rapid increase in the average
cost of funds while the average yield on earning assets remained stable.

         Provision for Loan Losses. The Bank's provision for loan losses for the
year ended  December  31, 1995 was  $136,000  compared to $182,000  for the year
ended  December 31, 1994.  The allowance for loan losses  represented  0.60% and
0.57% of gross loans receivable at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

         Non-interest  Income.  Non-interest  income for the year ended December
31, 1995 was $856,000 compared to $577,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994,
an increase of $279,000, or 48.4%. The increase was primarily a result of a gain
on the sale of real estate  owned of  $147,000 in 1995  compared to none in 1994
and the gain on sale of  securities  of  $24,000 in 1995  compared  to $5,000 in
1994. In addition,  deposit  service  charges  increased  $52,000 as a result of
increased  deposit  balances  which were largely the result of the  Philadelphia
branch acquisition in June 1994. The Bank also received $48,000 in rental income
on foreclosed real estate in 1995 compared to none in 1994.

         Non-interest Expense.  Non-interest expense for the year ended December
31, 1995 was $4.7 million  compared to $4.3 million for the year ended  December
31, 1994, an increase of $419,000,  or 9.8%. Several factors  contributed to the
increase  including  an  increase  in  compensation  and  employee  benefits  of
$327,000,  an increase in Federal insurance  premiums of $77,000 and an increase
in  other  operating  expenses  of  $50,000.   These  increases  were  primarily
attributable to the Philadelphia branch acquisition in June 1994.

         Income  Taxes.  The provision for income taxes was $1.8 million for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994  reflecting  effective tax rates of 35.5%
and 34.8%, respectively.

                                       48

<PAGE>

         The following  table  presents,  for the periods  indicated,  the total
dollar amount of interest  income from average  interest-earning  assets and the
resultant  yields,  as well as the interest expense on average  interest-bearing
liabilities,  expressed both in dollars and rates. No tax equivalent adjustments
were made.  The table also  presents,  at April 30, 1997,  the weighted  average
yields  earned  on loans,  securities  and other  interest-earning  assets,  the
weighted average rates paid on savings deposits and the result and interest rate
spread.  All average balances are monthly average balances.  Non-accruing  loans
have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                    Four Months Ended April 30,
                                          At      --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        April 30,               1997(1)                            1996(1)
                                           1997   --------------------------------   ---------------------------------
                                          -----      Average     Interest               Average     Interest
                                          Yield/  Outstanding    Earned/     Yield/  Outstanding    Earned/     Yield/
                                           Rate     Balance       Paid        Rate     Balance       Paid        Rate 
                                           ----     -------       ----        ----     -------       ----        ---- 
                                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                       <C>     <C>         <C>             <C>     <C>         <C>            <C>  
 Loans receivable(2) .................     8.15%   $164,115    $  4,653      8.51%     $145,504    $  4,197       8.65%
 Mortgage-backed securities(3) .......     6.99      36,871       1,025      8.34        38,535       1,032       8.03
 Mutual funds(3) .....................     5.96       5,776         109      5.66         5,776         113       5.87
 Agencies/Other(3) ...................     6.97      24,531         388      4.75        24,135         420       5.22
 CMOs(3) .............................     5.70       5,808         106      5.48         6,335         126       5.97
 Municipal securities(3) .............     5.58       5,280          97      5.51         4,868          94       5.79
 Federal funds sold ..................     5.63       2,489          46      5.54         3,433          66       5.77
 Time deposits .......................     5.65         200           4      6.00           200           4       6.00
 Deposits with other institutions ....     5.48       1,504          34      6.78         2,988          42       4.22
 FHLB stock ..........................     6.75       1,709          33      5.79         1,601          30       5.62
                                                    -------     -------                --------     -------
    Total interest-earning assets ....     7.65     248,283       6,495      7.85       233,375       6,124       7.87
 Non-interest earning assets..........               11,141                              15,821                       
                                                    -------                            --------
    Total assets......................             $259,424                            $249,196
                                                   ========                            ========
Interest-Bearing Liabilities:                                                       
 Money market .......................      3.06    $  5,280          54      3.07      $  5,523          57        3.10
 NOW ................................      2.23       9,851          69      2.10         9,500          65        2.05
 Passbook savings ...................      3.00      71,050         705      2.98        69,524         692        2.99
 Certificates of Deposit ............      5.43     128,209       2,285      5.35       123,288       2,293        5.58
 Advances ...........................      5.75       5,400         107      5.94         3,000          56        5.60
                                                    -------      ------                 -------       -----
     Total interest-bearing                                                         
       liabilities ..................      4.42     219,790       3,220      4.39       210,835       3,163        4.50
                                                                 ------                               -----
Non-interest bearing liabilities ....                 9,794                               8,863
                                                    -------                              ------
     Total liabilities...............               229,584                             219,698
Equity...............................                29,840                              29,498
                                                   -------                              -------
   Total liabilities and equity......              $259,424                            $249,196
                                                   ========                            ========
Net interest-earning spread .........      3.23%               $ 3,275       3.45%                  $ 2,961       3.37%
                                                                ======       ====                    ======       ====
Margin ..............................                                        3.96%                                3.81%
                                                                             ====                                 ====
Assets to liabilities ...............                112.96%                             110.69%
                                                     ======                              ======
</TABLE>                                                                        
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Year Ended December 31,
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1996                              1995                            1994
                                   -------------------------------  --------------------------------   ----------------------------
                                     Average     Interest             Average      Interest              Average   Interest
                                   Outstanding    Earned/    Yield/ Outstanding     Earned/    Yield/  Outstanding  Earned/  Yield/
                                    Balance       Paid       Rate     Balance       Paid       Rate     Balance     Paid     Rate
                                    -------       ----       ----     -------       ----       ----     -------     ----     ----
                                                             (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                <C>         <C>          <C>    <C>         <C>            <C>    <C>         <C>        <C>  
 Loans receivable(2) ............   $152,147    $ 13,068     8.59%  $139,860    $ 12,080       8.64%  $122,001    $ 11,118   9.11%
 Mortgage-backed securities(3) ..     41,735       3,260     7.81     36,034       2,455       6.81     35,873       2,128   5.93
 Mutual funds(3) ................      5,776         338     5.85      5,776         358       6.20      5,776         326   5.64
 Agencies/Other(3) ..............     22,714       1,326     5.83     22,189       1,586       7.15     14,473       1,008   6.96
 CMOs(3) ........................      6,313         413     6.54      6,903         412       5.97      7,976         407   5.10
 Municipal securities(3) ........      4,794         277     5.78      5,199         327       6.29      5,488         378   6.89
 Federal funds sold .............      1,829         118     6.45      3,338         225       6.74      4,385         182   4.15
 Time deposits ..................        200          11     5.50        200           9       4.50        200           8   4.00
 Deposits with other institutions      1,665          84     5.05      1,942         100       5.15      1,013          79   7.80
 FHLB stock .....................      1,645         111     6.75      1,482          98       6.61      1,278          76   5.95
                                    --------     -------            --------      ------              --------      ------
    Total interest-earning assets    238,818      19,006     7.96    222,923      17,650       7.92    198,463      15,710   7.92
 Non-interest earning assets ....     13,445                          14,702                            12,330
                                    --------                        --------                          --------
    Total assets ................   $252,263                        $237,625                          $210,793
                                    ========                        ========                          ========
Interest-Bearing Liabilities:
 Money market ...................   $  5,301         167     3.15   $  6,234         193       3.10   $  6,753         214   3.17
 NOW ............................      9,810         202     2.06      9,241         184       1.99      7,849         156   1.99
 Passbook savings ...............     70,356       2,120     3.01     70,585       2,113       2.99     68,231       2,047   3.00
 Certificates of Deposit ........    124,797       6,827     5.47    112,963       6,044       5.35     95,557       3,987   4.17
 Advances .......................      3,333         178     5.34      3,769         193       5.12      2,846         180   6.32
                                    --------       -----            --------       -----               -------       -----
     Total interest-bearing
      liabilities ...............    213,597       9,494     4.44    202,792       8,727       4.30    181,236       6,584   3.63
                                                   -----                           -----                             -----
Non-interest bearing liabilities       8,471                           7,392                             5,480
                                    --------                         -------                           -------
     Total liabilities ..........    222,068                         210,184                           186,716
Equity ..........................     30,195                          27,441                            24,077
                                    --------                         -------                           -------
   Total liabilities and equity .   $252,263                        $237,625                          $210,793
                                    ========                         =======                           =======
Net interest-earning spread .....               $  9,512     3.52%               $ 8,923       3.62%               $ 9,126   4.29%
                                                  ======     ====                  =====       ====                  =====   ====
Margin ..........................                            3.98%                             4.00%                         4.60%
                                                             ====                              ====                          ====
Assets to liabilities ...........     111.81%                         109.93%                           109.51%

                                    ========                         =======                            ======
<FN>

- ---------

(1)  Annualized yield/rate.

(2)  Calculated net of deferred loan fees, loan discounts,  loans in process and
     loss reserves.

(3)  Calculated based on amortized cost.
</FN>
</TABLE>



                                       49

<PAGE>


         The  following  schedule  presents  the  dollar  amount of  changes  in
interest income and interest  expense for major  components of  interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing  liabilities.  It distinguishes  between the changes
related to outstanding  balances and that due to the changes in interest  rates.
For each category of interest-earning  assets and interest-bearing  liabilities,
information is provided on changes  attributable to (i) changes in volume (i.e.,
changes  in  volume  multiplied  by old rate) and (ii)  changes  in rate  (i.e.,
changes in rate multiplied by old volume).  For purposes of this table,  changes
attributable  to both rate and volume,  which  cannot be  segregated,  have been
allocated  proportionately  to the  change  due to volume  and the change due to
rate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Four Months Ended
                                                     April 30,               Year Ended December 31,      Year Ended December  31,
                                                   1996 vs. 1997                  1995 vs. 1996               1994 vs. 1995
                                            ----------------------------   ---------------------------  ----------------------------
                                                 Increase                      Increase                     Increase
                                                (Decrease)                    (Decrease)                   (Decrease)
                                                  Due to         Total          Due to         Total         Due to         Total
                                            -----------------   Increase   ---------------    Increase   ---------------   Increase
                                             Volume     Rate   (Decrease)  Volume     Rate   (Decrease)  Volume     Rate  (Decrease)
                                             ------     ----   ----------  ------     ----   ----------  ------     ----  ----------
                                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    
Interest-earning assets:
 Loans receivable ........................  $   529   $   (73)  $   456   $ 1,056   $   (68)  $   988   $ 1,565   $  (603)  $   962
 Mortgage-backed securities ..............      (45)       38        (7)      418       387       805        10       317       327
 Mutual funds ............................     --          (4)       (4)     --         (20)      (20)     --          32        32
 Agencies and other ......................        7       (39)      (32)       37      (297)     (260)      551        27       578
 CMOs ....................................      (10)      (10)      (20)      (37)       38         1       (59)       64         5
 Municipal securities ....................        8        (5)        3       (24)      (26)      (50)      (19)      (32)      (51)
 Federal funds sold ......................      (18)       (2)      (20)      (98)       (9)     (107)      (51)       94        43
 Time deposits ...........................     --        --        --        --           2         2      --           1         1
 Deposits with other
   institutions ..........................      (27)       19        (8)      (14)       (2)      (16)       54       (33)       21
 FHLB stock ..............................        2         1         3        11         2        13        13         9        22
                                            -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
  Total interest-earning assets ..........      446       (75)      371     1,349         7     1,356     2,064      (124)  $ 1,940

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Money market ............................       (2)       (1)       (3)      (29)        3       (26)      (16)       (5)      (21)
 NOW .....................................        2         2         4        12         6        18        28      --          28
 Passbook Savings ........................       15        (2)       13        (7)       14         7        70        (4)       66
 Certificates of deposit .................       90       (98)       (8)      645       138       783       807     1,250     2,057
 Advances ................................       47         4        51       (23)        8       (15)       51       (38)       13
                                            -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
 Total interest-earning assets ...........  $   152   $   (95)  $    57   $   598   $   169   $   767   $   940   $ 1,203   $ 2,143
                                            -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------

Net interest/spread ......................  $   294   $    20   $   314   $   751   $  (162)  $   589   $ 1,124   $(1,327)  $  (203)
</TABLE>



                                       50
<PAGE>

Asset/Liability Management

         In an attempt  to manage its  exposure  to changes in  interest  rates,
management  monitors  the  Bank's  interest  rate risk.  The Board of  Directors
reviews  at  least   quarterly  the  Bank's  interest  rate  risk  position  and
profitability.  The  Board of  Directors  also  reviews  the  Bank's  portfolio,
formulates  investment  strategies and oversees the timing and implementation of
transactions to assure attainment of the Bank's objectives in the most effective
manner.  In  addition,  the  Board  reviews  on a  quarterly  basis  the  Bank's
asset/liability  position,  including  simulations  of the  effect on the Bank's
capital of various interest rate scenarios.

         In managing its asset/liability  mix, First Security,  depending on the
relationship  between long- and short-term interest rates, market conditions and
consumer  preference,  often  places more  emphasis  on managing  short term net
interest  margin than on better  matching the interest rate  sensitivity  of its
assets and liabilities in an effort to enhance net interest  income.  Management
believes that the increased net interest income resulting from a mismatch in the
maturity of its asset and liability  portfolios can, during periods of declining
or stable interest  rates,  provide high enough returns to justify the increased
exposure to sudden and unexpected increases in interest rates.

         The  Board  has  taken  a  number  of  steps  to  manage   the   Bank's
vulnerability  to  changes  in  interest  rates.  First,  the Bank has long used
community  outreach,  customer  service and  marketing  efforts to increase  the
Bank's passbook and other  non-certificate  accounts.  At April 30, 1997,  $90.8
million or 41.4% of the Bank's  deposits  consisted of  passbook,  NOW and money
market accounts. The Bank believes that these accounts represent "core" deposits
which are generally  somewhat less interest rate  sensitive  than other types of
deposit  accounts.  Second,  while the Bank continues to originate 30 year fixed
rate  residential  loans  for  portfolio  as a result  of  consumer  demand,  an
increasing  proportion of the Bank's residential loans have terms of 15 years or
less or carry  adjustable  interest  rates.  For the four months ended April 30,
1997 and for fiscal 1996, ___% and ___%, respectively, of the Bank's residential
loan originations had original terms of 15 years or less or adjustable  interest
rates.  Finally,  the Bank has focused a significant  portion of its  investment
activities on securities with  adjustable  interest rates or terms of five years
or less. At April 30, 1997, $18.9 million or 46.1% of the Bank's mortgage-backed
securities  had adjustable  interest rates or terms to maturity (or  anticipated
average lives in the case of collateralized  mortgage obligations) of five years
or less and $11.3 million or 30.4% of the Bank's other securities had adjustable
interest  rates or  terms  to  maturity  of five  years  or less  based on their
carrying value.

         Management  utilizes  the  net  portfolio  value  ("NPV")  analysis  to
quantify interest rate risk. In essence, this approach calculates the difference
between the present  value of  liabilities,  expected cash flows from assets and
cash  flows  from  off  balance  sheet  contracts.  Under  OTS  regulations,  an
institution's  "normal" level of interest rate risk in the event of an immediate
and  sustained  200 basis point  change in  interest  rates is a decrease in the
institution's  NPV in an amount not  exceeding  2% of the  present  value of its
assets.  Pursuant to this  regulation,  thrift  institutions  with  greater than
"normal"  interest rate exposure must take a deduction  from their total capital
available  to meet  their  risk-based  capital  requirement.  The amount of that
deduction is one-half of the  difference  between (a) the  institution's  actual
calculated  exposure to the 200 basis point  interest  rate increase or decrease

                                       51

<PAGE>


(whichever  results  in the  greater  pro  forma  decrease  in NPV)  and (b) its
"normal"  level of  exposure  which is 2% of the  present  value of its  assets.
Savings institutions, however, with less than $300 million in assets and a total
capital ratio in excess of 12%, will be exempt from this requirement  unless the
OTS determines  otherwise.  The OTS has postponed the implementation of the rule
until further  notice.  Based upon its asset size and capital level at April 30,
1997,  the  Bank  would  qualify  for an  exemption  from  this  rule;  however,
management  believes  that the Bank would be required  to make a deduction  from
capital if it were subject to this rule.

         Presented  below,  as of March 31,  1997,  is an analysis of the Bank's
estimated interest rate risk as measured by changes in NPV for instantaneous and
sustained parallel shifts in interest rates, up and down 400 basis points in 100
point increments.


     Assumed Change                              $ Change in     % Change in
    in Interest Rates         $ Amount               NPV                 NPV
- -------------------------  -----------------  -----------------  -----------
    (Basis Points)                (Dollars in Thousands)

         +400                   $16,073          $(22,210)             (58)%
         +300                    21,571           (16,711)             (44)
         +200                    27,278           (11,005)             (29)
         +100                    33,001            (5,282)             (14)
          ---                    38,282               ---              ---
         -100                    42,378             4,095               11
         -200                    44,454             6,172               16
         -300                    47,128             8,845               23
         -400                    50,448            12,165               32


         Certain  assumptions  utilized in assessing  the interest  rate risk of
thrift  institutions  were  employed in preparing  the  preceding  table.  These
assumptions  relate to interest  rates,  loan  prepayment  rates,  deposit decay
rates,  and the market values of certain assets under the various  interest rate
scenarios.  It was also  assumed  that  delinquency  rates  will not change as a
result of changes in interest rates although there can be no assurance that this
will be the case. Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there
can be no assurance that the Bank's assets and liabilities  would perform as set
forth above.  In addition,  a change in U.S.  Treasury  rates in the  designated
amounts  accompanied  by a change in the shape of the Treasury yield curve would
cause significantly different changes to the NPV than indicated above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         The Bank's  primary  sources of funds are deposits  and  proceeds  from
principal and interest payments on loans and mortgage-backed  securities.  While
maturities and scheduled  amortization  of loans and securities are  predictable
sources of funds,  deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced
by general interest rates,  economic conditions and competition.  First Security
generally  manages the pricing of its deposits to be competitive and to increase
core deposit relationships.

                                       52

<PAGE>


         Federal  regulations  require First Security to maintain minimum levels
of liquid  assets.  The required  percentage  has varied from time to time based
upon  economic  conditions  and  savings  flows  and  is  currently  5%  of  net
withdrawable savings deposits and borrowings payable on demand or in one year or
less during the  preceding  calendar  month.  Liquid assets for purposes of this
ratio include cash, certain time deposits,  U.S.  Government,  government agency
and  corporate  securities  and other  obligations  generally  having  remaining
maturities of less than five years.  First Security has historically  maintained
its  liquidity  ratio  for  regulatory  purposes  at  levels  in excess of those
required.  At April 30, 1997,  First  Security's  liquidity ratio for regulatory
purposes was 8.9%.

         The Bank's cash flows are comprised of three  primary  classifications:
cash  flows  from  operating  activities,  investing  activities  and  financing
activities.  Cash flows provided by operating  activities were $382,000 and $1.4
million  for  the  four  months   ended  April  30,  1997  and  April  30,  1996
respectively,  and $2.1  million,  $4.1  million and $3.6  million for the years
ended  December 31, 1996,  December 31, 1995, and 1994,  respectively.  Net cash
from  investing   activities  consisted  primarily  of  disbursements  for  loan
originations  and the purchase of investments  and  mortgage-backed  securities,
offset by principal  collections on loans, proceeds from maturation and sales of
securities and paydowns on mortgage-backed  securities.  Net cash from financing
activities  consisted  primarily of activity in deposit and escrow  accounts and
advances from FHLB of Chicago.


         The Bank's most liquid assets are cash and short-term investments.  The
levels of these assets are dependent on the Bank's operating, financing, lending
and investing  activities  during any given period.  At April 30, 1997, cash and
short-term  investments  totaled  $7.1  million.  The Bank has other  sources of
liquidity if a need for additional funds arises,  including  securities maturing
within one year and the  repayment of loans.  The Bank may also utilize the sale
of securities available-for-sale and Federal Home Loan Bank advances as a source
of funds.

         At April 30, 1997,  the Bank had  outstanding  commitments to originate
loans of $3.3 million,  of which $2.7 million had fixed  interest  rates.  These
loans are to be secured by  properties  located  in its  market  area.  The Bank
anticipates  that it will have  sufficient  funds  available to meet its current
loan  commitments.  Certificates of deposit which are scheduled to mature in one
year or less from April 30, 1997 totaled  $102.2  million.  Management  believes
that a significant portion of such deposits will remain with the Bank.

         Liquidity  management is both a daily and long-term  responsibility  of
management.  First Security  adjusts its investments in liquid assets based upon
management's  assessment  of (i) expected  loan demand,  (ii)  expected  deposit
flows,  (iii) yields  available  on  interest-earning  deposits  and  investment
securities,  and (iv) the objectives of its asset/liability  management program.
Excess  liquid  assets are  invested  generally  in  interest-earning  overnight
deposits and short- and intermediate-term U.S. Government and agency obligations
and  mortgage-backed  securities of short duration.  If First Security  requires
funds  beyond  its  ability  to  generate  them  internally,  it has  additional
borrowing capacity with the FHLB of Chicago.  It is anticipated that immediately
upon completion of the Conversion,  the Holding  Company's and the Bank's liquid
assets will be increased. See "Use of Proceeds."


                                       53

<PAGE>


         First Security is subject to various  regulatory  capital  requirements
imposed by the OTS. At April 30, 1997, First Security was in compliance with all
applicable  capital  requirements on a fully phased-in  basis. See "Regulation -
Regulatory Capital Requirements" and "Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Analysis" and
Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

         The financial  statements and related data  presented  herein have been
prepared in accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  which
require the measurement of financial  position and operating results in terms of
historical dollars without  considering changes in the relative purchasing power
of money over time due to  inflation.  The primary  impact of  inflation  on the
operations of the Bank is reflected in increased  operating  costs.  Unlike most
industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial
institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates, generally, have
a more  significant  impact on a financial  institution's  performance than does
inflation.  Interest rates do not  necessarily  move in the same direction or to
the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

Impact of New Accounting Standards

         In March  1995,  the FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 121 ("SFAS No. 121"), "Accounting for the Impairment of Long Lived
Assets and for Long Lived Assets to be Disposed  Of." SFAS No. 121 requires that
long  lived  assets  and  certain  identifiable   intangibles  be  reviewed  for
impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of
an  asset  may not be  recoverable.  However,  SFAS No.  121  does not  apply to
financial  instruments,  core deposit intangibles,  mortgage and other servicing
rights or deferred tax assets. The adoption of SFAS No. 121 in 1996 did not have
a material  impact on the results of  operations  or financial  condition of the
Bank.

         In  May  1995,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 122 ("SFAS No. 122"),  "Accounting for Mortgage Servicing Rights."
SFAS No. 122 requires an institution that purchases or originates mortgage loans
and sells or securitizes  those loans with servicing rights retained to allocate
the cost of the mortgage  loans to the mortgage  servicing  rights and the loans
(without the mortgage  servicing rights) based on their relative fair values. In
addition,  institutions  are required to assess  impairment  of the  capitalized
mortgage servicing  portfolio based on the fair value of those rights.  SFAS No.
122 is effective for fiscal years  beginning  after December 15, 1995.  SFAS No.
122 was superseded by Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 125 after
December 31, 1996.  The adoption of SFAS No. 122 in 1996 did not have a material
impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Bank.

         In November  1995,  the FASB issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 123 ("SFAS No. 123"),  "Accounting for Stock Based  Compensation,"
("SFAS No. 123"). This statement  establishes financial accounting standards for
stock-based employee compensation plans. SFAS No. 123 permits the Bank to choose
either a new fair value based  method or the  current  APB Opinion 25  intrinsic
value based method of accounting for its stock-based compensation  arrangements.
SFAS No. 123  requires  pro forma  disclosures  of net earnings and earnings per
share  computed as if the fair value based  method had been applied in financial
statements of



                                       54

<PAGE>

companies  that  continue  to follow  current  practice in  accounting  for such
arrangements  under  Opinion 25. The  disclosure  provisions of SFAS No. 123 are
effective for fiscal years  beginning  after  December 15, 1995. Any effect that
this statement will have on the Bank will be applicable upon the consummation of
the Conversion.

         In  June  1996,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  released
Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  125  ("SFAS  No.  125"),
"Accounting  for Transfers and  Extinguishments  of  Liabilities."  SFAS No. 125
provides  accounting  and  reporting  standards  for  transfers and servicing of
financial  assets and  extinguishments  of liabilities.  SFAS No. 125 requires a
consistent  application  of a  financial-components  approach  that  focuses  on
control.  Under that approach,  after a transfer of financial  assets, an entity
recognizes the financial and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it
has incurred, and derecognizes liabilities when extinguished.  SFAS No. 125 also
supersedes  SFAS No. 122 and requires that servicing  assets and  liabilities be
subsequently  measured by  amortization  in proportion to and over the period of
estimated  net  servicing  income  or loss and  requires  assessment  for  asset
impairment  or increases  obligations  based on their fair values.  SFAS No. 125
applies to transfers and  extinguishments  occurring after December 31, 1996 and
early or  retroactive  application  is not  permitted.  Because  the  volume and
variety of certain  transactions  will make it  difficult  for some  entities to
comply,  some provisions have been delayed by SFAS No. 122. The adoption of SFAS
No. 125 did not have a material impact on the financial  condition or operations
of the Bank.

         In March 1997, the accounting requirements for calculating earnings per
share  were  revised.  Basic  earnings  per  share  for 1998 and  later  will be
calculated  solely on average common shares  outstanding.  Diluted  earnings per
share will  reflect the  potential  dilution of stock  options and other  common
stock  equivalents.  All prior calculations will be restated to be comparable to
the new methods.  The new calculation  methods are not expected to significantly
affect future basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share.


                                    BUSINESS

General

         As a community-oriented financial institution,  First Security seeks to
serve the financial  needs of communities in its market area.  First  Security's
business  involves  attracting  deposits from the general  public and using such
deposits,  together with other funds, to originate primarily one- to four-family
residential mortgage loans and, to a lesser extent,  multi-family and commercial
real estate,  consumer and other loans in its market area. The Bank also invests
in mortgage-backed and other securities and other permissible  investments.  See
"Risk Factors."

         The Bank offers a variety of accounts  having a range of interest rates
and terms. The Bank's deposits  include passbook and NOW accounts,  money market
accounts and  certificate  accounts with terms of six months to five years.  The
Bank  solicits  deposits  only in its  primary  market  area and does not accept
brokered deposits.


                                       55

<PAGE>

Market Area

         The Bank's main office is located in Chicago,  Illinois  and its branch
offices are located in Chicago, Illinois, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and Rolling
Meadows, Illinois.

         The Bank's  Western Avenue office is located on the near northwest side
of Chicago in the "Ukrainian Village" community, a middle-income community where
the Bank has  focused  its  operations  since 1964.  This  community  is located
approximately  two and one half miles to the  northwest of downtown  Chicago and
approximately three miles west of Lake Michigan. The majority of the community's
many businesses are small and local companies.  Residences  within the community
consist  primarily of two- to four-family flats and single family homes although
there are also  mid-size  apartment  buildings.  Real estate  values within this
community  have risen  sharply over the last ten years as  "gentrification"  has
begun to occur as a result of the community's proximity to downtown Chicago.

         The Bank's Milwaukee Avenue office was opened in 1993 and is located in
the "Norwood Park"  neighborhood  of Chicago.  This community is a stable middle
income  area  which  also  has  many  residents  of  Eastern  European  descent.
Residences within the community consist primarily of single family homes as well
as two and three  flats  and small  apartment  buildings.  This area is  located
approximately eight miles northwest of downtown Chicago.

         The Bank's  Philadelphia branch was acquired in 1994 through a purchase
from the  Resolution  Trust  Corporation.  The  branch is  located in a moderate
income  neighborhood of Philadelphia known as "Rhawnhurst." The community is the
home to many persons of Eastern  European  heritage,  including new  immigrants.
Residences  within the community  consist  primarily of single family row houses
and, to a lesser extent, small apartment buildings.

         The Bank's suburban Chicago branch was opened in 1977 and is located in
Rolling  Meadows,  Illinois,  an upper  middle  class  community  located to the
northwest of Chicago,  near the western border of Palatine,  Illinois.  Over the
last 20 years,  Rolling  Meadows  has  experienced  significant  population  and
commercial growth. However, as a result of competition, the branch's deposit and
loan growth has been modest.

Lending Activities

         General.  The principal lending activity of the Bank is originating for
its  portfolio  fixed and,  to a much lesser  extent,  adjustable  rate  ("ARM")
mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family  residences  located  primarily in
the  Bank's  market  area.  First  Security  also  originates  multi-family  and
commercial  real estate,  consumer and other loans in its market area.  At April
30, 1997,  the Bank's  loans  receivable,  net totaled  $165.9  million.  See "-
Originations of Loans" and "Use of Proceeds."


                                       56

<PAGE>
         The  following  table sets  forth the  composition  of the Bank's  loan
portfolio in dollar amounts and in percentages as of the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  December 31,
                                        April 30,          ------------------------------------------------------
                                          1997                         1996                        1995          
                              -------------------------    -------------------------     ------------------------
                                 Amount         Percent       Amount         Percent        Amount        Percent
                                 ------         -------       ------         -------        ------        -------
                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                            <C>                <C>       <C>                <C>        <C>              <C>   
Real Estate Loans:
One- to four-family .........  $137,479           81.32%    $134,971           81.14%     $117,379         79.83%
Multi-family ................     9,708            5.74        9,374            5.63         7,926          5.39
Commercial ..................     7,661            4.53        7,647            4.60         7,865          5.35
Mixed use(1) ................     7,764            4.59        8,004            4.81         7,262          4.94
Construction or
  development ...............      --                --           --              --            --            --
                               --------           -----      -------           -----       -------         ------
  Total real estate loans ...   162,612           96.18      159,996           96.18       140,432          95.51
Consumer loans:
Share loans .................     1,182            0.70        1,174            0.71         1,570           1.07
Automobile ..................        72            0.04           74            0.04           110           0.07
Home equity .................     4,006            2.37        3,431            2.06         3,684           2.51
Home improvement ............        10            0.01           12            0.01            29           0.02
Other .......................       351            0.20          395            0.24           445           0.30
                               --------           -----      -------           -----       -------          -----
   Total consumer loans .....     5,621            3.32        5,086            3.06         5,838           3.97
Loans secured by leases .....       839            0.50        1,272            0.76           759           0.52
                               --------           -----      -------           -----       -------          -----
  Total loans ...............   169,072          100.00%     166,354          100.00%      147,029         100.00%
                                                 ======                       ======                       ======
Less:
Loans in process ............      --                            --                            --
Deferred fees and
  discounts .................     1,492                       1,486                          1,578
Allowance for losses ........     1,666                       1,520                            885
                               --------                      ------                         ------
  Total loans receivable, net  $165,914                    $163,348                       $144,566
                               ========                     =======                        =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        December 31,
                                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1994                         1993                          1992          
                                                  -----------------------      -----------------------       ----------------------
                                                   Amount         Percent       Amount         Percent        Amount        Percent
                                                   ------         -------       ------         -------        ------        -------
                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                               <C>             <C>         <C>               <C>         <C>             <C>   
Real Estate Loans:
One- to four-family .........................     $110,280        79.53%      $ 84,401          77.89%      $ 76,102        75.90%
Multi-family ................................        7,731         5.58          7,632           7.04          6,799         6.78
Commercial ..................................        6,911         4.98          4.973           4.59          6,843         6.82
Mixed use(1) ................................        7,433         5.36          5,847           5.40          4,355         4.34
Construction or
  development ...............................         --            --             185           0.17            429         0.43
                                                  --------     -----------     --------     -----------     --------     ----------
  Total real estate loans ...................      132,355        95.45        103,038          95.09         94,528       94.27
Consumer loans:
Share loans .................................        1,328         0.96          1,525           1.41          1,436        1.43
Automobile ..................................          141         0.10            150           0.14            159        0.16
Home equity .................................        3,870         2.79          3,105           2.87          3,599        3.59
Home improvement ............................           69         0.05             78           0.07            161        0.16
Other .......................................          452         0.33            459           0.42            387        0.39
                                                  --------     -----------     --------     -----------     --------     ----------
   Total consumer loans .....................        5,860         4.23          5,317           4.91          5,742        5.73
Loans secured by leases .....................          448         0.32            --              --           --            --
                                                  --------     -----------     --------     -----------     --------     ----------
  Total loans ...............................      138,663       100.00%       108,355         100.00%       100,270      100.00%
                                                               ===========                   ========                     =======
Less:
Loans in process ............................         --                             6                            43
Deferred fees and
  discounts .................................        1,664                       1,795                         1,899
Allowance for losses ........................          792                         608                           360
                                                  --------                     --------                     --------
  Total loans receivable, net ...............     $136,207                    $105,946                       $97,968
                                                  ========                     ========                     ========
- -----------
<FN>

(1)  Mixed use refers to real  estate on which the  borrower  both  resides  and
     conducts a business.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       57
<PAGE>



         The following  table shows the composition of the Bank's loan portfolio
by fixed- and adjustable-rate at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  December 31,
                                        April 30,          ------------------------------------------------------
                                          1997                         1996                        1995          
                              -------------------------    -------------------------     ------------------------
                                 Amount         Percent       Amount         Percent        Amount        Percent
                                 ------         -------       ------         -------        ------        -------
                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                            <C>              <C>          <C>              <C>         <C>             <C>   
Fixed-Rate Loans:
Real estate:
  One- to four-family .......  $122,397         72.40%       $118,308         71.12%      $101,015        68.70%
  Multi-family ..............     9,504          5.62           9,169          5.51          7,719         5.25
  Commercial ................     6,478          3.83           6,545          3.94          7,370         5.01
  Mixed use(1) ..............     7,189          4.25           7,424          4.46          6,666         4.53
  Construction or development      --             --              --            --             --            --   
                               --------         ------       --------        ------       --------        -----
  Total real estate loans ...   145,568         86.10         141,446         85.03        122,770        83.49
Consumer ....................     1,615          0.95           1,655          1.00          2,154         1.46
Loans secured by leases .....       839          0.50           1,272          0.76            759         0.52
                               --------         ------       --------        ------       --------        -----
  Total fixed-rate loans ....   148,022         87.55         147,804         86.79        125,683        85.47

Adjustable-Rate Loans
Real estate:
  One-to-four-family ........    15,082          8.92          16,663         10.02         16,364        11.13
  Multi-family ..............       204          0.12             205          0.12            207         0.14
  Commercial ................     1,183          0.70           1,102          0.66            495         0.34
  Mixed use .................       575          0.34             580          0.35            596         0.41
Consumer ....................     4,006          2.37           3,431          2.06          3,684         2.51
                               --------         -----         -------        ------        -------        -----
  Total adjustable-rate loans    21,050         12.45          21,981         13.21         21,346        14.53
                               --------         -----         -------        ------        -------        -----
  Total loans ...............   169,072        100.00%        166,354        100.00%       147,029       100.00%
                                               ======                        ======                      ======
Less:
Loans in process ............      --                             --                           --
Deferred fees and discounts .     1,492                         1,486                        1,578
Allowance for losses ........     1,666                         1,520                          885
                               --------                       -------                      -------
  Total loans receivable, net  $165,914                      $163,348                     $144,566
                               ========                       =======                      =======

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        December 31,
                                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1994                         1993                          1992          
                                                  -----------------------      -----------------------       ----------------------
                                                   Amount         Percent       Amount         Percent        Amount        Percent
                                                   ------         -------       ------         -------        ------        -------
                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                               <C>             <C>         <C>               <C>         <C>             <C>   
Fixed-Rate Loans:
Real estate:
  One- to four-family ..................        $ 93,139           67.17%     $ 76,852           70.93%      $ 67,865         67.68%
  Multi-family .........................           7,522            5.43         7,421            6.85          6,799          6.78
  Commercial ...........................           6,628            4.78         4,973            4.59          6,843          6.82
  Mixed use(1) .........................           6,790            4.90         5,483            5.06          3,986          3.98
  Construction or development ..........             --              --            185            0.17            429          0.43
                                                --------      ----------      --------      -----------      --------      ---------
  Total real estate loans ..............         114,079           82.28        94,914           87.60         85,922         85.69
Consumer ...............................           1,990            1.44         2,212            2.04          2,143          2.14
Loans secured by leases ................             448            0.32         --               --            --              --
                                                --------      ----------      --------      -----------      --------      ---------
  Total fixed-rate loans ...............         116,517           84.04        97,126           89.64         88,065          87.83

Adjustable-Rate Loans
Real estate:
  One-to-four-family ...................          17,141           12.36         7,549            6.96          8,237           8.22
  Multi-family .........................             209            0.15           211            0.19           --              --
  Commercial ...........................             283            0.20           --              --            --              --
  Mixed use ............................             643            0.46           364            0.34            369           0.36
Consumer ...............................           3,870            2.79         3,105            2.87          3,599           3.59
                                                --------      ----------      --------      -----------      --------      ---------
  Total adjustable-rate loans ..........          22,146           15.96        11,229           10.36         12,205          12.17
                                                --------      ----------      --------       ----------       --------      --------
  Total loans...........................         138,663          100.00%      108,355          100.00%       100,270        100.00%
                                                              ==========                    ==========                      ========

Less:
Loans in process .......................            --                               6                             43
Deferred fees and discounts ............           1,664                         1,795                          1,899
Allowance for losses ...................             792                           608                            360
                                                --------                      --------                         ------
  Total loans receivable, net ..........        $136,207                      $105,946                       $ 97,968
                                                ========                      ========                         ======
</TABLE>




                                       58

<PAGE>



         The following schedule illustrates the interest rate sensitivity of the
Bank's loan  portfolio at April 30, 1997.  Mortgages  which have  adjustable  or
renegotiable interest rates are shown as maturing in the period during which the
final  payment is due.  The  schedule  does not  reflect the effects of possible
prepayments or enforcement of due-on-sale clauses.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         Real Estate
                                           -----------------------------------------
                                                                  Multi-family and
                                                                   Commercial Real
                                           One- to four-family         Estate            Consumer and Leases          Total
                                           --------------------   -------------------    --------------------    ----------------
                                                       Weighted              Weighted                Weighted            Weighted
                                                        Average               Average                 Average             Average
                                            Amount       Rate     Amount        Rate      Amount        Rate      Amount    Rate
                                            ------       ----     ------        ----      ------        ----      ------    ----
                                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)
      Due During
     Years Ending
       April 30,
     ------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>    <C>          <C>     <C>             <C>     <C>             <C>   
1998 ................................     $    870        9.30%  $  3,109     10.37%  $  1,130        10.65%  $  5,109        10.25%
1999 ................................          604        7.98      2,030      8.76        771         8.29      3,405         8.52
2000 to 2002 ........................       13,092        7.99     12,956      9.31      4,430         8.47     30,478         8.62
2003 to 2007 ........................       17,314        8.23      2,313      9.68         55         6.58     19,682         8.39
2008 to 2022 ........................       44,259        8.03      4,138      9.21         74         7.15     48,471         8.13
2023 and following ..................       61,340        7.77        587      7.91       --            --      61,927         7.77
                                          --------               --------             --------                --------
   Total ............................     $137,479        7.94   $ 25,133      9.38%  $  6,460         8.80   $169,072         8.19
                                          ========               ========             ========                ========
</TABLE>



         The  total  amount  of loans  due  after  April  30,  1998  which  have
predetermined  interest  rates is $149.2 million while the total amount of loans
due after such date which have  floating or adjustable  interest  rates is $14.8
million.



                                       59

<PAGE>



         Under  federal  law,  the  aggregate  amount of loans  that the Bank is
permitted to make to any one borrower is generally  limited to 15% of unimpaired
capital  and  surplus  (25%  if  the  security  for  such  loan  has a  "readily
ascertainable" value or 30% for certain residential development loans). At April
30, 1997, based on the above, the Bank's regulatory  loans-to-one borrower limit
was approximately $4.5 million. On the same date, the Bank had no borrowers with
outstanding balances in excess of this amount. As of April 30, 1997, the largest
dollar amount  outstanding  or committed to be lent to one borrower or, group of
related  borrowers,  related to one  residential  loan and two  commercial  real
estate loans  totaling $1.2 million  secured by the  borrower's  residence (in a
suburb of Chicago) and two commercial  properties (both restaurants)  located in
Chicago,  Illinois. At April 30, 1997, these loans were performing in accordance
with their terms. As of the same date, there were no other lending relationships
with carrying values in excess of $1.0 million.

         All of the  Bank's  lending  is  subject  to its  written  underwriting
standards and to loan origination procedures. Decisions on loan applications are
made on the basis of detailed  applications and property valuations  (consistent
with the Bank's appraisal policy).  The loan applications are designed primarily
to determine the borrower's  ability to repay and the more significant  items on
the  application  are  verified   through  use  of  credit  reports,   financial
statements,   tax  returns  or  confirmations.   All  mortgage  loans  currently
originated  by First  Security  are  approved by the loan  committee,  currently
comprised of Directors  Babyk,  Dobrowolsky  and Gawryk and Vice President Korb,
and ratified by the full Board of Directors.

         The Bank  requires  title  insurance or other  evidence of title on its
mortgage  loans,  as well as fire and extended  coverage  casualty  insurance in
amounts  at least  equal to the  principal  amount  of the loan or the  value of
improvements  on the  property,  depending  on the type of loan.  The Bank  also
requires flood insurance to protect the property  securing its interest when the
property is located in a flood plain.

         One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending. The cornerstone of
the Bank's lending  program is the  origination of loans secured by mortgages on
owner-occupied one- to four-family  residences.  Historically,  the Bank focused
its  residential  lending  activities  on fixed  rate  loans with terms up to 30
years.  In the 1980s,  in order to reduce the average  term to  repricing of its
assets,  the Bank began to offer 15 year and 10 year fixed rate loans as well as
ARMs (although,  as a result of customer preference,  the Bank's ARM loan volume
has  been  limited).  Substantially  all  of  the  Bank's  one-  to  four-family
residential  mortgage  originations  are  secured by  properties  located in its
market area.  All mortgage loans  currently  originated by the Bank are retained
and serviced by it.


         The Bank currently  offers  fixed-rate  mortgage loans with  maturities
from 10 to 30 years.  The Bank also offers fixed rate balloon products with a 30
year amortization schedule which are due in five or seven years and which, under
certain  circumstances,  may be extended for an additional term of up to five or
seven years, as applicable.  As of April 30, 1997, the Bank had $22.9 million of
fixed  rate loans  with  original  terms of 10 years or less (most of which were
five or seven  year  balloon  loans),  $38.9  million  of fixed  rate loans with


                                       60

<PAGE>


original  terms of 10-15  years and  $60.6  million  of fixed  rate  loans  with
original terms of more than 15 years. See "- Originations of Loans."

         The Bank also originates  fixed rate home equity loans with terms of up
to ten years.  These loans are written so that the total balance does not exceed
the lesser of $35,000 or 75% of the  appraised  value of the  security  property
when  combined with the balance of the first  mortgage  lien. At April 30, 1997,
the Bank had $786,000 of home equity loans,  all of which are  classified in the
tabular data as one- to four-family residential loans.

         The Bank also offers ARMs which carry  interest rates which adjust at a
margin  (generally  250 basis  points)  over the  yield on the One Year  Average
Monthly U.S.  Treasury  Constant  Maturity Index  ("CMT").  Such loans may carry
terms to maturity of up to 30 years. The ARM loans currently offered by the Bank
provide  for a cap on annual  interest  rate  changes of 200 basis  points and a
lifetime  cap  generally  of 600 basis  points  over the initial  rate.  Initial
interest  rates  offered on the Bank's ARMs may be  approximately  100-150 basis
points below the fully  indexed  rate,  although  borrowers are qualified at the
fully indexed rate. As a result, the risk of default on these loans may increase
as interest rates increase.  At April 30, 1997, one- to four-family ARMs totaled
$15.1 million or 8.92% of the Bank's total loan portfolio.

         First Security will generally lend up to 90% of the lesser of the sales
price or appraised  value of the  security  property on owner  occupied  one- to
four-family  loans;  provided,  however,  that  private  mortgage  insurance  is
obtained in an amount  sufficient to reduce the Bank's exposure to not more than
80% of the sales price or appraised  value,  as  applicable.  The  loan-to-value
ratio on nonowner  occupied,  one- to four-family  loans is generally 80% of the
lesser of the sales price or appraised value of the security property. Non-owner
occupied  one- to  four-family  loans may pose a  greater  risk to the Bank than
traditional  owner occupied one- to four-family  loans. In underwriting  one- to
four-family  residential  real estate loans,  the Bank  currently  evaluates the
borrower's  ability  to  make  principal,  interest  and  escrow  payments,  the
borrower's  credit history,  the value of the property that will secure the loan
and debt to income ratios.

         Residential loans do not currently include  prepayment  penalties,  are
non-assumable and do not produce negative amortization.  The Bank's underwriting
practices do not comply in every way with those  required by most  purchasers in
the  secondary  market.  For  instance,  some of the Bank's  borrowers  have the
income/debt  service  levels  below  that  required  by  many  secondary  market
purchasers.  They may, however,  have other attributes which justify approving a
loan,  such as a favorable  repayment  record with the Bank on previous  lending
relationships,  favorable  cash  flow,  or  other  assets  which  can be used as
additional  collateral.  The Bank believes that  non-compliance  with  secondary
market  standards  at the time of  origination  does not in and of itself  cause
credit  problems  since the Bank has  engaged in this type of  lending  for many
years  and  its  overall   delinquency   experience  on  these  loans  has  been
satisfactory  to date. The Bank also believes that these policies and procedures
help the Bank maintain and improve its customer relations,  which is critical in
the communities the Bank serves.

         While  the Bank  seeks  to  originate  most of its one- to  four-family
residential  loans in  amounts  which are less  than or equal to the  applicable


                                       61

<PAGE>


Federal Home Loan Mortgage  Corporation maximum (currently  $214,600),  the Bank
does make one- to  four-family  residential  loans in  amounts in excess of such
maximum. The Bank's delinquency experience on such loans has been similar to its
experience on its other residential loans.

         The Bank's residential  mortgage loans customarily  include due-on-sale
clauses  giving  the Bank the  right to  declare  the loan  immediately  due and
payable in the event that,  among other things,  the borrower sells or otherwise
disposes of the property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid.

         Multi-family  and Commercial Real Estate Lending.  In order to increase
the  yield  of  its  loan  portfolio  and  to  complement   residential  lending
opportunities,  the Bank from time to time originates permanent multi-family and
commercial  real estate loans secured by properties in its primary  market area.
At April 30, 1997, the Bank had  multi-family  loans  totaling $9.7 million,  or
5.74% of the Bank's total loan  portfolio,  and $15.4 million in commercial real
estate loans, representing 9.12% of the total loan portfolio.

         The Bank's  multi-family  loan  portfolio  consists  primarily of loans
secured by nine or fewer  units.  The Bank's  commercial  real estate  loans are
primarily  secured by retail  stores,  small office  buildings,  store/apartment
complexes, taverns and store front offices.

         The Bank's  multi-family  real estate loans  generally  carry a maximum
term of 15 years and have fixed  rates,  although  most of these  loans are five
year  balloons.  These loans are  generally  made in amounts of up to 80% of the
lesser of the appraised value or the purchase price of the property. Most of the
Bank's commercial real estate loans are five year balloon loans with fixed rates
of interest.  Also included in the Bank's  commercial real estate loans are $1.2
million of lines of credit  secured by  commercial  real  estate  with  floating
interest rates tied to the prime rate of interest.  Commercial real estate loans
are generally made in amounts up to 75% of the lesser of the appraised  value or
the purchase price of the property.

         Appraisals on properties  securing  multi-family  and  commercial  real
estate loans in excess of $________  are performed by an  independent  appraiser
designated  by the Bank at the time the  loan is  made.  All  appraisals  on and
multi-family  and  commercial  real estate loans are reviewed by the Bank's loan
committee.  In addition, the Bank's underwriting procedures require verification
of the  borrower's  credit  history,  income and financial  statements,  banking
relationships,  references  and income  projections  for the property.  The Bank
obtains personal guarantees on these loans.

         At April  30,  1997,  the  Bank's  largest  commercial  real  estate or
multi-family  loan  outstanding  totaled  $729,000 and was secured by a six-unit
office  building  located  in  Chicago,  Illinois.  The loan was  performing  in
accordance with its terms as of that date.

         Multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate  loans may present a higher
level of risk than loans secured by one- to four-family residences. This greater
risk is due to several  factors,  including the  concentration of principal in a
limited  number  of  loans  and  borrowers,  the  effects  of  general  economic
conditions  on income  producing  properties  and the  increased  difficulty  of
evaluating and monitoring these types of loans.


                                       62

<PAGE>


         Consumer  Lending.  Management  believes  that  offering  consumer loan
products helps to expand the Bank's customer base and to create stronger ties to
its existing  customer base. In addition,  because consumer loans generally have
shorter terms to maturity and carry higher rates of interest than do residential
mortgage loans, they can be valuable asset/liability  management tools. The Bank
originates a variety of different types of consumer loans, including home equity
lines of credit, automobile and deposit account loans for household and personal
purposes.  Due to the tax  advantages  to the  borrower of home equity  lines of
credit,  the Bank has focused its recent  consumer  lending  activities  on home
equity  lending.  At April 30, 1997 consumer loans totaled $5.6 million or 3.32%
of total loans outstanding.

         Consumer loan terms vary according to the type and value of collateral,
length of contract and  creditworthiness  of the  borrower.  Other than the home
equity lines of credit,  the Bank's  consumer  loans are made at fixed  interest
rates, with terms of up to five years.

         The Bank's  home  equity  lines of credit are written so that the total
commitment  amount,  when combined with the balance of the first  mortgage lien,
may not exceed  75% of the  appraised  value of the  property.  These  loans are
written with fixed terms of up to five years and carry interest rates that float
with the prime rate of interest. At April 30, 1997, the Bank's home equity lines
of credit  totaled $4.0 million  outstanding,  or 2.37% of the Bank's total loan
portfolio.

         The  underwriting  standards  employed by the Bank for  consumer  loans
include a determination  of the  applicant's  payment history on other debts and
ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. Although
creditworthiness of the applicant is of primary consideration,  the underwriting
process also  includes a  comparison  of the value of the  security,  if any, in
relation to the proposed loan amount.  Consumer  loans may entail greater credit
risk than do residential  mortgage  loans,  particularly in the case of consumer
loans which are unsecured or are secured by rapidly  depreciable assets, such as
automobiles.  In such cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer
loan may not provide an adequate  source of  repayment of the  outstanding  loan
balance as a result of the greater  likelihood of damage,  loss or depreciation.
In  addition,   consumer  loan  collections  are  dependent  on  the  borrower's
continuing  financial  stability,  and thus are more  likely to be  affected  by
adverse personal circumstances.  Furthermore, the application of various federal
and state laws,  including  bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount
which can be recovered on such loans.

Originations of Loans

         Real estate loans are  originated  by First  Security's  staff  through
referrals from existing customers or real estate agents.

         The Bank's ability to originate loans is dependent upon customer demand
for loans in its market and to a lesser extent,  customer  service and marketing
efforts.  Demand is affected by both the local  economy  and the  interest  rate



                                       63

<PAGE>


environment.  As a result of the strong real estate market in the Bank's primary
market areas and its emphasis on customer  service and community  outreach,  the
Bank has  experienced  significant  loan growth in recent years.  See "-- Market
Area." Under current policy, all loans originated by First Security are retained
in the Bank's portfolio.  See "-- One- to Four- Family Residential  Lending" and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations - Asset/Liability Management."

         In order to  supplement  loan  originations,  the Bank has  acquired  a
substantial  amount  of  mortgage-backed  and other  securities  which are held,
depending   on   the   investment   intent,   in   the   "held-to-maturity"   or
"available-for-sale"  portfolios.  See "Investment  Activities - Mortgage-Backed
and Related  Securities"  and Note 2 to the Notes to  Financial  Statements.  In
addition,  depending  on  market  conditions,  the Bank may  also  consider  the
purchase of residential  loans from other  lenders,  although it has not done so
since 1994.

         As a reflection of the Bank's  emphasis on customer  service,  the Bank
has not sold loans in the past and does not intend to do so in the future.

         The following table shows the loan origination,  purchase and repayment
activities of the Bank for the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              Four Months Ended                             Year Ended
                                                                   April 30,                                December 31,
                                                          ------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                                             1997             1996             1996           1995             1994
                                                             ----             ----             ----           ----             ----
                                                                                 (In Thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>     
Originations by type:
Adjustable rate:
   Real estate - one- to four-family ...............       $    126        $    368        $  3,067        $  1,682        $  9,521
                                                           --------        --------        --------        --------        --------
         Total adjustable-rate .....................            126             368           3,067           1,682           9,521
                                                           --------        --------        --------        --------        --------
 Fixed rate:
   Real estate - one- to four-family ...............         10,727          10,615          34,696          20,024          21,893
                   - multi-family ..................          1,321           1,525           4,329           1,921           1,664
                  - commercial .....................           --               492             682           1,215           5,708
   Non-real estate - consumer ......................            544           1,072           2,039           1,824           1,434
     Loan secured by leases ........................           --               500             500             750             748
                                                           --------        --------        --------        --------        --------
         Total fixed-rate ..........................         12,592          14,204          42,246          25,734          31,447
                                                           --------        --------        --------        --------        --------
         Total loans originated ....................         12,718          14,572          45,313          27,416          40,968
                                                           --------        --------        --------        --------        --------

Purchases:
   Real estate - one- to four-family ...............           --              --              --              --            13,232
                                                           --------        --------        --------        --------        --------
         Total loans purchased .....................           --              --              --              --            13,232
                                                           --------        --------        --------        --------        --------

Principal repayments ...............................        (10,000)        (11,074)        (25,988)        (19,050)        (23,892)
                                                           --------        --------        --------        --------        --------
        Total reductions ...........................        (10,000)        (11,074)        (25,988)        (19,050)        (23,892)
                                                           --------        --------        --------        --------        --------
Increase (decrease) in other
    items, net .....................................           (152)             26            (543)             (7)            (47)
                                                           --------        --------        --------        --------        --------
        Net increase ...............................       $  2,566        $  3,524        $ 18,782        $  8,359        $ 30,261
                                                           ========        ========        ========        ========        ========
</TABLE>


                                       64
<PAGE>


Delinquencies and Non-Performing Assets

         Delinquency  Procedures.  When a  borrower  fails  to  make a  required
payment on a loan,  the Bank attempts to cure the  delinquency by contacting the
borrower.  Generally, Bank personnel work with the delinquent borrower on a case
by case basis to solve the delinquency.  Generally, a late notice is sent on all
delinquent   loans  followed  by  a  phone  call  after  the  thirtieth  day  of
delinquency.  Additional  written  and  verbal  contacts  may be made  with  the
borrower between 30 and 60 days after the due date. If the loan is contractually
delinquent for 90 days, the Bank may institute  appropriate  action to foreclose
on  the  property.   Generally,  after  120  days,  foreclosure  procedures  are
initiated.  If  foreclosed,  the  property  is sold at  public  sale  and may be
purchased by the Bank.

         Real estate acquired by First Security as a result of foreclosure or by
deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned until it is sold.
When property is acquired by foreclosure or deed in lieu of  foreclosure,  it is
recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs.  After
acquisition,  all costs incurred in maintaining the property are expensed. Costs
relating to the  development  and  improvement  of the  property,  however,  are
capitalized.

                                      65

<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth the Bank's loan  delinquencies  by type,
by amount and by percentage of type at April 30, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Loans Delinquent For:                      
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------        Total Loans Delinquent
                                           60-89 Days                         90 Days and Over               60 Days or More
                                  ----------------------------       ------------------------------    -----------------------------
                                                       Percent                             Percent                          Percent
                                                       of Loan                             of Loan                          of Loan
                                  Number     Amount    Category       Number    Amount     Category    Number     Amount    Category
                                  ------     ------    --------       ------    ------     --------    ------     ------    --------
                                                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                    <C>    <C>         <C>           <C>     <C>             <C>        <C>     <C>        <C> 
Real Estate:
  One- to four-
   family ..................           9      $  352      .26%          11      $  545          .40%       20      $  897     .66%
  Multi-family .............        --          --        --             1          14          .14         1          14     .14
  Commercial ...............        --          --        --             6         838         5.43         6         838    5.43
Consumer ...................        --          --        --            12          22          .39        12          22     .39
                                  ------      ------                  ----       ------                  ----        ----
Total ......................           9      $  352      .21%          30      $1,419          .84%       39      $1,771    1.05%
                                  ======      ======                  ====       ======                  ====       =====
</TABLE>


                                       66

<PAGE>



         Classification of Assets. Federal regulations require that each savings
institution  classify  its own  assets  on a  regular  basis.  In  addition,  in
connection  with  examinations of savings  institutions,  OTS and FDIC examiners
have authority to identify  problem assets and, if appropriate,  require them to
be classified.  There are three classifications for problem assets: Substandard,
Doubtful and Loss.  Substandard  assets have one or more defined  weaknesses and
are  characterized  by the distinct  possibility that the Bank will sustain some
loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.  Doubtful assets have the weaknesses
of Substandard assets, with the additional  characteristics  that the weaknesses
make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts,
conditions and values questionable,  and there is a high possibility of loss. An
asset classified Loss is considered  uncollectible and of such little value that
continuance  as an  asset  on  the  balance  sheet  of  the  institution  is not
warranted.  Assets classified as Substandard or Doubtful require the institution
to establish prudent general  allowances for loan losses. If an asset or portion
thereof is classified as a loss, the institution charges off such amount against
the loan loss  allowance.  If an  institution  does not agree with an examiner's
classification  of an asset,  it may appeal this  determination  to the District
Director of the OTS.

         On the basis of management's  review of its assets,  at April 30, 1997,
the Bank had  classified a total of $2.3 million of its loan and other assets as
follows:

                                                                  At
                                                               April 30,
                                                                 1997
                                                                 ----
                                                            (In Thousands)

Substandard...........................................              $1,027
Doubtful assets.......................................               1,231
Loss assets...........................................                 ---
                                                                 ---------
      Total...........................................               2,258
                                                                   =======
General loss allowance................................               1,666
                                                                   =======
Specific loss allowance...............................                 ---
                                                                 =========
Charge-offs, net......................................                 428
                                                                  ========


         First Security's  classified assets consist of the non-performing loans
referred to below.




                                       67

<PAGE>



         Non-Performing  Assets.  The table  below  sets forth the  amounts  and
categories  of  non-performing  assets in the  Bank's  loan  portfolio.  Accrued
interest on loans  delinquent  more than 90 days is  reversed  out of income and
credited to an interest  reserve account which offsets the amount of capitalized
interest in loans receivable.  See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements. Foreclosed assets include assets acquired in settlement of loans.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                    December 31,
                                                                April 30,    -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1997       1996        1995         1994        1993       1992
                                                                  ----       ----        ----         ----        ----       ----
                                                                                            (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C> 
Non-accruing loans:
  One- to four-family ......................................     $    9      $    9      $    9      $   41      $ --        $ --
  Commercial real estate ...................................       --          --          --           254        --          --
                                                                 ------      ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
       Total ...............................................          9           9           9         295        --          --

Accruing loans delinquent more than 90 days:
  One- to four-family ......................................        536       1,111         971         500         985       1,726
  Multi-family .............................................         14         180         367         330          16          62
  Commercial real estate ...................................        625         882         749         257         887         203
  Consumer .................................................        235         226         189          43          11         181
                                                                 ------      ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
       Total ...............................................      1,410       2,399       2,276       1,130       1,899       2,172

Foreclosed assets:
  One- to four-family ......................................       --            40        --          --          --          --
  Commercial real estate ...................................       --          --           499         207          96         170
                                                                                                                             ------
       Total ...............................................       --            40         499         207          96         170

Non-performing leases(1) ...................................        839       1,272        --          --          --          --
                                                                 ------      ------      ------      ------      ------      ------

Total non-performing assets ................................     $2,258      $3,720      $2,784      $1,632      $1,995      $2,342
                                                                 ======      ======      ======      ======      ======      ======

Total as a percentage of total assets ......................       0.87%       1.44%       1.11%       0.72%       1.05%       1.32%
                                                                 ======      ======      ======      ======      ======      ======
- -------------
<FN>

(1)   See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and
      Results of  Operations  --  Comparison  of Operating  Results for the Four
      Months  Ended  April 30,  1997 and April 30,  1996 --  Provision  for Loan
      Losses" for a discussion of the Bank's Bennett Funding leases.
</FN>
</TABLE>


         For the year ended  December  31,  1996 and for the four  months  ended
April 30, 1997,  gross interest income (less additions to the interest  reserve)
which would have been recorded had the  non-accruing  loans (and accruing  loans
delinquent  more than 90 days) been current in  accordance  with their  original
terms  amounted  to $_____  and  $_____,  respectively.  The  amounts  that were
included in interest  income (less  additions  to the interest  reserve) on such
loans were $_____ and $_____ for the year ended  December 31, 1996,  and for the
four months ended April 30, 1997, respectively.

         Other Loans of Concern.  In addition to the  non-performing  assets set
forth in the table above,  as of April 30, 1997,  there were no other loans with
respect to which known  information  about the possible  credit  problems of the
borrowers or the cash flows of the security properties have caused management to
have  concerns as to the ability of the  borrowers  to comply with  present loan
repayment  terms and which may result in the future  inclusion  of such items in
the non-performing asset categories.

         Management considers the Bank's  non-performing and "of concern" assets
in establishing its allowance for loan losses.

                                       68

<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth an analysis of the Bank's  allowance for
loan losses.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      Four Months
                                                          Ended
                                                        April 30,                              Year Ended December 31,
                                                    ----------------       -------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1997       1996         1996       1995      1994         1993          1992
                                                    ----       ----         ----       ----      ----         ----          ----
                                                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                               <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>    
Balance at beginning of period .................. $ 1,520   $   885     $   885     $   792     $   608     $   360     $   171

Charge-offs:
  One- to four-family ...........................    --        --          --          --          --          --          --
  Multi-family ..................................    --        --          --          --          --          --          --
  Commercial real estate ........................    --          50          68          28        --          --          --
  Construction or development ...................    --        --          --          --          --          --          --
  Consumer ......................................    --        --             3          15        --             1        --
  Leases ........................................     432      --          --          --          --          --          --
                                                  -------   -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
                                                      432        50          71          43        --             1        --

Recoveries:
  One- to four-family ...........................    --        --          --          --          --          --          --
  Multi-family ..................................    --        --          --          --          --          --          --
  Commercial real estate ........................    --        --          --          --          --          --          --
  Construction or development ...................    --        --          --          --          --          --          --
  Consumer ......................................       4      --          --          --             2        --             5
  Leases ........................................    --        --          --          --          --          --          --
                                                  -------   -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
                                                        4      --          --          --             2        --             5
et (charge-offs) recoveries ....................    (428)       (50)        (71)        (43)          2          (1)          5
ditions charged to operations .................      574         42         706         136         182         249         184
                                                  -------    -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
Balance at end of period ........................ $ 1,666   $   877     $ 1,520     $   885     $   792     $   608     $   360
                                                  =======    =======     =======     =======     =======     =======     =======

Ratio of net charge-offs
 (recoveries) during the period
 to average loans outstanding during
  the period ....................................    0.26%     0.03%       0.05%      (0.03)%      ---%        ---%        ---%
                                                  =======    =======     =======     =======     =======     =======     =======

Ratio of net charge-offs
 (recoveries) during the period to
 average non-performing assets ..................   18.95%     1.68%       2.15%      (1.88)%     (0.10)%      0.04%       0.31%
                                                  =======    =======     =======     =======     =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>



                                       69

<PAGE>



                  The  distribution of the Bank's  allowance for losses on loans
at the dates indicated is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                     December 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------------------
                                                           April 30, 1997                                 1996              
                                               -------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
                                                                             Percent                                   Percent 
                                                                            of Loans                                  of Loans 
                                                 Amount         Loan         in Each       Amount         Loan         in Each 
                                                of Loan       Amounts       Category       of Loan       Amounts      Category 
                                                  Loss           by         of Total        Loss           by         of Total 
                                                Allowance     Category        Loans       Allowance     Category        Loans  
                                                ---------     --------        -----       ---------     --------        -----  
                                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>        <C>             <C>   
One- to four-family .....................       $    419       $137,479      81.32%          $355       $134,971        81.14%
Multi-family ............................             50          9,708       5.74             56          9,374         5.63
Commercial real estate ..................            311         15,425       9.12            245         15,651         9.41
Construction or
 development ............................           --             --          --             --             --            --   
Consumer ................................             69          5,621       3.32             68          5,086         3.06
Loans secured by
  leases ................................            420            839       0.50            318          1,272         0.76
Unallocated .............................            397           --          --             478           --            --   
                                                --------       --------      ------       --------       --------      -------
     Total ..............................       $  1,666       $169,072      100.00%       $1,520        $166,354      100.00%
                                                ========       ========      =======      ========       ========      =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 December 31,
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   1995                                 1994              
                                               -------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
                                                                             Percent                                   Percent 
                                                                            of Loans                                  of Loans 
                                                 Amount         Loan         in Each       Amount         Loan         in Each 
                                                of Loan       Amounts       Category       of Loan       Amounts      Category 
                                                  Loss           by         of Total        Loss           by         of Total 
                                                Allowance     Category        Loans       Allowance     Category        Loans  
                                                ---------     --------        -----       ---------     --------        -----  
                                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>        <C>             <C>   
One- to four-family .................        $    310        $117,379        79.83%        $  284        $110,280       79.53%
Multi-family ........................              56           7,926         5.39             52           7,731        5.58
Commercial real estate ..............             199          15,127        10.29            233          14,344       10.34
Construction or
 development ........................            --              --             --            --              --          --   
Consumer ............................              70           5,838         3.97             71           5,860        4.23
Loans secured by
  leases ............................              76             759         0.52             55             448        0.32
Unallocated .........................             174            --             --             97            --            --   
                                             --------        --------       -------        --------      --------      ------
     Total ..........................        $    885        $147,029       100.00%        $  792        $138,663      100.00%
                                             ========        ========       =======        ========      ========      ======
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 December 31,
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   1993                                 1992              
                                               -------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
                                                                             Percent                                   Percent 
                                                                            of Loans                                  of Loans 
                                                 Amount         Loan         in Each       Amount         Loan         in Each 
                                                of Loan       Amounts       Category       of Loan       Amounts      Category 
                                                  Loss           by         of Total        Loss           by         of Total 
                                                Allowance     Category        Loans       Allowance     Category        Loans  
                                                ---------     --------        -----       ---------     --------        -----  
                                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>        <C>             <C>   
One- to four-family ................          $    225        $ 84,401        77.89%         $165      $ 76,102         75.90%
Multi-family .......................                45           7,632         7.04            20         6,799          6.78
Commercial real estate .............               206          10,820         9.99           105        11,198         11.16
Construction or
 development .......................                15             185         0.17            15           429          0.43
Consumer ...........................                66           5,317         4.91            45         5,742          5.73
Loans secured by
  leases ...........................              --              --             --            --            --           --
Unallocated ........................                51            --             --            10            --           --
                                              --------        --------       -------         -----     --------        ------
     Total .........................          $    608        $108,355       100.00%         $360      $100,270        100.00%
                                              ========        ========       =======         =====     ========        ======
</TABLE>

                                       70
<PAGE>

         The  allowance for loan losses is  established  through a provision for
loan losses  charged to earnings  based on  management's  evaluation of the risk
inherent in its entire loan portfolio. Such evaluation,  which includes a review
of all  loans  of  which  full  collectibility  may not be  reasonably  assured,
considers the market value of the underlying collateral,  growth and composition
of the loan portfolio,  delinquency  trends,  adverse situations that may affect
the borrower's ability to repay,  prevailing and projected  economic  conditions
and  other  factors  that  warrant  recognition  in  providing  for an  adequate
allowance  for loan losses.  In  determining  the general  reserves  under these
policies,  historical charge-offs and recoveries,  changes in the mix and levels
of  the  various  types  of  loans,  net  realizable  values,  the  current  and
prospective loan portfolio and current economic conditions are considered.

         While management  believes that it uses the best information  available
to  determine  the  allowance  for loan losses,  unforeseen  economic and market
conditions could result in adjustments to the allowance for loan losses, and net
earnings could be significantly  affected, if circumstances differ substantially
from the assumptions used in making the final determination.

Investment Activities

         General.  Generally,  the  investment  policy of First  Security  is to
invest   funds  among   categories   of   investments   based  upon  the  Bank's
asset/liability  management  policies,  investment  quality,  loan  and  deposit
volume,  liquidity  needs and  performance  objectives.  In accordance  with the
Bank's  asset/liability  management  policy,  the Bank has  recently  focused  a
significant  part of its  investment  activities  on  instruments  with terms to
repricing or maturity of five years or less.

         First Security must maintain  minimum  levels of investments  and other
assets  that  qualify as liquid  assets  under OTS  regulations.  Liquidity  may
increase or decrease  depending upon the  availability  of funds and comparative
yields on  investments in relation to the return on loans.  Historically,  First
Security has maintained  liquid assets at levels above the minimum  requirements
imposed by the OTS regulations  and above levels  believed  adequate to meet the
requirements of normal  operations,  including  potential deposit  outflows.  At
April 30, 1997,  First  Security's  liquidity ratio for regulatory  purposes was
8.90%.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations - Asset/Liability Management" and "- Liquidity and Capital
Resources."

          Prior to December 31, 1993,  the Bank recorded its  marketable  equity
securities  at the  lower of cost or  current  market  value  and its  remaining
investment securities at amortized cost. Unrealized declines in the market value
of marketable  equity  securities  were  reflected in the equity  section of the
financial  statements.  Effective  January 1, 1994,  First Security adopted SFAS
115. As required by SFAS 115,  securities are classified into three  categories:
trading, held-to-maturity and available-for-sale. Securities that are bought and
held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified
as trading  securities and are reported at fair value with unrealized  gains and
losses  included in trading  account  activities in the statement of operations.
Securities  that First  Security has the positive  intent and ability to hold to
maturity are classified as held-to-maturity  and reported at amortized cost. All
other securities not classified as trading or held-to-maturity are classified as
available-for-sale.  At April 30, 1997,  First Security had no securities  which
were classified as trading and $27.5 million of  mortgage-backed  and investment
securities classified as

                                       71

<PAGE>



available-for-sale.  Available-for-sale  securities  are  reported at fair value
with unrealized gains and losses included,  on an after-tax basis, in a separate
component of retained earnings.

         Mortgage-Backed  and Related  Securities.  In order to  supplement  its
lending  activities and achieve its  asset/liability  management goals, the Bank
invests in mortgage-backed and related securities.  As of April 30, 1997, all of
the mortgage-backed and related securities owned by the Bank are issued, insured
or guaranteed  either  directly or  indirectly by a federal  agency or are rated
"AAA" by a nationally  recognized  credit rating agency.  However,  it should be
noted that,  while a (direct or  indirect)  federal  guarantee  or a high credit
rating may indicate a high degree of  protection  against  default,  they do not
indicate that the  securities  will be protected from declines in value based on
changes in interest rates or prepayment speeds.

         Consistent with its asset/liability  management strategy,  at April 30,
1997, $18.6 million,  or 45.4% of First Security's  mortgage-backed  and related
securities were available-for-sale. In addition, on the same date, $17.1 million
or 41.7% of the Bank's mortgage-backed and related securities carried adjustable
rates. Finally, as discussed further below, at April 30, 1997, the Bank had $1.8
million of collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs") with anticipated average
lives of five years or less.  For  additional  information  regarding the Bank's
mortgage-backed   securities  portfolio,   see  Note  2  of  the  Notes  to  the
Consolidated Financial Statements.

         The Bank's CMOs and real estate mortgage investment conduits ("REMICs")
are  securities  derived by  reallocating  the cash  flows from  mortgage-backed
securities or pools of mortgage loans in order to create  multiple  classes,  or
tranches, of securities with coupon rates and average lives that differ from the
underlying  collateral  as a whole.  The  terms to  maturity  of any  particular
tranche is dependent upon the prepayment  speed of the underlying  collateral as
well as the  structure of the  particular  CMO or REMIC.  Although a significant
proportion  of the Bank's CMOs and REMICs are  interests in tranches  which have
been structured  (through the use of cash flow priority and "support"  tranches)
to give somewhat more  predictable cash flows, the cash flow and hence the value
of CMOs and REMICs is subject to change.

         The Bank invests in CMOs and REMICs as an alternative to mortgage loans
and  conventional  mortgage-backed  securities  as part  of its  asset/liability
management  strategy.  Management believes that, depending on market conditions,
CMOs and REMICs may represent  attractive  investment  alternatives  relative to
other  investments  due to the wide  variety of maturity and  repayment  options
available.  In  particular,  the Bank has from time to time concluded that short
and intermediate duration CMOs and REMICs (five year or less average life) often
represent  a  better  combination  of rate and  duration  than  adjustable  rate
mortgage-backed securities.

         To  assess  price  volatility,   the  Federal  Financial   Institutions
Examination  Council ("FFIEC") adopted a policy in 1992 which requires an annual
"stress" test of mortgage  derivative  securities.  This policy,  which has been
adopted  by the OTS,  requires  the  Bank to  annually  test its CMOs and  other
mortgage-related   securities  to  determine   whether  they  are  high-risk  or
nonhigh-risk  securities.  Mortgage  derivative products with an average life or
price volatility in excess of a benchmark 30-year, mortgage-backed, pass-through
security are considered high-risk mortgage securities. Under the policy, savings
institutions may generally only invest in low-risk mortgage  securities in order
to reduce  interest rate risk. In addition,  all high-risk  mortgage  securities
acquired after February 9, 1992 which are classified as high risk at the time of
purchase must be carried in the institution's

                                       72

<PAGE>



trading  account or as assets  available-for-sale.  At March 31, 1997,  the most
recent quarterly test date, none of the Bank's  mortgage-backed  securities were
classified as "high-risk."


                                       73

<PAGE>



         The  following   table  sets  forth  the   composition  of  the  Bank's
mortgage-backed securities at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           December 31,
                                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       April 30, 1997                1996                      1995                   1994
                                    ------------------      --------------------      -------------------      --------------------
                                    Carrying      % of      Carrying       % of       Carrying       % of      Carrying      % of
                                      Value       Total       Value        Total        Value        Total       Value       Total
                                      -----       -----       -----        -----        -----        -----       -----       -----
                                                                                             (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                  <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>       <C>            <C>        <C>          <C>   
Mortgage-backed securities
 held-to-maturity:
  GNMA ............................. $ 8,896     21.69%     $ 9,226        21.05%    $ 5,142        11.39%     $ 7,380      17.32%
  FNMA .............................   3,016      7.36        3,294         7.51       4,526        10.02        8,508      19.96
  FHLMC ............................   5,655     13.79        6,280        14.33       9,806        21.71       19,234      45.13
  CMOs/REMICs ......................   4,822     11.76        5,309        12.11       5,646        12.50        7,499      17.59
                                     -------    ------      -------       ------     -------       ------      -------     ------
                                      22,389     54.60       24,109        55.00      25,120        55.62       42,621     100.00
Mortgage-backed securities
 available-for-sale:
  GNMA .............................   3,277      7.99        3,425         7.81       2,924         6.47        --          --
  FNMA .............................   6,197     15.11        6,572        14.99       6,383        14.14        --          --
  FHLMC ............................   8,400     20.49        8,985        20.50       9,992        22.12        --          --
  CMOs/REMICs ......................     742      1.81          745         1.70         745         1.65        --          --
                                     -------    ------      -------       ------     -------       ------     -------      ------
                                      18,616     45.40       19,727        45.00      20,044        44.38        --          --
                                     -------    ------      -------       ------     -------       ------     -------      ------

     Total mortgage-backed
       securities .................. $41,005    100.00%     $43,836       100.00%    $45,164       100.00%    $42,621     100.00%
                                     =======    ======      =======       ======     =======       ======     =======     ======
</TABLE>


                                       74

<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth the contractual maturities of the Bank's
mortgage-backed securities at April 30, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                April 30,
                                                               Due in                                             1997
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------------------------
                              6 Months      6 Months      1 to        3 to 5     5 to 10    10 to 20   Over 20   Amortized  Carrying
                               or Less     to 1 Year     3 Years       Years      Years      Years      Years     Cost       Value
                               -------     ---------     -------       -----      -----      -----      -----     ----       -----
                                                                         (In Thousands)
<S>                           <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>        <C>
Federal Home Loan
  Mortgage Corporation .....    $ --         $458         $   1      $   172    $ 1,785    $ 3,256    $ 8,598    $14,270    $14,055
Federal National
  Mortgage Association .....      --         --             386         --        1,470      1,179      6,344      9,379      9,213
Government National
  Mortgage Association .....      --         --            --           --          522        718     10,928     12,168     12,173
CMOs and REMICs ............      --         --             780         --        1,364      1,244      2,147      5,535      5,564
                                ------    -------       -------      -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------

     Total .................    $ --         $458       $ 1,167      $   172    $ 5,141    $ 6,397    $28,017    $41,352    $41,005
                                ======    =======       =======     ========    =======    =======    =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>






                                       75

<PAGE>



         As of April  30,  1997,  the  Bank  did not  have  any  mortgage-backed
securities in excess of 10% of retained earnings except for FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA
issues,   amounting  to  $9.2  million,   $14.1   million  and  $12.2   million,
respectively.

         The market values of a portion of the Bank's mortgage-backed securities
held-to-maturity  have been from time to time lower than their carrying  values.
However, for financial reporting purposes, such declines in value are considered
to be temporary in nature since they have been due to changes in interest  rates
rather  than  credit  concerns.  See  Note 2 of the  Notes  to the  Consolidated
Financial Statements.

         The following table shows mortgage-backed securities purchase, sale and
repayment activities of the Bank for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          Four Months Ended                                Year Ended
                                                              April 30,                                    December 31,
                                                      -------------------------         --------------------------------------------
                                                         1997              1996            1996             1995             1994
                                                         ----              ----            ----             ----             ----
                                                                                            (In Thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>     
Purchases:
 Adjustable-rate ..............................        $   --           $  2,396         $  2,396         $  8,197         $  1,460
 Fixed-rate ...................................            --               --              4,583            1,498            3,830
 CMOs .........................................            --                510              510             --              3,446
                                                       --------         --------         --------         --------         --------
  Total purchases .............................            --              2,906            7,489            9,695            8,736

 Principal repayments .........................          (2,872)          (1,169)          (8,639)          (6,999)         (11,211)
 Discount/premium net change ..................              (2)            --                 16              (39)            (349)
 Fair value net change ........................             (39)             (76)            (194)            (114)            --
                                                       --------         --------         --------         --------         --------
  Net increase (decrease) .....................        $ (2,913)        $  1,661         $ (1,328)        $  2,543         $ (2,824)
                                                       ========         ========         ========         ========         ========
</TABLE>


         The Bank's  holdings of  mortgage-backed  securities  are a significant
portion  of  the  Bank's  total  assets.   Since  pass-through   mortgage-backed
securities  generally carry a yield  approximately  50 to 100 basis points below
that of the  corresponding  type of residential loan (due to the implied federal
agency  guarantee  fee and the  retention  of a  servicing  spread  by the  loan
servicer),  and the Bank's CMOs and REMICs  also carry lower  yields (due to the
implied  federal  agency  guarantee  and because  such  securities  tend to have
shorter actual  durations than 30 year loans),  in the event that the proportion
of the Bank's  assets  consisting  of  mortgage-backed  and  related  securities
increases,  the Bank's asset yields could be somewhat  adversely  affected.  The
Bank will  evaluate  mortgage-backed  and related  securities  purchases  in the
future  based  on  its   asset/liability   objectives,   market  conditions  and
alternative investment opportunities.

         Other Securities.  Federally  chartered  savings  institutions have the
authority to invest in various types of liquid assets,  including  United States
Treasury   obligations,   securities  of  various  federal   agencies,   certain
certificates  of deposit  of insured  banks and  savings  institutions,  certain
bankers'  acceptances,  repurchase  agreements  and  federal  funds.  Subject to
various  restrictions,  federally chartered savings institutions may also invest
their assets in commercial paper, investment grade corporate debt securities and
mutual funds whose assets conform to the investments that a federally  chartered
savings institution is otherwise authorized to make directly.


                                       76

<PAGE>



         In order to complement its lending and mortgage-backed  securities, and
to increase its holding of short and intermediate term assets,  the Bank invests
in liquid investments and in high-quality investments, such as U.S. Treasury and
agency  obligations.  At April  30,  1997 and  December  31,  1996,  the  Bank's
securities portfolio totaled $37.2 million and $34.8 million,  respectively.  At
April 30, 1997,  the Bank did not own any other  securities  of a single  issuer
which exceeded 10% of the Bank's  retained  earnings,  other than federal agency
obligations.  See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements
for additional information regarding the Bank's other securities portfolio.


                                       77

<PAGE>



         The  following  table sets forth the  composition  of the Bank's  other
securities and other earning assets at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            December 31,
                                                                --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             April 30, 1997              1996                  1995                   1994
                                            ---------------     -------------------    -----------------     -----------------------
                                            Carrying   % of     Carrying      % of     Carrying     % of      Carrying      % of
                                             Value     Total      Value       Total      Value      Total       Value       Total
                                             -----     -----      -----       -----      -----      -----       -----       -----
                                                                           (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                         <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>   
Securities held-to-maturity:
  Federal agency obligations ............   $22,801    61.33%    $20,320     58.43%    $15,445      45.02%    $12,452       37.07%
  Municipal bonds .......................     5,207    14.01       5,208     14.98       4,768      13.90       5,120       15.25
  Corporate Notes .......................       251     0.67         251      0.72         353       1.02         354        1.05
                                            -------   ---------  -------   ---------    -------    ---------- -------      ------
                                             28,259    76.01      25,779     74.13      20,566      59.94      17,926       53.37
Securities available-for sale:
  US government securities ..............     3,321     8.93       3,350      9.63       7,936      23.13      10,203       30.38
  Mutual Funds ..........................     5,598    15.06       5,645     16.23       5,737      16.72       5,389       16.04
  Other Equity ..........................      --        --            2      0.01          70       0.21          70        0.21
                                            -------   ---------    ------- ---------    -------    ---------- -------      ------
                                              8,919    23.99       8,997     25.87      13,743      40.06      15,662       46.63
                                            -------   ---------    ------- ---------    -------    ---------- -------      ------

       Total securities .................   $37,178   100.00%    $34,776    100.00%    $34,309     100.00%    $33,588      100.00%
                                            =======   =========  =======   =========   =======     ========== =======      ======

Average remaining life of
   securities: ..........................   _______              _______               _______                 _______

Other earning assets:
  Interest-earning deposits
   with banks ...........................   $   904    18.24%    $ 2,713     44.58%    $ 9,490      71.12%    $ 1,588       38.68%
  FHLB stock ............................     1,852    37.37       1,673     27.49       1,553      11.64       1,318       32.10
  Federal funds sold ....................     2,000    40.35       1,500     24.65       2,100      15.74       1,000       24.35
  Time deposit in other
   financial institutions ...............       200     4.04         200      3.28         200       1.50         200        4.87
                                            -------   ---------    -------  ---------  -------    ----------  -------      ------
        Total ...........................   $ 4,956   100.00%     $6,086    100.00%    $13,343     100.00%     $4,106      100.00%
                                            =======   =========    =======  =========  =======    ==========  =======      ======
</TABLE>



                                       78

<PAGE>



         The  composition  and  maturities  of the other  securities  portfolio,
excluding FHLB stock, are indicated in the following table.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              April 30, 1997
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Less Than     1 to 5       5 to 10       Over
                                       1 Year        Years        Years      10 years       Total Securities
                                       ------        -----        -----      --------     ----------------------
 
                                      Amortized    Amortized    Amortized    Amortized     Amortized        Fair
                                        Cost         Cost         Cost         Cost          Cost           Value
                                        ----         ----         ----         ----          ----           -----
                                                                      Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                  <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>    
US government securities ........... $   999        $ 1,991      $  --          259        $ 3,249        $ 3,321
Federal agency obligations(1) ......    --            2,444       15,347      5,010         22,801         22,801(1)
Municipal bonds ....................     100          1,448        2,175      1,484          5,207          5,221
Corporate notes ....................     250           --           --         --              250            251
                                     -------        -------      -------     ------        -------        -------
Total securities ................... $ 1,349        $ 5,883      $17,522    $ 6,753        $31,507        $31,594
                                     =======        =======      =======    =======        =======        =======
Weighted average yield .............    6.89%          6.31%        6.76%      7.20%          6.74%
                                     =======        =======      =======    =======        =======
- ----------------
<FN>

(1) $26 million are callable securities.
</FN>
</TABLE>


         See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated  Financial Statements for a
discussion of the Bank's securities portfolio.

Sources of Funds

         General.  The Bank's  primary  sources of funds are deposits,  payments
(including  prepayments)  of  loan  principal,  interest  earned  on  loans  and
securities,  repayments  of  securities,  borrowings  and  funds  provided  from
operations.

         Deposits. First Security offers deposit accounts having a wide range of
interest rates and terms.  The Bank's deposits  consist of passbook,  NOW, money
market  and  various  certificate   accounts.   The  Bank  relies  primarily  on
competitive  pricing and customer  service to attract and retain these deposits.
The Bank's  customers may access their  accounts  through any of the Bank's five
offices and five automated  teller machines  ("ATMs").  In addition,  the Bank's
customers may access their accounts through several nationwide ATM networks. The
Bank only  solicits  deposits  in its  market  area and does not  currently  use
brokers to obtain deposits.

         The Bank  manages  the  pricing of its  deposits  in  keeping  with its
asset/liability management,  profitability and growth objectives. The variety of
deposit  accounts  offered  by the  Bank has  allowed  it to be  competitive  in
obtaining funds and to respond with  flexibility to changes in consumer  demand.
However,  as some customers have become more interest rate  conscious,  the Bank
has become more  susceptible to short-term  fluctuations  in its  certificate of
deposit flows.
         Management  believes  that the "core"  portion  of the  Bank's  regular
savings, NOW and money market accounts, which amounted to $90.8 million or 41.4%
of total deposits at April 30, 1997, can have a lower cost and be more resistant
to interest rate changes (and competing  non-depository financial products) than
certificate accounts. The Bank utilizes customer service, community outreach and
marketing  initiatives  in an effort to build and  maintain  the  volume of such
deposits. However, there can be no assurance as to whether the Bank will be able
to maintain or increase its core deposits in the future.


                                       79

<PAGE>




         The table  below sets forth the Bank's  deposit  flows for the  periods
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Four Months Ended                               Year Ended
                                                     April 30,                                  December 31,
                                           -----------------------------         ----------------------------------------------
                                                 1997              1996             1996              1995               1994
                                                 ----              ----             ----              ----               ----
                                                                        (Dollars In Thousands)
<S>                                          <C>                <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>      
Opening balance......................        $ 219,505          $ 209,387         $ 209,387         $ 195,875         $ 161,715
Deposits.............................          122,486            114,416           347,280           348,404           344,471
Withdrawals..........................        (125,591)          (113,652)         (346,192)         (343,039)         (316,340)
Interest credited....................            2,587              2,602             9,030             8,147             6,029
                                           -----------         ----------        ----------        ----------        ----------

Ending balance.......................        $ 218,987           $212,753          $219,505          $209,387          $195,875
                                             =========           ========          ========          ========          ========

Net increase (decrease)..............     $      (518)         $    3,366         $  10,118         $  13,512         $  34,160
                                          ===========          ==========         =========         =========         =========

Percent increase (decrease)..........            (0.24)%             1.61%             4.83%            6.90%            21.12%
                                                 =====               ====              ====             ====             =====
</TABLE>


                                       80
<PAGE>


         The following table sets forth the dollar amount of savings deposits in
the  various  types of  deposit  programs  offered  by the Bank as of the  dates
indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                April 30,                                     December 31,
                                 ------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------------------------
                                       1997               1996               1996                 1995               1994
                                 -----------------   ----------------   ----------------    ----------------    -----------------
                                           Percent            Percent             Percent             Percent             Percent
                                 Amount    of Total  Amount   of Total  Amount    of Total   Amount   of Total  Amount    of Total
                                 ------    --------  ------   --------  ------    --------   ------   --------  ------    --------
                                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                             <C>         <C>   <C>           <C>   <C>           <C>   <C>           <C>   <C>           <C>  
Transactions and
Savings Deposits
Passbook Accounts 3.00% ....... $ 71,203    32.5% $ 69,509      32.7% $ 71,167      32.4% $ 69,631      33.3% $ 73,548      37.5%
NOW Accounts 2.23% ............   14,505     6.6    13,077       6.1    14,509       6.6    13,262       6.3    11,673       6.0
Money Market Accounts 3.06% ...    5,137     2.3     5,488       2.6     5,107       2.3     5,612       2.7     6,928       3.5
                                --------   -----    --------   -----    --------   -----    --------   -----    --------   -----

Total Non-Certificates ........   90,845    41.4    88,074      41.4    90,783      41.3    88,505      42.3    92,149      47.0

Certificates:
0.00 - 3.99% ..................     --      --          35       --        119       0.1       310       0.1    20,075      10.2
4.00 - 5.99% ..................  114,663    52.4   106,459      50.0   116,397      53.0    87,775      41.9    76,704      39.2
6.00 - 7.99% ..................   13,365     6.1    18,023       8.5    12,094       5.5    32,629      15.6     6,238       3.2
8.00 - 9.00% ..................      114     0.1       162       0.1       112       0.1       168       0.1       709       0.4
                                --------   -----   --------    -----   --------    -----    ------     -----    ------     -----

Total Certificates ............  128,142    58.6   124,679      58.6   128,722      58.7   120,882      57.7   103,726      53.0
                                --------   -----   --------    -----   --------    -----   -------     -----   -------     -----

Total Deposits ................ $218,987   100.0% $212,753     100.0% $219,505     100.0% $209,387     100.0% $195,875     100.0%
                                ========   =====   ========    =====   ========    =====   =======     =====   =======     =====
- -------
<FN>

(1)  Includes  $_____ from not for profit  organizations.

</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       81

<PAGE>


         The following table shows rate and maturity  information for the Bank's
certificates of deposit as of April 30, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         Less Than      1 to 2        2 to 3        3 to 4        4 to 5     Greater
                          1 Year         Years         Years         Years         Years    than 5 Years      Total
                          ------         -----         -----         -----         -----    ------------      -----
                                                            (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                       <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>         <C>      
4.00 - 4.99%..........    $   8,774     $      18      $    ---      $    ---     $     ---       $   ---     $   8,792
5.00 - 5.99%..........       91,255        10,136         1,910           961         1,609           ---       105,871
6.00 - 6.99%..........        1,888            95         4,433         1,671         2,695           ---        10,782
7.00 - 7.99%..........          229           ---         1,629           102           623           ---         2,583
8.00 - 8.99%..........           18            46           ---           ---           ---            50           114
                         ----------    ----------     ---------     ---------     ---------       -------   -----------
                           $102,164       $10,295        $7,972        $2,734        $4,927            50      $128,142
                           ========       =======        ======        ======        ======       =======      ========
</TABLE>




         The following table indicates the amount of the Bank's  certificates of
deposit and other  deposits  by time  remaining  until  maturity as of April 30,
1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Maturity
                                               ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Over             Over
                                                  3 Months          3 to 6           6 to 12           Over
                                                   or Less          Months           Months          12 Months       Total
                                               --------------   --------------   --------------   --------------   ----------
                                                                                 (In Thousands)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>  
Certificates of deposit less than
 $100,000...................................      $30,123          $26,170          $22,571          $17,639         $ 96,503
Certificates of deposit $100,000
 or more....................................       10,033            7,876            5,391            8,339           31,639
                                                 --------         --------         --------         --------         --------
     Total certificates of deposit..........      $40,156          $34,046          $27,962          $25,978         $128,142
                                                  =======          =======          =======          =======         ========
</TABLE>


         For  additional  information  regarding the  composition  of the Bank's
deposits, see Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

         Borrowings.  First Security's other available  sources of funds include
advances from the FHLB of Chicago and other borrowings. The Bank's FHLB advances
to date have  primarily  consisted  of  subsidized  borrowings  to fund  special
housing  programs.  As a member of the FHLB of Chicago,  the Bank is required to
own capital stock in the FHLB of Chicago and is authorized to apply for advances
from the FHLB of Chicago.  Each FHLB credit  program has its own interest  rate,
which may be fixed or variable, and range of maturities. The FHLB of Chicago may
prescribe the acceptable uses for these advances,  as well as limitations on the
size of the advances and  repayment  provisions.  See Note 8 of the Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.



                                       82

<PAGE>



         The  following  table  sets forth the  maximum  month-end  balance  and
average balance of FHLB advances for the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         Four Months Ended                             Year Ended
                                                             April 30,                                December 31,
                                                      -----------------------            ---------------------------------------
                                                        1997             1996             1996             1995             1994
                                                        ----             ----             ----             ----             ----
                                                                                (Dollars In Thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>               <C>   
Maximum Balance:
  FHLB Advances.............................           $7,500           $3,000           $4,000          $10,000           $3,000

Average Balance:
  FHLB Advances.............................           $5,400           $3,000           $3,333           $3,769           $2,846

Weighted average interest rate of
  FHLB advances.............................            5.75%            5.17%            5.25%            5.25%            6.30%
</TABLE>


Subsidiary Activities

         As a federally  chartered  savings bank, First Security is permitted by
OTS  regulations  to invest up to 2% of its assets in the stock of, or loans to,
service corporation subsidiaries,  and may invest an additional 1% of its assets
in service  corporations  where such additional funds are used for inner-city or
community   development   purposes.   In  addition  to  investments  in  service
corporations,  federal  institutions are permitted to invest an unlimited amount
in operating  subsidiaries  engaged solely in activities which a federal savings
association may engage in directly.

         At  April  30,  1997,  First  Security  had one  wholly  owned  service
corporation,  Western  Security  Corporation  ("Western"  or the  "Subsidiary").
Western, an Illinois corporation, was incorporated November 1977 for the purpose
of offering customers and members of the general public credit,  life,  mortgage
and disability insurance.  First Security's investment in Western was $47,000 as
of April 30, 1997.  Western  recognized net income (loss) of $(6,000) during the
four months ended April 30, 1997 and $3,000  during the year ended  December 31,
1996.

Competition

         First Security faces strong competition both in originating real estate
loans  and in  attracting  deposits.  Competition  in  originating  loans  comes
primarily  from credit  unions,  mortgage  bankers,  commercial  banks and other
savings  institutions,  which also make loans secured by real estate  located in
the Bank's market area.  First  Security  competes for loans  principally on the
basis of the  interest  rates  and loan fees it  charges,  the types of loans it
originates,  community  outreach  and the  quality of  services  it  provides to
borrowers.

         Competition  for those  deposits is  principally  from  credit  unions,
commercial banks, mutual funds,  securities firms and other savings institutions
located in the same  communities.  The ability of the Bank to attract and retain
deposits  depends  on its  ability to provide  an  investment  opportunity  that
satisfies the requirements of investors as to rate of return,  liquidity,  risk,
convenient  locations and other factors. The Bank competes for these deposits by
offering competitive rates,  convenient business hours, community outreach and a
customer oriented staff.


                                       83

<PAGE>

Properties

         The following table sets forth  information  concerning the main office
and each branch  office of the Bank at April 30, 1997.  At April 30,  1997,  the
Bank's premises had an aggregate net book value of approximately $3.8 million.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Year                           Net Book Value
                                                  Acquired/       Owned or              at
          Location                              Established       Leased          April 30, 1997       Deposits
          --------                              -----------       ------          --------------       --------
                                                                        (In Thousands)
<S>                                            <C>               <C>             <C>                  <C> 
Main Office:

936 North Western Avenue                            1964         Owned                 $1,340          $143,958
Chicago, Illinois 60622-4695

Branch Offices:

2166 Plum Grove Road                                1977          Leased(1)                 4            11,444
Rolling Meadows, Illinois 60008

820 N. Western Avenue                               1983          Owned                   257             2,266
Chicago, Illinois 60622

5670 N. Milwaukee Avenue                            1993          Owned                 1,197            11,321
Chicago, Illinois  60646

7918 Bustleton Avenue                               1994          Owned                   663            49,998
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19152

- ---------
<FN>

(1)  The lease expires in July 1997.
</FN>
</TABLE>

         The Bank believes that its current  facilities are adequate to meet the
present  and  foreseeable  future  needs of the Bank  and the  Holding  Company.
However,  in the future,  the Bank may  consider the addition of one or more new
branches within the Chicago or Philadelphia areas.

         The Bank's  depositor and borrower  customer files are maintained by an
independent data processing  company.  The net book value of the data processing
and computer  equipment utilized by the Bank at April 30, 1997 was approximately
$110,700.

Legal Proceedings

         From time to time, First Security is involved as plaintiff or defendant
in various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of its business. While
the ultimate outcome of these various legal proceedings cannot be predicted with
certainty,  it is the opinion of management  that the  resolution of these legal
actions  should  not have a material  effect on the  Holding  Company's  and the
Bank's financial position or results of operations.



                                       84

<PAGE>



                                   REGULATION

General

         First Security is a federally  chartered  savings bank, the deposits of
which are  federally  insured  and  backed by the full  faith and  credit of the
United  States  Government.  Accordingly,  First  Security  is  subject to broad
federal regulation and oversight extending to all its operations. First Security
is a member of the FHLB of Chicago and is subject to certain limited  regulation
by the Board of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System  ("Federal  Reserve
Board"). As the savings and loan holding company of First Security,  the Holding
Company also is subject to federal regulation and oversight.  The purpose of the
regulation  of the Holding  Company and other  holding  companies  is to protect
subsidiary  savings  associations.  First  Security  is a member of the  Savings
Association  Insurance  Fund  ("SAIF")  and the  deposits of First  Security are
insured  by  the  FDIC.  As a  result,  the  FDIC  has  certain  regulatory  and
examination authority over First Security.

         Certain of these regulatory requirements and restrictions are discussed
below or elsewhere in this document.

Federal Regulation of Savings Associations

         The  OTS  has  extensive  authority  over  the  operations  of  savings
associations.  As part of this  authority,  First  Security  is required to file
periodic reports with the OTS and is subject to periodic examinations by the OTS
and the FDIC. The last regular OTS and FDIC  examinations of First Security were
as of June 30, 1996 and April 23 1990,  respectively.  Under  agency  scheduling
guidelines,  it is likely that another examination will be initiated in the near
future.  When these  examinations  are  conducted  by the OTS and the FDIC,  the
examiners may require First  Security to provide for higher  general or specific
loan loss  reserves.  All  savings  associations  are  subject to a  semi-annual
assessment,  based upon the  savings  association's  total  assets,  to fund the
operations of the OTS.

         The OTS also  has  extensive  enforcement  authority  over all  savings
institutions  and their  holding  companies,  including  First  Security and the
Holding Company.  This enforcement  authority includes,  among other things, the
ability to assess civil money penalties,  to issue  cease-and-desist  or removal
orders and to initiate injunctive actions. In general, these enforcement actions
may be initiated for  violations of laws and  regulations  and unsafe or unsound
practices.  Other  actions or  inactions  may provide the basis for  enforcement
action,  including  misleading or untimely  reports  filed with the OTS.  Except
under certain  circumstances,  public disclosure of final enforcement actions by
the OTS is required.

         In addition,  the investment,  lending and branching authority of First
Security is prescribed by federal laws and it is prohibited from engaging in any
activities not permitted by such laws. For instance,  no savings institution may
invest in  non-investment  grade  corporate debt  securities.  In addition,  the
permissible  level of  investment  by federal  associations  in loans secured by
non-residential real property may not exceed 400% of total capital,  except with
approval of the OTS. Federal savings  associations are also generally authorized
to  branch   nationwide.   First  Security  is  in  compliance  with  the  noted
restrictions.


                                       85

<PAGE>



         First    Security's    general    permissible    lending    limit   for
loans-to-one-borrower  is equal to the greater of $500,000 or 15% of  unimpaired
capital  and  surplus  (except  for  loans  fully  secured  by  certain  readily
marketable  collateral,  in  which  case  this  limit  is  increased  to  25% of
unimpaired  capital and surplus).  At April 30, 1997, First  Security's  lending
limit under this restriction was $4.5 million.  Assuming the sale of the minimum
number of shares  in the  Conversion  at April 30,  1997,  that  limit  would be
increased  to  $6.4  million.   First   Security  is  in  compliance   with  the
loans-to-one-borrower limitation.

         The OTS, as well as the other  federal  banking  agencies,  has adopted
guidelines  establishing  safety and soundness standards on such matters as loan
underwriting and  documentation,  internal controls and audit systems,  interest
rate risk exposure and compensation and other employee benefits. Any institution
which fails to comply with these  standards  must submit a  compliance  plan.  A
failure to submit a plan or to comply  with an  approved  plan will  subject the
institution to further enforcement action. The OTS and the other federal banking
agencies have also proposed additional  guidelines on asset quality and earnings
standards.  No assurance can be given as to whether or in what form the proposed
regulations will be adopted.

Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC

         First Security is a member of the SAIF,  which is  administered  by the
FDIC.  Deposits  are  insured  up to  applicable  limits  by the  FDIC  and such
insurance  is  backed  by  the  full  faith  and  credit  of the  United  States
Government.  As insurer,  the FDIC  imposes  deposit  insurance  premiums and is
authorized to conduct  examinations of and to require  reporting by FDIC-insured
institutions. It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in
any activity the FDIC  determines  by regulation or order to pose a serious risk
to the FDIC.  The FDIC also has the  authority to initiate  enforcement  actions
against savings  associations,  after giving the OTS an opportunity to take such
action,  and may  terminate  the deposit  insurance  if it  determines  that the
institution  has  engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices  or is in an unsafe or
unsound condition.

         The FDIC's deposit insurance premiums are assessed through a risk-based
system under which all insured  depository  institutions  are placed into one of
nine  categories  and  assessed  insurance  premiums  based upon their  level of
capital and supervisory evaluation. Under the system, institutions classified as
well  capitalized  (i.e., a core capital ratio of at least 5%, a ratio of Tier 1
or core capital to  risk-weighted  assets  ("Tier 1  risk-based  capital") of at
least 6% and a risk-based  capital ratio of at least 10%) and considered healthy
pay the  lowest  premium  while  institutions  that  are  less  than  adequately
capitalized (i.e., core or Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios of less than 4% or a
risk-based  capital  ratio  of less  than  8%)  and  considered  of  substantial
supervisory concern pay the highest premium.  Risk classification of all insured
institutions will be made by the FDIC for each semi-annual assessment period.

         The FDIC is authorized to increase  assessment  rates,  on a semiannual
basis, if it determines that the reserve ratio of the SAIF will be less than the
designated  reserve ratio of 1.25% of  SAIF-insured  deposits.  In setting these
increased  assessments,  the FDIC must seek to restore the reserve ratio to that
designated  reserve  level,  or such higher  reserve ratio as established by the
FDIC.  The FDIC may also impose  special  assessments  on SAIF  members to repay
amounts  borrowed from the United States Treasury or for any other reason deemed
necessary by the FDIC.


                                       86

<PAGE>



         For the  first six  months of 1995,  the  assessment  schedule  for BIF
members and SAIF members  ranged from .23% to .31% of  deposits.  As is the case
with the SAIF, the FDIC is authorized to adjust the insurance  premium rates for
banks that are insured by the BIF of the FDIC in order to  maintain  the reserve
ratio of the BIF at  1.25%  of BIF  insured  deposits.  As a  result  of the BIF
reaching its statutory  reserve ratio the FDIC revised the premium  schedule for
BIF insured  institutions  to provide a range of .04% to .31% of  deposits.  The
revisions  became  effective in the third quarter of 1995. In addition,  the BIF
rates were further revised,  effective January 1996, to provide a range of 0% to
 .27%. The SAIF rates,  however,  were not adjusted. At the time the FDIC revised
the BIF premium schedule, it noted that, absent legislative action (as discussed
below),  the SAIF would not attain its  designated  reserve ratio until the year
2002. As a result,  SAIF insured members would continue to be generally  subject
to higher deposit insurance  premiums than BIF insured  institutions  until, all
things being equal, the SAIF attains its required reserve ratio.

         In order to eliminate this disparity and any  competitive  disadvantage
between  BIF and SAIF  member  institutions  with  respect to deposit  insurance
premiums,  legislation to  recapitalize  the SAIF was enacted in September 1996.
The legislation provides for a one-time assessment to be imposed on all deposits
assessed at the SAIF rates, as of March 31, 1995, in order to  recapitalize  the
SAIF. It also provides for the merger of the BIF and the SAIF on January 1, 1999
if  no  savings  associations  then  exist.  The  special  assessment  rate  was
established  at .657% of deposits and the  assessment was paid in November 1996.
Based on First  Security's  level of SAIF  deposits  at March  31,  1995,  First
Security's  assessment was  approximately  $1.3 million on a pre-tax basis. This
special assessment  significantly  increased  noninterest  expense and adversely
affected the Bank's results of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996.

         Prior  to the  enactment  of the  legislation,  a  portion  of the SAIF
assessment imposed on savings  associations was used to repay obligations issued
by a federally chartered corporation to provide financing ("FICO") for resolving
the thrift  crisis in the 1980s.  Although the FDIC has  proposed  that the SAIF
assessment be equalized with the BIF assessment  schedule,  effective October 1,
1996, SAIF-insured institutions will continue to be subject to a FICO assessment
as a result of this continuing  obligation.  Although the  legislation  also now
requires  assessments  to be made on  BIF-assessable  deposits for this purpose,
effective  January 1, 1997,  that  assessment will be limited to 20% of the rate
imposed on SAIF  assessable  deposits  until the earlier of December 31, 1999 or
when no  savings  association  continues  to exist,  thereby  imposing a greater
burden on SAIF member institutions such as First Security. Thereafter,  however,
assessments  on  BIF-member  institutions  will  be made on the  same  basis  as
SAIF-member  institutions.  The rates  established by the FDIC to implement this
requirement for all FDIC-insured  institutions are a 6.5 basis points assessment
on SAIF  deposits  and 1.5  basis  points  on BIF  deposits  until  BIF  insured
institutions participate fully in the assessment.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

         Federally  insured savings  associations,  such as First Security,  are
required  to  maintain  a  minimum  level  of  regulatory  capital.  The OTS has
established  capital  standards,  including a tangible  capital  requirement,  a
leverage  ratio  (or  core  capital)   requirement  and  a  risk-based   capital
requirement applicable to such savings associations.  These capital requirements
must be  generally  as  stringent as the  comparable  capital  requirements  for
national  banks.  The OTS is also  authorized to impose capital  requirements in
excess of these standards on individual associations on a case-by-case basis.

                                       87

<PAGE>




         The capital  regulations  require  tangible capital of at least 1.5% of
adjusted total assets (as defined by  regulation).  Tangible  capital  generally
includes  common   stockholders'   equity  and  retained  income,   and  certain
noncumulative  perpetual First Security stock and related  income.  In addition,
all  intangible  assets,  other  than a  limited  amount of  purchased  mortgage
servicing  rights,  must be  deducted  from  tangible  capital  for  calculating
compliance with the requirement.  At April 30, 1997, First Security had $332,000
of intangible assets recorded as assets on its financial statements, as a result
of its  acquisition of assets and assumption of liabilities  from the Resolution
Trust  Corporation  in 1994. See Note 6 of the Notes to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

         The OTS regulations establish special  capitalization  requirements for
savings associations that own subsidiaries.  In determining  compliance with the
capital requirements,  all subsidiaries engaged solely in activities permissible
for national  banks or engaged in certain other  activities  solely as agent for
its customers are  "includable"  subsidiaries  that are consolidated for capital
purposes in proportion to the association's  level of ownership.  For excludable
subsidiaries the debt and equity  investments in such  subsidiaries are deducted
from assets and capital.

         Assuming   the  Bank  would  have  been  subject  to  the  OTS  capital
requirements,  at April 30, 1997,  First Security had tangible  capital of $29.5
million, or 11.4% of adjusted total assets, which is approximately $25.6 million
above the minimum requirement of 1.5% of adjusted total assets in effect on that
date.  On a pro forma  basis,  after  giving  effect to the sale of the minimum,
midpoint and maximum  number of shares of Common Stock offered in the Conversion
and  investment  of 50% of the net  proceeds in assets not excluded for tangible
capital purposes, First Security would have had tangible capital equal to 15.4%,
16.2% and 16.9%, respectively, of adjusted total assets at April 30, 1997, which
is $37.9  million,  $40.2  million and $42.5  million,  respectively,  above the
requirement.

         The capital standards also require core capital equal to at least 3% of
adjusted total assets.  Core capital generally consists of tangible capital plus
certain intangible  assets,  including a limited amount of purchased credit card
relationships.  As a result of the prompt corrective action provisions discussed
below,  however, a savings  association must maintain a core capital ratio of at
least  4%  to  be  considered  adequately  capitalized  unless  its  supervisory
condition is such to allow it to maintain a 3% ratio.

         At April 30,  1997,  First  Security  had core  capital  equal to $29.5
million,  or 11.4% of adjusted  total  assets,  which is $21.7 million above the
minimum  leverage  ratio  requirement  of 3% as in effect on that date. On a pro
forma  basis,  after  giving  effect to the sale of the  minimum,  midpoint  and
maximum  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered  in the  Conversion  and
investment  of 50% of the net proceeds in assets not excluded from core capital,
First  Security  would have had core  capital  equal to 15.4%,  16.2% and 16.9%,
respectively,  of  adjusted  total  assets  at April  30,  1997,  which is $33.8
million, $36.1 million and $38.3 million, respectively, above the requirement.

          The OTS risk-based  requirement  requires savings associations to have
total capital of at least 8% of risk-weighted  assets. Total capital consists of
core capital, as defined above, and supplementary capital. Supplementary capital


                                       88

<PAGE>


consists of certain  permanent  and  maturing  capital  instruments  that do not
qualify as core capital and general  valuation loan and lease loss allowances up
to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Supplementary capital may be used
to satisfy the risk-based  requirement  only to the extent of core capital.  The
OTS is  also  authorized  to  require  a  savings  association  to  maintain  an
additional  amount of total capital to account for  concentration of credit risk
and the risk of  non-traditional  activities.  At April 30, 1997, First Security
had $1.7  million of general loss  reserves of which $1.6  million  qualifies as
supplementary capital, which was less than 1.25% of risk-weighted assets.

         Certain  exclusions from capital and assets are required to be made for
the purpose of calculating  total  capital.  Such  exclusions  consist of equity
investments  (as  defined  by  regulation)  and that  portion  of land loans and
nonresidential  construction  loans in excess of an 80% loan-to-value  ratio and
reciprocal  holdings of qualifying  capital  instruments.  First Security had no
such exclusions from capital and assets at April 30, 1997.

         In  determining  the  amount  of  risk-weighted   assets,  all  assets,
including certain  off-balance sheet items, will be multiplied by a risk weight,
ranging from 0% to 100%,  based on the risk  inherent in the type of asset.  For
example,  the OTS has assigned a risk weight of 50% for  prudently  underwritten
permanent  one- to  four-family  first lien mortgage loans not more than 90 days
delinquent  and having a loan to value ratio of not more than 80% at origination
unless insured to such ratio by an insurer approved by the FNMA or FHLMC.

         The  OTS  has  adopted  a  final  rule  that  requires   every  savings
association with more than normal interest rate risk exposure to deduct from its
total capital, for purposes of determining compliance with such requirement,  an
amount equal to 50% of its interest-rate risk exposure multiplied by the present
value of its assets.  This exposure is a measure of the potential decline in the
net  portfolio  value of a savings  association,  greater than 2% of the present
value of its  assets,  based upon a  hypothetical  200 basis  point  increase or
decrease  in  interest  rates  (whichever  results  in a greater  decline).  Net
portfolio  value is the  present  value of  expected  cash  flows  from  assets,
liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. The rule provides for a two quarter
lag between  calculating  interest rate risk and  recognizing any deduction from
capital.  The rule will not become effective until the OTS evaluates the process
by which  savings  associations  may  appeal an  interest  rate  risk  deduction
determination.  It is uncertain as to when this evaluation may be completed. Any
savings  association  with less than $300 million in assets and a total  capital
ratio in excess of 12% is exempt from this requirement unless the OTS determines
otherwise. Based upon its capital level and assets size at April 30, 1997, First
Security would qualify for an exemption from the requirement.

         On April 30, 1997,  First  Security had total  capital of $31.1 million
(including  $29.5  million  in core  capital  and  $1.6  million  in  qualifying
supplementary  capital) and  risk-weighted  assets of $127.5  million;  or total
capital of 24.4% of  risk-weighted  assets.  This amount was $20.9 million above
the 8%  requirement  in effect on that date. On a pro forma basis,  after giving


                                       89

<PAGE>


effect to the sale of the  minimum,  midpoint  and  maximum  number of shares of
Common Stock offered in the Conversion, the infusion to First Security of 50% of
the net  Conversion  proceeds  and the  investment  of those  proceeds  to First
Security in 20% risk-weighted  government securities,  First Security would have
had total  capital of 33.6%,  35.3% and 36.9%,  respectively,  of  risk-weighted
assets,  which is above the  current  8%  requirement  by $33.2  million,  $35.5
million and $37.8 million, respectively.

         The OTS and the FDIC are authorized  and,  under certain  circumstances
required, to take certain actions against savings associations that fail to meet
their  capital  requirements.  The OTS is  generally  required to take action to
restrict the activities of an "undercapitalized  association" (generally defined
to be  one  with  less  than  either  a 4%  core  capital  ratio,  a 4%  Tier  1
risked-based  capital  ratio  or an  8%  risk-based  capital  ratio).  Any  such
association  must  submit a  capital  restoration  plan and  until  such plan is
approved by the OTS may not increase its assets,  acquire  another  institution,
establish a branch or engage in any new  activities,  and generally may not make
capital   distributions.   The  OTS  is  authorized  to  impose  the  additional
restrictions that are applicable to significantly undercapitalized associations.

          As a condition to the approval of the capital  restoration  plan,  any
company  controlling  an  undercapitalized  association  must agree that it will
enter  into  a  limited  capital  maintenance  guarantee  with  respect  to  the
institution's achievement of its capital requirements.

         Any savings  association  that fails to comply with its capital plan or
is  "significantly  undercapitalized"  (i.e.,  Tier 1 risk-based or core capital
ratios of less than 3% or a  risk-based  capital  ratio of less than 6%) must be
made  subject  to one or more of  additional  specified  actions  and  operating
restrictions  which may cover all aspects of its operations and include a forced
merger  or  acquisition  of  the   association.   An  association  that  becomes
"critically  undercapitalized" (i.e., a tangible capital ratio of 2% or less) is
subject to further mandatory restrictions on its activities in addition to those
applicable to significantly  undercapitalized associations. In addition, the OTS
must appoint a receiver (or conservator  with the concurrence of the FDIC) for a
savings  association,  with certain limited exceptions,  within 90 days after it
becomes critically  undercapitalized.  Any undercapitalized  association is also
subject to the general enforcement  authority of the OTS and the FDIC, including
the appointment of a conservator or a receiver.

         The OTS is also generally  authorized to reclassify an association into
a lower capital category and impose the restrictions applicable to such category
if the institution is engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices or is in an unsafe
or unsound condition.

         The imposition by the OTS or the FDIC of any of these measures on First
Security may have a substantial  adverse effect on First  Security's  operations
and profitability and the value of the Common Stock purchased in the Conversion.
Holding Company  stockholders do not have preemptive rights,  and therefore,  if
the  Holding  Company  is  directed  by the OTS or the FDIC to issue  additional
shares of  Common  Stock,  such  issuance  may  result  in the  dilution  in the
percentage  of  ownership  of the Holding  Company of those  persons  purchasing
shares in the Conversion.

Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions

         OTS regulations  impose various  restrictions  on savings  associations
with respect to their ability to make  distributions  of capital,  which include
dividends,  stock  redemptions  or  repurchases,   cash-out  mergers  and  other
transactions  charged to the capital  account.  OTS regulations  also prohibit a

                                       90

<PAGE>


savings  association from declaring or paying any dividends or from repurchasing
any of its stock if, as a result,  the  regulatory  capital  of the  association
would be reduced below the amount  required to be maintained for the liquidation
account established in connection with its mutual to stock conversion.  See "The
Conversion--Effects  of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors  and Borrowers of
the Bank" and "-Restrictions on Repurchase of Stock."

         Generally,  savings associations,  such as First Security,  that before
and after the proposed  distribution meet their capital  requirements,  may make
capital  distributions  during any calendar year equal to the greater of 100% of
net  income for the  year-to-date  plus 50% of the amount by which the lesser of
the  association's  tangible,  core or  risk-based  capital  exceeds its capital
requirement  for such  capital  component,  as measured at the  beginning of the
calendar year, or 75% of its net income for the most recent four quarter period.
However,  an association deemed to be in need of more than normal supervision by
the OTS may have its dividend  authority  restricted by the OTS.  First Security
may pay dividends in accordance with this general authority.

         Savings  associations  proposing to make any capital  distribution need
only  submit  written  notice  to the OTS 30 days  prior  to such  distribution.
Savings  associations  that do not,  or would  not meet  their  current  minimum
capital requirements  following a proposed capital  distribution,  however, must
obtain OTS approval prior to making such distribution. The OTS may object to the
distribution  during that 30-day  period  notice  based on safety and  soundness
concerns. See "- Regulatory Capital Requirements."

         The OTS has proposed  regulations that would revise the current capital
distribution  restrictions.  Under the proposal a savings  association that is a
subsidiary of a holding company may make a capital  distribution  with notice to
the  OTS  provided  that it has a CAMEL  1 or 2  rating,  is not of  supervisory
concern,  and would remain adequately  capitalized (as defined in the OTS prompt
corrective  action  regulations)  following the proposed  distribution.  Savings
associations  that would remain  adequately  capitalized  following the proposed
distribution but do not meet the other noted requirements must notify the OTS 30
days prior to declaring a capital distribution. The OTS stated it will generally
regard as permissible  that amount of capital  distributions  that do not exceed
50% of the  institution's  excess  regulatory  capital  plus net  income to date
during  the  calendar  year.  A  savings  association  may  not  make a  capital
distribution  without  prior  approval  of  the  OTS  and  the  FDIC  if  it  is
undercapitalized  before,  or as a result of, such a distribution.  As under the
current  rule,  the  OTS  may  object  to a  capital  distribution  if it  would
constitute  an unsafe  or  unsound  practice.  No  assurance  may be given as to
whether or in what form the regulations may be adopted.

Liquidity

         All savings  associations,  including First  Security,  are required to
maintain an average daily balance of liquid assets equal to a certain percentage
of the sum of its average daily balance of net withdrawable deposit accounts and
borrowings  payable in one year or less. For a discussion of what First Security
includes  in  liquid  assets,  see  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial   Condition   and  Results  of  Operations  -  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources."  This  liquid  asset  ratio  requirement  may vary from time to time
(between 4% and 10%) depending upon economic conditions and savings flows of all
savings associations. At the present time, the minimum liquid asset ratio is 5%.


                                       91

<PAGE>


         In  addition,  short-term  liquid  assets  (e.g.,  cash,  certain  time
deposits,  certain  bankers  acceptances  and short-term  United States Treasury
obligations)  currently must constitute at least 1% of the association's average
daily  balance of net  withdrawable  deposit  accounts  and current  borrowings.
Penalties may be imposed upon associations for violations of either liquid asset
ratio requirement. At April 30, 1997, First Security was in compliance with both
requirements,  with an  overall  liquid  asset  ratio of 8.90% and a  short-term
liquid assets ratio of 5.60%

Accounting

         An  OTS  policy  statement   applicable  to  all  savings  associations
clarifies  and  re-emphasizes  that  the  investment  activities  of  a  savings
association  must be in  compliance  with  approved  and  documented  investment
policies and  strategies,  and must be accounted  for in  accordance  with GAAP.
Under the policy  statement,  management must support its  classification of and
accounting   for  loans  and   securities   (i.e.,   whether   held-to-maturity,
available-for-sale or trading) with appropriate documentation. First Security is
in compliance with these amended rules.

         The OTS has adopted an amendment to its accounting  regulations,  which
may be made more stringent than GAAP by the OTS, to require that transactions be
reported in a manner that best reflects their underlying  economic substance and
inherent risk and that financial  reports must  incorporate any other accounting
regulations or orders prescribed by the OTS.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test

         All savings  associations,  including First  Security,  are required to
meet a qualified  thrift lender  ("QTL") test to avoid certain  restrictions  on
their operations.  This test requires a savings association to have at least 65%
of  its  portfolio  assets  (as  defined  by  regulation)  in  qualified  thrift
investments  on a monthly  average  for nine out of every 12 months on a rolling
basis.  Such assets primarily  consist of residential  housing related loans and
investments.  At April 30, 1997,  First  Security met the test with 78.5% of its
portfolio  assets in qualified  thrift  investments  and has always met the test
since its effectiveness.

         Any savings association that fails to meet the QTL test must convert to
a national bank charter, unless it requalifies as a QTL and thereafter remains a
QTL. If an  association  does not  requalify  and  converts  to a national  bank
charter,  it must remain  SAIF-insured  until the FDIC permits it to transfer to
the BIF.  If such an  association  has not yet  requalified  or  converted  to a
national  bank,  its  new  investments  and  activities  are  limited  to  those
permissible  for both a  savings  association  and a  national  bank,  and it is
limited to national bank branching  rights in its home state.  In addition,  the
association is immediately  ineligible to receive any new FHLB borrowings and is
subject to national  bank limits for payment of dividends.  If such  association
has not requalified or converted to a national bank within three years after the
failure,  it must  divest  of all  investments  and  cease  all  activities  not
permissible  for a  national  bank.  In  addition,  it must repay  promptly  any
outstanding FHLB borrowings,  which may result in prepayment  penalties.  If any
association  that fails the QTL test is  controlled by a holding  company,  then
within one year after the failure,  the holding  company must register as a bank
holding  company  and  become  subject  to  all  restrictions  on  bank  holding
companies. See "- Holding Company Regulation."


                                       92

<PAGE>

Community Reinvestment Act

         Under the  Community  Reinvestment  Act  ("CRA"),  every  FDIC  insured
institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and
sound banking  practices to help meet the credit needs of its entire  community,
including  low and moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The CRA does not  establish
specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it
limit an institution's  discretion to develop the types of products and services
that it believes are best suited to its particular  community,  consistent  with
the CRA. The CRA requires the OTS, in connection  with the  examination of First
Security,  to assess the institution's record of meeting the credit needs of its
community  and to take such record  into  account in its  evaluation  of certain
applications,  such as a  merger  or the  establishment  of a  branch,  by First
Security. An unsatisfactory rating may be used as the basis for the denial of an
application by the OTS.

         The federal banking agencies,  including the OTS, have recently revised
the CRA  regulations  and  the  methodology  for  determining  an  institution's
compliance with the CRA. Due to the heightened  attention being given to the CRA
in the past few years, First Security may be required to devote additional funds
for investment and lending in its local  community.  First Security was examined
for CRA compliance in April 1996 and received a rating of satisfactory.

Transactions with Affiliates

         Generally,   transactions   between  a  savings   association  and  its
affiliates  are  required  to be on terms as  favorable  to the  association  as
transactions with  non-affiliates.  In addition,  certain of these transactions,
such  as  loans  to  an  affiliate,  are  restricted  to  a  percentage  of  the
association's capital.  Affiliates of First Security include the Holding Company
and any company which is under common control with First Security.  In addition,
a savings  association  may not lend to any affiliate  engaged in activities not
permissible  for a bank  holding  company  or  acquire  the  securities  of most
affiliates.


         Certain  transactions with directors,  officers or controlling  persons
are also subject to conflict of interest  regulations enforced by the OTS. These
conflict of interest  regulations and other statutes also impose restrictions on
loans to such persons and their  related  interests.  Among other  things,  such
loans must be made on terms  substantially the same as for loans to unaffiliated
individuals.

Holding Company Regulation

         The Holding  Company will be a unitary savings and loan holding company
subject to  regulatory  oversight  by the OTS. As such,  the Holding  Company is
required to register and file reports with the OTS and is subject to  regulation
and examination by the OTS. In addition,  the OTS has enforcement authority over
the Holding  Company and its  non-savings  association  subsidiaries  which also
permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit  activities  that are determined to be a
serious risk to the subsidiary savings association.

                                       93

<PAGE>

         As a unitary  savings and loan  holding  company,  the Holding  Company
generally  is not  subject to  activity  restrictions.  If the  Holding  Company
acquires  control of another savings  association as a separate  subsidiary,  it
would become a multiple savings and loan holding company,  and the activities of
the Holding  Company and any of its  subsidiaries  (other than First Security or
any  other  SAIF-insured  savings  association)  would  become  subject  to such
restrictions  unless  such  other  associations  each  qualify as a QTL and were
acquired in a supervisory acquisition.

         If First Security  fails the QTL test, the Holding  Company must obtain
the  approval of the OTS prior to  continuing  after such  failure,  directly or
through its other subsidiaries,  any business activity other than those approved
for  multiple  savings and loan  holding  companies  or their  subsidiaries.  In
addition,  within one year of such failure the Holding Company must register as,
and  will  become  subject  to,  the  restrictions  applicable  to bank  holding
companies. The activities authorized for a bank holding company are more limited
than are the activities  authorized  for a unitary or multiple  savings and loan
holding company. See "- Qualified Thrift Lender Test."

         The Holding Company must obtain approval from the OTS before  acquiring
control of any other SAIF-insured  association.  Such acquisitions are generally
prohibited  if they  result  in a  multiple  savings  and loan  holding  company
controlling  savings  associations  in  more  than  one  state.   However,  such
interstate  acquisitions are permitted based on specific state  authorization or
in a supervisory acquisition of a failing savings association.

Federal Securities Law

         The stock of the Holding  Company is registered  with the SEC under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act").  The Holding
Company is subject  to the  information,  proxy  solicitation,  insider  trading
restrictions and other requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

         Holding  Company  stock held by persons who are  affiliates  (generally
officers,  directors and principal  stockholders) of the Holding Company may not
be resold without  registration or unless sold in accordance with certain resale
restrictions.  If the Holding Company meets specified current public information
requirements,  each  affiliate  of the  Holding  Company  is able to sell in the
public  market,  without  registration,  a  limited  number  of  shares  in  any
three-month period.

Federal Reserve System

         The Federal  Reserve  Board  requires all  depository  institutions  to
maintain  non-interest  bearing  reserves  at  specified  levels  against  their
transaction accounts (primarily checking,  NOW and Super NOW checking accounts).
At  April  30,  1997,  First  Security  was in  compliance  with  these  reserve
requirements.  The balances maintained to meet the reserve  requirements imposed
by the Federal Reserve Board may be used to satisfy liquidity  requirements that
may be imposed by the OTS. See "-Liquidity."

         Savings  associations are authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve
Bank  "discount   window,"  but  Federal  Reserve  Board   regulations   require

                                       94

<PAGE>

associations to exhaust other reasonable alternative sources of funds, including
FHLB borrowings, before borrowing from the Federal Reserve Bank.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

         First  Security is a member of the FHLB of Chicago,  which is one of 12
regional FHLBs,  that  administers the home financing credit function of savings
associations.  Each FHLB  serves as a reserve  or central  bank for its  members
within its assigned  region.  It is funded  primarily from proceeds derived from
the sale of  consolidated  obligations  of the FHLB  System.  It makes  loans to
members (i.e., advances) in accordance with policies and procedures, established
by the board of directors of the FHLB, which are subject to the oversight of the
Federal  Housing  Finance  Board.  All advances from the FHLB are required to be
fully secured by  sufficient  collateral as determined by the FHLB. In addition,
all  long-term  advances  are  required to provide  funds for  residential  home
financing. The aggregate amount of advances cannot exceed 20 times the amount of
FHLB stock held by the institutions.

         As a member,  First Security is required to purchase and maintain stock
in the FHLB of Chicago.  At April 30, 1997,  First  Security had $1.9 million in
FHLB stock, which was in compliance with this requirement.  In past years, First
Security has  received  substantial  dividends on its FHLB stock.  Over the past
five  calendar  years  such  dividends  have  averaged  6.12%  and were 6.8% for
calendar year 1996. As a result of their  holdings,  the Bank could borrow up to
$38.0 million from the FHLB.

         Under  federal  law the FHLBs are  required  to  provide  funds for the
resolution  of  troubled  savings  associations  and to  contribute  to low- and
moderately priced housing programs through direct loans or interest subsidies on
advances targeted for community investment and low- and moderate-income  housing
projects.  These  contributions  have  affected  adversely  the  level  of  FHLB
dividends  paid and could continue to do so in the future.  These  contributions
could also have an adverse  effect on the value of FHLB stock in the  future.  A
reduction in value of First  Security's FHLB stock may result in a corresponding
reduction in First Security's capital.

         For the year ended  December  31, 1996,  dividends  paid by the FHLB of
Chicago to First Security totaled $111,000,  which constitute a $13,000 increase
from the  amount of  dividends  received  in  calendar  year 1995.  The  $33,000
dividend  received  for the  four  months  ended  April  30,  1997  reflects  an
annualized  rate of  5.8%,  which is 100  basis  points  less  than the rate for
calendar 1996.

Federal and State Taxation

         In August 1996, legislation was enacted that repeals the reserve method
of  accounting  used by many  thrifts to  calculate  their bad debt  reserve for
federal  income tax purposes.  As a result,  small thrifts such as the Bank must
recapture  that  portion of the reserve that exceeds the balance of its reserves
as of the close of its 1987 tax year. The legislation  also requires  thrifts to
account  for bad debts for  federal  income  tax  purposes  on the same basis as
commercial  banks for tax years beginning after December 31, 1995. The recapture
will occur over a six-year  period,  the  commencement  of which will be delayed
until the first taxable year  beginning  after  December 31, 1997,  provided the


                                       95

<PAGE>



institution meets certain  residential lending  requirements.  The management of
the Company does not believe that the legislation will have a material impact on
the Company or the Bank.

         In addition to the regular income tax, corporations,  including savings
associations such as First Security,  generally are subject to a minimum tax. An
alternative  minimum tax is imposed at a minimum tax rate of 20% on  alternative
minimum  taxable  income,  which is the sum of a  corporation's  regular taxable
income (with certain  adjustments) and tax preference  items, less any available
exemption.  The alternative  minimum tax is imposed to the extent it exceeds the
corporation's  regular  income tax and net  operating  losses can offset no more
than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income..

         To the extent earnings appropriated to a savings association's bad debt
reserves for  "qualifying  real property  loans" and deducted for federal income
tax purposes  exceed the allowable  amount of such reserves  computed  under the
experience method and to the extent of the association's  supplemental  reserves
for  losses on loans  ("Excess"),  such  Excess  may not,  without  adverse  tax
consequences,   be  utilized  for  the  payment  of  cash   dividends  or  other
distributions   to  a  shareholder   (including   distributions  on  redemption,
dissolution or  liquidation) or for any other purpose (except to absorb bad debt
losses).  As of December  31,  1996,  First  Security's  excess for tax purposes
totaled approximately $2.0 million.

         First Security files its federal, state and local income tax returns on
a calendar year basis using the accrual method of accounting.

         First  Security  has not  been  audited  by the  IRS  with  respect  to
consolidated  federal income tax returns in the past five years. With respect to
years  examined  by the IRS,  either all  deficiencies  have been  satisfied  or
sufficient reserves have been established to satisfy asserted  deficiencies.  In
the opinion of  management,  any  examination  of still open returns  (including
returns of  subsidiary  and  predecessors  of, or entities  merged  into,  First
Security) would not result in a deficiency  which could have a material  adverse
effect  on the  financial  condition  of  First  Security  and its  consolidated
subsidiary.

         Illinois Taxation.  For Illinois income tax purposes, the Bank is taxed
at an  effective  rate  equal to 7.18% of  Illinois  taxable  income.  For these
purposes,  "Illinois  Taxable  Income"  generally  means federal taxable income,
subject to certain  adjustments  (including  the addition of interest  income on
state and municipal  obligations  and the exclusion of interest income on United
States Treasury obligations).

         Delaware Taxation.  As a Delaware holding company,  the Holding Company
is exempted from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file an annual
report with and pay an annual fee to the State of Delaware.  The Holding Company
is also subject to an annual franchise tax imposed by the State of Delaware.


                                       96

<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers of the Holding Company and of the Bank

         Directors and Executive  Officers of the Holding Company.  The Board of
Directors  of the  Holding  Company  currently  consists  of nine  members.  The
directors of the Holding Company are currently comprised of the directors of the
Bank. See "- Board of Directors of the Bank."  Directors of the Holding  Company
serve  three-year  staggered  terms  so  that  approximately  one-third  of  the
directors will be elected at each annual meeting of  stockholders.  The terms of
the current  directors of the Holding Company are the same as that of the Bank's
board. Upon the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company intends to pay
directors  a fee of $850 per  board  meeting  attended  and  $100 per  committee
meeting attended.  For information  regarding stock options and restricted stock
proposed to be awarded to directors following  stockholder  ratification of such
plans, see "- Benefit Plans."

         The executive  officers of the Holding Company are elected annually and
hold office until their respective successors have been elected and qualified or
until death,  resignation  or removal by the Board of  Directors.  The following
table  sets  forth  information  regarding  executive  officers  of the  Holding
Company.  Each  executive  officer of the  Holding  Company  has held his or her
position since the incorporation of the Holding Company in July 1997.

       Name                                        Title
       ----                                        -----
Julian Kulas                       President and Chief Executive Officer
Harry I. Kucewicz                  Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
Mary H. Korb                       Vice-President - Lending
Irene S. Subota                    Vice-President - Savings
Adrian Hawryliw                    Vice President - Philadelphia Branch Manager


         The Holding Company does not initially intend to pay executive officers
any fees in addition to fees payable to such  persons as  executive  officers of
the Bank.  For  information  regarding  compensation  of directors and executive
officers of the Bank, see "Management - Director  Compensation" and "- Executive
Compensation."  For  information  regarding  stock options and restricted  stock
proposed to be awarded to directors and executive officers following stockholder
ratification of the Holding Company's stock-based plans, see "- Benefit Plans."

         Board of Directors of the Bank. Prior to the Conversion,  the direction
and  control of the Bank,  as a mutual  savings  institution,  was vested in its
Board of  Directors.  Upon  conversion  of the Bank to stock  form,  each of the
directors  of the Bank will  continue  to serve as a director  of the  converted
Bank. The Board of Directors of the Bank currently consists of nine members. The
directors serve three-year  staggered terms so that  approximately  one-third of
the directors are elected at each annual meeting of members. Because the Holding
Company will own all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of
the Bank after the  Conversion,  directors of the Holding Company will elect the
directors of the Bank.

                                       97

<PAGE>

         The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the
directors of the Bank.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                Director      Term
      Name                        Position(s) Held With the Bank                     Age(1)       Since      Expires
      ----                        ------------------------------                     ------       -----      -------
<S>                         <C>                                                        <C>        <C>         <C> 
Steve Babyk                  Director                                                  50         1993        2000
Lila Maria Bodnar            Director and Recording Secretary                          38         1995        1998
Myron Dobrowolsky            Director                                                  63         1985        2000
Terry Gawryk                 Director and Secretary                                    43         1981        1999
Julian Kulas                 Director, President and Chief Executive Officer           62         1964        1998
George Kawka                 Director                                                  53         1986        1998
Paul Nadzikewycz             Chairman of the Board                                     58         1973        2000
Jaroslav H. Sydorenko        Director                                                  55         1993        1999
Chrysta Wereszczak           Director                                                  41         1993        1999
- --------------------
<FN>

(1)  At April 30, 1997.
</FN>
</TABLE>

         The business  experience of each director of the Holding Company for at
least the past five years is set forth below.

         Steve Babyk.  Mr. Babyk has worked at Union Tank Car Company since 1969
and is  currently  the  Director  of  Fleet  Leasing.  Mr.  Babyk  is  primarily
responsible  for the care and leasing of over 50,000 railroad cars in the United
States, Canada and Mexico.

         Lila Maria Bodnar. Ms. Bodnar was an accountant with the First National
Bank of Chicago from 1981 to 1985 and was a manager in the accounting department
of the Chicago  branch of the Bank of Montreal from 1985 to 1991. Ms. Bodnar has
a Masters of Business Administration from Loyola University, Chicago, Illinois.

         Myron  Dobrowolsky.  Mr.  Dobrowolsky  has been a construction  project
manager with the engineering  firm of Dames and Moore,  Chicago,  Illinois since
1991.  Previously,  Mr.  Dobrowolsky  was an engineer with the Illinois  Highway
Department.

         Terry Gawryk.  Mr. Gawryk has practiced law in Chicago,  Illinois since
1979.

         Julian Kulas. Mr. Kulas has served as the President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Bank since 1964.  Mr.  Kulas has also been engaged in the private
practice of law since 1959. Mr. Kulas is extremely  active in community  affairs
and holds a variety of positions on not-for-profit organizations.  Mr. Kulas has
been a Commissioner on the Chicago Commission on Human Relations since 1981.

         George  Kawka.  Mr.  Kawka has been a senior  architectural/engineering
project  manager with PAL Telecom  Group since 1994 and was  previously a senior
project manager with AIC Security Systems, all in Chicago, Illinois.

         Paul Nadzikewycz.  Mr. Nadzikewycz,  a licensed podiatrist,  has been a
self-employed  investor  focusing  primarily  on  real  estate  since  1987.  In
addition,  since January 1997, Mr. Nadzikewycz has served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Oakley Assoc. Ltd., a legal software developer.

                                       98

<PAGE>

         Jaroslav  H.  Sydorenko.  Mr.  Sydorenko  has been a credit  manager at
Kanematsu  USA,  Inc.,  an  import/export  trading  company  located in Chicago,
Illinois since 1985.

         Chrysta   Wereszczak.   Ms.  Wereszczak  was  employed  by  the  Unisys
Corporation  from 1982 to 1989 in a variety of  positions,  including  Financial
Manager and  Regional  Financial  Analyst.  She is currently  involved  with B&B
Formica, a manufacturing  business she owns with her spouse. Ms. Wereszczak is a
member of the St. Nicholas School Board.

         Executive  Officers  Who  Are  Not  Directors.  Each  of the  executive
officers  of the Bank  will  retain  his or her  office in the  converted  Bank.
Officers  are  elected  annually  by the Board of  Directors  of the  Bank.  The
business  experience of the executive officers who are not also directors is set
forth below.

         Harry  Kucewicz.  Mr.  Kucewicz,  age 40, is  currently  serving as the
Treasurer  and Chief  Operating  and  Financial  Officer  of the Bank.  He began
working at the Bank in 1978 as the  Controller.  He was  elected  Treasurer  and
Chief Financial Officer in 1990 and Chief Operating Officer in August 1994.

         Mary H. Korb.  Ms. Korb,  age 49, is currently Vice President - Lending
of the Bank. In such  capacity,  Ms. Korb  supervises  all aspects of the Bank's
lending operations including lending compliance. Ms. Korb has been with the Bank
since 1970 and has served in her present capacity since March 1991.

         Irene S. Subota. Ms. Subota, age 51, currently serves as Vice President
- - Savings of the Bank. In such capacity,  Ms. Subota is in charge of all aspects
of the  Bank's  savings  function  including  compliance.  Ms.  Subota  has been
employed  by the Bank since 1973 and has served in her  current  position  since
1992.

         Adrian  Hawryliw.  Mr.  Hawryliw,  age 61, has  served as  Philadelphia
Branch Manager of the Bank since 1994 when the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania branch
was  acquired  from the  Resolution  Trust  Corporation  and is currently a Vice
President of the Bank. Mr. Hawryliw is responsible for supervising operations of
the Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania branch,  including business development,  retail
deposits, real estate lending, accounting and marketing. He has over 34 years of
banking experience in the Philadelphia area, holding various positions including
Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Vice  President/   Investments  for  other  area
institutions.

Indemnification

         The Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company provides that a
director or officer of the Holding  Company shall be  indemnified by the Holding
Company to the fullest extent  authorized by the General  Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware against all expenses,  liability and loss reasonably  incurred
or suffered by such person in  connection  with his  activities as a director or
officer of the Holding  Company or as a director or officer of another  company,
if the  director  or officer  held such  position  at the request of the Holding


                                       99

<PAGE>


Company.  Delaware law requires that such director,  officer, employee or agent,
in order to be  indemnified,  must  have  acted  in good  faith  and in a manner
reasonably  believed  to be not  opposed to the best  interests  of the  Holding
Company,  and, with respect to any criminal  action or proceeding,  did not have
reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

         The Certificate of Incorporation and Delaware law also provide that the
indemnification provisions of such Certificate and the statute are not exclusive
of any other  right  which a person  seeking  indemnification  may have or later
acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws
of the  Holding  Company,  agreement,  vote  of  stockholders  or  disinterested
directors or otherwise.

         These   provisions  may  have  the  effect  of  deterring   shareholder
derivative actions,  since the Holding Company may ultimately be responsible for
expenses for both parties to the action.  A similar effect would not be expected
for third-party claims.

         In addition,  the  Certificate of  Incorporation  and Delaware law also
provide that the Holding  Company may  maintain  insurance,  at its expense,  to
protect  itself and any  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the  Holding
Company or  another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other
enterprise  against any expense,  liability or loss,  whether or not the Holding
Company has the power to indemnify such person  against such expense,  liability
or loss under the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law.  The Holding  Company may
obtain such insurance.

Meetings and Committees of Board of Directors

         The Bank. The Bank's Board of Directors  meets on a monthly basis.  The
Board of Directors met 13 times during the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1996.
During  fiscal  1996,  no  director of the Bank  attended  fewer than 75% of the
aggregate of the total number of Board meetings and the total number of meetings
held by the committees of the Board of Directors on which he or she served.

         The  Bank  has  standing  Executive,  Audit,  Salary  Review,  Loan and
Investment Committees.

         The Executive  Committee  provides  oversight of Board-related  matters
in-between  regularly  scheduled  Board  Meetings.  The  Executive  Committee is
comprised of Director  Gawryk and  President  Julian Kulas.  This  committee met
approximately five times during fiscal year 1996.

         The Audit  Committee is comprised of Directors  Bodnar,  Sydorenko  and
Wereszczak.  This  Committee  oversees  and  reviews  the Bank's  financial  and
internal  control  matters.  The Audit Committee also reviews the Bank's audited
financial  statements  with the Bank's  outside  auditors  and the Report of the
Examination with the OTS examiners, either separately or with the full Board.
This committee met four times in 1996.

         The  Salary   Review   Committee   oversees   and  reviews  the  Bank's
compensation policies and sets the compensation levels for Executive Management.
This  committee is comprised of Directors  Gawryk,  Nadzikewycz,  Wereszczak and
Babyk and met three times in 1996.


                                       100

<PAGE>


         The Loan Committee is composed of Directors  Dobrowolsky,  Gawryk,  and
Babyk and  Vice-President  Korb.  The Loan Committee  reviews loan  applications
weekly and sets  interest  rates for all loan types.  The Loan  Committee met 24
times in 1996.

         The Investment Committee is composed of President Kulas, Vice President
Hawryliw,  Treasurer Kucewicz and Director Bodnar. This committee meets at least
once a month to handle the  investments for the Bank and the  implementation  of
the  Bank's  strategy  as it  relates  to  interest  rate risk and  reinvestment
options. The Investment Committee met eight times in 1996.

         The Holding Company.  The Board of Directors of the Holding Company has
established standing Executive, Audit and Nominating Committees.

Director Compensation

         Directors of the Bank are paid a monthly fee of $850 for service on the
Board of Directors. Chairman Paul Nadzikewycz and Recording Secretary Lila Maria
Bodnar  each  receive an  additional  fee of $250 per month.  Directors  receive
additional compensation of $100 for each committee meeting attended.

Executive Compensation

         The following table sets forth information  concerning the compensation
accrued for  services in all  capacities  to First  Security for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1996 for the Bank's President and Chief Executive Officer. No
other executive  officer's  aggregate  annual  compensation  (salary plus bonus)
exceeded $100,000 in fiscal 1996.


                           Summary Compensation Table
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      Long Term Compensation
                                                    Annual Compensation(1)                    Awards
                                             -------------------------------------    ----------------------------
                                                                      Other Annual    Restricted Stock   Options/       All Other
     Name and Principal Position     Year   Salary($)    Bonus($)   Compensation($)     Award ($)(2)   SARs (#)(2)   Compensation($)
     ---------------------------     ----   ---------    --------   ---------------     ------------   -----------   ---------------
<S>                                 <C>    <C>          <C>         <C>               <C>             <C>            <C>
Julian E. Kulas
President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director                         1996   $127,966      $5,419      $7,800                 ---            ---          $22,240(3)

- ----------
<FN>

(1)  In accordance with the  transitional  provisions  applicable to the revised
     rules on executive officer and director compensation  disclosure adopted by
     the SEC, as informally interpreted by the SEC's Staff, Summary Compensation
     information  is excluded for the fiscal  years ended  December 31, 1995 and
     1994.

(2)  Pursuant to the proposed Stock Option Plan, the Holding  Company intends to
     grant  Mr.  Kulas an option to  purchase  a number of shares  equal to 2.5%
     (93,725  shares at the  minimum  and  124,625  shares at the maximum of the
     Estimated  Valuation  Range) of the total  number of shares of Common Stock
     issued in the Conversion at an exercise price equal to the market value per
     share of the  Common  Stock on the date of grant.  See "- Stock  Option and
     Incentive  Plan." In addition,  pursuant to the  proposed  RRP, the Holding
     Company  intends  to grant to Mr.  Kulas a number of  shares of  restricted
     stock equal to 1.0% (37,490  shares at the minimum and 49,850 shares at the
     maximum of the Estimated  Valuation Range) of the total number of shares of
     Common  Stock sold in the  Conversion.  See "-  Recognition  and  Retention
     Plan."

(3)  This amount consists of $22,240  received through the Bank's Profit Sharing
     Plan.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                      101

<PAGE>

         Employment  Agreement  and  Severance  Agreements.  The Bank intends to
enter into an employment agreement with President Kulas providing for an initial
term of three years and change in control  severance  agreements  with executive
officers  Kucewicz,  Korb, Subota and Hawryliw  providing for an initial term of
two  years.  The  agreements  have  been  filed  with  the  OTS as  part  of the
application  of the Holding  Company  for  approval to become a savings and loan
holding company.

         Mr. Kulas'  employment  agreement will become effective upon completion
of the  Conversion  and  provide for an annual base salary in an amount not less
than his  current  salary and  provide  for an annual  extension  subject to the
performance of an annual formal evaluation by disinterested members of the Board
of Directors of the Bank. The agreement also provides for  termination  upon the
employee's  death,  for cause or in certain events specified by OTS regulations.
The  employment  agreement is terminable by the employee upon 90 days' notice to
the Bank.

         The employment agreement provides for payment to Mr. Kulas of an amount
equal to 299% of his five-year  annual average base  compensation,  in the event
there is a  "change  in  control"  of the Bank  where  employment  involuntarily
terminates  in  connection  with such change in control or within  twelve months
thereafter.  For the purposes of the employment agreement, a "change in control"
is defined as any event which would  require  the filing of an  application  for
acquisition of control or notice of change in control  pursuant to 12 C.F.R. ss.
574.3 or 4. Such events are  generally  triggered  prior to the  acquisition  or
control of 10% of the Holding  Company's  common  stock.  See  "Restrictions  on
Acquisitions  of  Stock  and  Related  Takeover  Defensive  Provisions."  If the
employment  of Mr.  Kulas  had  been  terminated  as of  April  30,  1997  under
circumstances  entitling him to severance pay as described  above, he would have
been entitled to receive a lump sum cash payment of approximately  $382,600. The
agreement also provides for the continued coverage for the remainder of the term
of his contract should he be involuntarily  terminated in the event of change in
control.


         The Bank intends to enter into change in control  severance  agreements
with  officers  Kucewicz,  Korb,  Subota and  Hawryliw.  The  agreements  become
effective  upon  completion of the Conversion and provide for an initial term of
24  months.  The  agreements  provide  for  extensions  of  one  year,  on  each
anniversary  of  the  effective  date  of the  agreement,  subject  to a  formal
performance  evaluation  performed  by  disinterested  members  of the  Board of
Directors of the Bank. The agreements  provide for  termination  for cause or in
certain events specified by OTS regulations.

         The  agreements  provide for a lump sum payment to the employee of 200%
of their annual base  compensation  and the continued  payment for the remaining
term of the contract of life and health  insurance  coverage  maintained  by the
Bank in the event there is a "change in  control"  of the Bank where  employment
terminates  involuntarily  within  12 months of such  change  in  control.  This
termination  payment is subject to reduction to the extent it is  non-deductible
for federal income tax purposes.  For the purposes of the agreements,  a "change
in  control"  is  defined  as any event  which  would  require  the filing of an
application for  acquisition of control or notice of change in control  pursuant
to 12  C.F.R.  ss.  574.3 or 4 or any  successor  regulation.  Such  events  are
generally  triggered prior to the acquisition of control of 10% of the Company's
Common Stock.  See  "Restrictions  on Acquisitions of Stock and Related Takeover
Defensive Provisions."


                                       102

<PAGE>


         Employee Severance Compensation Plan. The Bank's Board of Directors has
established the First Security Employee  Severance  Compensation Plan which will
provide  certain  employees with severance pay benefits in the event of a change
in control of the Bank or the Holding Company following  Conversion.  Management
personnel with individual  employment  agreements or change in control severance
agreements are not eligible to participate in the Severance  Compensation  Plan.
The purpose of the  Severance  Compensation  Plan is to  recognize  the valuable
services  and  contributions  of the  Bank's  employees  and  the  uncertainties
relating to continuing employment, reduced employee benefits, management changes
and  relocations  in the  event of a change  in  control.  Under  the  Severance
Compensation  Plan, in the event of a change in control,  eligible employees who
are terminated or voluntarily  terminate employment (for reasons specified under
the Severance Compensation Plan), within one year of a change in control will be
entitled  to receive a severance  payment.  Payments  pursuant to the  Severance
Compensation  Plan are equal to the  product of two weeks  salary (as defined in
the  Severance  Compensation  Plan) times the number of years of service up to a
maximum of twelve  years in the case of  officers  or seven years in the case of
other employees.  In general, the Severance  Compensation Plan may be amended or
terminated  by the Board of Directors by a majority  vote at any time prior to a
change in control but may not be amended or terminated thereafter.

Benefit Plans

         General.  First Security  currently  provides insurance benefits to its
employees,  including health and life insurance,  subject to certain deductibles
and  copayments.  First  Security also  maintains a profit  sharing plan for the
benefit of its employees.

         Profit  Sharing Plan.  The Bank  maintains a tax-exempt  profit sharing
plan and trust (the "Profit Sharing Plan"). All employees serving at least 1,000
hours per year are eligible to participate  subject to certain vesting and other
qualifying   factors.   The  Bank   anticipates   that  future  profit   sharing
contributions  will be reduced in order to offset,  in part,  the expense of the
ESOP.

         Prior to the  completion of the  Conversion,  the Bank intends to amend
the Profit  Sharing Plan in order to give the  participants  the  opportunity to
direct some or all of their vested interests into Holding Company Common Stock.

         Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan.  The  Boards  of  Directors  of First
Security and the Holding  Company have  approved the adoption of an ESOP for the
benefit of employees of First  Security.  The ESOP is also  designed to meet the
requirements  of an  employee  stock  ownership  plan as  described  at  Section
4975(e)(7) of the Code and Section  407(d)(6) of the Employee  Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"),  and, as such, the ESOP is empowered
to borrow in order to finance purchases of the Common Stock.

         It is  anticipated  that the ESOP will be  funded  with a loan from the
Holding  Company.  The  interest  rate of the  ESOP  loan  will be  equal to the
applicable  federal  interest rate as determined by the Internal Revenue Service
for the month in which  the loan is made,  as  calculated  pursuant  to  Section
1274(d) of the Code.

         GAAP  generally  requires  that  any  borrowing  by the  ESOP  from  an
unaffiliated  lender  be  reflected  as a  liability  in the  Holding  Company's
Financial  Statements,  whether  or not such  borrowing  is  guaranteed  by,  or


                                       103

<PAGE>

constitutes a legally binding contribution commitment of, the Holding Company or
the Bank.  The funds used to acquire the ESOP  shares will be borrowed  from the
Holding Company.  Since the Holding Company will finance the ESOP debt, the ESOP
debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected
on the Holding Company's  financial  statements.  In addition,  shares purchased
with  borrowed  funds will,  to the extent of the  borrowings,  be excluded from
stockholders' equity, representing unearned compensation to employees for future
services not yet performed.  Consequently,  if the ESOP purchases already-issued
shares in the open market, the Holding Company's  consolidated  liabilities will
increase  to the  extent  of the  ESOP's  borrowings,  and  total  and per share
stockholders'  equity will be reduced to reflect  such  borrowings.  If the ESOP
purchases  newly issued  shares from the Holding  Company,  total  stockholders'
equity would neither increase nor decrease,  but per share stockholders'  equity
and per share net income would decrease because of the increase in the number of
outstanding  shares.  In  either  case,  as the  borrowings  used to  fund  ESOP
purchases are repaid, total stockholders' equity will correspondingly increase.

         All employees of the Bank are eligible to participate in the ESOP after
they attain age 21 and complete one year of service.  The Bank's contribution to
the  ESOP is  allocated  among  participants  on the  basis  of  their  relative
compensation.  Each participant's  account will be credited with cash and shares
of Holding Company Common Stock based upon  compensation  earned during the year
with  respect to which the  contribution  is made.  Contributions  credited to a
participant's account become fully vested upon such participant's completing six
years of  service.  Credit  will be given for prior years of service for vesting
purposes.  ESOP  participants are entitled to receive  distributions  from their
ESOP accounts only upon  termination of service.  Distributions  will be made in
cash and in whole  shares of the  Holding  Company's  Common  Stock.  Fractional
shares will be paid in cash. Participants will not incur a tax liability until a
distribution is made.

         Each participating  employee is entitled to instruct the trustee of the
ESOP as to how to vote the shares  allocated to his or her account.  The trustee
will not be  affiliated  with the  Holding  Company  or First  Security  Federal
Savings Bank.

         The ESOP may be  amended  by the  Board of  Directors,  except  that no
amendment may be made which would reduce the interest of any  participant in the
ESOP trust fund or divert any of the assets of the ESOP trust fund for  purposes
other than the benefit of participants or their beneficiaries.

         Stock  Option  and  Incentive  Plan.  Among  the  benefits  to the Bank
anticipated  from the Conversion is the ability to attract and retain  personnel
through  the  prudent use of stock  options  and other  stock-related  incentive
programs.  The Board of  Directors of the Holding  Company  intends to adopt the
Stock  Option  Plan,  subject to  ratification  by  stockholders  of the Holding
Company at a meeting to be held not earlier than six months after  completion of
the Conversion. Under the terms of the proposed Stock Option Plan, stock options
covering  shares  representing an aggregate of up to 10% of the shares of Common
Stock issued in the Conversion  including the Stock  Contribution may be granted
to directors,  officers and employees of the Holding Company or its subsidiaries
under the Stock Option Plan.

         Options  granted under the Stock Option Plan may be either options that
qualify  under  the Code as  "incentive  stock  options"  (options  that  afford
preferable tax treatment to recipients upon compliance with certain restrictions


                                       104

<PAGE>

and that do not normally  result in tax  deductions  to the employer) or options
that do not so qualify.  The exercise  price of stock options  granted under the
Stock  Option Plan is required to be at least equal to the fair market value per
share of the stock on the date of grant. All grants are made in consideration of
past and future services rendered to the Bank, and in an amount deemed necessary
to encourage  the  continued  retention of the  officers and  directors  who are
considered  necessary for the continued success of the Bank. In this regard, all
options are intended to vest in five equal annual  installments  commencing  one
year from the date of grant,  subject to the continued  service of the holder of
such option.

         The  proposed  Stock  Option  Plan  provides  for the  grant  of  stock
appreciation  rights ("SARs") at any time,  whether or not the participant  then
holds  stock  options,  granting  the right to receive  the excess of the market
value of the  shares  represented  by the SARs on the  date  exercised  over the
exercise price.  SARs generally will be subject to the same terms and conditions
and exercisable to the same extent as stock options.

         Limited SARs may be granted at the time of, and must be related to, the
grant of a stock  option or SAR.  The exercise of one will reduce to that extent
the number of shares represented by the other.  Limited SARs will be exercisable
only for the 45 days following the  expiration of the tender or exchange  offer,
during  which  period  the  related  stock  option  or SAR will be  exercisable.
However,  no SAR or Limited SAR will be exercisable  by a 10% beneficial  owner,
director  or senior  officer  within six  months of the date of its  grant.  The
Holding Company has no present intention to grant any SARs or Limited SARs.

         The  proposed  Stock  Option Plan will be  administered  by the Holding
Company's   Salary  Review   Committee  which  will  consist  of  at  least  two
disinterested  directors. The Salary Review Committee will select the recipients
and terms of awards made  pursuant to the Stock  Option  Plan.  OTS  regulations
limit the amount of shares that may be awarded pursuant to stock-based  plans to
each  individual  officer,  each  non-employee  director  and  all  non-employee
directors  as a group to 25%,  5% and 30%,  respectively,  of the  total  shares
reserved for issuance under each such stock-based plan.

         The Salary  Review  Committee,  presently  consisting  of  non-employee
Directors  Terry Gawryk,  Chrysta  Wereszczak and Steve Babyk,  intends to grant
options  in  amounts  expressed  as a  percentage  of the  shares  issued in the
Conversion, as follows:  President Kulas - 2.5% and to all executive officers as
a group (5 persons) - 5.4%.  In  addition,  under the terms of the Stock  Option
Plan,  the Chairman of the Board and each  non-employee  director of the Holding
Company at the time of stockholder ratification of the Stock Option Plan will be
granted an option to  purchase  shares of Common  Stock  equal to .5% and .314%,
respectively,  of  the  shares  sold  in the  Conversion,  including  the  Stock
Contribution.  The remaining  balance of the available awards is unallocated and
reserved  for future use.  All options  will expire 10 years after the date such
option was granted, which, for the option grants listed above, is expected to be
the date of  stockholder  ratification  of the Stock Option  Plan.  All proposed
option  grants to officers  are  subject to  modification  by the Salary  Review
Committee based upon its performance  evaluation of the option recipients at the
time of stockholder  ratification of the Stock Option Plan following  completion
of the Conversion.


                                       105

<PAGE>


         After  stockholder  ratification,  the Stock Option Plan will be funded
either with shares  purchased in the open market or with authorized but unissued
shares of Common Stock.  The use of authorized  but unissued  shares to fund the
Stock Option Plan could dilute the holdings of stockholders who purchased Common
Stock in the Conversion. See "Pro Forma Data." In no event will the Stock Option
Plan acquire an amount of shares,  which, in the aggregate,  represent more than
10% of the shares issued in the Conversion.

         Under SEC regulations, so long as certain criteria are met, an optionee
may be able to exercise the option at the Purchase  Price and  immediately  sell
the  underlying  shares  at the  then-current  market  price  without  incurring
short-swing profit liability.  This ability to exercise and immediately  resell,
which under the SEC regulations applies to stock option plans in general, allows
the  optionee to realize the benefit of an increase in the market  price for the
stock without the market risk which would be associated with a required  holding
period for the stock after payment of the exercise price. Under SEC regulations,
the  short-swing  liability  period now runs for six months before and after the
option grant. All grants are subject to ratification of the Stock Option Plan by
stockholders of the Holding Company following completion of the Conversion.

         Recognition   and  Retention  Plan.  The  Holding  Company  intends  to
establish the RRP in order to provide  employees with a proprietary  interest in
the Holding  Company in a manner  designed to  encourage  such persons to remain
with the Holding  Company and the Bank. The RRP will be subject to  ratification
by  stockholders  at a meeting to be held not earlier  than six months after the
completion of the Conversion.  The Holding Company will contribute  funds to the
RRP to enable it to acquire in the open market or from  authorized  but unissued
shares (with the decision  between open market or authorized but unissued shares
based  on  the  Holding  Company's  future  stock  price,  alternate  investment
opportunities  and capital needs),  following  stockholder  ratification of such
plan,  an amount of stock equal to 4.0% of the shares of Common  Stock issued in
the Conversion, including the shares to be issued to the Foundation.

         The Salary  Review  Committee  of the Board of Directors of the Holding
Company will  administer  the proposed RRP. Under the terms of the proposed RRP,
awards  ("Awards")  can be  granted  to key  employees  in the form of shares of
Common Stock held by the RRP. Awards are  non-transferable  and  non-assignable.
OTS  regulations  limit the  amount of shares  that may be awarded  pursuant  to
stock-based plans to each individual officer, each non-employee director and all
non-employee directors as a group to 25%, 5% and 30%, respectively, of the total
shares reserved for issuance under each such stock-based plan.

         Recipients  will earn (i.e.,  become vested in), over a period of time,
the shares of Common Stock covered by the Award. Awards made pursuant to the RRP
will vest in five equal annual installments commencing one year from the date of
grant. Awards will be 100% vested upon termination of employment due to death or
disability.  In addition,  no awards under the RRP to  directors  and  executive
officers  shall  vest in any year in which  the Bank is not  meeting  all of its
fully phased-in capital requirements. When shares become vested and are actually
distributed in accordance  with the RRP, but in no event prior to such time, the
participants  will also  receive  amounts  equal to any accrued  dividends  with
respect  thereto.  Earned  shares  are  distributed  to  recipients  as  soon as
practicable following the date on which they are earned.

         The Salary Review Committee presently intends to grant restricted stock
awards at the Purchase Price, in amounts expressed as a percentage of the shares
sold in the  Conversion,  as  follows:  to  President  Kulas  - 1.0%  and to all

                                       106

<PAGE>


executive  officers as a group (5 persons) - 2.2%.  Pursuant to the terms of the
proposed  RRP, the Chairman of the Board and each  non-employee  director of the
Holding  Company  at the  time of  stockholder  ratification  of the RRP will be
awarded an amount of shares equal to .2% and .125%, respectively,  of the shares
sold in the  Conversion.  All  proposed  RRP awards to  officers of the Bank are
subject  to  modification  by  the  Salary  Review   Committee  based  upon  its
performance  evaluation  of the  award  recipients  at the  time of  stockholder
ratification of the RRP following completion of the Conversion.

         After  stockholder  ratification,  the RRP will be funded  either  with
shares  purchased in the open market or with  authorized but unissued  shares of
Common Stock issued to the RRP by the Holding Company. The use of authorized but
unissued  shares to fund the RRP could dilute the holdings of  stockholders  who
had  purchased  Common Stock in the  Conversion.  In the event the RRP purchases
stock in the open market at prices above the initial  Purchase Price,  the total
RRP expense may be above that  disclosed  under the caption "Pro Forma Data." In
no event  will the RRP  acquire  an amount of shares  which,  in the  aggregate,
represent more than 4.0% of the shares issued in the Conversion.

Certain Transactions

         The Bank  follows a policy of granting  loans to the Bank's  directors,
officers and employees.  The loans to executive  officers and directors are made
in the ordinary course of business and on the same terms and conditions as those
of comparable transactions prevailing at the time (except that the underwriter's
fee is waived), in accordance with the Bank's underwriting guidelines and do not
involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable
features.  All loans to directors and executive officers cannot exceed 5% of the
Bank's capital and unimpaired surplus,  whichever is greater,  unless a majority
of the Board of  Directors  approves  the credit in advance  and the  individual
requesting the credit abstains from voting. Loans to all directors and executive
officers and their associates,  including  outstanding  balances and commitments
totaled  $48,000  at April  30,  1997,  which  was 0.2% of the  Bank's  retained
earnings  at that date.  There were no loans to any single  director,  executive
officer or their  affiliates  made at  preferential  rates or terms which in the
aggregate exceeded $60,000 during the three most recent fiscal years.


                                 THE CONVERSION

         The Board of Directors  of the Bank and the OTS have  approved the Plan
of Conversion.  OTS approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement
of the Plan of  Conversion.  Certain terms used in the following  summary of the
material terms of the  Conversion are defined in the Plan of Conversion,  a copy
of which may be obtained by contacting First Security.

General

         The  Board of  Directors  of the Bank  unanimously  adopted  the  Plan,
subject to  approval  by the OTS and the  members of the Bank.  Pursuant  to the
Plan, the Bank will convert from a federally  chartered mutual savings bank to a
federally  chartered  stock savings  bank,  with the  concurrent  formation of a
holding company.

         The Conversion  will be  accomplished  through  amendment of the Bank's
federal charter to authorize capital stock, at which time the Bank will become a
wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. The Conversion will be accounted
for as a pooling of interests.

                                       107

<PAGE>


         Subscription  Rights have been granted to the Eligible  Account Holders
as of December 31, 1995,  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans of the Bank and Holding
Company,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders as of  _______,  1997,  Other
Members,  and  directors,  officers,  and  employees of the Bank.  Additionally,
subject  to the  availability  of shares and  market  conditions  at or near the
completion  of the  Subscription  Offering,  the Common Stock may be offered for
sale in a Direct Community  Offering to selected persons on a best-efforts basis
through FBR. See "- Offering of Holding Company Common Stock." Subscriptions for
shares will be subject to the maximum and minimum purchase limitations set forth
in the Plan of Conversion.

Stock Contribution to the Charitable Foundation

         General. As a reflection of the Bank's long-standing  commitment to the
local  community,  the Bank established  during 1996 The Heritage  Foundation of
First Security Federal Savings Bank, Inc., a private charitable foundation under
the Illinois  General Not For Profit  Corporation  Act (the  "Foundation").  The
Foundation  was  established  as a means of  supporting  the  needs of the local
community while  simultaneously  increasing the visibility and reputation of the
Bank. The  Foundation was initially  funded by the Bank through a series of cash
contributions  aggregating  $2.5 million,  all of which were accrued by the Bank
during the fourth  quarter of 1996.  In addition,  under the Plan and subject to
member approval,  the Holding Company will contribute to the Foundation  250,000
shares of its Common Stock. The Stock Contribution will either be in the form of
a direct  contribution  or a sale of the  shares for their  aggregate  par value
($2,500).

         The Stock Contribution will be considered as a separate matter from the
proposal to approve the Plan of Conversion.  If the Bank's  members  approve the
Plan of Conversion, but not the Stock Contribution, the Bank intends to complete
the  Conversion  without  the Stock  Contribution.  Failure to approve the Stock
Contribution  may  materially  affect the pro forma  market  value of the Common
Stock. If the resulting pro forma market value of the Common Stock to be sold in
the Offering is less than $35.0  million or more than $54.5  million,  or if the
OTS otherwise requires a resolicitation, the Bank will establish a new Estimated
Price Range and  commence a  resolicitation  of  subscribers.  In the event of a
resolicitation,  unless an affirmative  response is received  within a specified
period of time, all funds will be promptly  returned to investors,  as described
elsewhere herein. See "-- Stock Pricing and - Number of Shares to be Issued."

         Purpose of the Stock Contribution.  The purpose of the Foundation is to
provide funding to support  charitable  purposes within the communities in which
the Bank operates.  The Bank has long emphasized community lending and community
development  activities  and  currently  has a  satisfactory  rating  under  the
Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA"). The Foundation is a complement to the Bank's
existing community activities, not a replacement for such activities.

         The  Foundation  is a  means  of  supporting  the  needs  of the  local
community while  simultaneously  increasing the visibility and reputation of the
Bank.  The  Holding  Company  and the  Bank  believe  that  the  funding  of the
Foundation with Common Stock of the Holding Company is a means of establishing a
common bond  between  the Bank and the  communities  in which the Bank  operates

                                       108

<PAGE>

thereby  enabling such  communities to share in the potential growth and success
of the Holding Company over the long-term.  Although the Stock Contribution will
result in a reduction  in the Holding  Company's  conversion  appraisal  and pro
forma  capital  (although  not in its pro forma  capital per  share),  the Board
believes  that the Stock  Contribution  will  enhance the long term value of the
Bank's  franchise  by  increasing  customer  loyalty  as well as the size of its
customer base. The Board  believes that customer  loyalty and community  support
are  critical  for the success of community  oriented  institutions  such as the
Bank.

         The  Board  believes  that  the  Stock  Contribution  will  enable  the
Foundation  to support  charitable  activities  during  periods when the Holding
Company may not be in a position to support  such  activities.  (Similarly,  the
Stock  Contribution  would  enable  the  Foundation  to  offset  the  impact  of
variations  in  contribution  levels by  accumulating  funds  during  periods of
relatively  large  contributions  from the Holding  Company and disbursing  such
funds during periods of relatively small contributions.) In addition,  the Board
believes  that the  Stock  Contribution  will  have a highly  beneficial  public
relations impact.  Finally,  the Board believes that the Stock Contribution will
facilitate  the  participation  of non-Holding  Company  personnel in charitable
activities.  The  Board  believes  that the  Stock  Contribution  represents  an
opportunity to make a significant charitable contribution which will benefit the
Holding Company and the Bank at a time when they have adequate capital, they are
not yet  subject  to  possible  earnings  pressure  resulting  from the  Holding
Company's  status  as a  public  company  and  there  is a need  for  charitable
donations in the Bank's market area.

         Structure of the  Foundation.  The  Foundation is a private  foundation
under the Code.  As a private  foundation,  the  Foundation  will be required to
distribute  annually in grants or  donations  at least 5% of its net  investment
assets.  The  Foundation is dedicated to the  promotion of  charitable  purposes
within the  communities in which the Bank operates,  including,  but not limited
to, providing grants or donations to support cultural activities, not-for-profit
medical  facilities,  elder and youth care,  community groups and other types of
organizations or projects. While the Foundation is authorized to engage directly
in charitable  activities,  in order to limit overhead costs,  the  Foundation's
primary  activity  currently  consists  of  making  grants  to other  charitable
organizations.

         The authority for the affairs of the  Foundation is vested in the Board
of Trustees of the  Foundation  which will  initially  be  comprised of Chairman
Nadzikewycz,   President  Kulas  and  Director  Gawryk.   Although  all  of  the
Foundation's  initial  trustees  were  selected by the Bank,  future  Foundation
trustees  may be  nominated  and  elected  only by its Board of  Trustees.  As a
result, the Board of Trustees is self-perpetuating.

         The Foundation's articles of incorporation provide that the earnings of
the Foundation shall not result in any private benefit for its members, trustees
or officers.  In addition,  it is anticipated  that the Foundation  will adopt a
conflicts of interest policy to protect against  inappropriate insider benefits.
While these provisions would not prohibit the payment of reasonable compensation
for services rendered, it is not currently  contemplated that the members of the
Board of Trustees  will  receive  fees for such  service.  Initially,  it is not
contemplated that the Foundation will have any paid employees.

                                       109

<PAGE>


         The  trustees are  responsible  for  establishing  and carrying out the
policies  of  the  Foundation  with  respect  to  grants  or  donations  by  the
Foundation,   consistent   with  the  purposes  for  which  the  Foundation  was
established.  The trustees of the Foundation are also  responsible for directing
the activities of the Foundation, and managing its assets.

         While the Foundation  does not currently  intend to purchase any shares
of the Common Stock on the open market,  it is  authorized to do so. The OTS has
informed  the  Holding  Company  that any such  purchases  would be deemed to be
repurchases by the Holding  Company for the purposes of the OTS  restrictions on
post-conversion stock repurchases. See "Use of Proceeds."

         Under the order of the OTS approving the Bank's conversion application,
all shares of Common  Stock held by the  Foundation,  including  those  acquired
pursuant to the Stock Contribution, must be voted in the same ratio as all other
shares of the Holding  Company's  Common Stock on all  proposals  considered  by
stockholders of the Holding Company; provided,  however, that the OTS will waive
this voting  restriction  under certain  circumstances  if  compliance  with the
restriction would: (i) cause a violation of the law of the State of Illinois and
the OTS  determines  that federal law would not preempt the  application  of the
laws of the State of Illinois to the  Foundation;  (ii) cause the  Foundation to
lose its  tax-exempt  status  or  otherwise  have a  material  and  adverse  tax
consequence on the Foundation; or (iii) cause the Foundation to be subject to an
excise tax under  Section  4941 of the Code.  In order for the OTS to waive such
voting restriction, the Holding Company's or the Foundation's legal counsel must
render  an  opinion   satisfactory  to  OTS  that  compliance  with  the  voting
restriction would have the effect described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above.
Under  those  circumstances,   the  OTS  will  grant  a  waiver  of  the  voting
restrictions  upon submission of such legal opinion(s) by the Holding Company or
the  Foundation.  In the event that the OTS waives the voting  restriction,  the
trustees  would  direct the voting of the Common  Stock held by the  Foundation.
However, a condition to the OTS approval of the Conversion  provides that in the
event such voting restriction is waived or becomes  unenforceable,  the Director
of the  OTS,  or his  designees,  at that  time  may  impose  conditions  on the
composition of the board of trustees of the Foundation or such other  conditions
or  restrictions  relating  to the  control  of the  Common  Stock  held  by the
Foundation, any of which could limit the ability of the board of trustees of the
Foundation to control the voting of the Common Stock held by the Foundation.

         There  are  no  agreements  or  understandings  with  trustees  of  the
Foundation  regarding the exercise of control  directly or indirectly,  over the
management or policies of the Holding Company or the Bank,  including agreements
related to voting, acquisition or disposition of the Holding Company's stock. As
trustees of a nonprofit corporation, trustees of the Foundation are at all times
bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the Foundation's  charitable  goals, to
protect the assets of the Foundation and to act in a manner  consistent with the
charitable purposes for which the Foundation is established.

         It is currently  anticipated  that the  Foundation  will adopt a policy
addressing  affiliated  transactions  between  the  Foundation  and the  Holding
Company  or the Bank.  Transactions  between  the  Foundation  and the Bank will


                                       110

<PAGE>

comply with applicable provisions of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve
Act,  as  amended.  Additionally,  the  Holding  Company  (but not the Bank) may
provide  office  space and  administrative  support  to the  Foundation  without
charge.

         The Stock  Contribution.  The Foundation  was initially  funded with an
aggregate of $2.5 million of contributions  from the Bank.  These  contributions
were accrued during 1996. In addition,  under the terms of the Plan, the Holding
Company will contribute, either in the form of a donation or in a sale for their
aggregate par value ($.01 per share), 250,000 shares to the Foundation,  subject
to  stockholder  approval.  Such  Stock  Contribution,  once  made,  will not be
recoverable  by the  Holding  or the  Bank.  The  Holding  Company  and the Bank
determined  to make the Stock  Contribution  with Common  Stock rather than cash
because  it  desired to form a bond with its  community  in a manner  that would
allow the community to share in the potential  growth and success of the Holding
Company and the Bank over the long term.  The funding of the Stock  Contribution
with stock also provides the Foundation with a potentially larger endowment than
if  the  Holding  Company  contributed  cash  to  the  Foundation  since,  as  a
shareholder,  the Foundation  will share in the potential  growth and success of
the Holding Company.  As such, the Stock Contribution of stock to the Foundation
has the potential to provide a  self-sustaining  funding mechanism which reduces
the  amount of cash that the  Holding  Company,  if it were not making the stock
contribution,  would have to  contribute  to the  Foundation  in future years in
order to maintain a level amount of charitable grants and donations.

         One of the  conditions  imposed  on the  gift of  Common  Stock  by the
Holding  Company  is that the  amount  of Common  Stock  that may be sold by the
Foundation  in any one year shall not exceed 5% of the average  market  value of
the assets held by the  Foundation,  except  where the board of directors of the
Foundation, by three-fourths vote, determines that the failure to sell an amount
of common stock  greater than such amount would result in a long-term  reduction
of the  value  of the  Foundation's  assets  and as such  would  jeopardize  the
Foundation's  capacity to carry out its charitable purposes.  While there may be
greater  risk  associated  with  a  one-stock   portfolio  in  comparison  to  a
diversified  portfolio,  the Holding Company believes any such risk is mitigated
by the ability of the Foundation's trustees to sell more than 5% of its stock in
such   circumstances.   Upon   completion  of  the   Conversion  and  the  Stock
Contribution,  the Holding Company would have 3,749,000, 4,367,000 and 4,985,000
shares  issued and  outstanding  at the  minimum,  midpoint  and  maximum of the
Estimated Price Range. Because the Holding Company will have an increased number
of shares outstanding,  the voting and ownership interest of shareholders in the
Holding  Company's  common  stock would be diluted by 5.7% at the  midpoint,  as
compared to their  interests  in the Holding  Company if the Stock  Contribution
were not made. For additional discussion of the dilutive effect, see "Comparison
of Valuation  and Pro Forma  Information  With No Stock  Contribution"  and "Pro
Forma Data."

         If the Stock  Contribution  is  approved  by the  members,  the Holding
Company  will  recognize  a  $2.5  million  expense  (offset,   in  part,  by  a
corresponding  tax  deduction),  during the quarter in which the  Conversion  is
completed,  which is expected to be the third or fourth  quarter of fiscal 1997.
Assuming  the  contribution  of $2.5  million  of  stock,  the  Holding  Company
estimates a net tax effected  expense of $1.5 million.  Such expense will likely
eliminate  earnings in the quarter recognized and have a material adverse impact
on the Holding Company's earnings for fiscal

                                       111

<PAGE>



year 1997. If the Stock  Contribution  had been made at April 30, 1997, the Bank
would have  reported a net loss of $739,000  for the four months ended April 30,
1997  rather  than  net  income  of  $761,000.  For  further  discussion  of the
Foundation and its impact on purchasers in the  Conversion,  see "Risk Factors -
Risks Associated with the Stock  Contribution to the Charitable  Foundation" and
"Pro Forma Data."

         Although the Stock  Contribution will be accrued in the third or fourth
quarter of 1997 as described  above,  such  contribution may be paid at any time
during the twelve month period  following the completion of the Conversion.  The
reason for permitting the Holding Company to pay the Stock  Contribution in more
than one tax year is that the five year tax carry  forward  period  commences on
the date of payment rather than the date of accrual and thus that, by paying the
initial  contribution  over more  than one tax year,  the  Holding  Company  can
lengthen the period over which the Stock Contribution may be carried forward for
tax purposes. See "--Tax Considerations" below.

         Because  the funding of the  Foundation  will  result in  dilution,  it
reduced  the  estimated  value  of the  stock  to be sold in the  Conversion  by
approximately $3.8 million at the midpoint of the Estimated  Valuation Range. As
a result,  the pro forma  capital of the Holding  Company  will be $3.8  million
lower at the midpoint of the Estimated  Valuation  Range than it would have been
without the Foundation. However, because of the lower number of shares which are
being  offered  (as a result of the lower  appraisal),  per  share  capital  and
earnings will be  essentially  identical.  See  "Comparison of Valuation and Pro
Forma Information with No Stock Contribution."

         As a result  of the $3.8  million  reduction  in the  amount  of shares
offered for sale in the Offering caused by the Stock Contribution, the amount of
shares purchased by directors and executive  officers,  assuming the sale of the
midpoint  number of shares,  increased from 4.6% to 5.1% of the shares sold. See
"The Conversion--Participation by the Board and Executive Officers."

         Tax  Considerations.  The  Holding  Company  has  been  advised  by its
independent  accountants  that the  Foundation  qualifies as a 501(c)(3)  exempt
organization  under the Code, and is classified as a private  foundation  rather
than a public charity. A private foundation  typically receives its support from
one person or one corporation whereas a public charity receives its support from
the public.  The  Foundation has submitted a request to the IRS to be recognized
as an exempt  organization.  As long as the IRS  approves the  application,  the
effective date of the Foundation's  status as a Section  501(c)(3)  organization
will be the date of its organization.

         A legal  opinion  of the  OTS  which  addresses  the  establishment  of
charitable  foundations  by savings  associations  opines that as a general rule
funds  contributed to a charitable  foundation  should not exceed the deductible
limitation set forth in the Code, and if an association's  contributions  exceed
the deductible  limit,  such action must be justified by the board of directors.
In addition, under Delaware law, the Holding Company is authorized by statute to
make charitable  contributions  and case law has recognized the benefits of such
contributions  to a Delaware  corporation.  In this  regard,  Delaware  case law
provides that a charitable  gift must merely be within  reasonable  limits as to
amount and purpose to be valid.  Under the Code, the Holding  Company may deduct
up to 10% of its taxable  income in any one year and any  contributions  made by
the Holding  Company in excess of the  deductible  amount will be deductible for
federal tax purposes over each of the five succeeding taxable years. The Holding
Company and the Bank believe that the conversion  presents a unique  opportunity
to make the stock  contribution  given  the  substantial  amount  of  additional
capital being

                                       112

<PAGE>

raised in the Conversion.  In making such a  determination,  the Holding Company
and the Bank  considered the dilutive  impact of the Stock  Contribution  on the
conversion  appraisal.  See  "Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma  Information
with No Stock Contribution."  Based on such considerations,  the Holding Company
and Bank believe that the  contribution  to the  Foundation in excess of the 10%
annual  limitation  is  justified  given the  Bank's  capital  position  and its
earnings,  the substantial additional capital being raised in the Conversion and
the  potential  benefits  of the  Foundation  to the Bank's  community.  In this
regard,  assuming the sale of the Common Stock at the midpoint of the  Estimated
Valuation Range, the Holding Company would have pro forma  consolidated  capital
of $65.9 million and the Bank's pro forma tangible,  core and risk-based capital
ratios would be 16.2%, 16.2% and 35.3%,  respectively.  See "Regulatory  Capital
Compliance,"  "Capitalization,"  and  "Comparison  of  Valuation  and Pro  Forma
Information  with No Stock  Contribution."  Thus, the amount of the contribution
will not adversely impact the financial condition of the Holding Company and the
Bank, and the Holding Company and the Bank therefore  believe that the amount of
the  charitable  contribution  is reasonable  given the Holding  Company and the
Bank's pro forma capital  positions.  As such, the Holding  Company and the Bank
believe that the contribution does not raise safety and soundness concerns.

         The  Holding  Company  and the Bank have  received  an opinion of their
independent accountants that the Holding Company's contribution of its own stock
to the  Foundation  will not  constitute  an act of  self-dealing,  and that the
Holding  Company  will be  entitled  to a  deduction  in the  amount of the $2.5
million,  subject to a limitation  based on 10% of the Holding  Company's annual
taxable income. The Holding Company, however, would be able to carry forward any
unused  portion of the deduction for five years  following the year in which the
contribution is made for federal and Illinois tax purposes.

         The Holding Company currently  estimates that  substantially all of the
Stock Contribution should be deductible. However, no assurances can be made that
the  Holding  Company  will have  sufficient  pre-tax  income  over the  periods
following  the year in which the  contributions  are made to  utilize  fully the
carryover related to the excess contribution.

         Although the Holding Company has received an opinion of its independent
accountants  that the Holding  Company is entitled to a deduction  for the Stock
Contribution,  there  can be no  assurances  that  the IRS  will  recognize  the
Foundation as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization or that the deduction will
be  permitted.  In  such  event,  the  Holding  Company's  contribution  to  the


                                       113

<PAGE>

foundation  would be expensed  without tax benefit,  resulting in a reduction in
earnings  in the year in which the IRS  makes  such a  determination.  See "Risk
Factors  - Risks  Associated  with  the  Stock  Contribution  to the  Charitable
Foundation."  In cases of willful,  flagrant or repeated acts or failures to act
which result in violations of the IRS rules  governing  private  foundations,  a
private  foundation's  status  as a  private  foundation  may  be  involuntarily
terminated by the IRS. In such event, the managers of a private foundation could
be liable for excise taxes based on such  violations and the private  foundation
could  be  liable  for a  termination  tax  under  the  Code.  The  Foundation's
certificate of incorporation  provides that it shall have a perpetual existence.
In the event, however, the Foundation were subsequently dissolved as a result of
a loss of its tax exempt status, the Foundation would be required under the Code
and its articles of  incorporation  to  distribute  any assets  remaining in the
Foundation  at that time for one or more exempt  purposes  within the meaning of
Section  501(c)(3)  of the Code,  or to  distribute  such  assets to the federal
government, or to a state or local government, for a public purpose.

         As a private  foundation,  earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of
Common  Stock or other  assets  are  exempt  from  federal  and state  corporate
taxation.  However,  investment income, such as interest,  dividends and capital
gains,  will be subject to a federal excise tax of 2.0%. The Foundation  will be
required to make an annual  filing with the IRS within four and one-half  months
after the close of the  Foundation's  fiscal  year to  maintain  its  tax-exempt
status.  The  Foundation  will be  required  to publish a notice that the annual
information  return will be available for public  inspection for a period of 180
days after the date of such public notice.  The information return for a private
foundation must include, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made
or approved,  showing the amount of each grant, the recipient,  any relationship
between a grant recipient and the Foundation's  managers and a concise statement
of the purpose of each grant.

         Regulatory Conditions Imposed on the Foundation. The Stock Contribution
is subject to the following  conditions  imposed by the OTS: (i) the  Foundation
will be subject to examination by the OTS, at the Foundation's own expense; (ii)
the Foundation must comply with supervisory directives imposed by the OTS; (iii)
the Foundation will provide annual reports to the OTS describing grants made and
grant  recipients;  (iv) the Foundation  will operate in accordance with written
policies  adopted by the board of  trustees,  including  a conflict  of interest
policy;  (v) the Foundation will not engage in self-dealing and will comply with
all laws  necessary to maintain its  tax-exempt  status;  and (vi) any shares of
Common Stock of the Holding  Company held by the Foundation must be voted in the
same ratio as all other  shares of the  Holding  Company's  Common  Stock on all
proposals considered by stockholders of the Holding Company; provided,  however,
that the OTS will waive this voting  restriction under certain  circumstances if
compliance with the voting  restriction  would: (a) cause a violation of the law
of the State of Illinois and the OTS determines the federal law does not preempt
the  application  of the laws of the State of  Illinois to the  Foundation;  (b)
cause the Foundation to lose its tax-exempt  status or otherwise have a material
and adverse tax consequence on the Foundation; or (c) cause the Foundation to be
subject to an excise tax under Section 4941 of the Code. In order for the OTS to
waive such voting  restriction,  the Holding Company's or the Foundation's legal
counsel  must render an opinion  satisfactory  to OTS that  compliance  with the
voting  restriction  would have the effect  described in clauses (a), (b) or (c)
above.  Under  those  circumstances,  the OTS will  grant a waiver of the voting
restriction  upon  submission of such  opinion(s) by the Holding  Company or the
Foundation.  There  can be no  assurances  that  either a legal  or tax  opinion
addressing  these  issues will be rendered,  or if  rendered,  that the OTS will
grant an  unconditional  waiver of the voting  restriction.  In this  regard,  a
condition to the OTS approval of the Conversion  provides that in the event such
voting restriction is waived or becomes unenforceable,  the Director of the OTS,
or his designees,  at that time may impose  conditions on the composition of the
board of trustees of the  Foundation  to control the voting of Common Stock held
by the Foundation.  In no event will the voting restriction  survive the sale of
shares of the Common Stock held by the Foundation.

                                       114

<PAGE>

         The Stock  Contribution is subject to the approval of a majority of the
total outstanding votes of the Bank's members eligible to be cast at the Special
Meeting.  The Stock  Contribution  will be considered as a separate  matter from
approval of the Plan of Conversion.  If the Bank's  members  approve the Plan of
Conversion,  but not the Stock  Contribution,  the Bank  intends to complete the
Conversion without the Stock Contribution. Failure to approve the Foundation may
materially increase the pro forma market value of the Common Stock being offered
since the Estimated Valuation Range, as set forth herein, takes into account the
after-tax impact of the Stock Contribution. See "Pro Forma Data."

Business Purposes

         First Security has several  business  purposes for the Conversion.  The
sale of Holding Company Common Stock will have the immediate result of providing
the Bank with additional equity capital in order to support the expansion of its
existing operations,  subject to market conditions.  See "Business." The sale of
the Common Stock is the most effective means of increasing the Bank's  permanent
capital and does not involve the high interest cost and repayment  obligation of
subordinated  debt. In addition,  investment of that part of the net  Conversion
proceeds  paid by the  Holding  Company  to the  Bank  is  expected  to  provide
additional  operating  income  to  further  increase  the  Bank's  capital  on a
continuing basis.

         The Board of  Directors  of the Bank  believes  that a holding  company
structure  could  facilitate  the  acquisition  of both mutual and stock savings
institutions  in the future as well as other  companies.  If a multiple  holding
company  structure is utilized in a future  acquisition,  the  acquired  savings
institution  would be able to  operate  on a more  autonomous  basis as a wholly
owned  subsidiary of the Holding  Company rather than as a division of the Bank.
For example,  the acquired savings  institution  could retain its own directors,
officers and  corporate  name as well as having  representation  on the Board of
Directors of the Holding Company.  As of the date hereof,  there are no plans or
understandings regarding the acquisition of any other institutions.

         The Board of Directors of the Bank also believes that a holding company
structure can facilitate the diversification of the Bank's business  activities.
While  diversification  will be maximized if a unitary holding company structure
is  utilized  because the types of business  activities  permitted  to a unitary
holding  company are broader than those of a multiple  holding  company,  either
type of holding  company may engage in a broader range of activities  than may a
thrift  institution  directly.  Currently,  there are no plans that the  Holding
Company engage in any material  activities  apart from holding the shares of the
Bank and  investing  the remaining net proceeds from the sale of Common Stock in
the Conversion.

         The preferred stock and additional  common stock of the Holding Company
being authorized in the Conversion will be available for future acquisitions and
for issuance and sale to raise  additional  equity  capital,  generally  without
stockholder approval or ratification, but subject to market conditions. Although
the Holding Company  currently has no plans with respect to future  issuances of
equity securities, the more flexible operating structure provided by the Holding
Company  and the stock  form of  ownership  is  expected  to assist  the Bank in
competing more aggressively  with other financial  institutions in its principal
market area.
                                       115

<PAGE>

         The  Conversion  will  structure the Bank in the stock form used in the
United States by all commercial banks,  most major business  corporations and an
increasing number of savings institutions. The Conversion will permit the Bank's
members to become stockholders of the Holding Company,  thereby allowing members
to own  stock in the  financial  organization  in which  they  maintain  deposit
accounts or with which they have a borrowing relationship. Such ownership should
encourage  stockholders  to promote  the Bank to  potential  customers,  thereby
further contributing to the Bank's earnings potential.

         The Bank is also expected to benefit from its  management and employees
owning  stock,  because  stock  ownership is viewed as an effective  performance
incentive and a means of attracting, retaining and compensating personnel.

Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors and Borrowers of the Bank

         Voting Rights.  Deposit  account  holders will have no voting rights in
the  converted  Bank or the Holding  Company and will  therefore  not be able to
elect  directors of either entity or to control their affairs.  These rights are
currently  accorded  to  deposit  account  holders  with  regard  to  the  Bank.
Subsequent  to  Conversion,  voting  rights  will be vested  exclusively  in the
Holding  Company as the sole  stockholder  of the Bank.  Voting rights as to the
Holding Company will be held exclusively by its stockholders.  Each purchaser of
Holding  Company  Common  Stock  shall be  entitled to vote on any matters to be
considered by the Holding Company  stockholders.  A stockholder will be entitled
to one vote for each share of Common Stock owned, subject to certain limitations
applicable  to holders of 10% or more of the  shares of the  Common  Stock.  See
"Description of Capital Stock."

         Deposit  Accounts and Loans.  The general  terms of the Bank's  deposit
accounts,  the  balances  of the  individual  accounts  and  the  existing  FDIC
insurance  coverage  will not be affected by the  Conversion.  Furthermore,  the
Conversion will not affect the loan accounts, the balances of these accounts, or
the obligations of the borrowers under their individual contractual arrangements
with the Bank.

         Tax Effects.  The Bank has received an opinion from Silver,  Freedman &
Taff, L.L.P.  with regard to federal income taxation,  and an opinion from Crowe
Chizek & Co. with regard to Illinois  taxation,  to the effect that the adoption
and  implementation  of the Plan of  Conversion  set  forth  herein  will not be
taxable for federal or Illinois tax purposes to the Bank or the Holding Company.
See "- Income Tax Consequences."

         Liquidation  Rights. The Bank has no plans to liquidate,  either before
or subsequent to the completion of the Conversion. However, if there should ever
be a complete  liquidation,  either before or after Conversion,  deposit account
holders would  receive the  protection of insurance by the FDIC up to applicable
limits. Subject thereto, liquidation rights before and after Conversion would be
as follows:

         Liquidation  Rights in Present Mutual  Institution.  In addition to the
         protection of FDIC insurance up to applicable limits, in the event of a
         complete  liquidation of the Bank,  each holder of a deposit account in

                                       116

<PAGE>

         the Bank in its present  mutual form would  receive his or her pro rata
         share of any assets of the Bank  remaining  after  payment of claims of
         all creditors  (including the claims of all depositors in the amount of
         the withdrawal value of their  accounts).  Such holder's pro rata share
         of such remaining  assets,  if any, would be in the same  proportion of
         such  assets as the  balance in his or her  deposit  account was to the
         aggregate  balance in all  deposit  accounts in the Bank at the time of
         liquidation.

         Liquidation Rights in Proposed Converted Institution. After Conversion,
         each deposit account holder, in the event of a complete  liquidation of
         the Bank, would have a claim of the same general priority as the claims
         of  all  other  general  creditors  of  the  Bank  in  addition  to the
         protection of FDIC insurance up to applicable limits. Therefore, except
         as described  below, the deposit account holder's claim would be solely
         in the amount of the balance in his or her deposit account plus accrued
         interest.  The holder  would have no interest in the assets of the Bank
         above that amount.

         The Plan of Conversion  provides that there shall be established,  upon
         the completion of the Conversion,  a special "liquidation  account" for
         the benefit of Eligible Account Holders (i.e.,  eligible  depositors at
         December  31,  1995)  and   Supplemental   Account  Holders   (eligible
         depositors at ________ __, 1997) in an amount equal to the net worth of
         the  Bank  as of the  date  of its  latest  consolidated  statement  of
         financial  condition  contained in the final prospectus relating to the
         sale of shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion.  Each
         Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder would
         have an initial interest in such  liquidation  account for each deposit
         account held in the Bank on the  qualifying  date. An Eligible  Account
         Holder and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder's  interest as to each
         deposit   account  would  be  in  the  same  proportion  of  the  total
         liquidation  account as the  balance in his or her  account on December
         31, 1995 and  ________  __, 1997,  respectively,  was to the  aggregate
         balance  in all  deposit  accounts  of  Eligible  Account  Holders  and
         Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders on such dates.  However,  if the
         amount  in  the  deposit  account  of an  Eligible  Account  Holder  or
         Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder on any annual closing date of the
         Bank is less than the lowest  amount in such  account on  December  31,
         1995 or _________ __, 1997 and on any subsequent closing date, then the
         account holder's interest in this special  liquidation account would be
         reduced  by an  amount  proportionate  to any such  reduction,  and the
         account holder's  interest would cease to exist if such deposit account
         were closed.

         In addition,  the  interest in the special  liquidation  account  would
         never be  increased  despite any increase in the balance of the account
         holders' related accounts after Conversion, and would only decrease.

                                       117

<PAGE>

         Any assets  remaining  after the above  liquidation  rights of Eligible
         Account  Holders  and   Supplemental   Eligible  Account  Holders  were
         satisfied  would be  distributed  to the  Holding  Company  as the sole
         stockholder of the Bank.

         No merger,  consolidation,  purchase of bulk assets with  assumption of
         deposit accounts and other liabilities, or similar transaction, whether
         the Bank,  as converted,  or another  SAIF-insured  institution  is the
         surviving  institution,  is deemed  to be a  complete  liquidation  for
         purposes of distribution  of the  liquidation  account and, in any such
         transaction,  the  liquidation  account  would be  assumed  to the full
         extent authorized by regulations of the OTS as then in effect.  The OTS
         has stated that the consummation of a transaction of the type described
         in the  preceding  sentence  in which  the  surviving  entity  is not a
         SAIF-insured  institution would be reviewed on a case-by-case  basis to
         determine  whether  the  transaction   should  constitute  a  "complete
         liquidation"  requiring  distribution of any then remaining  balance in
         the  liquidation   account.   While  the  Bank  believes  that  such  a
         transaction should not constitute a complete liquidation,  there can be
         no assurance that the OTS will not adopt a contrary position.

         Common Stock. For information as to the  characteristics  of the Common
Stock  to  be  issued  under  the  Plan  of  Conversion,   see  "Dividends"  and
"Description of Capital Stock." Common Stock issued under the Plan of Conversion
cannot, and will not, be insured by the FDIC or any other governmental agency.

         The Bank will continue, immediately after completion of the Conversion,
to provide its services to  depositors  and  borrowers  pursuant to its existing
policies and will  maintain the existing  management  and employees of the Bank.
Other than for payment of certain expenses incident to the Conversion, no assets
of the Bank will be distributed in the Conversion.  First Security will continue
to be a member of the FHLB System,  and its deposit accounts will continue to be
insured by the FDIC.  The affairs of First Security will continue to be directed
by the existing Board of Directors and management.

Offering of Holding Company Common Stock

         Under  the Plan of  Conversion,  4,735,000  shares of  Holding  Company
Common Stock will be offered for sale, subject to certain restrictions described
below,  initially through the Offering.  Federal conversion regulations require,
with certain  exceptions,  that all shares  offered in a  conversion  be sold in
order for the conversion to become effective.

         The Subscription Offering will expire at noon, Chicago,  Illinois time,
on ________,  1997 (the  "Subscription  Expiration Date") unless extended by the
Bank and the Holding Company. Depending on the availability of shares and market
conditions at or near the completion of the Subscription  Offering,  the Holding
Company may effect a Public Offering of shares to selected  persons through FBR.
To order  Common  Stock  in  connection  with the  Public  Offering  and  Direct

                                       118

<PAGE>

Community  Offering,  if any,  an executed  stock  order and account  withdrawal
authorization and certification must be received by FBR prior to the termination
of the Public Offering and Direct Community  Offering.  The date by which orders
must be  received  in the Public  Offering,  if any,  will be set by the Holding
Company at the time of such offering. OTS regulations require that all shares to
be offered in the  Conversion  be sold  within a period  ending not more than 45
days after the  Subscription  Expiration  Date (or such longer  period as may be
approved by the OTS) or, despite  approval of the Plan of Conversion by members,
the  Conversion  will not be effected and First  Security  will remain in mutual
form. This period expires on _____,  1997,  unless extended with the approval of
the OTS. In  addition,  if the  Offering is extended  beyond  _____,  1997,  all
subscribers will have the right to modify or rescind their  subscriptions and to
have their subscription funds returned promptly with interest. In the event that
the Conversion is not effected,  all funds submitted and not previously refunded
pursuant to the Offering will be promptly  refunded to subscribers with interest
at the Bank's current  passbook rate and all withdrawal  authorizations  will be
terminated.

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

         Federal  regulations  require that the aggregate  purchase price of the
securities of a thrift  institution  sold in connection with its conversion must
be based on an appraised  aggregate market value of the institution as converted
(i.e., taking into account the expected receipt of proceeds from the sale of the
securities  in the  conversion),  as  determined  by an  independent  valuation.
FinPro,  which  is  experienced  in the  valuation  and  appraisal  of  business
entities,  including thrift institutions involved in the conversion process, was
retained by the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the  estimated  pro forma market
value of the Bank and the Holding Company upon Conversion.

         FinPro will receive a fee of approximately $23,000 for its appraisal in
addition to its reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred in connection with
the appraisal. FinPro has also agreed to assist in the preparation of the Bank's
business plan and to perform  certain records  management  services for the Bank
for  such  fee.  The  Bank  has  agreed  to  indemnify   FinPro  under   certain
circumstances  against  liabilities and expenses  (including legal fees) arising
out of, related to, or based upon the Conversion.

         FinPro has  prepared an  appraisal  of the  estimated  pro forma market
value of the Bank as converted.  The FinPro  appraisal  concluded that, at April
30, 1997, an  appropriate  range for the estimated pro forma market value of the
common stock to be sold in the Offering was from a minimum of  $34,990,000  to a
maximum of $47,350,000 with a midpoint of $41,170,000.  Assuming that the shares
are sold at $10.00 per share in the Conversion,  the estimated  number of shares
to be  issued in the  Conversion  (not  including  the  Stock  Contribution)  is
expected to be between 3,499,000 and 4,735,000. The Purchase Price of $10.00 per
share was  determined by  discussion  among the Boards of Directors of the Bank,
the Holding Company and FinPro,  taking into account,  among other factors,  (i)
the  requirement  under OTS  regulations  that the Common  Stock be offered on a
manner that would achieve the widest  distribution  of shares and (ii) liquidity
in the Common Stock subsequent to the Conversion.

         The appraisal  involved a  comparative  evaluation of the operating and
financial  statistics of the Bank with those of other thrift  institutions.  The
appraisal  also took into  account  such other  factors as the market for thrift

                                       119

<PAGE>


institution stocks generally,  prevailing economic  conditions,  both nationally
and in  Illinois,  which  affect  the  operations  of thrift  institutions,  the
competitive  environment  within  which the Bank  operates and the effect of the
Bank  becoming a  subsidiary  of the Holding  Company.  No  detailed  individual
analysis of the  separate  components  of the Holding  Company's  and the Bank's
assets and liabilities was performed in connection with the evaluation. The Plan
of Conversion  requires that all of the shares subscribed for in the Offering be
sold at the same price per share. The Board of Directors reviewed the appraisal,
including the methodology and the appropriateness of the assumptions utilized by
FinPro and  determined  that in its opinion the appraisal was not  unreasonable.
The  Estimated  Valuation  Range may be amended  with the approval of the OTS in
connection with changes in the financial  condition or operating  results of the
Bank or market  conditions  generally.  As described  below, an amendment to the
Estimated  Valuation  Range  above  $54,450,000  would  not be  made  without  a
resolicitation of subscriptions and/or proxies except in limited circumstances.

         If, upon  completion  of the Offering,  at least the minimum  number of
shares are subscribed for, FinPro,  after taking into account factors similar to
those  involved in its prior  appraisal,  will determine its estimate of the pro
forma market value of the Bank and the Holding  Company upon  Conversion,  as of
the close of the Offering.

         If, based on the  estimate of FinPro,  the  aggregate  pro forma market
value is not within the Estimated  Valuation Range,  FinPro, upon the consent of
the OTS, will  determine a new Estimated  Valuation  Range  ("Amended  Valuation
Range").  If the aggregate pro forma market value of the stock to be sold in the
Offering has increased in the Amended Valuation Range to an amount that does not
exceed  $54,450,000  (i.e.,  15% above the  maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation
Range),  then the number of shares to be issued may be increased to  accommodate
such increase in value without a resolicitation of subscriptions and/or proxies.
In such  event the Bank and the  Holding  Company  do not  intend  to  resolicit
subscriptions  and/or  proxies  unless  the Bank and the  Holding  Company  then
determine, after consultation with the OTS, that circumstances otherwise require
such a resolicitation.  If, however, the aggregate pro forma market value of the
Common Stock to be sold of the Holding Company,  at that time is less than $35.0
million or more than $54.5  million,  a  resolicitation  of  subscribers  and/or
proxies may be made,  the Plan of  Conversion  may be  terminated  or such other
actions as the OTS may permit may be taken. In the event that upon completion of
the Offering, the pro forma market value of the Common Stock to be sold is below
$35.0  million or above $54.5  million  (15% above the maximum of the  Estimated
Valuation Range), the Holding Company intends to file the revised appraisal with
the SEC by post-effective  amendment to its Registration  Statement on Form S-1.
See "Additional Information." If the Plan of Conversion is terminated, all funds
would be  returned  promptly  with  interest  at the rate of the Bank's  current
passbook  rate,  and  holds on funds  authorized  for  withdrawal  from  deposit
accounts  would be  released.  If there is a  resolicitation  of  subscriptions,
subscribers   will  be  given  the   opportunity   to  cancel  or  change  their
subscriptions and to the extent subscriptions are so canceled or reduced,  funds
will be returned with interest at the Bank's current  passbook rate and holds on
funds  authorized  for  withdrawal  from  deposit  accounts  will be released or
reduced.  Stock  subscriptions  received by the Holding Company and the Bank may
not be withdrawn by the subscriber  and, if accepted by the Holding  Company and
the Bank, are final. If the Conversion is not completed prior to  ______________
(two years after the date of the Special  Meeting),  the Plan of Conversion will
automatically terminate.


                                       120

<PAGE>

         Any  increase  in the total  number  of  shares  of Common  Stock to be
offered  in the  Conversion  will  dilute a  subscriber's  percentage  ownership
interest  and will  reduce the pro forma net income and net worth on a per share
basis.  A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the  Conversion  will
increase a subscriber's  proportionate ownership interest and will increase both
pro forma net income and net worth on a per share  basis while  decreasing  that
amount on an aggregate basis.

         No sale of the shares will take place  unless,  prior  thereto,  FinPro
confirms  to the OTS  that,  to the best of  FinPro's  knowledge  and  judgment,
nothing of a material  nature has occurred  which would cause FinPro to conclude
that the actual Purchase Price on an aggregate  basis is  incompatible  with its
estimate of the aggregate pro forma market value of the Holding  Company and the
Bank as converted at the time of the sale. If, however, the facts do not justify
such a statement,  the Offering or other sale may be canceled,  a new  Estimated
Valuation Range set and new offering held.

         In  preparing  its  valuation of the pro forma market value of the Bank
and the Holding  Company  upon  Conversion,  FinPro  relied upon and assumed the
accuracy and completeness of all financial and statistical  information provided
by the Bank and the Holding Company.  FinPro also considered  information  based
upon other publicly  available sources which it believes are reliable.  However,
FinPro does not guarantee the accuracy and  completeness of such information and
did not independently verify the financial statements and other data provided by
the  Bank  and  the  Holding  Company  or  independently  value  the  assets  or
liabilities of the Bank and the Holding  Company.  The appraisal is not intended
to be, and must not be interpreted  as, a  recommendation  of any kind as to the
advisability  of voting to approve the  Conversion  or of  purchasing  shares of
Common Stock.  The appraisal  considers  First Security and the Holding  Company
only as going  concerns and should not be  considered  as any  indication of the
liquidation  value of First  Security  or the  Holding  Company.  Moreover,  the
appraisal is  necessarily  based on many factors which change from time to time.
There can be no assurance  that persons who  purchase  shares in the  Conversion
will be able to sell such shares at prices at or above the Purchase Price.

Subscription Offering

         In  accordance  with  OTS  regulations,  non-transferable  Subscription
Rights have been granted under the Plan of  Conversion to the following  persons
in the  following  order of priority:  (1)  Eligible  Account  Holders  (deposit
account holders of the Bank  maintaining an aggregate  balance of $50 or more as
of December  31,  1995),  (2) the Holding  Company and the Bank's  Tax-Qualified
Employee Plans;  provided,  however, that the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall
have first priority  Subscription  Rights to the extent that the total number of
shares of  Common  Stock  sold in the  Conversion  exceeds  the  maximum  of the
Estimated  Valuation Range; (3) Supplemental  Eligible Accounts Holders (deposit
account holders of the Bank maintaining a balance of $50 or more as of _____ __,
1997),  (4) Other  Members  (depositors  of the Bank at the close of business on
________ and Borrowers of the Bank on ________________ and _________,  1997, the
voting  record date for the Special  Meeting) and (5)  officers,  directors  and
employees  of the  Bank.  All  subscriptions  received  will be  subject  to the


                                       121

<PAGE>

availability  of  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  after   satisfaction  of  all
subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the  Subscription  Offering,
and to the  maximum and minimum  purchase  limitations  set forth in the Plan of
Conversion.

         Category No. 1 is reserved  for the Bank's  Eligible  Account  Holders.
Subscription  Rights to purchase  shares under this  category  will be allocated
among Eligible  Account Holders to permit each such depositor to purchase shares
in this  Category in an amount equal to the greater of $250,000 of Common Stock,
one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the total shares  offered in the  Conversion,
or 15 times the  product  (rounded  down to the next whole  number)  obtained by
multiplying  the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock to be issued by a
fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying  deposits of the
Eligible  Account  Holder  and  the  denominator  is  the  total  amount  of the
qualifying  deposit of the Eligible Account Holders in the Bank, in each case on
the  Eligibility  Record Date. To the extent shares are  oversubscribed  in this
category,  shares shall be allocated first to permit each  subscribing  Eligible
Account Holder to purchase,  to the extent  possible,  100 shares and thereafter
among each  subscribing  Eligible Account Holder pro rata in the same proportion
that his  Qualifying  Deposit  bears to the  total  Qualifying  Deposits  of all
subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

         Category  No. 2 provides  for the  issuance of  Subscription  Rights to
Tax-Qualified Employee Plans to purchase up to 10% of the total amount of shares
of Common Stock issued in the Subscription  Offering on a second priority basis.
However,  such plans shall not, in the aggregate,  purchase more than 10% of the
Holding Company Common Stock issued.  The ESOP intends to purchase a total of 8%
of the Common  Stock  issued in the  Conversion,  including  the  shares  issued
pursuant to the Stock  Contribution,  under this category.  Subscription  Rights
received  pursuant to this category shall be subordinated to all rights received
by Eligible  Account  Holders to  purchase  shares  pursuant to Category  No. 1;
provided,  however, that notwithstanding any provision of the Plan of Conversion
to the contrary,  the  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans shall have first  priority
Subscription  Rights to the  extent  that the  total  number of shares of Common
Stock sold in the  Conversion  exceeds  the maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation
Range.

         Category No. 3 is reserved for the Bank's Supplemental Eligible Account
Holders.  Subscription  Rights to purchase  shares under this  category  will be
allocated  among  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders  to permit  each such
depositor to purchase  shares in this Category in an amount equal to the greater
of $250,000 of Common Stock, one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the total shares
of Common Stock offered in the Conversion, or 15 times the product (rounded down
to the next whole number)  obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of
Common Stock to be issued by a fraction of which the  numerator is the amount of
the  qualifying  deposit of the  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder and the
denominator  is the total amount of the qualifying  deposit of the  Supplemental
Eligible  Account Holders in the converting Bank in each case on ______ __, 1997
(the "Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date"),  subject to the overall purchase
limitation  after  satisfying the  subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders and
Tax Qualified Employee Plans. Any non-transferable  Subscription Rights received
by an  Eligible  Account  Holder  shall  reduce,  to  the  extent  thereof,  the
subscription rights to be distributed to such person as a Supplemental  Eligible


                                       122

<PAGE>

Account  Holder.  In the event of an  oversubscription  for  shares,  the shares
available  shall be  allocated  first to permit  each  subscribing  Supplemental
Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible,  to purchase a number of shares
sufficient to make his total allocation (including the number of shares, if any,
allocated in accordance with Category No. 1) equal to 100 shares, and thereafter
among each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder pro rata in the same
proportion that his Qualifying Deposit bears to the total Qualifying Deposits of
all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain
unsatisfied.

         Category No. 4 provides,  to the extent that shares are then  available
after satisfying the  subscriptions  of Eligible Account Holders,  Tax-Qualified
Employee Plans and Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders,  for the issuance of
Subscription  Rights to Other  Members to  purchase  in this  Category up to the
greater of $250,000 of Common Stock,  or one-tenth of one percent  (.10%) of the
Common Stock offered in the Conversion. In the event of an oversubscription, the
shares available shall be allocated among the subscribing Other Members pro rata
in the same  proportion that his number of votes on the Voting Record Date bears
to the total number of votes on the Voting Record Date of all subscribing  Other
Members on such date.  Such  number of votes  shall be  determined  based on the
Bank's mutual charter and bylaws in effect on the date of approval by members of
this Plan of Conversion.

         Category  No. 5 provides  for the  issuance of  Subscription  Rights to
officers,  directors  and employees of the Bank, to purchase in this Category up
to $250,000 of the Common  Stock to the extent that shares are  available  after
satisfying the subscriptions of eligible subscribers in preference Categories 1,
2, 3 and 4. The total  number  of  shares  which  may be  purchased  under  this
Category  may not exceed 20% of the number of shares of Holding  Company  Common
Stock.  In the  event  of an  oversubscription,  the  available  shares  will be
allocated pro rata among all subscribers in this category based on the number of
shares ordered by each subscriber.

Public Offering and Direct Community Offering

         To the  extent  that  shares  remain  available  and  subject to market
conditions at or near the completion of the Subscription  Offering,  the Holding
Company may offer  shares  pursuant to the Plan to selected  persons in a Public
Offering and/or Direct Community Offering on a best-efforts basis through FBR in
such a manner as to promote a wide  distribution of the Common Stock. Any orders
received in connection with the Public Offering and Direct Community Offering if
any, will receive a lower priority than orders properly made in the Subscription
Offering  by  persons  properly  exercising  Subscription  Rights.  In  addition
depending  on  market  conditions,   FBR  may  utilize  selected  broker-dealers
("Selected  Dealers")  in  connection  with the  sale of  shares  in the  Public
Offering,  if any. Common Stock sold in the Public Offering and Direct Community
Offering  will be sold at $10.00  per  share and hence  will be sold at the same
price as all other shares in the  Conversion.  The Holding  Company and the Bank
have the right to reject orders,  in whole or in part, in their sole  discretion
in the Public Offering and Direct Community Offering.

         No person,  together with any  associate or group of persons  acting in
concert, will be permitted to purchase more than $250,000 of Common Stock in the
Public  Offering  and  Direct  Community  Offering.  To  order  Common  Stock in
connection with the Public  Offering or Direct  Community  Offering,  if any, an


                                       123

<PAGE>

executed stock order and account withdrawal authorization and certification must
be received by FBR prior to the termination of such Offering.  The date by which
orders must be received in the Public  Offering  and Direct  Community  Offering
will be set by the Holding Company at the time of commencement of such offering;
provided  however,  if the  Offering  is extended  beyond  _______,  1997,  each
subscriber will have the  opportunity to maintain,  modify or rescind his or her
subscription.  In such event, all subscription  funds will be promptly  returned
with  interest  to each  subscriber  unless  he or she  affirmatively  indicates
otherwise.

         It is  estimated  that the  Selected  Dealers will receive a negotiated
commission  of up to 4.5% of the  Common  Stock  sold by the  Selected  Dealers,
payable  by the  Holding  Company,  and FBR will  also  receive a fee of 1.0% of
Common  Stock sold by such  firms.  Such fees in the  aggregate  will not exceed
5.5%. See "- Marketing Arrangements.

         FBR may enter into  agreements  with Selected  Dealers to assist in the
sale of  shares  in the  Public  Offering.  Selected  Dealers  may only  solicit
indications  of interest  from their  customers to place orders with the Holding
Company  as of a certain  date  ("Order  Date")  for the  purchase  of shares of
Conversion Stock with the  authorization of FBR. When and if FBR and the Holding
Company  believe  that  enough  indications  of  interest  and orders  have been
received to consummate the Conversion,  FBR will request,  as of the Order Date,
Selected  Dealers  to  submit  orders to  purchase  shares  for which  they have
received  indications of interest from their  customers.  Selected  Dealers will
send confirmation of the orders to such customers on the next business day after
the  Order  Date.  Customers  who  authorize  Selected  Dealers  to debit  their
brokerage  accounts are required to have the funds for payment in their  account
on but not before the  closing  date of the  Conversion.  On the  closing  date,
Selected  Dealers  will remit  funds to the  account  that the  Holding  Company
established for each Selected Dealer.  Each customer's funds so forwarded to the
Holding Company,  along with all other accounts held in the same title,  will be
insured up to the applicable legal limit. After payment has been received by the
Holding  Company from Selected  Dealers,  funds will earn interest at the Bank's
passbook rate until the completion of the Offering.  In the event the Conversion
is not  consummated  as described  above,  funds with  interest will be returned
promptly to the  Selected  Dealers,  who, in turn,  will  promptly  credit their
customers' brokerage account.

         In the  event  the  Holding  Company  determines  to  conduct  a Public
Offering  and/or  Direct  Community  Offering,  persons to whom a prospectus  is
delivered  may  subscribe  for shares of Common Stock by  submitting a completed
stock  order  and  account  withdrawal  authorization  (provided  by FBR) and an
executed  certification  along with  immediately  available  funds (which may be
obtained by debiting a FBR account) to FBR by not later than the public offering
expiration date (as established by the Holding  Company).  Promptly upon receipt
of available  funds,  together with a properly  executed stock order and account
withdrawal authorization and certification, FBR will forward such funds to First
Security to be deposited in a subscription escrow account.

         If a  subscription  in the  Public  Offering  and/or  Direct  Community
Offering  is  accepted,  promptly  after the  completion  of the  Conversion,  a
certificate  for the  appropriate  amount of shares will be  forwarded to FBR as

                                       124

<PAGE>

nominee  for the  beneficial  owner.  In the event  that a  subscription  is not
accepted or the  Conversion is not  consummated,  the Bank will promptly  refund
with interest the subscription  funds to FBR which will then return the funds to
subscribers'  accounts.  If the  aggregate  pro forma market value of the Common
Stock to be sold in the  Offering is less than $35.0  million or more than $54.5
million,  each  subscriber  will have the right to modify or rescind  his or her
subscription.

         The  opportunity  to subscribe for shares of Common Stock in the Public
Offering  and/or Direct  Community  Offering is subject to the right of the Bank
and the Holding Company, in their sole discretion,  to accept or reject any such
orders in whole or in part.

Additional Purchase Restrictions

         The Plan also provides for certain additional  limitations to be placed
upon the purchase of shares in the  Conversion.  Specifically,  no person (other
than a Tax-Qualified  Employee Plan) by himself or herself or with an associate,
and no group of persons  acting in concert,  may  subscribe for or purchase more
than $750,000 of Common Stock. For purposes of this limitation,  an associate of
a person does not include a  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plan or Non-Tax  Qualified
Employee  Plan in which the  person has a  substantial  beneficial  interest  or
serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity.  Moreover,  for purposes
of this paragraph, shares held by one or more Tax Qualified or Non-Tax Qualified
Employee  Plans  attributed  to a person  shall not be  aggregated  with  shares
purchased  directly by or otherwise  attributable to that person except for that
portion of a plan which is self-directed  by a person.  See "- Stock Pricing and
Number of Shares to be  Issued"  regarding  potential  changes  in  Subscription
Rights in the event of a  decrease  in the  number of shares to be issued in the
Conversion. Officers and directors and their associates may not purchase, in the
aggregate,  more  than  30% of the  shares  to be  sold in the  Conversion.  For
purposes of the Plan, the members of the Board of Directors are not deemed to be
acting in concert  solely by reason of their Board  membership.  For purposes of
this  limitation,  an  associate  of an officer or  director  does not include a
Tax-Qualified  Employee Plan. Moreover,  any shares attributable to the officers
and directors and their  associates,  but held by a Tax-Qualified  Employee Plan
(other than that portion of a plan which is self-directed) shall not be included
in calculating the number of shares which may be purchased under the limitations
in this  paragraph.  Shares  purchased  by  employees  who are not  officers  or
directors of the Bank, or their associates,  are not subject to this limitation.
The  term   "associate"   is  used  above  to  indicate  any  of  the  following
relationships with a person: (i) any corporation or organization (other than the
Holding  Company  or the  Bank or a  majority-owned  subsidiary  of the  Holding
Company or the Bank) of which a person is an officer or partner or is,  directly
or  indirectly,  the  beneficial  owner of 10% or more of any  class  of  equity
security;  (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial
beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar
fiduciary  capacity;  and (iii)  any  relative  or spouse of such  person or any
relative  of such  spouse  who  has the  same  home as such  person  or who is a
director or officer of the Holding  Company or the Bank or any subsidiary of the
Holding Company or the Bank.

         The Boards of Directors of the Holding  Company and the Bank,  in their
sole discretion, may increase the maximum purchase limitations referred to above
up to 9.99% of the total  shares to be offered in the  Offering,  provided  that

                                       125

<PAGE>

orders for shares  exceeding  5.0% of the shares  being  offered in the Offering
shall not  exceed,  in the  aggregate,  10% of the shares  being  offered in the
Offering  or  decrease  the maximum  purchase  limitation  to one percent of the
Common Stock offered in the Conversion.  Requests to purchase  additional shares
of  Common  Stock  under  this  provision  will be  allocated  by the  Boards of
Directors on a pro rata basis giving  priority in  accordance  with the priority
rights set forth above. Depending on market and financial conditions, the Boards
of Directors of the Holding  Company and the Bank,  with the approval of the OTS
and without further approval of the members, may increase or decrease any of the
above purchase limitations.

         To the extent that shares are available, each subscriber must subscribe
for a minimum of 25 shares.  In computing  the number of shares to be allocated,
all numbers will be rounded down to the next whole number.

         Common Stock  purchased in the Conversion  will be freely  transferable
except for shares  purchased by executive  officers and directors of the Bank or
the Holding Company.  See "- Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and
Shares."

Marketing Arrangements

         First Security has retained FBR, a  broker-dealer  registered  with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the "SEC") and a member of the  National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), to consult with and advise
the Bank and to  assist in the  distribution  of  shares  in the  Offering  on a
best-efforts  basis.  Among the  services  FBR will perform are (i) training and
educating First Security  employees,  who will be performing certain ministerial
functions in the Offering,  regarding the mechanics and regulatory  requirements
of the stock sale process,  (ii) keeping  records of orders for shares of Common
Stock,  (iii) targeting First Security's sales efforts including  preparation of
marketing  materials,  (iv)  assisting in the collection of proxies from Members
for  use  at the  Special  Meeting,  and  (v)  providing  its  registered  stock
representatives  to staff  the  Stock  Center  and  meeting  with and  assisting
potential subscribers.  For its services, FBR will receive a success fee of 1.0%
of the aggregate Purchase Price of Common Stock sold in the Offering,  excluding
Common Stock  purchased by  directors,  officers and  employees of the Bank,  or
members of their  immediate  families and purchases by  tax-qualified  plans.  A
management fee of $20,000, is being applied against this fee. If the Offering is
terminated  before  completion,  FBR will be entitled  to retain  such  payments
already accrued or received.

         To the extent  registered  broker-dealers  are  utilized,  the  Holding
Company  will  pay a fee  (to be  negotiated,  but  not to  exceed  4.5%  of the
aggregate  Purchase Price of shares of Common Stock sold in the Public  Offering
and  Direct  Community  Offering)  to  such  Selected  Dealers,   including  any
sponsoring  dealer fees. The Holding  Company will also pay FBR a fee of 1.0% of
the aggregate  Purchase  Price of shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering by

                                       126

<PAGE>

Selected  Dealers,  which  together with the fee to be paid to Selected  Dealers
will result in an  aggregate  fee not to exceed 5.5% of the Common Stock sold in
the Offering.  Fees paid to FBR and to any other  broker-dealer may be deemed to
be underwriting fees, and FBR and such other  broker-dealers may be deemed to be
underwriters. The Holding Company has agreed to reimburse FBR for its reasonable
out-of-pocket  expenses (not to exceed $50,000), and its legal fees and expenses
(not  to  exceed  $37,500)  and to  indemnify  FBR  against  certain  claims  or
liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

         In the event there is a Public Offering or Direct  Community  Offering,
procedures may be implemented to permit a purchaser to pay for his or her shares
with funds held by or deposited  with FBR or a "Selected  Dealer." See "- Public
Offering and Direct Community Offering."

         Directors  and executive  officers of the Holding  Company and the Bank
may, to a limited extent,  participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase
Common  Stock.  Sales  will be made from a Stock  Center  located  away from the
publicly  accessible  areas  (including  teller  windows) of the Bank's offices.
Other  employees of the Bank may  participate in the Offering in  administrative
capacities,  providing  clerical  work  in  effecting  a  sales  transaction  or
answering  questions of a potential  purchaser  provided that the content of the
employee's  responses is limited to information  contained in this Prospectus or
other  offering  document.  Other  questions of prospective  purchasers  will be
directed to executive officers or registered  representatives of FBR. Such other
employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase Common Stock or
provide advice  regarding the purchase of Common Stock. To the extent  permitted
under  applicable law,  directors and executive  officers of the Holding Company
and the Bank may  participate in the  solicitation  of offers to purchase Common
Stock,  except in the State of Texas where only a representative  of FBR will be
able to offer and sell securities to Texas  residents.  The Holding Company will
rely on Rule  3a4-1  under the  Exchange  Act and sales of Common  Stock will be
conducted  within the  requirements  of Rule  3a4-1,  so as to permit  officers,
directors and employees to participate in the sale of Common Stock.  No officer,
director or employee of the Holding  Company or the Bank will be  compensated in
connection  with  his  participation  by the  payment  of  commissions  or other
remuneration  based either  directly or  indirectly on the  transactions  in the
Common Stock.

         A Stock Center will be established at the Bank's  headquarters  office,
in  an  area  separated  from  the  Bank's  banking  operations.   In  addition,
representatives  of FBR will be  available  to answer  questions at a designated
area in the  Bank's  Philadelphia  office  which is located  away from  publicly
accessible  areas of that office.  No sales  activities will be conducted in the
public  areas  of the  Bank's  offices,  but  persons  will be able to  obtain a
Prospectus  and sales  information  at such places,  and  employees  will inform
prospective  purchasers  to direct their  questions to the Stock Center and will
provide such persons with the telephone  number of the Stock  Center.  Completed
stock orders will be accepted at such places,  and will be promptly forwarded to
the Stock Center for  processing.  No officer,  director or employee of the Bank
will be  compensated  in  connection  with his  participation  by the payment of
commissions  or other  remuneration  based either  directly or indirectly on the
transactions in the Common Stock.

         The Bank and the Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply
with the  securities  laws of all states in the United  States in which  persons
entitled to subscribe for shares,  pursuant to the Plan of  Conversion,  reside.
However,  no shares will be offered or sold under the Plan of  Conversion to any

                                       127

<PAGE>

such  person who (1)  resides in a foreign  country or (2) resides in a state of
the United  States in which a small  number of  persons  otherwise  eligible  to
subscribe for shares under the Plan of Conversion reside or as to which the Bank
and the Holding  Company  determine that  compliance  with the securities law of
such state would be impracticable  for reasons of cost or otherwise,  including,
but not limited to, a requirement that the Bank or the Holding Company or any of
their officers,  directors or employees  register,  under the securities laws of
such state, as a broker, dealer,  salesmen or agent. No payments will be made in
lieu of the granting of Subscription Rights to any such person.

Method of Payment for Subscriptions

         To purchase shares in the Subscription Offering, an executed Order Form
with the required  payment for each share  subscribed  for, or with  appropriate
authorization for withdrawal from the Bank's deposit account (which may be given
by completing the appropriate blanks in the order form), must be received by the
Bank by noon, Chicago, Illinois time, on __________, 1997. Order forms which are
not received by such time or are executed  defectively  or are received  without
full payment (or  appropriate  withdrawal  instructions)  are not required to be
accepted.

         To order Common Stock in  connection  with the Public  Offering  and/or
Direct  Community  Offering,  if  any,  an  executed  stock  order  and  account
withdrawal  authorization  must be received by FBR prior to the  termination  of
such offering.  The date by which orders must be received in the Public Offering
and Direct Community  Offering will be set by the Holding Company at the time of
commencement of such offerings,  if any;  provided  however,  if the Offering is
extended  beyond _____,  1997,  each  subscriber  will have the  opportunity  to
maintain,  modify  or  rescind  his or her  subscription.  In  such  event,  all
subscription  funds will be promptly  returned with interest to each  subscriber
unless he or she affirmatively  indicates  otherwise.  In addition,  the Holding
Company and the Bank are not obligated to accept orders submitted on photocopies
or facsimile order forms.

         The Holding  Company and the Bank have the right to waive or permit the
correction of incomplete or improperly executed forms, but do not represent that
they will do so.  Once  received,  an  executed  Order  Form or stock  order and
account  withdrawal  authorization  may not be  modified,  amended or  rescinded
without the consent of the  Holding  Company and the Bank unless the  Conversion
has not been completed by _____, 1997.

         Payment for subscriptions in the Subscription Offering, may be made (i)
in cash if delivered in person at the office of the Bank, (ii) by check or money
order or (iii) by authorization  of withdrawal from deposit accounts  maintained
with the Bank. Interest will be paid on payments made by cash, check, bank draft
or money order, whether or not the Conversion is complete or terminated,  at the
Bank's  current  passbook  rate  from the date  payment  is  received  until the
completion or termination of the Conversion. If payment is made by authorization
of withdrawal from deposit or certificate  accounts,  the funds authorized to be
withdrawn from such account will continue to accrue  interest at the contractual
rates until  completion or  termination  of the  Conversion.  Such funds will be
unavailable to the depositor until completion or termination of the Conversion.


                                       128

<PAGE>

         If a  subscriber  authorizes  the Bank to  withdraw  the  amount of the
Purchase  Price  from his  certificate  account,  the Bank  will do so as of the
effective date of Conversion.  The Bank will waive any applicable  penalties for
early withdrawal from certificate  accounts at First Security for the purpose of
purchasing  Common Stock. If the remaining  balance in a certificate  account is
reduced below the applicable  minimum  balance  requirement at the time that the
funds actually are  transferred  under the  authorization,  the rate paid on the
remaining  balance of the  certificate  will earn  interest at the  then-current
passbook rate.

         A depositor interested in using his or her IRA funds to purchase Common
Stock must do so through a self-directed IRA. Since the Bank does not offer such
accounts, it will allow a depositor to make a trustee-to-trustee transfer of the
IRA funds to a trustee  offering a self-directed  IRA program with the agreement
that such funds will be used to purchase the Holding  Company's  Common Stock in
the Offering.  There will be no early  withdrawal or IRS interest  penalties for
such  transfers.  The new trustee would hold the Common Stock in a self-directed
account in the same manner as the Bank now holds the  depositor's  IRA funds. An
annual  administrative  fee  may be  payable  to  the  new  trustee.  Depositors
interested in using funds in a Bank IRA to purchase  Common Stock should contact
the Stock Center at the Bank as soon as possible so that the necessary forms may
be forwarded for execution and returned prior to the Expiration Date.

         The ESOP will not be required to pay for the shares  subscribed  for at
the time it  subscribes,  but rather,  may pay for such  shares of Common  Stock
subscribed for the Purchase Price upon consummation of the Conversion,  provided
that there is in force from the time of its subscription until such time, a loan
commitment to lend to the ESOP, at such time,  the aggregate  Purchase  Price of
the shares for which it subscribed.

         For  information  regarding the submission of orders in connection with
the Public Offering and Direct  Community  Offering,  see "- Public Offering and
Direct Community Offering."

         All refunds and any interest due will be paid after  completion  of the
Conversion.  Certificates  representing shares of Common Stock purchased will be
mailed to  purchasers  at the last  address  of such  persons  appearing  on the
records of the Bank,  or to such other  address as may be  specified in properly
completed order forms, as soon as practicable following consummation of the sale
of all shares of Common Stock. Any certificates  returned as undeliverable  will
be disposed of in accordance with applicable law.

         To ensure that each  purchaser  receives a prospectus at least 48 hours
prior to the Expiration  Date in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 under the Exchange
Act, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to such date or
hand  delivered  any later than two days prior to such  date.  Execution  of the
Order Form will  confirm  receipt or delivery in  accordance  with Rule  15c2-8.
Order Forms will only be distributed with a prospectus. The Bank will accept for
processing  only  orders  submitted  on original  Order  Forms.  Photocopies  or
facsimile  copies of Order Forms will not be accepted.  Payment by cash,  check,
money order,  bank draft or debit  authorization  to an existing  account at the
Bank must accompany the Order Form. No wire transfers will be accepted.

                                       129

<PAGE>

         In order to ensure that Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible
Account  Holders and Other  Members are  properly  identified  as to their stock
purchase priorities,  depositors as of the Eligibility Record Date (December 31,
1995), Supplemental Eligibility Record Date (_______ __, 1997) and/or the Voting
Record Date (_____ __, 1997) must list all accounts on the Order Form giving all
names on each account and the account number as of the applicable record date.

         In addition to the foregoing,  if shares are offered  through  Selected
Dealers, a purchaser may pay for his shares with funds held by or deposited with
a Selected  Dealer.  If an Order Form is executed and  forwarded to the Selected
Dealer or if the  Selected  Dealer is  authorized  to execute  the Order Form on
behalf of a purchaser, the Selected Dealer is required to forward the Order Form
and funds to the Bank for deposit in a  segregated  account on or before noon of
the business day  following  receipt of the Order Form or execution of the Order
Form  by the  Selected  Dealer.  Alternatively,  Selected  Dealers  may  solicit
indications of interest from their  customers who indicated an interest and seek
their confirmation as to their intent to purchase. Those indicating an intent to
purchase  shall  forward  executed  Order  Forms to  their  Selected  Dealer  or
authorize the Selected  Dealer to execute such forms.  The Selected  Dealer will
acknowledge  receipt of the order to its  customer  in writing on the  following
business day and will debit such  customer's  account on the third  business day
after the customer has  confirmed  his intent to purchase (the "debit date") and
on or before noon of the next  business day  following  the debit date will send
Order Forms and funds to the Bank for deposit in a segregated  account.  If such
alternative  procedure is employed,  purchasers' funds are not required to be in
their accounts with Selected Dealers until the debit date.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

         Prior  to  the  completion  of  the  Conversion,   the  OTS  conversion
regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible
Account Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans,  Supplemental  Eligible Account
Holders, Other Members and employees,  officers and directors, from transferring
or  entering  into any  agreement  or  understanding  to  transfer  the legal or
beneficial  ownership of the  subscription  rights  issued under the Plan or the
shares of Common  Stock to be issued  upon their  exercise.  Such  rights may be
executed  only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his  account.
Each person exercising such subscription rights will be required to certify that
he is purchasing  shares solely for his own account and that he has no agreement
or  understanding  regarding  the  sale  or  transfer  of such  shares.  The OTS
regulations  also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of
an offer or  intent to make an offer to  purchase  such  subscription  rights or
shares of Common Stock prior to the completion of the Conversion.

         The Bank and the  Holding  Company  may  pursue  any and all  legal and
equitable   remedies  in  the  event  they  become  aware  of  the  transfer  of
subscription  rights  and will not honor  orders  known by them to  involve  the
transfer of such rights.

         Except  as to  directors  and  executive  officers  of the Bank and the
Holding  Company,  the  shares of Common  Stock sold in the  Conversion  will be

                                       130

<PAGE>

freely transferable.  Shares purchased by directors, executive officers or their
associates  in the  Conversion  shall be subject to the  restrictions  that said
shares  shall not be sold  during the period of one year  following  the date of
purchase,  except  in the event of the  death of the  stockholder.  Accordingly,
stock  certificates  issued  by the  Holding  Company  to  directors,  executive
officers and their associates shall bear a legend giving  appropriate  notice of
such  restriction  and, in addition,  the Bank and the Holding Company will give
appropriate instructions to the transfer agent for the Common Stock with respect
to the applicable restriction upon transfer of any restricted shares. Any shares
issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise, to holders
of restricted stock, shall be subject to the same restrictions that may apply to
such restricted stock.  Holding Company stock (like the stock of most companies)
is subject to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act.  Accordingly,  Holding
Company  stock may be  offered  and sold only in  compliance  with  registration
requirements or pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration.

         Holding Company stock received in the Conversion by persons who are not
"affiliates" of the Holding Company may be resold without  registration.  Shares
received by affiliates of the Holding Company (primarily the directors, officers
and principal stockholders of the Holding Company) will be subject to the resale
restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which are discussed below.

         Rule 144 generally  requires that there be publicly  available  certain
information concerning the Holding Company, and that sales thereunder be made in
routine  brokerage  transactions or through a market maker. If the conditions of
Rule 144 are  satisfied,  each  affiliate (or group of persons acting in concert
with one or more  affiliates) is entitled to sell in the public market,  without
registration,  in any  three-month  period,  a number of shares  which  does not
exceed  the  greater of (i) 1% of the  number of  outstanding  shares of Holding
Company  stock,  or (ii) if the  stock is  admitted  to  trading  on a  national
securities  exchange or reported  through the  automated  quotation  system of a
registered securities bank, the average weekly reported volume of trading during
the four weeks preceding the sale.

Participation by the Board and Executive Officers

         The directors and executive  officers of First  Security have indicated
their  intention to purchase in the  Conversion  an aggregate of $2.1 million of
Common Stock,  equal to 6.0%,  5.1%,  4.4% or 3.8% of the number of shares to be
issued in the  Offering,  at the  minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and 15% above the
maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range, respectively. The following table sets
forth information  regarding  Subscription Rights to Common Stock intended to be
exercised  by each of the  directors  of the Bank,  including  members  of their
immediate family and their IRAs, and by all directors and executive  officers as
a group. The following table assumes that 4,117,000 shares,  the midpoint of the
Estimated  Valuation  Range, of Common Stock are issued at the Purchase Price of
$10.00 per share and that  sufficient  shares will be  available  to satisfy the
subscriptions  indicated.  The table  does not  include  shares to be  purchased
through the ESOP or awarded  under the  proposed  RRP or proposed  Stock  Option
Plan.

                                       131

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              Number of
                                                                              Aggregate       Shares at     Percent of
                                                                              Purchase         $10.00        Shares at
     Name                                  Title                                Price       per Share(1)     Midpoint
     ----                                  -----                                -----       ------------     --------
<S>                         <C>                                               <C>             <C>   
Julian Kulas                Director, President and Chief Executive Officer   $500,000        50,000
Paul Nadzikewycz            Chairman of the Board                              500,000        50,000
Steve Babyk                 Director                                           150,000        15,000
Lila Maria Bodnar           Director, Recording Secretary                       10,000         1,000
Myron Dobrowolsky           Director                                            50,000         5,000
Terry Gawryk                Director, Secretary                                100,000        10,000
George Kawka                Director                                           200,000        20,000
Jaroslav H. Sydorenko       Director                                            10,000         1,000
Chrysta Wereszczak          Director                                           100,000        10,000
Harry I. Kucewicz           Chief Operating Officer, Treasurer                 200,000        20,000
Mary H. Korb                Vice President - Lending                           100,000        10,000
Irene S. Subota             Vice President - Savings                           100,000        10,000
Adrian Hawryliw             Vice President - Philadelphia Manager              100,000        10,000
                                                                           -----------      --------
  Total                                                                     $2,120,000       212,000
                                                                            ==========       =======
- -----------
<FN>

(1)  Does not include  subscriptions  by the ESOP, or options which are intended
     to be granted  under the  proposed  Stock Option Plan or  restricted  stock
     awards which are intended to be granted under the proposed RRP,  subject to
     stockholder ratification of such plans.
</FN>
</TABLE>


Risk of Delayed Offering

         The completion of the sale of all  unsubscribed  shares in the Offering
will be  dependent,  in part,  upon the  Bank's  operating  results  and  market
conditions at the time of the Offering. Under the Plan of Conversion, all shares
offered in the Conversion must be sold within a period ending 24 months from the
date of the Special Meeting.  While the Bank and the Holding Company  anticipate
completing the sale of shares offered in the Conversion  within this period,  if
the Board of  Directors  of the Bank and the Holding  Company are of the opinion
that  economic  conditions  generally or the market for publicly  traded  thrift
institution  stocks  make  undesirable  a sale of the  Common  Stock,  then  the
Offering may be delayed until such conditions improve.

         A  material  delay in the  completion  of the sale of all  unsubscribed
shares in the Public Offering or otherwise may result in a significant  increase
in the costs of completing  the  Conversion.  Significant  changes in the Bank's
operations and financial condition,  the aggregate market value of the shares to
be issued in the Conversion and general market  conditions may occur during such
material delay. In the event the Conversion is not consummated  within 24 months
after the date of the Special Meeting of Members,  the Bank would charge accrued
Conversion costs to then current period operations.

                                      132

<PAGE>


Approval, Interpretation, Amendment and Termination

         All  interpretations  of  the  Plan  of  Conversion,  as  well  as  the
completeness and validity of order forms and stock order and account  withdrawal
authorizations,  will be made by the Bank and the  Holding  Company  and will be
final,  subject to the authority of the OTS and the  requirements  of applicable
law. The Plan of Conversion  provides that, if deemed  necessary or desirable by
the  Boards  of  Directors  of the Bank  and the  Holding  Company,  the Plan of
Conversion may be  substantively  amended by the Boards of Directors of the Bank
and the Holding Company, as a result of comments from regulatory  authorities or
otherwise, at any time with the concurrence of the OTS and the SEC. In the event
the Plan of  Conversion  is  substantially  amended,  other than a change in the
maximum purchase limits set forth herein,  the Holding Company intends to notify
subscribers of the change and to refund  subscription funds with interest unless
subscribers  affirmatively  elect  to  increase,   decrease  or  maintain  their
subscriptions.  The Plan of Conversion  will terminate if the sale of all shares
is not  completed  within 24 months  after the date of the  Special  Meeting  of
Members.  The Plan of Conversion may be terminated by the Boards of Directors of
the Holding Company and the Bank with the concurrence of the OTS, at any time. A
specific  resolution approved by a two-thirds vote of the Boards of Directors of
the Holding  Company and the Bank would be  required  to  terminate  the Plan of
Conversion prior to the end of such 24-month period.

Restrictions on Repurchase of Stock

         For a period of three years following  Conversion,  the Holding Company
may not  repurchase  any shares of its capital  stock,  except in the case of an
offer to  repurchase on a pro rata basis made to all holders of capital stock of
the Holding  Company.  Any such offer shall be subject to the prior  approval of
the OTS.  Furthermore,  the Holding  Company may not repurchase any of its stock
(i) if the result thereof would be to reduce the regulatory  capital of the Bank
below the amount required for the liquidation account to be established pursuant
to OTS regulations  and (ii) except in compliance  with the  requirements of the
OTS' capital distribution rule.

         The above  limitations  are subject to the OTS  conversion  rules which
generally  provide that the Holding  Company may  repurchase  its capital  stock
provided (i) no  repurchases  occur  within one year  following  the  Conversion
(subject to certain  exceptions),  (ii) repurchases  during the second and third
year after conversion are part of an open market stock  repurchase  program that
does  not  allow  for a  repurchase  of more  than 5% of the  Holding  Company's
outstanding  capital stock during a 12- month period,  (iii) the  repurchases do
not cause  the Bank to become  undercapitalized,  and (iv) the  Holding  Company
provides  notice  to the OTS at lease 10 days  prior  to the  commencement  of a
repurchase program and the OTS does not object to such regulations. In addition,
the above  limitations  do not  preclude  repurchases  of  capital  stock by the
Holding  Company in the event  applicable  federal  regulatory  limitations  are
subsequently liberalized.

Income Tax Consequences

         Consummation  of the  Conversion  is expressly  conditioned  upon prior
receipt  by the Bank of either a ruling  from the IRS or an  opinion  of Silver,

                                       133

<PAGE>

Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P.  with  respect to federal  taxation,  and an opinion of
Crowe,  Chizek and Company LLP with respect to Illinois taxation,  to the effect
that consummation of the Conversion will not be taxable to the converted Bank or
the  Holding  Company.  The full text of the  Silver,  Freedman  & Taff,  L.L.P.
opinion,  the FinPro  Letter  (hereinafter  defined)  and the Crowe,  Chizek and
Company LLP opinion,  which opinions are summarized herein,  were filed with the
SEC as exhibits to the Holding Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1. See
"Additional Information."

         An opinion  which is  summarized  below has been  received from Silver,
Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.  with respect to the proposed  Conversion of the Bank to
the stock form. The Silver,  Freedman Taff,  L.L.P.  opinion states that (i) the
Conversion will qualify as a  reorganization  under Section  368(a)(1)(F) of the
Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as  amended,  and no  gain  or  loss  will be
recognized  to the Bank in either its mutual form or its stock form by reason of
the proposed Conversion,  (ii) no gain or loss will be recognized to the Bank in
its stock form upon the receipt of money and other  property,  if any,  from the
Holding  Company  for the  stock  of the  Bank;  and no  gain  or  loss  will be
recognized to the Holding  Company upon the receipt of money for Common Stock of
the  Holding  Company;  (iii) the assets of the Bank in either its mutual or its
stock form will have the same basis  before and after the  Conversion;  (iv) the
holding  period of the  assets of the Bank in its stock  form will  include  the
period during which the assets were held by the Bank in its mutual form prior to
Conversion;  (v) gain,  if any,  will be realized by the  depositors of the Bank
upon the constructive  issuance to them of withdrawable  deposit accounts of the
Bank in its stock form, nontransferable  subscription rights to purchase Holding
Company Common Stock and/or interests in the Liquidation  Account (any such gain
will be  recognized by such  depositors,  but only in an amount not in excess of
the fair  market  value  of the  subscription  rights  and  Liquidation  Account
interests received);  (vi) the basis of the account holder's savings accounts in
the  Bank  after  the  Conversion  will be the  same as the  basis of his or her
savings  accounts in the Bank prior to the  Conversion;  (vii) the basis of each
account  holder's  interest  in the  Liquidation  Account is assumed to be zero;
(viii) based on the FinPro  Letter,  as  hereinafter  defined,  the basis of the
subscription  rights will be zero;  (ix) the basis of the Holding Company Common
Stock  to  its  stockholders   will  be  the  purchase  price  thereof;   (x)  a
stockholder's  holding period for Holding Company Common Stock acquired  through
the  exercise  of  subscription  rights  shall  begin on the  date on which  the
subscription  rights are  exercised  and the holding  period for the  Conversion
Stock  purchased in the Offering will commence on the date following the date on
which such stock is  purchased;  (xi) the Bank in its stock form will succeed to
and take into  account  the  earnings  and  profits or deficit in  earnings  and
profits,  of the Bank, in its mutual form, as of the date of  Conversion;  (xii)
the Bank,  immediately after  Conversion,  will succeed to and take into account
the bad debt  reserve  accounts of the Bank,  in mutual  form,  and the bad debt
reserves will have the same character in the hands of the Bank after  Conversion
as if no  Conversion  had occurred;  and (xiii) the creation of the  Liquidation
Account will have no effect on the Bank's taxable income, deductions or addition
to reserve for bad debts either in its mutual or stock form.

         The opinion from Silver,  Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. is based, among other
things,  on certain  assumptions,  including the  assumptions  that the exercise
price of the  Subscription  Rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock will

                                       134

<PAGE>

be approximately equal to the fair market value of that stock at the time of the
completion of the proposed Conversion.  With respect to the Subscription Rights,
the Bank will receive a letter from FinPro (the "FinPro Letter") which, based on
certain  assumptions,  will conclude that the Subscription Rights to be received
by Eligible  Account  Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders and other
eligible  subscribers do not have any economic value at the time of distribution
or at the time the  Subscription  Rights are exercised,  whether or not a Public
Offering takes place.

         The Bank has also  received  an  opinion  of  Silver,  Freedman & Taff,
L.L.P.  to the effect that,  based in part on the FinPro Letter:  (i) no taxable
income  will  be  realized  by  depositors  as  a  result  of  the  exercise  of
non-transferable  Subscription  Rights to  purchase  shares of  Holding  Company
Common Stock at fair market value;  (ii) no taxable income will be recognized by
borrowers,  directors,  officers  and  employees  of the Bank on the  receipt or
exercise of  Subscription  Rights to purchase  shares of Holding  Company Common
Stock at fair market value;  and (iii) no taxable income will be realized by the
Bank or Holding  Company on the  issuance  of  Subscription  Rights to  eligible
subscribers  to purchase  shares of Holding  Company Common Stock at fair market
value.

         Notwithstanding  the  FinPro  Letter,  if the  Subscription  Rights are
subsequently  found to have a fair market value and are deemed a distribution of
property,  it is Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P.'s opinion that gain or income
will be recognized by various recipients of the Subscription  Rights (in certain
cases,  whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Bank and/or the Holding
Company may be taxable on the distribution of the Subscription Rights.

         With  respect to Illinois  taxation,  the Bank has  received an opinion
from  Crowe,  Chizek  and  Company  LLP to the  effect  that  the  Illinois  tax
consequences  to the Bank,  in its mutual or stock form,  the  Holding  Company,
eligible  account  holders,   parties  receiving  Subscription  Rights,  parties
purchasing  conversion stock, and other parties  participating in the Conversion
will be the same as the federal income tax consequences described above.

         Unlike a private  letter  ruling,  the  opinions of Silver,  Freedman &
Taff,  L.L.P.  and Crowe,  Chizek and Company LLP, as well as the FinPro Letter,
have no binding  effect or official  status,  and no assurance can be given that
the  conclusions  reached in any of those opinions would be sustained by a court
if contested by the IRS or the Delaware or Illinois tax authorities.

                    RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITIONS OF STOCK AND
                      RELATED TAKEOVER DEFENSIVE PROVISIONS

         Although the Boards of  Directors  of the Bank and the Holding  Company
are not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain  control of the Holding
Company after Conversion,  the Board of Directors,  as discussed below,  believe
that it is  appropriate  to include  certain  provisions  as part of the Holding
Company's  certificate of  incorporation to protect the interests of the Holding
Company and its stockholders  from takeovers which the Board of Directors of the
Holding  Company might  conclude are not in the best  interests of the Bank, the
Holding Company or the Holding Company's stockholders.

         The following discussion is a general summary of material provisions of
the Holding Company's  certificate of incorporation and bylaws and certain other

                                       135

<PAGE>

regulatory provisions which may be deemed to have an "anti-takeover" effect. The
following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and,
with respect to provisions  contained in the Holding  Company's  certificate  of
incorporation  and bylaws and the Bank's  proposed  stock  charter  and  bylaws,
reference should be made in each case to the document in question, each of which
is part of the Bank's Conversion  Application filed with the OTS and the Holding
Company's   Registration   Statement   filed  with  the  SEC.  See   "Additional
Information."

Provisions of the Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

         Directors.  Certain provisions of the Holding Company's  certificate of
incorporation and bylaws will impede changes in majority control of the Board of
Directors.  The Holding Company's certificate of incorporation provides that the
Board of  Directors of the Holding  Company will be divided into three  classes,
with directors in each class elected for three-year  staggered  terms except for
the initial directors.  Thus, assuming a Board of nine directors,  it would take
two annual  elections to replace a majority of the Holding  Company's Board. The
Holding  Company's  certificate of incorporation  also provides that the size of
the Board of Directors may be increased or decreased  only by a majority vote of
the whole Board or by a vote of 80% of the shares eligible to be voted at a duly
constituted  meeting of  stockholders  called for such purpose.  The bylaws also
pro- vide that any  vacancy  occurring  in the Board of  Directors,  including a
vacancy  created by an increase in the number of directors,  shall be filled for
the remainder of the unexpired  term by a majority vote of the directors then in
office.  Finally, the bylaws impose certain notice and information  requirements
in connection  with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to
the Board of Directors or the proposal by  stockholders  of business to be acted
upon at an annual meeting of stockholders.

         The certificate of  incorporation  provides that a director may only be
removed for cause by the affirmative vote of 80% of the shares eligible to vote.

         Restrictions   on  Call  of  Special   Meetings.   The  certificate  of
incorporation  of the  Holding  Company  provides  that  a  special  meeting  of
stockholders  may be  called  only  pursuant  to a  resolution  of the  Board of
Directors and for only such business as directed by the Board.  Stockholders are
not authorized to call a special meeting.

         Absence of Cumulative  Voting.  The Holding  Company's  certificate  of
incorporation  does not provide for cumulative  voting rights in the election of
directors.

         Authorization  of Preferred  Stock. The certificate of incorporation of
the Holding Company  authorizes  500,000 shares of serial preferred stock,  $.01
par value.  The Holding Company is authorized to issue preferred stock from time
to time in one or more series  subject to applicable  provisions of law, and the
Board of Directors is authorized to fix the  designations,  powers,  preferences
and relative  participating,  optional and other special  rights of such shares,

                                       136

<PAGE>

including  voting  rights  (which could be multiple or as a separate  class) and
conversion  rights.  In the event of a proposed  merger,  tender  offer or other
attempt to gain control of the Holding  Company that the Board of Directors does
not approve,  it might be possible  for the Board of Directors to authorize  the
issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and  preferences  that would
impede the completion of such a transaction.  If the Holding  Company issued any
preferred stock which disparately  reduced the voting rights of the Common Stock
within the meaning of Rule 19c-4 under the Exchange  Act, the Common Stock could
be required to be delisted  from the Nasdaq  System.  An effect of the  possible
issuance  of  preferred  stock,  therefore,  may be to deter a  future  takeover
attempt.  The Board of Directors has no present plans or understandings  for the
issuance of any preferred stock and does not intend to issue any preferred stock
except on terms which the Board deems to be in the best interests of the Holding
Company and its stockholders.

         Limitation on Voting Rights.  The certificate of  incorporation  of the
Holding  Company  provides  that in no  event  shall  any  record  owner  of any
outstanding Common Stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by
a person who beneficially  owns in excess of 10% of the then outstanding  shares
of Common Stock (the  "Limit"),  be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect
of the shares held in excess of the Limit. This limitation would not inhibit any
person from soliciting (or voting) proxies from other beneficial owners for more
than 10% of the Common Stock or from voting such proxies.  Beneficial  ownership
is to be determined  pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations
of the Exchange Act, and in any event includes shares  beneficially owned by any
affiliate of such person, shares which such person or his affiliates (as defined
in the certificate of incorporation) have the right to acquire upon the exercise
of  conversion  rights or options  and  shares as to which  such  person and his
affiliates have or share investment or voting power but shall not include shares
beneficially  owned by  directors,  officers  and  employees  of the Bank or the
Holding  Company.  This  provision will be enforced by the Board of Directors to
limit the voting  rights of  persons  beneficially  owning  more than 10% of the
stock and thus could be utilized  in a proxy  contest or other  solicitation  to
defeat a proposal that is desired by a majority of the stockholders.

         Procedures for Certain  Business  Combinations.  The Holding  Company's
certificate  of  incorporation   requires  that  certain  business  combinations
(including transactions initiated by management) between the Holding Company (or
any majority-owned  subsidiary thereof) and a 10% or more stockholder either (i)
be approved by at least 80% of the total number of  outstanding  voting  shares,
voting as a single class, of the Holding Company, (ii) be approved by two-thirds
of the continuing  Board of Directors  (i.e.,  persons  serving prior to the 10%
stockholder  becoming such) or (iii) involve  consideration  per share generally
equal to that paid by such 10% stockholder when it acquired its block of stock.

         It should be noted that,  since the Board and  management  (13 persons)
intend to  purchase  approximately  $2.1  million of the  shares  offered in the
Conversion and may control the voting of additional  shares through the ESOP and
proposed  RRP and Stock  Option Plan,  the Board and  management  may be able to
block the approval of  combinations  requiring an 80% vote even where a majority
of the stockholders vote to approve such combinations.

         Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. Amendments to the
Holding Company's  certificate of incorporation  must be approved by the Holding
Company's Board of Directors and also by a majority of the outstanding shares of
the Holding Company's voting stock, provided, however, that approval by at least
80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required for certain provisions

                                       137

<PAGE>

(i.e.,  provisions relating to number,  classification,  election and removal of
directors;  amendment of bylaws; call of special stockholder meetings; offers to
acquire  and  acquisitions  of control;  director  liability;  certain  business
combinations; power of indemnification; and amendments to provisions relating to
the foregoing in the certificate of incorporation).

         The bylaws may be amended by a majority  vote of the Board of Directors
or the affirmative  vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted
at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders.

         Purpose  and  Takeover  Defensive  Effects  of  the  Holding  Company's
Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws.  The Board of  Directors of the Bank
believes  that the  provisions  described  above are prudent and will reduce the
Holding   Company's   vulnerability  to  takeover  attempts  and  certain  other
transactions  which have not been  negotiated  with and approved by its Board of
Directors.  These provisions will also assist the Bank in the orderly deployment
of the  conversion  proceeds into  productive  assets during the initial  period
after the Conversion.  The Board of Directors  believes these  provisions are in
the best interest of the Bank and of the Holding  Company and its  stockholders.
In the judgment of the Board of Directors,  the Holding  Company's Board will be
in the best position to determine  the true value of the Holding  Company and to
negotiate  more  effectively  for  what  may be in  the  best  interests  of its
stockholders.  Accordingly,  the Board of Directors  believes  that it is in the
best  interests  of the  Holding  Company  and  its  stockholders  to  encourage
potential  acquirors  to negotiate  directly  with the Board of Directors of the
Holding Company and that these  provisions will encourage such  negotiations and
discourage  hostile  takeover  attempts.  It is also  the  view of the  Board of
Directors that these provisions  should not discourage  persons from proposing a
merger  or other  transaction  at  prices  reflective  of the true  value of the
Holding Company and which is in the best interests of all stockholders.

         Attempts  to  take  over  financial   institutions  and  their  holding
companies have recently become increasingly common. Takeover attempts which have
not been  negotiated  with and  approved  by the Board of  Directors  present to
stockholders  the risk of a takeover on terms which may be less  favorable  than
might otherwise be available.  A transaction which is negotiated and approved by
the  Board of  Directors,  on the  other  hand,  can be  carefully  planned  and
undertaken at an opportune time in order to obtain maximum value for the Holding
Company and its stockholders,  with due  consideration  given to matters such as
the management and business of the acquiring  corporation and maximum  strategic
development of the Holding Company's assets.

         An unsolicited takeover proposal can seriously disrupt the business and
management of a corporation and cause it great expense.  Although a tender offer
or  other  takeover  attempt  may be made at a price  substantially  above  then
current market  prices,  such offers are sometimes made for less than all of the


                                       138

<PAGE>

outstanding  shares  of a  target  company.  As a  result,  stockholders  may be
presented with the alternative of partially  liquidating  their  investment at a
time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise
which is under different  management and whose  objectives may not be similar to
those of the remaining  stockholders.  The concentration of control, which could
result from a tender  offer or other  takeover  attempt,  could also deprive the
Holding Company's  remaining  stockholders of the benefits of certain protective
provisions of the Exchange Act, if the number of beneficial  owners becomes less
than the 300 required for Exchange Act registration.

         Despite  the  belief  of the Bank  and the  Holding  Company  as to the
benefits  to  stockholders  of  these   provisions  of  the  Holding   Company's
certificate  of  incorporation  and bylaws,  these  provisions may also have the
effect of discouraging a future takeover  attempt which would not be approved by
the Holding  Company's Board,  but pursuant to which  stockholders may receive a
substantial  premium for their  shares over then  current  market  prices.  As a
result,  stockholders  who might desire to participate in such a transaction may
not have any  opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also render the removal
of the Holding  Company's  Board of Directors and of management  more difficult.
The Board will enforce the voting limitation  provisions of the charter in proxy
solicitations and accordingly could utilize these provisions to defeat proposals
that are favored by a majority of the  stockholders.  The Boards of Directors of
the Bank and the Holding  Company,  however,  have  concluded that the potential
benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages.

         Pursuant to  applicable  law,  at any annual or special  meeting of its
stockholders  after the  Conversion,  the Holding  Company may adopt  additional
charter provisions regarding the acquisition of its equity securities that would
be permitted to a Delaware corporation.  The Holding Company and the Bank do not
presently  intend  to  propose  the  adoption  of  further  restrictions  on the
acquisition of the Holding Company's equity securities.

Other Restrictions on Acquisitions of Stock

         Delaware  Anti-Takeover  Statute.  The Delaware General Corporation Law
(the "DGCL")  provides that buyers who acquire more than 15% of the  outstanding
stock of a Delaware  corporation,  such as the Holding  Company,  are prohibited
from completing a hostile takeover of such corporation for three years. However,
the  takeover  can be  completed  if (i)  the  buyer,  while  acquiring  the 15%
interest,  acquires at least 85% of the corporation's outstanding stock (the 85%
requirement  excludes shares held by directors who are also officers and certain
shares held under employee stock plans), or (ii) the takeover is approved by the
target  corporation's  board  of  directors  and  two-thirds  of the  shares  of
outstanding stock of the corporation (excluding shares held by the bidder).

         However,  these  provisions  of the  DGCL  do  not  apply  to  Delaware
corporations with less than 2,000 stockholders or which do not have voting stock
listed on a national exchange or listed for quotation with a registered national
securities  association.  No  prediction  can be made as to whether  the Holding
Company  will be listed on Nasdaq  National  Market or have 2,000  stockholders.
First  Security  may  exempt  itself  from the  requirements  of the  statute by
adopting an amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws electing not
to be governed by this  provision.  At the present time,  the Board of Directors
does not intend to propose any such amendment.

                                       139

<PAGE>

         Federal Regulation.  A federal regulation prohibits any person prior to
the completion of a conversion from transferring, or entering into any agreement
or  understanding  to  transfer,  the  legal  or  beneficial  ownership  of  the
subscription  rights issued under a plan of conversion or the stock to be issued
upon their  exercise.  This  regulation  also  prohibits any person prior to the
completion of a conversion from offering,  or making an announcement of an offer
or intent to make an offer, to purchase such  subscription  rights or stock. For
three years following conversion,  this regulation prohibits any person, without
the prior  approval of the OTS, from acquiring or making an offer to acquire (if
the offer is opposed by the savings  association)  more than 10% of the stock of
any converted  savings  institution if such person is, or after  consummation of
such acquisition  would be, the beneficial owner of more than 10% of such stock.
In the event that any person, directly or indirectly,  violates this regulation,
the  securities  beneficially  owned by such  person in excess of 10% may not be
counted as shares entitled to vote and may not be voted by any person or counted
as  voting  shares  in  connection  with  any  matter  submitted  to a  vote  of
stockholders.   Like  the  charter  provisions  outlined  above,  these  federal
regulations can make a change in control more difficult,  even if desired by the
holders  of the  majority  of the shares of the  stock.  The Board of  Directors
reserves the right to ask the OTS or other  federal  regulators to enforce these
restrictions  against persons seeking to obtain control of the Holding  Company,
whether in a proxy  solicitation  or otherwise.  The policy of the Board is that
these legal restrictions must be observed in every case,  including instances in
which an acquisition of control of the Holding  Company is favored by a majority
of the stockholders.

         Federal law provides that no company, "directly or indirectly or acting
in concert with one or more  persons,  or through one or more  subsidiaries,  or
through  one  or  more   transactions,"  may  acquire  "control"  of  a  savings
association  at any time  without the prior  approval  of the OTS. In  addition,
federal  regulations  require  that,  prior to  obtaining  control  of a savings
association,  a person, other than a company, must give 60 days' prior notice to
the OTS and have received no OTS objection to such  acquisition of control.  Any
company that acquires such control becomes a "savings and loan holding  company"
subject  to  registration,  examination  and  regulation  as a savings  and loan
holding  company.  Under  federal  law (as well as the  regulations  referred to
below) the term "savings  association"  includes  state and federally  chartered
SAIF-insured  institutions and federally  chartered savings banks whose accounts
are insured by the FDIC's BIF and holding companies thereof.

         Control,  as defined  under  federal law, in general  means  ownership,
control  of or holding  irrevocable  proxies  representing  more than 25% of any
class of voting stock,  control in any manner of the election of a majority of a
savings association's directors, or a determination by the OTS that

                                       140

<PAGE>

the acquiror has the power to direct,  or directly or  indirectly  to exercise a
controlling  influence  over,  the  management  or policies of the  institution.
Acquisition  of more  than 10% of any class of a  savings  association's  voting
stock,  if the acquiror also is subject to any one of eight  "control  factors,"
constitutes a rebuttable  determination  of control  under the OTS  regulations.
Such  control  factors  include  the  acquiror  being  one  of the  two  largest
stockholders.  The determination of control may be rebutted by submission to the
OTS,  prior  to the  acquisition  of  stock  or  the  occurrence  of  any  other
circumstances  giving rise to such  determination,  of a statement setting forth
facts  and  circumstances   which  would  support  a  finding  that  no  control
relationship will exist and containing certain undertakings. The OTS regulations
provide that persons or companies which acquire beneficial  ownership  exceeding
10% or more of any class of a savings association's stock must file with the OTS
a certification  that the holder is not in control of such  institution,  is not
subject to a rebuttable  determination  of control and will take no action which
would result in a determination  or rebuttable  determination of control without
prior notice to or approval of the OTS, as applicable.

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Holding Company Capital Stock

         The 8,500,000 shares of capital stock authorized by the Holding Company
certificate  of  incorporation  are  divided  into two  classes,  consisting  of
8,000,000  shares of Common Stock (par value $.01 per share) and 500,000  shares
of serial  preferred  stock (par  value $.01 per  share).  The  Holding  Company
currently  expects  to issue  (not  including  the Stock  Contribution)  between
3,499,000  and  4,735,000  shares  (subject to increase to  5,445,000) of Common
Stock in the Conversion and no shares of serial  preferred  stock. The aggregate
par value of the  issued  shares  will  constitute  the  capital  account of the
Holding Company on a consolidated basis. Upon payment of the Purchase Price, all
shares  issued  in the  Conversion  will  be duly  authorized,  fully  paid  and
nonassessable.  The balance of the purchase price of Common Stock, less expenses
of Conversion, will be reflected as paid-in capital on a consolidated basis. See
"Capitalization."

         Each share of the Common Stock will have the same  relative  rights and
will be identical in all respects with each other share of the Common Stock. The
Common Stock of the Holding  Company will  represent  non-withdrawable  capital,
will not be of an insurable type and will not
be insured by the FDIC.

         Under  Delaware  law,  the  holders  of the Common  Stock will  possess
exclusive voting power in the Holding Company. Each stockholder will be entitled
to one vote for each  share  held on all  matters  voted  upon by  stockholders,
subject to the limitation discussed under "Restrictions on Acquisitions of Stock
and Related Takeover Defensive  Provisions - Provisions of the Holding Company's
Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws - Limitation on Voting Rights." If the
Holding Company issues preferred stock subsequent to the Conversion,  holders of
the preferred stock may also possess voting powers.

         Liquidation  or   Dissolution.   In  the  event  of  any   liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Bank, the Holding  Company,  as the sole holder
of the Bank's  capital  stock would be entitled  to  receive,  after  payment or
provision for payment of all debts and  liabilities  of the Bank  (including all
deposit  accounts and accrued  interest  thereon) and after  distribution of the
balance in the special liquidation account to Eligible and Supplemental  Account
Holders, all assets of the Bank available

                                       141

<PAGE>

for distribution. In the event of liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the
Holding  Company,  the holders of its Common Stock would be entitled to receive,
after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities,  all of
the  assets  of  the  Holding  Company  available  for  distribution.  See  "The
Conversion - Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors  and Borrowers of
the  Bank." If  preferred  stock is issued  subsequent  to the  Conversion,  the
holders  thereof  may have a priority  over the  holders of Common  Stock in the
event of liquidation or dissolution.

         No Preemptive Rights.  Holders of the Common Stock will not be entitled
to preemptive rights with respect to any shares which may be issued.  The Common
Stock will not be  subject  to call for  redemption,  and,  upon  receipt by the
Holding  Company of the full purchase price  therefor,  each share of the Common
Stock will be fully paid and nonassessable.

         Preferred  Stock.  After  Conversion,  the  Board of  Directors  of the
Holding Company will be authorized to issue preferred stock in series and to fix
and  state  the  voting   powers,   designations,   preferences   and  relative,
participating,  optional  or other  special  rights  of the  shares of each such
series and the qualifications,  limitations and restrictions thereof.  Preferred
stock may rank  prior to the Common  Stock as to  dividend  rights,  liquidation
preferences, or both, and may have full or limited voting rights. The holders of
preferred  stock will be  entitled to vote as a separate  class or series  under
certain circumstances,  regardless of any other voting rights which such holders
may have.

         Except as discussed above, the Holding Company has no present plans for
the  issuance of the  additional  authorized  shares of Common  Stock or for the
issuance of any shares of preferred  stock.  In the future,  the  authorized but
unissued and  unreserved  shares of Common  Stock will be available  for general
corporate  purposes,  including  but not limited to  possible  issuance as stock
dividends  or stock  splits,  in future  mergers or  acquisitions,  under a cash
dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan, in a future underwritten or other
public  offering,  or under a stock based  employee  plan.  The  authorized  but
unissued  shares of preferred  stock will similarly be available for issuance in
future mergers or  acquisitions,  in a future  underwritten  public  offering or
private placement or for other general corporate  purposes.  Except as described
herein  or as  otherwise  required  to  approve  the  transaction  in which  the
additional  authorized  shares of common stock or authorized shares of preferred
stock would be issued, no stockholder approval will be required for the issuance
of these  shares.  Accordingly,  the Board of Directors of the Holding  Company,
without  stockholder  approval,  can  issue  preferred  stock  with  voting  and
conversion  rights which could adversely  affect the voting power of the holders
of Common Stock.

         Restrictions  on  Acquisitions.  See  "Restrictions  on Acquisitions of
Stock and Related  Takeover  Defensive  Provisions" for a description of certain
provisions of the Holding  Company's  certificate  of  incorporation  and bylaws
which  may  affect  the  ability  of  the  Holding  Company's   stockholders  to
participate in certain  transactions  relating to acquisitions of control of the
Holding Company.

         Dividends.  The Holding  Company's  Board of  Directors  may consider a
policy of paying cash  dividends on the Common Stock in the future.  No decision
has been made,  however,  as to the amount or timing of such dividends,  if any.
The declaration and payment of dividends are subject to, among other things, the
Holding Company's then current and projected consolidated operating

                                       142

<PAGE>

results, financial condition,  regulatory restrictions,  future growth plans and
other  factors the Board deems  relevant.  Therefore,  no assurance can be given
that any dividends will be declared.

         The  ability  of the  Holding  Company  to pay  cash  dividends  to its
stockholders  will be  dependent,  in part,  upon the ability of the Bank to pay
dividends  to the Holding  Company.  OTS  regulations  do not permit the Bank to
declare or pay a cash dividend on its stock or repurchase shares of its stock if
the effect thereof would be to cause its regulatory  capital to be reduced below
the amount required for the liquidation account or to meet applicable regulatory
capital  requirements.  See  "Regulation  -  Limitations  on Dividends and Other
Capital  Distributions" for information  regarding OTS regulations governing the
Bank's ability to pay dividends to the Holding Company.

         Delaware law generally  limits  dividends of the Holding  Company to an
amount  equal to the excess of its net assets  over its  paid-in  capital or, if
there is no such excess,  to its net  earnings  for the current and  immediately
preceding fiscal year. In addition,  as the Holding Company does not anticipate,
for the immediate  future,  engaging in  activities  other than (i) investing in
cash,  short-term  securities  and  investment  and  mortgage-backed  securities
similar to those  invested  in by the Bank and (ii)  holding  the stock of First
Security,  the Holding  Company's  ability to pay dividends will be limited,  in
part, by the Bank's ability to pay dividends, as set forth above.

         Earnings  appropriated  to the Bank's  "Excess"  bad debt  reserves and
deducted for federal income tax purposes  cannot be used by the Bank to pay cash
dividends  to  the  Holding  Company  without  adverse  tax  consequences.   See
"Regulation - Federal and State Taxation."

                              LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS

         The  legality  of  the  Common   Stock  and  the  federal   income  tax
consequences  of the  Conversion  will be passed upon for First  Security by the
firm of  Silver,  Freedman  & Taff,  L.L.P.  (a  limited  liability  partnership
including  professional  corporations),  7th Floor,  East  Tower,  1100 New York
Avenue, NW, Washington,  DC 20005. Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. has consented
to the references  herein to its opinions.  The Illinois income tax consequences
of the Conversion  will be passed upon by Crowe,  Chizek and Company LLP. Crowe,
Chizek and Company LLP has  consented to references  herein to its opinion.  FBR
has been  represented in the  Conversion by Chapman and Cutler,  111 West Monroe
Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

                                     EXPERTS

         The consolidated  financial statements of First Security as of December
31, 1996 and 1995 and for the three year period ended December 31, 1996 included
in this  Prospectus  have  been  audited  by  Crowe,  Chizek  and  Company  LLP,
independent  auditors, as indicated in their report which is included herein and
has been so included in reliance  upon such report,  given the authority of that
firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

         FinPro has  consented  to the  inclusion  herein of the  summary of its
letter to the Bank  setting  forth its  opinion  as to the  estimated  pro forma
market  value  of the  Holding  Company  and the  Bank as  converted  and to the
reference to its opinion that subscription rights received by Eligible Account

                                       143

<PAGE>


Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and other eligible subscribers do
not have any economic value.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         The  Holding  Company has filed with the SEC a  Registration  Statement
under the  Securities  Act with respect to the Common Stock offered  hereby.  As
permitted by the rules and  regulations  of the SEC,  this  Prospectus  does not
contain all the information set forth in the  Registration  Statement.  However,
the  prospectus  does contain a  description  of the material  provisions of the
documents contained therein.  Such information can be examined without charge at
the public  reference  facilities  of the SEC located at 450 Fifth  Street,  NW,
Washington,  DC 20549,  and copies of such material can be obtained from the SEC
at prescribed  rates. In addition,  the SEC maintains a Web site. The address of
the SEC's Web site is  "http://www.sec.gov."  The statements contained herein as
to the  contents of any  contract or other  document  filed as an exhibit to the
Registration  Statement  are, of  necessity,  brief  descriptions  thereof which
describe only the material provisions of such documents;  each such statement is
qualified by reference to such contract or document.

         The Bank has  filed an  Application  for  Conversion  with the OTS with
respect to the  Conversion.  Pursuant to the rules and  regulations  of the OTS,
this Prospectus omits certain  information  contained in that  Application.  The
Application may be examined at the principal  offices of the OTS, 1700 G Street,
NW,  Washington,  DC 20552 and at the Chicago  District Office of the OTS, Suite
1300, 200 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606, without charge.

         In connection  with the  Conversion,  the Holding Company will register
the Common Stock with the SEC under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and, upon
such registration,  the Holding Company and the holders of its Common Stock will
become  subject to the proxy  solicitation  rules,  reporting  requirements  and
restrictions  on stock  purchases and sales by  directors,  officers and greater
than 10%  stockholders,  the annual and  periodic  reporting  and certain  other
requirements  of the  Exchange  Act.  Under the Plan,  the  Holding  Company has
undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least
three years following the Conversion.

         A copy of the  Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of the Holding
Company are available without charge from the Bank.


                                       144

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                                Chicago, Illinois

                        CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)




                                    CONTENTS




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS ............................................  F-2


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ..........................................  F-3

     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME ....................................  F-4

     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY ....................................  F-5

     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS ................................  F-6

     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ...........................  F-8


           All schedules are omitted because the required information
              is not applicable or is included in the Consolidated
                     Financial Statements and related notes.


                Financial Statements of the Holding Company have
                    not been provided because __________ has
                    not conducted any operations to date and
                            has not been capitalized.






                                                                            F-1.


<PAGE>


                              [CROWE CHIZEK LOGO]







                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



Board of Directors
1st Security Federal Savings Bank
Chicago, Illinois


We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of 1st Security
Federal  Savings Bank and  Subsidiary as of December 31, 1996 and 1995,  and the
related  consolidated  statements of income,  equity, and cash flows for each of
the  three  years  in the  period  ended  December  31,  1996.  These  financial
statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Savings  Bank's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 1st Security Federal
Savings Bank and  Subsidiary  at December 31, 1996 and 1995,  and the results of
their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended  December 31, 1996,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.


                                               /s/ Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP
                                                   _____________________________
                                                   Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP

Oak Brook, Illinois
February 8, 1997






                                                                            F-2.


<PAGE>


                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY


                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                           December 31, 1996 and 1995
                           April 30, 1997 (Unaudited)
                             (Dollars in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                            (Unaudited)       December 31,
                                              April 30,   ----------------------
                                                1997        1996         1995
                                                ----        ----         ----
ASSETS
Cash and due from bank ...................   $   5,104    $   5,800    $  17,073
Federal funds sold .......................       2,000        1,500        2,100
                                             ---------    ---------    ---------
    Total cash and cash equivalents ......       7,104        7,300       19,173
Time deposits in other financial
 institutions ............................         200          200          200
Securities available-for-sale ............      27,535       28,724       33,787
Securities held-to-maturity (fair
 value of $50,007 in 1997, $49,881
 in 1996 and $46,115 in 1995) ............      50,648       49,888       45,686
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses ..     165,914      163,348      144,566
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost ....       1,852        1,673        1,553
Premises and equipment, net ..............       3,845        3,923        4,006
Accrued interest receivable ..............       1,949        1,764        1,616
Intangible assets ........................         332          352          419
Real estate owned ........................        --             40          499
Other assets .............................         623          903          417
                                             ---------    ---------    ---------

    Total assets .........................   $ 260,002    $ 258,115    $ 251,922
                                             =========    =========    =========

LIABILITIES
Deposits .................................   $ 218,987    $ 219,505    $ 209,387
Advance payments by borrowers for
 taxes and insurance .....................       1,586        2,118        1,681
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank .....       7,500        4,000       10,000
Accrued interest payable and other
 liabilities .............................       1,979        3,231        1,816
                                             ---------    ---------    ---------
    Total liabilities ....................     230,052      228,854      222,884

EQUITY
Retained earnings ........................      30,226       29,465       29,013
Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities
 available-for-sale, net of income taxes .        (276)        (204)          25
                                             ---------    ---------    ---------
    Total equity .........................      29,950       29,261       29,038
                                             ---------    ---------    ---------

       Total liabilities and equity ......   $ 260,002    $ 258,115    $ 251,922
                                             =========    =========    =========

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          See accompanying notes to consoldiated financial statements.

                                                                            F-3.
<PAGE>


                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY

                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                  Years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
              Four months ended April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                             (Dollars in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   (Unaudited)
                                                     April 30,                           December 31,
                                             ----------------------          -------------------------------------
                                               1997         1996             1996           1995            1994
                                               ----         ----             ----           ----            ----
<S>                                         <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>     
Interest and dividend income
    Loans ...............................   $  4,653       $  4,197        $ 13,068       $ 12,080       $ 11,118
    Securities
       Taxable ..........................        497            533           1,664          1,944          1,334
       Tax-exempt .......................         97             94             277            327            378
    Mortgage-backed securities ..........      1,131          1,158           3,673          2,867          2,535
    Federal funds sold and other
      interest earning assets ...........        117            142             324            432            345
                                            --------       --------        --------       --------       --------
                                               6,495          6,124          19,006         17,650         15,710

Interest expense
    NOW and money market ................        123            122             369            377            370
    Passbook savings ....................        705            692           2,120          2,113          2,047
    Certificates of deposit .............      2,285          2,293           6,827          6,044          3,987
    Federal Home Loan Bank
      advances and other borrowings .....        107             56             178            193            180
                                            --------       --------        --------       --------       --------
                                               3,220          3,163           9,494          8,727          6,584
                                            --------       --------        --------       --------       --------

Net interest income .....................      3,275          2,961           9,512          8,923          9,126

Provision for loan losses ...............        574             42             706            136            182
                                             -------       --------        --------       --------       --------


Net interest income after
  provision for loan losses .............      2,701          2,919           8,806          8,787          8,944

Noninterest income
    Deposit service charges .............        116            121             362            378            326
    Insurance commissions ...............         15             18              54             58             58
    Net gain on sales and calls of
      securities ..........                       --             --              55             24              5
    Net gain (loss) on sale of real
      estate owned ......................          1            (10)             50            147             --
    Other income ........................         65             65             224            249            188
                                            --------       --------        --------       --------       --------
                                                 197            194             745            856            577

Noninterest expense
    Compensation and benefits ...........        851            726           2,411          2,370          2,043
    Occupancy and equipment .............        225            209             678            630            610
    Data processing .....................         94             87             269            260            282
    SAIF assessment .....................         --             --           1,293             --             --
    Federal insurance premiums ..........         43            182             553            521            444
    Charitable and foundation
      contributions .....................         43             21           2,558             67            100
    Other expense .......................        401            295             931            842            792
                                            --------       --------        --------       --------       --------
                                               1,657          1,520           8,693          4,690          4,271
                                            --------       --------        --------       --------       --------


Income before income taxes ..............      1,241          1,593             858          4,953          5,250

Income tax provision ....................        480            603             406          1,760          1,825
                                            --------       --------        --------       --------       --------


Net income ..............................   $    761        $   990            $452       $  3,193       $  3,425
                                            ========       ========        ========       ========       ========
</TABLE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                                                            F-4.
<PAGE>


                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
                  Years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                  Four months ended April 30, 1997 (Unaudited)
                             (Dollars in thousands)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                            Unrealized
                                                           Gain (Loss)
                                                          on Securities
                                                Retained   Available-
                                                Earnings   for-Sale      Total
                                                --------   --------      -----

Balance at January 1, 1994 ..................   $ 22,395   $   --      $ 22,395

Net income ..................................      3,425       --         3,425

Effect of adopting SFAS No. 115, as of
  January 1, 1994, net of income
  taxes of $189 .............................       --          295         295

Change in valuation allowance for
  securities available-for-sale, net
  of income taxes of $358 ...................       --         (560)       (560)
                                                --------   --------    --------


Balance at December  31, 1994 ...............     25,820       (265)     25,555

Net income ..................................      3,193       --         3,193

Reclassification of securities from
  held-to-maturity to available-for-sale,
  net of income taxes of $44 ................       --          114         114

Change in valuation allowance for
  securities available-for-sale, net of
  income taxes of $141 ......................       --          176         176
                                                --------   --------    --------


Balance at December 31, 1995 ................     29,013         25      29,038

Net income ..................................        452       --           452

Change in valuation allowance for
  securities available-for-sale, net of
  income taxes of $146 ......................       --         (229)       (229)
                                                --------   --------    --------


Balance at December 31, 1996 ................     29,465       (204)     29,261

Net income (unaudited) ......................        761       --           761

Change in valuation allowance for
  securities available- for-sale,
  net of income taxes of $47 (unaudited) ....       --          (72)        (72)
                                                --------   --------    --------


Balance at April 30, 1997 (unaudited) .......   $ 30,226   $   (276)   $ 29,950
                                                ========   ========    ========


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                                                            F-5.
<PAGE>


                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                  Years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
              Four months ended April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                             (Dollars in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  (Unaudited)
                                                   April 30,                  December 31,
                                              ------------------    --------------------------------
                                                1997       1996       1996        1995        1994
                                                ----       ----       ----        ----        ----
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>     
Cash flows from operating activities
  Net income                                  $   761    $   990    $    452    $  3,193    $  3,425
  Adjustments to reconcile net income
    to net cash from operating activities
     Depreciation and amortization
       of intangibles                             121         99         358         329         268
     Net amortization (accretion) of
       securities                                  36         --         (90)        138         318
     Net gain on sales and calls of
       securities                                  --         --         (55)        (24)         (5)
     Provision for loan losses                    574         42         706         136         182
     Net (gain) loss on real estate owned          (1)        10         (50)        (79)         --
     Deferred loan origination fees                 2        (12)        (80)        (75)       (118)
     Federal Home Loan Bank
       stock dividend                              --         --          --         (20)         --
     Provision for deferred income taxes           24         --        (937)        135         212
     Net change in:
        Accrued interest receivable              (185)       (97)       (148)        119        (618)
        Accrued interest payable                  465        391          (4)        217          52
        Other assets                              302        180        (141)        182        (215)
        Other liabilities                      (1,717)      (240)      2,129        (190)         59
                                              -------    -------    --------    --------    --------
            Net cash provided by
              operating activities                382      1,363       2,140       4,061       3,560

Cash flows from investing activities
  Purchase of securities available-for-sale        --     (1,985)     (2,989)         --      (3,973)
  Purchase of securities held-to-maturity      (3,598)    (9,951)    (20,129)    (30,451)    (20,131)
  Proceeds from sales of securities
    available-for-sale                             --         --          --       1,504          --
  Proceeds from calls and maturities
    of securities                               1,000      5,850      15,814      20,112       2,167
  Net loan originations                        (3,151)    (3,566)    (19,548)     (8,696)    (16,360)
  Principal payments on mortgage-
    backed and related securities               2,872      3,519       7,965       5,916      10,436
  Purchase of Federal Home Loan
    Bank stock                                   (179)      (120)       (215)       (171)
  Acquisition of Ukrainian Federal
    Savings and Loan Association
    branch, net of cash                            --         --          --          --       8,308
  Net change in federal funds purchased            --         --          --          --      (2,000)
  Property and equipment  expenditures            (15)       (24)       (189)       (119)       (759)
  Real estate owned  expenditures                  --         53          (5)        (44)         --
  Proceeds from sale of real estate owned          41         75         614          79          --
                                              -------    -------    --------    --------    --------
     Net cash used in investing activities     (3,030)    (6,149)    (18,587)    (11,914)    (22,483)
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                             F-6

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                  Years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
              Four months ended April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                             (Dollars in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  (Unaudited)
                                                   April 30,                  December 31,
                                              ------------------    --------------------------------
                                                1997       1996       1996        1995        1994
                                                ----       ----       ----        ----        ----
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>     
Cash flows from financing activities
  Net change in deposits                      $  (516)   $  3,372    $ 10,137    $ 13,568    $ 11,931
  Net change in advance payments
    by borrowers for taxes and insurance         (532)       (369)        437        (342)        428
  Change in advances from Federal
    Home Loan Bank                              3,500      (7,000)     (6,000)      7,000       2,000
                                              -------    --------    --------    --------    --------
     Net cash provided by
       (used in) financing activities           2,452      (3,997)      4,574      20,226      14,359
                                              -------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Net change in cash and cash equivalents          (196)     (8,783)    (11,873)     12,373      (4,564)

Cash and cash equivalents at
  beginning of period                           7,300      19,173      19,173       6,800      11,364
                                              -------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents at
  end of period                               $ 7,104    $ 10,390    $  7,300    $ 19,173    $  6,800
                                              =======    ========    ========    ========    ========
Supplemental disclosures of
 cash flow information
   Cash paid during the period for
     Interest                                 $ 2,755    $  2,773    $  9,498    $  8,510    $  6,352
     Income taxes                                 218         451       1,497       1,620       1,658

   Schedule of noncash investing
     and financing activities
      Transfer of securities from
        held-to-maturity to available-
        for-sale                                   --          --          --      20,158          --
      Real estate acquired in settlement
        of loans                                   --          --         140         276          --
      Purchase of branch savings bank
        Fair value of  assets acquired                                                       $ 13,965
        Cash received                                                                           8,308
                                                                                             --------
            Liabilities assumed                                                              $ 22,273
                                                                                             ========
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                                                             F-7

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation and Nature of Business:  The consolidated  financial
statements  include the accounts of 1st Security  Federal  Savings Bank (Savings
Bank) and its wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Western  Security Service  Corporation.
Significant  intercompany  accounts and transactions  have been eliminated.  The
consolidated  financial  statements for the  four-month  periods ended April 30,
1997 and 1996 are  unaudited,  but in the  opinion of  management,  reflect  all
necessary  adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring items necessary for
fair  presentation.  The Savings Bank's  revenues  primarily arise from interest
income from residential real estate loans, with operations conducted through its
main  office,  three  branches in Cook County,  and one branch in  Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania.

Use of  Estimates:  In  preparing  financial  statements,  management  must make
estimates and  assumptions.  These estimates and assumptions  affect the amounts
reported for assets, liabilities, income, and expenses, as well as affecting the
disclosures  provided.  Actual results could differ from the current  estimates.
The collectibility of loans, fair values of financial instruments, and status of
contingencies are particularly subject to change.

Securities:  Securities are classified as held-to-maturity when the Savings Bank
has the  positive  intent  and  ability to hold those  securities  to  maturity.
Accordingly,  they are stated at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and
accretion   of   discounts.    All   other    securities   are   classified   as
available-for-sale since the Savings Bank may decide to sell those securities in
response to changes in market interest rates, liquidity needs, changes in yields
or alternative investments,  and for other reasons. These securities are carried
at market value with  unrealized  gains and losses  charged or credited,  net of
income  taxes,  to a valuation  allowance  included as a separate  component  of
retained earnings. Realized gains and losses on disposition are based on the net
proceeds and the adjusted  carrying  amounts of the securities  sold,  using the
specific identification method.

Real Estate  Owned:  Real estate  owned  represents  property  obtained  through
foreclosure or in settlement of debt  obligations and is carried at the lower of
cost (fair value at date of  foreclosure)  or fair value less estimated  selling
expenses.  Valuation  allowances are recognized when the fair value less selling
expenses is less than the cost of the asset.  Changes in the valuation allowance
are charged or credited to income.

Allowance  for Loan  Losses:  Because  some loans may not be repaid in full,  an
allowance for loan losses is maintained. Increases to the allowance are recorded
by a provision for loan losses  charged to expense.  Estimating the risk of loss
and the amount of loss on any loan is necessarily subjective.  Accordingly,  the
valuation  allowance  is  maintained  at  levels  considered  adequate  to cover
possible losses that are currently anticipated based on delinquencies,  property
appraisals,

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                             F-8

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

past loss experience,  general economic  conditions,  information about specific
borrower situations  including their financial  position,  and other factors and
estimates  which  are  subject  to  change  over  time.   While  management  may
periodically  allocate  portions of the  allowance  for  specific  problem  loan
situations,  including  impaired loans discussed  below,  the whole allowance is
available for any charge-offs  that occur.  Loans are charged off in whole or in
part when management's estimate of the undiscounted cash flows from the loan are
less than the  recorded  investment  in the loan,  although  collection  efforts
continue and future recoveries may occur.

Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No. 114, as amended by SFAS
No.  118,  was  adopted  at  January  1, 1995.  Under  these  statements,  loans
considered  to be impaired are reduced to the present  value of expected  future
cash flows or to the fair value of  collateral,  by  allocating a portion of the
allowance  for loan  losses  to such  loans.  If  these  allocations  cause  the
allowance  for loan losses to require  increase,  such increase is reported as a
provision  for  loan  losses.  The  adoption  of this  statement  did not have a
material effect on the financial statements.

Smaller balance homogenous loans are defined as residential first mortgage loans
secured by one-to-four family residences,  residential  construction  loans, and
share loans and are  evaluated  collectively  for  impairment.  Commercial  real
estate loans are evaluated  individually for impairment.  Normal loan evaluation
procedures, as described in the second preceding paragraph, are used to identify
loans which must be evaluated for impairment.  In general,  loans  classified as
doubtful or loss are considered  impaired while loans  classified as substandard
are individually evaluated for impairment. Depending on the relative size of the
credit relationship,  late or insufficient  payments of 30 to 90 days will cause
management to reevaluate the credit under its normal loan evaluation procedures.
While the factors which identify a credit for  consideration  for measurement of
impairment, or nonaccrual, are similar, the measurement considerations differ. A
loan is impaired when the economic  value  estimated to be received is less than
the  value  implied  in the  original  credit  agreement.  A loan is  placed  on
nonaccrual  when  payments  are more  than 90 days past due  unless  the loan is
adequately  collateralized  and in the process of collection.  Although impaired
loan and  nonaccrual  loan  balances are  measured  differently,  impaired  loan
disclosures under SFAS Nos. 114 and 118 are not expected to differ significantly
from nonaccrual and renegotiated loan disclosures.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                             F-9

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Recognition  of Income on Loans:  Interest on real  estate and certain  consumer
loans is accrued  over the term of the loans  based upon the  principal  balance
outstanding.  Where serious doubt exists as to the collectibility of a loan, the
accrual of interest is  discontinued.  Under SFAS No. 114 as amended by SFAS No.
118, the carrying values of impaired loans are periodically  adjusted to reflect
cash  payments,  revised  estimates of future cash flows,  and  increases in the
present value of expected  cash flows due to the passage of time.  Cash payments
representing  interest  income are  reported as such.  Other cash  payments  are
reported as reductions in carrying  value,  while  increases or decreases due to
changes  in  estimates  of future  payments  and due to the  passage of time are
reported as adjustments to the allowance for loan losses.  If these  adjustments
cause the allowance for loan losses to require  adjustment,  such  adjustment is
reported as an adjustment to the provision for loan losses.

Loan fees, net of direct loan origination costs, are deferred and amortized over
the contractual life of the loan as a yield adjustment.

Premises  and  Equipment:  Premises  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less
accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation  is  computed  using the  straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of the respective premises and equipment.
Maintenance  and repairs are  charged to expense as  incurred  and  improvements
which extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized.

Income Taxes:  The provision for income taxes is based on an asset and liability
approach in  accordance  with SFAS No.  109.  The asset and  liability  approach
requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected
future tax  consequences of temporary  differences  between the carrying amounts
and the tax bases of assets and liabilities.

Statement of Cash Flows: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts
due from banks,  and daily federal funds sold. The Savings Bank reports net cash
flows for customer loan transactions, deposit transactions, and time deposits in
other financial institutions.

Reclassifications:  Certain prior period items have been reclassified to conform
to the current period's presentation.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-10

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 2 - SECURITIES

The Bank's securities are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  (Unaudited)
                                                                 April 30, 1997
                                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                                                Gross        Gross
                                                 Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized        Fair
                                                    Cost        Gains       Losses         Value
                                                    ----        -----       ------         -----
<S>                                               <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>    
Securities available-for-sale
  U.S. government and agencies                    $ 3,249      $  87       $    (15)      $ 3,321
  Mutual funds                                      5,775         --           (177)        5,598
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                    9,024         87           (192)        8,919

  Mortgage-backed securities
    Federal Home Loan  Mortgage Corporation         8,615          8           (223)        8,400
    Government National Mortgage Association        3,272         27            (22)        3,277
    Federal National Mortgage Association           6,363         11           (177)        6,197
    Collateralized mortgage obligations               713         29             --           742
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                   18,963         75           (422)       18,616
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                  $27,987      $ 162       $   (614)      $27,535
                                                  =======      =====       ========       =======

Securities held-to-maturity
  U.S. government agencies                        $22,801      $   1       $   (404)      $22,398
  States and political subdivisions                 5,207         87            (73)        5,221
  Corporate notes                                     251         --             --           251
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                   28,259         88           (477)       27,870

  Mortgage-backed securities
    Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation          5,655         59           (158)        5,556
    Government National Mortgage Association        8,896        102            (80)        8,918
    Federal National Mortgage Association           3,016         17            (85)        2,948
    Collateralized mortgage obligations             4,822         --           (107)        4,715
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                   22,389        178           (430)       22,137
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                  $50,648      $ 266       $   (907)      $50,007
                                                  =======      =====       ========       =======
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-11

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 2 - SECURITIES (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                December 31, 1996
                                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                                                Gross        Gross
                                                 Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized        Fair
                                                    Cost        Gains       Losses         Value
                                                    ----        -----       ------         -----
<S>                                               <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>    
Securities available-for-sale
  U.S. government and agencies                    $ 3,245      $ 105       $     --       $ 3,350
  Mutual funds                                      5,776         32           (163)        5,645
  Other equity investments                              2         --             --             2
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                    9,023        137           (163)        8,997

  Mortgage-backed securities
    Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation          9,238         16           (269)        8,985
    Government National Mortgage Association        3,399         39            (13)        3,425
    Federal National Mortgage Association           6,685         14           (127)        6,572
    Collateralized mortgage obligations               713         32             --           745
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                   20,035        101           (409)       19,727
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                  $29,058      $ 238       $   (572)      $28,724
                                                  =======      =====       ========       =======

Securities held-to-maturity
  U.S. government agencies                        $20,320      $  41       $    (81)      $20,280
  States and political subdivisions                 5,208        150            (15)        5,343
  Corporate notes                                     251         --             --           251
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                   25,779        191            (96)       25,874

  Mortgage-backed securities
    Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation          6,280         89           (190)        6,179
    Government National Mortgage Association        9,226        142            (43)        9,325
    Federal National Mortgage Association           3,294         19            (42)        3,271
    Collateralized mortgage obligations             5,309         --            (77)        5,232
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                   24,109        250           (352)       24,007
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                  $49,888      $ 441       $   (448)      $49,881
                                                  =======      =====       ========       =======
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-12

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 2 - SECURITIES (Continued)

On  December  29,  1995,  the  Savings  Bank   reclassified  a  portion  of  its
held-to-maturity securities to available-for-sale in accordance with "A Guide to
Implementation  of Statement No. 115 on Accounting  for Certain  Investments  in
Debt and Equity  Securities" in order to improve the Savings Bank's  flexibility
in meeting liquidity needs. The amortized cost and unrealized gain on securities
transferred to available-for-sale were $20,157,729 and $113,950, respectively.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                December 31, 1995
                                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                                                Gross        Gross
                                                 Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized        Fair
                                                    Cost        Gains       Losses         Value
                                                    ----        -----       ------         -----
<S>                                               <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>    
Securities available-for-sale
  U.S. government and agencies                    $ 7,743      $ 195       $     (2)      $ 7,936
  Mutual funds                                      5,776         42            (81)        5,737
  Other equity investments                             70         --             --            70
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                   13,589        237            (83)       13,743

  Mortgage-backed securities
    Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation         10,101         17           (126)        9,992
    Government National Mortgage Association        2,901         44            (21)        2,924
    Federal National Mortgage Association           6,436         18            (71)        6,383
    Collateralized mortgage obligations               720         25             --           745
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                   20,158        104           (218)       20,044
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                  $33,747      $ 341       $   (301)      $33,787
                                                  =======      =====       ========       =======

Securities held-to-maturity
  U.S. government agencies                        $15,446      $  93       $    (20)      $15,519
  States and political subdivisions                 4,768        207             (5)        4,970
  Corporate notes                                     352          1             --           353
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                   20,566        301            (25)       20,842

  Mortgage-backed securities
    Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation          9,806        258           (283)        9,781
    Government National Mortgage Association        5,142        233            (28)        5,347
    Federal National Mortgage Association           4,526         35            (47)        4,514
    Collateralized mortgage obligations             5,646         20            (35)        5,631
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                   25,120        546           (393)       25,273
                                                  -------      -----       --------       -------
                                                  $45,686      $ 847       $   (418)      $46,115
                                                  =======      =====       ========       =======
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-13

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 2 - SECURITIES (Continued)

There were no sales of  securities  during the four months  ended April 30, 1997
(unaudited) or during 1996. The Savings Bank  recognized a gain of $4,447 on the
sale of one  security  available  for sale during  1995.  Call  premiums on debt
securities  of $55,376 and $19,625  were  recognized  by the Savings Bank during
1996 and 1995, respectively.

The carrying values and fair values of debt securities, by contractual maturity,
are shown below.  Expected  maturities will differ from  contractual  maturities
because  borrowers  may have the  right to call or  prepay  obligations  with or
without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     (Unaudited)
                                                    April 30, 1997        December 31, 1996
                                                 --------------------    --------------------
                                                 Amortized      Fair     Amortized      Fair
                                                    Cost       Value        Cost       Value
                                                    ----       -----        ----       -----
<S>                                               <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>    
Securities available-for-sale
  Due in one year or less                         $   999     $ 1,002     $   997     $ 1,007
  Due after one year through five years             1,991       1,977       1,989       1,989
  Due after ten years                                 259         342         259         354
                                                  -------     -------     -------     -------
                                                    3,249       3,321       3,245       3,350

  Mutual funds                                      5,775       5,598       5,776       5,645
    Other equity investments                           --          --           2           2
    Mortgage-backed securities
      and collateralized mortgage obligations      18,963      18,616      20,035      19,727
                                                  -------     -------     -------     -------
                                                   24,738      24,214      25,813      25,374
                                                  -------     -------     -------     -------
                                                  $27,987     $27,535     $29,058     $28,724
                                                  =======     =======     =======     =======

Securities held-to-maturity
  Due in one year or less                         $   351     $   353     $   351     $   356
  Due after one year through five years             5,944       5,784       3,244       3,273
  Due after five years through ten years           15,472      15,395      14,289      14,353
  Due after ten years                               6,492       6,338       7,895       7,892
                                                  -------     -------     -------     -------
                                                   28,259      27,870      25,779      25,874

  Mortgage-backed securities and
    collateralized mortgage obligations            22,389      22,137      24,109      24,007
                                                  -------     -------     -------     -------
                                                  $50,648     $50,007     $49,888     $49,881
                                                  =======     =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>

There was one  security in the amount of $250,000  pledged to secure  government
deposits at December 31, 1996. There were no securities  pledged at December 31,
1995.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-14

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 3 - LOANS RECEIVABLE

Loans receivable consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 (Unaudited)           December 31,
                                                   April 30,     -----------------------
                                                     1997          1996          1995
                                                     ----          ----          ----
<S>                                                <C>           <C>           <C>      
First mortgage loans, including loans purchased
  Secured by one-to-four-family residences         $ 137,479     $ 134,971     $ 117,379
  Secured by multifamily residences                    9,708         9,374         7,926
  Secured by commercial real estate                   15,425        15,651        15,127
                                                   ---------     ---------     ---------
                                                     162,612       159,996       140,432

Home equity loans                                      4,006         3,431         3,684
Less
  Net deferred loan origination fees                  (1,472)       (1,470)       (1,550)
                                                   ---------     ---------     ---------
    Total mortgage loans                             165,146       161,957       142,566

Consumer and other loans
  Automobile                                              72            74           110
  Share loans                                          1,182         1,174         1,570
  Improvement                                             10            12            29
  Loans secured by leases                                839         1,272           759
  Other                                                  351           395           445
                                                   ---------     ---------     ---------
                                                       2,454         2,927         2,913
Less unearned discounts                                  (20)          (16)          (28)
                                                   ---------     ---------     ---------
  Total consumer and other loans                       2,434         2,911         2,885
Less allowance for loan losses                        (1,666)       (1,520)         (885)
                                                   ---------     ---------     ---------
                                                   $ 165,914     $ 163,348     $ 144,566
                                                   =========     =========     =========
</TABLE>

The  principal  balance  of  loans  on  nonaccrual  status  at  April  30,  1997
approximated  $9,000  (unaudited).  The principal balance of loans on nonaccrual
status at December  31,  1996 and 1995  approximated  $9,000 in both years.  The
Savings Bank maintains an allowance for uncollected  interest for mortgage loans
with payments past due. The allowance  was  approximately  $94,000  (unaudited),
$93,000  and  $89,000  at April  30,  1997,  and  December  31,  1996 and  1995,
respectively.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-15

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 4 - ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Activity in the allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows:

                                   (Unaudited)
                                    April 30,                December 31,
                                -----------------      -------------------------
                                  1997       1996      1996       1995      1994
                                  ----       ----      ----       ----      ----

Balance, beginning of period    $ 1,520     $ 885     $   885     $ 792     $608
Provision for loan losses           574        42         706       136      182
Net (charge-offs) recoveries       (428)      (50)        (71)      (43)       2
                                -------     -----     -------     -----     ----
  Balance, end of period        $ 1,666     $ 877     $ 1,520     $ 885     $792
                                =======     =====     =======     =====     ====

Information regarding impaired loans is as follows:

                                                      (Unaudited)
                                                        For the      For the
                                                      Four Months      Year
                                                         Ended        Ended
                                                        April 30,   December 31,
                                                          1997         1996
                                                          ----         ----

Average investment in impaired loans                      $1,055      $1,087
Interest income recognized on impaired loans
  including interest income recognized on cash basis          --          11
Interest income recognized on impaired loans on
  cash basis                                                  --          11


                                                         April 30,  December 31,
                                                           1997         1996
                                                           ----         ----
Balance of impaired loans                                 $  839       $1,272
Less portion for which no allowance for loan
  Losses is allocated                                         --           --
                                                          ------       ------

Portion of impaired loan balance for which an
  allowance for credit losses is allocated                $  839       $1,272
                                                          ======       ======

         Portion of allowance for loan losses allocated
           to the impaired loan balance                   $  420       $  318
                                                          ======       ======

There were no impaired loans at December 31, 1995.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-16

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 5 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consisted of the following:

                                            (Unaudited)        December 31,
                                             April 30,     --------------------
                                               1997         1996          1995
                                               ----         ----          ----

Land                                          $   545      $   545      $   545
Buildings and improvements                      3,609        3,620        3,528
Furniture and equipment                         1,920        1,894        1,796
Real estate acquired for future expansion         377          377          377
                                              -------      -------      -------
    Total cost                                  6,451        6,436        6,246
Less accumulated depreciation                  (2,606)      (2,513)      (2,240)
                                              -------      -------      -------
                                              $ 3,845      $ 3,923      $ 4,006
                                              =======      =======      =======


NOTE 6 - INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets, which arose from the Savings Bank's acquisition of assets and
assumption of liabilities from the Resolution Trust Corporation consisted of the
following:

                                            (Unaudited)        December 31,
                                             April 30,     --------------------
                                               1997         1996          1995
                                               ----         ----          ----
Excess of purchase price over net
  assets acquired                             $ 156        $ 156         $ 156
Core deposit intangible assets                  377          377           377
                                              -----          533           533
Less accumulated amortization                  (201)        (181)         (114)
                                              -----        -----         -----
   Intangible assets, net                     $ 332        $ 352         $ 419
                                              =====        =====         =====

The excess of purchase  price over net assets  acquired is being  amortized over
fifteen years in relation to the remaining lives of the long-term earning assets
acquired.  Amortization  charged to expense was $3,467 in the four months  ended
April  30,  1997 and 1996  (unaudited).  Amortization  charged  to  expense  was
$10,400,  $10,430,  and $5,255 in the years ended  December 31, 1996,  1995, and
1994, respectively.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-17

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 6 - INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

The core deposit intangible assets were determined in consideration of the value
of non-interest-bearing  demand, NOW, savings, and money market deposit accounts
assumed.  The valuation method  estimated annual cash flow  differentials of the
core deposit interest and handling costs of alternative  funds sources,  such as
certificates of deposit,  and then discounted  such cash flow  differentials  to
their present value.  The core deposit  intangible asset is being amortized over
ten years on an accelerated method.  Amortization charged to expense in the four
months  ended  April 30, 1997 and 1996 was  $17,001  and  $18,833,  respectively
(unaudited).  Amortization  charged to expense in the years ended  December  31,
1996, 1995, and 1994 was $56,500, $64,000, and $34,000, respectively.


NOTE 7 - DEPOSITS

Certificate  of deposit  accounts  with  balances of  $100,000  or more  totaled
$31,639,423 (unaudited), $39,439,746 and $33,879,449 at April 30, 1997, December
31, 1996 and December 31, 1995, respectively. Deposits greater than $100,000 are
not insured.

At April 30, 1997  (unaudited),  the  scheduled  maturities of  certificates  of
deposit are as follows:

            April 30, 1998                             $102,164
            April 30, 1999                               10,295
            April 30, 2000                                7,972
            April 30, 2001                                2,734
            April 30, 2002 and thereafter                 4,977
                                                       --------
                                                       $128,142
                                                       ========

At December 31, 1996, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as
follows:

            December 31, 1997                          $105,026
            December 31, 1998                            11,166
            December 31, 1999                             3,240
            December 31, 2000                             5,645
            December 31, 2001 and thereafter              3,645
                                                       --------
                                                       $128,722
                                                       ========

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-18

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 8 - ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago were as follows:

                                                        Principal Balance
                                                 -------------------------------
                    Contractual     Frequency    (Unaudited)     December 31,
    Maturity         Interest        of Rate      April 30,   ------------------
      Date             Rate        Adjustment       1997       1996        1995
      ----             ----        ----------       ----       ----        ----

March 17, 1996         5.72%          Fixed       $   --      $   --     $ 1,000
February 11, 1997      4.80           Fixed           --       2,000       2,000
March 18, 1997         5.51           Fixed           --       1,000          --
June 17, 1997          5.56           Fixed        2,500          --          --
February 11, 1998      5.88           Fixed        2,000          --          --
March 20, 1998         5.91           Fixed        1,000       1,000          --
February 21, 2000      5.48           Fixed        1,000          --          --
February 21, 2000      6.08           Fixed        1,000          --          --
Open line              5.31           Daily           --          --       7,000
                                                  ------      ------     -------
                                                  $7,500      $4,000     $10,000
                                                  ======      ======     =======

The Savings  Bank  maintains a  collateral  pledge  agreement  covering  secured
advances  whereby the Savings Bank has agreed to at all times keep on hand, free
of all other pledges,  liens,  and  encumbrances,  whole first mortgage loans on
improved residential  property not more than 90 days delinquent,  aggregating no
less than 167% of the  outstanding  secured  advances from the Federal Home Loan
Bank of Chicago.

NOTE 9 - INCOME TAXES

An analysis of the provision for income taxes is as follows:

                              (Unaudited)
                       For the Four Months Ended       For the Years Ended
                               April 30,                   December 31,
                             -------------        ------------------------------
                             1997     1996          1996        1995       1994
                             ----     ----          ----        ----       ----
Current 
  Federal                    $380     $482        $ 1,132      $1,377     $1,372
  State                        76      121            211         248        241
Deferred                       24       --         (1,117)        135        212
Valuation allowance            --       --            180          --         --
                             ----     ----        -------      ------     ------
                             $480     $603        $   406      $1,760     $1,825
                             ====     ====        =======      ======     ======

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-19

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 9 - INCOME TAXES (Continued)

The net  deferred tax asset  (liability)  included in the  accompanying  balance
sheets consist of the following:

                                              
                                              (Unaudited)       December 31,
                                               April 30,     ------------------
                                                 1997         1996         1995
                                                 ----         ----         ----
Deferred tax assets
  Bad debts                                     $    72      $    42      $  --
  Amortization of intangible assets                  39           36         23
  Contribution carryforward                         772          851         --
  Unrealized loss on securities
    available-for-sale                              177          130         --
                                                -------      -------      -----
                                                  1,060        1,059         23
Deferred tax liabilities
  Bad debts                                          --           --       (208)
  Depreciation                                      (97)        (102)      (117)
  FHLB stock dividend                               (65)         (65)       (65)
  Loan fees                                        (323)        (340)      (328)
  Unrealized gain on securities
    available-for-sale                               --           --        (16)
                                                -------      -------      -----
                                                   (485)        (507)      (734)

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets         (180)        (180)        --
                                                -------      -------      -----
  Total deferred tax asset (liability)          $   395      $   372      $(711)
                                                =======      =======      =====

The  valuation  allowance  at April 30,  1997 and  December  31,  1996  reflects
management's  estimate  of  temporary  deductible  differences  that  may not be
realized.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-20

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 9 - INCOME TAXES (Continued)

The difference  between the provision for income taxes shown on the consolidated
statements  of income and amounts  computed by applying  the  statutory  federal
income tax rate to income before taxes follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       (Unaudited)
                                                                 For the Four Months Ended
                                                                         April 30,
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                                                                 1997                   1996
                                                          ----------------       ----------------
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>  
Provision for federal income taxes computed
  at statutory rate of 34%                                $ 422       34.0%      $ 542       34.0%
Tax-exempt income                                           (30)      (2.4)        (30)      (1.9)
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit        72        5.8          77        4.8
Other                                                        16        1.3          14        1.0
                                                          -----       ----       -----       ----
                                                          $ 480       38.7%      $ 603       37.9%
                                                          =====       ====       =====       ====
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       For the Years Ended
                                                           December 31,
                                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                                       1 9 9 6              1 9 9 5                1 9 9 4
                                  -----------------    -------------------    -------------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>      <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>  
Provision for federal income
  taxes computed at statutory
  rate of 34%                     $ 292       34.0%    $ 1,684       34.0%    $ 1,785       34.0%
Tax-exempt income                   (85)      (9.9)                  (2.1)       (120)      (2.3)
State income taxes, net of
  federal income tax benefit         37        4.3         197        4.0         204        3.9
Other                               (18)      (2.1)        (19)       (.4)        (44)       (.8)
Valuation allowance                 180       21.0          --         --          --         --
                                  -----       ----     -------       ----     -------       ----
                                  $ 406       47.3%    $ 1,760       35.5%    $ 1,825       34.8%
                                  =====       ====     =======       ====     =======       ====
</TABLE>

The Savings Bank has qualified  under  provisions  of the Internal  Revenue Code
which  permit it to deduct from taxable  income a provision  for bad debts which
differs  from the  provision  charged  to  income on the  financial  statements.
Retained  earnings at April 30, 1997  (unaudited) and December 31, 1996 and 1995
include  approximately  $2,023,000  for which no  deferred  federal  income  tax
liability has been recorded. Tax legislation passed August 1996 now requires all
thrift  institutions  to deduct a provision for bad debts for tax purposes based
on actual loss experience and recapture the excess bad debt reserve  accumulated
in the tax years after 1987. The related amount of deferred tax liability  which
must be recaptured is $573,000 and is payable over a six-year  period,  starting
no later than 1998.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-21

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 10 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Savings Bank is party to financial instruments with  off-balance-sheet  risk
in the normal course of business to meet financing needs of its customers. These
financial  instruments include commitments to fund loans and previously approved
unused lines of credit.  The Savings Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event
of nonperformance  by the parties to these financial  instruments is represented
by the  contractual  amount of the  instruments.  The Savings Bank uses the same
credit  policy  for  commitments  as it uses  for  on-balance-sheet  items.  The
contract amount of these financial instruments is summarized as follows:

                                         (Unaudited)       December 31,
                                          April 30,     ------------------
                                            1997         1996        1995
                                            ----         ----        ----

     Commitments to extend credit          $3,322       $1,802      $1,542
     Unused lines of credit                 4,371        4,186       2,498

At April 30, 1997  (unaudited)  and  December 31,  1996,  commitments  to extend
credit  consist of  $2,673,000  and  $1,253,000  of fixed rate and  $649,000 and
$549,000 of variable rate loan commitments. The fixed rate loan commitments have
rates ranging from 7.375% to 8.875%.  These commitments are due to expire within
90 days of issuance.  Since many  commitments  expire  without  being used,  the
amounts above do not necessarily  represent future cash commitments.  Collateral
may be obtained  upon  exercise of a  commitment.  The amount of  collateral  is
determined by management and may include  commercial and residential real estate
and other business and consumer assets.

The Savings Bank's principal loan customers are located in Chicago, Illinois and
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  Most  loans are  secured by  specific  collateral,
including residential and commercial real estate.

The  deposits  of savings  institutions  are  presently  insured by the  Savings
Association  Insurance  Fund (SAIF),  which,  along with the Bank Insurance Fund
(BIF),  is one of the two insurance  funds  administered  by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (FDIC). Due to the inadequate  capitalization of the SAIF,
a recapitalization plan was signed into law on September 30, 1996 which required
a special assessment of approximately .65% of all SAIF-insured  deposit balances
as of March 31, 1995.  The Bank's  assessment  of $1,292,882 is reflected in the
1996 statement of income.

The Savings Bank  established The Heritage  Foundation of First Security Federal
Savings Bank,  Inc.  (the  Foundation)  in December  1996.  The  Foundation is a
not-for-profit  charitable foundation.  In 1996, the Board approved a $2,500,000
unconditional  contribution  to the  Foundation,  of which  $250,000 was paid in
1996. An additional  $1,850,000 was funded through April 30, 1997. The remaining
$400,000  (unaudited)  is included in other  liabilities in the balance sheet at
April 30, 1997.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-22

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 11 - REGULATORY MATTERS

The  Savings  Bank  is  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital   requirements
administered  by the federal banking  agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital
requirements   can  initiate   certain   mandatory,   and  possibly   additional
discretionary,  actions by regulators  that, if undertaken,  could have a direct
material  effect on the  Savings  Bank's  financial  statements.  Under  capital
adequacy  guidelines and the regulatory  framework for prompt corrective action,
the Savings Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative
measures   of   the   Savings   Bank's   assets,   liabilities,    and   certain
off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The
Savings  Bank's  capital  amounts  and   classifications  are  also  subject  to
qualitative judgments by the regulators about components,  risk weightings,  and
other factors.

Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulation to ensure  capital  adequacy
require the Savings  Bank to maintain  minimum  amounts and ratios (set forth in
the table below) of Total and Tier I capital (as defined in the  regulations) to
risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average
assets (as defined). Management believes, as of April 30, 1997, that the Savings
Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

As of April 30,  1997,  the most recent  notification  from the Office of Thrift
Supervision   categorized  the  Savings  Bank  as  well  capitalized  under  the
regulatory  framework for prompt  corrective  action.  To be categorized as well
capitalized,  the Savings Bank must maintain  minimum Total  risk-based,  Tier I
risk-based,  and Tier I  leverage  ratios as set forth in the  following  table.
There are no  conditions  or events  since  that  notification  that  management
believes have changed the Savings Bank's category.

The Savings Bank's actual  capital  amounts and ratios are also presented in the
table.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      To be Well Capitalized
                                                    For Capital       Under Prompt Corrective
                                   Actual        Adequacy Purposes       Action Provisions
                              ---------------    -----------------    -----------------------
(Unaudited)                    Amount   Ratio    Amount      Ratio     Amount          Ratio
                               ------   -----    ------      -----     ------          -----
<S>                           <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>     <C>              <C>  
As of April 30, 1997:
   Total capital (to
     risk-weighted assets)    $31,492   24.7%    $10,186      8.0%    $12,733          10.0%
   Tier I Capital (to risk-
     weighted assets)          29,468   23.1       5,093      4.0       7,640           6.0
   Tier I Capital (to
     average assets)           29,468   11.4      10,377      4.0      12,971           5.0
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-23

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 11 - REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      To be Well Capitalized
                                                    For Capital       Under Prompt Corrective
                                   Actual        Adequacy Purposes       Action Provisions
                              ---------------    -----------------    -----------------------
(Unaudited)                    Amount   Ratio    Amount      Ratio     Amount          Ratio
                               ------   -----    ------      -----     ------          -----
<S>                           <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>     <C>              <C>  
As of April 30, 1997:
   Total capital (to
     risk-weighted assets)    $30,556   24.3%    $10,045      8.0%    $12,556          10.0%
   Tier I Capital (to risk-
     weighted assets)          29,036   23.1       5,022      4.0       7,534           6.0
   Tier I Capital (to
     average assets)           29,036   11.4      10,193      4.0      12,742           5.0
</TABLE>

NOTE 12 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Savings Bank has lending  transactions with directors,  executive  officers,
and their associates.  Loans to these individuals totaled  approximately $48,000
(unaudited),  $50,511 and  $316,000  at April 30,  1997,  December  31, 1996 and
December 31, 1995, respectively.

NOTE 13 - FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The   approximate   carrying  amount  and  estimated  fair  value  of  financial
instruments are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          (Unaudited)                                 December 31,
                                           April 30,             -------------------------------------------------------
                                            1 9 9 7                       1 9 9 6                      1 9 9 5
                                    ------------------------     -------------------------     -------------------------
                                    Approximate    Estimated     Approximate     Estimated     Approximate     Estimated
                                     Carrying         Fair        Carrying          Fair         Carrying         Fair
                                      Amount         Value         Amount          Value          Amount         Value
                                      ------         -----         ------          -----          ------         -----
<S>                                 <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>      
Financial assets
  Cash and cash equivalents         $   7,104      $   7,104      $   7,300      $   7,300      $  19,173      $  19,173
  Time deposits in other
    financial institutions                200            200            200            200            200            200
  Securities available-for-sale        27,535         27,535         28,724         28,724         33,787         33,787
  Securities held-to-maturity          50,648         50,007         49,888         49,881         45,686         46,115
  Loans, net of allowance for
    loan losses                       165,914        169,903        163,348        165,738        144,566        148,670
  Accrued interest receivable           1,949          1,949          1,764          1,764          1,616          1,616

Financial liabilities
  NOW accounts                        (19,642)       (19,642)       (19,616)       (19,616)       (18,874)       (18,874)
  Savings                             (71,203)       (71,203)       (71,167)       (71,167)       (69,631)       (69,631)
  Time deposits                      (128,142)      (128,594)      (128,722)      (128,805)      (120,882)      (121,032)
  Advance payments by borrowers
    for taxes and insurance            (1,586)        (1,586)        (2,118)        (2,118)        (1,681)        (1,681)
  Advances from Federal
    Home Loan Bank                     (7,500)        (7,489)        (4,000)        (3,995)       (10,000)        (9,852)
    Accrued interest payable             (998)          (998)          (533)          (533)          (537)          (537)
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-24

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 13 - FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

For purposes of the above, the following assumptions were used:

Cash and Cash Equivalents: The fair value for cash and cash equivalents is based
on their carrying value due to the short-term nature of these assets.

Securities: The fair value of securities is based on the quoted market value for
the individual security or its equivalent.

Loans:  The fair value for loans has been  determined by calculating the present
value of future  cash flows based on the  current  rate the  Savings  Bank would
charge for similar loans with similar maturities at April 30, 1997, December 31,
1996 and December 31, 1995,  applied for an estimated time period until the loan
is assumed to be repriced or repaid.

Deposit  Liabilities:  The fair value for time  deposits has been  determined by
calculating  the present  value of future cash flows based on estimates of rates
the Savings Bank would pay on such deposits at April 30, 1997, December 31, 1996
and December 31, 1995, applied for the time period until maturity. The estimated
fair value of NOW and savings accounts is assumed to approximate  carrying value
as management  establishes  rates on these deposits at a level that approximates
the local market area.

Advances  from Federal Home Loan Bank:  The fair value for the Federal Home Loan
Bank  advances was  determined by  calculating  the present value of future cash
flows using the current rate for an advance with a similar length to maturity.

Accrued Interest:  The fair value of accrued interest  receivable and payable is
assumed to equal the carrying value.

Off-Balance-Sheet  Instruments:  Off-balance-sheet  items consist principally of
unfunded loan commitments. The fair value of these commitments is not material.

Other  assets and  liabilities  of the  Savings  Bank not  defined as  financial
instruments,  such as  property  and  equipment,  are not  included in the above
disclosures.  Also not  included  are  nonfinancial  instruments  typically  not
recognized  in financial  statements  such as the value of core  deposits,  loan
servicing rights, customer goodwill, and similar items.

While  the  above  estimates  are  based on  judgments  of the most  appropriate
factors,  there is no assurance that if the Savings Bank disposed of these items
on April 30, 1997, December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995, the fair value would
have been  achieved,  because  the  market  value may  differ  depending  on the
circumstances. The fair values at April 30, 1997, December 31, 1996 and December
31, 1995 should not necessarily be considered to apply at subsequent dates.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (Continued)

                                                                            F-25

<PAGE>

                1ST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       April 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)
                          (Table amounts in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 14 - ADOPTION OF PLAN OF CONVERSION (UNAUDITED)

On June 23,  1997,  the Board of  Directors  of the  Savings  Bank,  subject  to
regulatory  approval and approval by the members of the Savings Bank,  adopted a
Plan of  Conversion to convert from a federal  mutual  savings bank to a federal
stock savings bank with the  concurrent  formation of a holding  company and the
adoption  of a  federal  thrift  charter.  The  conversion  is  expected  to  be
accomplished through the amendment of the Savings Bank's charter and the sale of
the holding  company's  common stock in an amount equal to the  consolidated pro
forma  market  value of the holding  company and the Savings  Bank after  giving
effect to the conversion.  A subscription offering of the shares of common stock
will be  offered  initially  to the  Savings  Bank's  eligible  deposit  account
holders,  then to other members of the Savings  Bank.  Any shares of the holding
company's common stock not sold in the subscription offering will be offered for
sale to the general public, giving preference to the Savings Bank's market area.

The Board of  Directors  of the Savings  Bank or the holding  company  intend to
adopt an Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan and various stock option and incentive
plans,  subject to ratification by the stockholders of the holding company after
conversion,  if such  stockholder  approval is required by any  regulatory  body
having  jurisdiction  to  require  such  approval.  In  addition,  the  Board of
Directors is authorized to enter into employment contracts with key employees.

At the time of conversion, the Savings Bank will establish a liquidation account
in an  amount  equal to its  total  net  worth  as of the  latest  statement  of
financial condition  appearing in the final prospectus.  The liquidation account
will be  maintained  for the  benefit of  eligible  depositors  who  continue to
maintain  their  accounts  at  the  Savings  Bank  after  the  conversion.   The
liquidation  account  will be  reduced  annually  to the  extent  that  eligible
depositors have reduced their qualifying deposits. Subsequent increases will not
restore an eligible account holder's interest in the liquidation account. In the
event of a complete  liquidation,  each eligible  depositor  will be entitled to
receive a distribution from the liquidation  account in an amount  proportionate
to the  current  adjusted  qualifying  balances  for  accounts  then  held.  The
liquidation account balance is not available for payment of dividends.

Conversion  costs will be deferred and deducted  from the proceeds of the shares
sold in the  conversion.  If the conversion is not completed,  all costs will be
charged to expense. At April 30, 1997, no expenses have been deferred.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

        No person has been  authorized  to give any  information  or to make any
representation other than as contained in this Prospectus in connection with the
offering  made  hereby,  and,  if given  or  made,  such  other  information  or
representation  must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Holding
Company or the Bank.  This  Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a
solicitation  of an offer to buy any of the  securities  offered  hereby  to any
person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized
or in which the person making such offer or  solicitation is not qualified to do
so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful  to make such offer or  solicitation
in such  jurisdiction.  Neither  the  delivery of this  Prospectus  nor any sale
hereunder shall under any  circumstances  create any implication  that there has
been no change in the  affairs of the  Holding  Company or the Bank since any of
the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

                                 --------------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                 Page
                                                                 ----
Prospectus Summary........................................        4
Selected Financial Information............................       18
Risk Factors..............................................       21
First SecurityFed Financial, Inc..........................       29
First Security ...........................................       29
Use of Proceeds...........................................       30
Dividends.................................................       31
Market for Common Stock...................................       32
Pro Forma Data............................................       33
Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information
 With No Stock Contribution...............................       38
Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Analysis.....................       40
Capitalization............................................       41
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
   Condition and Results of Operations....................       42
Business .................................................       55
Regulation................................................       85
Management ...............................................       97
The Conversion............................................      107
Restrictions on Acquisitions of Stock and Related
   Takeover Defensive Provisions..........................      135
Description of Capital Stock..............................      141
Legal and Tax Matters.....................................      143
Experts...................................................      143
Additional Information....................................      144
Index to Financial Statements.............................      F-1

                                   ----------

     Until the later of  ________,  1997 or 25 days  after  commencement  of the
offering of Common Stock, all dealers  effecting  transactions in the registered
securities,  whether or not participating in this distribution,  may be required
to deliver a  prospectus.  This is in addition to the  obligation  of dealers to
deliver a  prospectus  when  acting as  underwriters  and with  respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.

<PAGE>



                                 _______ Shares


                       FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL, INC.
                           (Proposed Holding Company
                    for First Security Federal Savings Bank)


                                  COMMON STOCK


                                   ----------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                   ----------


                     FRIEDMAN, BILLINGS, RAMSEY & CO., INC.


                                 _______, 1997


<PAGE>
                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

     Set forth below is an estimate  of the amount of fees and  expenses  (other
than  underwriting  discounts and commissions) to be incurred in connection with
the issuance of the shares.

SEC registration fees...............................................    $ 17,258
NASD fee............................................................       6,200
Nasdaq registration fee.............................................      32,000
OTS filing fees.....................................................      14,400
Counsel fees and expenses...........................................     135,000
Accounting fees and expenses........................................      80,000
Appraisal and business plan fees and expenses.......................      25,000
Conversion agent fees and expenses..................................      17,000
Marketing agent's expenses..........................................      25,000
Marketing agent's fee...............................................     365,000
Marketing agent's counsel fees and expenses.........................      37,500
Printing, postage and mailing.......................................     120,000
Blue sky fees and expenses..........................................       5,000
Other expenses......................................................      25,642
                                                                        --------
     TOTAL..........................................................    $905,000
                                                                        ========

- ---------
(1) Based on maximum of  Estimated  Valuation  Range and  assumptions  set forth
under "Pro Forma Data" in the Prospectus.

Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     Article  Eleventh of the Holding  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation
provides for  indemnification  of directors and officers of the Holding  Company
against any and all liabilities,  judgments,  fines and reasonable  settlements,
costs,  expenses  and  attorneys'  fees  incurred in any actual,  threatened  or
potential proceeding,  except to the extent that such indemnification is limited
by  Delaware  law and such law cannot be varied by  contract  or bylaw.  Article
Eleventh  also  provides for the  authority to purchase  insurance  with respect
thereto.

     Section  145 of the  General  Corporation  Law of  the  State  of  Delaware
authorizes a  corporation's  Board of Directors to grant indemnity under certain
circumstances  to directors and  officers,  when made, or threatened to be made,
parties to certain proceedings by reason of such

                                      II-1

<PAGE>

status with the corporation, against judgments, fines, settlements and expenses,
including attorneys' fees. In addition, under certain circumstances such persons
may be indemnified  against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defense
of a proceeding by or on behalf of the corporation.  Similarly, the corporation,
under certain  circumstances,  is authorized to indemnify directors and officers
of other  corporations  or enterprises who are serving as such at the request of
the corporation,  when such persons are made, or threatened to be made,  parties
to certain  proceedings  by reason of such  status,  against  judgments,  fines,
settlements  and  expenses,   including   attorneys'  fees;  and  under  certain
circumstances,  such persons may be indemnified  against  expenses  actually and
reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of a proceeding
by or in the right of such other corporation or enterprise.  Indemnification  is
permitted  where such person (i) was acting in good faith;  (ii) was acting in a
manner he reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best  interests of
the corporation or other corporation or enterprise,  as appropriate;  (iii) with
respect to a criminal proceeding, has no reasonable cause to believe his conduct
was unlawful; and (iv) was not adjudged to be liable to the corporation or other
corporation  or enterprise  (unless the court where the  proceeding  was brought
determines that such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity).

     Unless  ordered by a court,  indemnification  may be made only  following a
determination that such  indemnification is permissible because the person being
indemnified has met the requisite standard of conduct. Such determination may be
made (i) by the Board of Directors of the Holding  Company by a majority vote of
a quorum consisting of directors not at the time parties to such proceeding;  or
(ii) if such a quorum  cannot be  obtained  or the  quorum so  directs,  then by
independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or (iii) by the stockholders.

     Section 145 also permits  expenses  incurred by  directors  and officers in
defending a  proceeding  to be paid by the  corporation  in advance of the final
disposition  of such  proceedings  upon the  receipt  of an  undertaking  by the
director or officer to repay such amount if it is ultimately  determined that he
is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation against such expenses.

Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

     The Registrant is newly  incorporated,  solely for the purpose of acting as
the holding company of First Security  Federal Savings Bank pursuant to the Plan
of Conversion  (filed as Exhibit 2 herein),  and no sales of its securities have
occurred to date, other than the sale of one share of the Registrant's  stock to
its  incorporator for the purpose of qualifying the Registrant to do business in
Illinois.

                                      II-2

<PAGE>

Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits:

    1.1   Letter Agreement  regarding  marketing and consulting services
          with Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.
    1.2   Form of Agency Agreement*
    2     Plan of Conversion
    3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company
    3.2   Bylaws of the Holding Company
    3.3   Charter of First Security Federal Savings Bank in stock form
    3.4   Bylaws of First Security Federal Savings Bank in stock form
    4     Form of Stock Certificate of the Holding Company
    5     Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to legality
          of stock
    8.1   Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to Federal
          income tax consequences of the Conversion
    8.2   Opinion of Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP with respect to Illinois
          income tax consequences of the Conversion*
    8.3   FinPro Letter with respect to estimated pro forma market value and
          Subscription Rights
    10.1  Employee Stock Ownership Plan
    10.2  Form of Proposed Stock Option and Incentive Plan
    10.3  Form of Proposed Recognition and Retention Plan
    10.4  Profit Sharing Plan*
    10.5  Form of Employment Agreement with Julian E. Kulas
    10.6  Form of Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with Harry I. Kucewicz
    10.7  Form of Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with Mary H. Korb
    10.8  Form of Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with Irene S. Subota
    10.9  Form of Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with Adrian Hawryliw
    21    Subsidiaries
    23.1  Consent of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
    23.2  Consent of Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP
    23.3  Consent of FinPro
    24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
    99.1  Appraisal*
    99.2  Proxy Statement and form of proxy to be furnished to First Security
          Federal Savings Bank account holders
    99.3  Stock Order Form and Order Form Instructions
    99.4  Question and Answer Brochure
    99.5  Advertising, Training and Community Informational Meeting Materials
- ----------
*  To be filed by amendment.

                                      II-3

<PAGE>

Item 17.  Undertakings

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

     (1) To file,  during any period in which  offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

     (i)   To include  any  Prospectus  required  by  Section  10(a)(3)  of  the
           Securities Act of 1933;

     (ii)  To reflect in the  Prospectus any facts or events  arising  after the
           effective  date of the  Registration  Statement (or the  most  recent
           post-effective  amendment thereof)  which,  individually  or  in  the
           aggregate,  represent a  fundamental  change  in the  information set
           forth in the Registration Statement; and

     (iii) To include  any  material  information  with  respect  to the plan of
           distribution not  previously disclosed in the  Registration Statement
           or  any  material  change  to such  information  in the  Registration
           Statement.

     (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933,  each  such  post-effective  amendment  shall be deemed to be a new
Registration  Statement  relating to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

     (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective  amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
offering.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such  indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling  person of the Registrant in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and it will be governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

     (1) For purposes of determining  any liability  under the Securities Act of
1933, the information  omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
Registration  Statement  in reliance  upon Rule 430A and  contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant

                                      II-4

<PAGE>

to Rule  424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the  Securities Act shall be deemed to
be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

     (2) For the purpose of determining  any liability  under the Securities Act
of 1933, each post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
be deemed to be a new Registration  Statement relating to the securities offered
therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-5

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this  Registration  Statement  to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois
on July 15, 1997.

                         FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL, INC.


                         By: /s/ Julian E. Kulas
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                             Julian E. Kulas, President, Chief Executive Officer
                             and Director
                             (Duly Authorized Representative)

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature  appears
below   constitutes  and  appoints   Julian  E.  Kulas,   his  true  and  lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and re-substitution,
for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any
and all amendments  (including  post-effective  amendments) to this Registration
Statement,  and to file the  same,  with all  exhibits  thereto,  and all  other
documents in connection therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done,  as
fully to all  intents  and  purposes  as he might or could do in person,  hereby
ratifying and confirming all said  attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitutes
or substitute may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ Julian E. Kulas                                 /s/ Steve Babyk
- --------------------------------------              ----------------------------
Julian E. Kulas                                     Steve Babyk
President, Chief Executive Officer and              Director
Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: July 15, 1997                                 Date: July 15, 1997





/s/ Lila Maria Bodnar                               /s/ Myron Dobrowolsky
- --------------------------------------              ----------------------------
Lila Maria Bodnar                                   Myron Dobrowolsky
Recording Secretary and Director                    Director

Date: July 15, 1997                                 Date: July 15, 1997

                                      II-6

<PAGE>

/s/ Terry Gawryk                                    /s/ George Kawka
- --------------------------------------              ----------------------------
Terry Gawryk                                        George Kawka
Secretary and Director                              Director

Date: July 15, 1997                                 Date: July 15, 1997





/s/ Paul Nadzikewycz                                /s/ Jaroslay H. Sydorenko
- --------------------------------------              ----------------------------
Paul Nadzikewycz                                    Jaroslav H. Sydorenko
Chairman of the Board                               Director

Date: July 15, 1997                                 Date: July 15, 1997





/s/ Chrysta Wereszczak
- --------------------------------------
Chrysta Wereszczak
Director

Date: July 15, 1997

                                      II-7

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibits:
   1.1     Letter Agreement regarding marketing and consulting services with
           Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.
   1.2     Form of Agency Agreement*
   2       Plan of Conversion
   3.1     Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company
   3.2     Bylaws of the Holding Company
   3.3     Charter of First Security Federal Savings Bank in stock form
   3.4     Bylaws of First Security Federal Savings Bank in stock form
   4       Form of Stock Certificate of the Holding Company
   5       Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to legality
           of stock
   8.1     Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to Federal
           income tax consequences of the Conversion
   8.2     Opinion of Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP with respect to Illinois
           income tax consequences of the Conversion*
   8.3     FinPro Letter with respect to estimated pro forma market value and
           Subscription Rights
  10.1     Employee Stock Ownership Plan
  10.2     Form of Proposed Stock Option and Incentive Plan
  10.3     Form of Proposed Recognition and Retention Plan
  10.4     Profit Sharing Plan*
  10.5     Form of Employment Agreement with Julian E. Kulas
  10.6     Form of Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with Harry I. Kucewicz
  10.7     Form of Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with Mary H. Korb
  10.8     Form of Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with Irene S. Subota
  10.9     Form of Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with Adrian Hawryliw
  21       Subsidiaries
  23.1     Consent of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
  23.2     Consent of Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP
  23.3     Consent of FinPro
  24       Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
  99.1     Appraisal*
  99.2     Proxy Statement and form of proxy to be furnished to First Security
           Federal Savings Bank account holders
  99.3     Stock Order Form and Order Form Instructions
  99.4     Question and Answer Brochure
  99.5     Advertising, Training and Community Informational Meeting Materials
- ----------
*  To be filed by amendment.



                                                                     Exhibit 1.1



                                  May 29, 1997


Board of Directors
Attn.: Julian E. Kulas, President & CEO
First Security Federal Savings Bank, FSB
936 North Western Avenue
Chicago, IL  60622


RE: Conversion Stock Marketing Services


Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter sets forth the terms of the proposed  engagement  between  Friedman,
Billings,  Ramsey and Co., Inc. ("FBR") and First Security Federal Savings Bank,
FSB ("First Security"), concerning our Investment Banking Services in connection
with the  Reorganization  of First  Security from a federally  chartered  mutual
savings bank to a holding company form of organization, and the sale of stock in
First  Security's  newly formed  holding  company (the "Holding  Company").  FBR
understands  that it is the intention of First Security to remain an independent
company after the completion of the Offering (as defined below).  However, First
Security acknowledges that FBR does not control, and cannot guarantee, the level
of concentration of ownership of stock of First Security after completion of the
Offering.

FBR is prepared to assist First Security in connection  with the offering of its
shares of common stock during the Subscription  Offering and Community  Offering
as such terms are defined in First Security's Plan of Conversion (together,  the
"Offering").  The specific terms (including those related to indemnification) of
the services  contemplated  hereunder  shall be set forth in a definitive  sales
agency agreement (the "Agreement") between FBR and First Security to be executed
prior  to the date the  prospectus  is  declared  effective  by the  appropriate
regulatory authorities. The price of the shares during the Subscription Offering
and Community  Offering will be the price  established by First Security's Board
of Directors, based upon an independent appraisal as approved by the appropriate
regulatory  authorities,  provided such price is mutually  acceptable to FBR and
First Security.

In connection with the Subscription  Offering and Community  Offering,  FBR will
render the following services:

     1. Act as the  Financial  Advisor to First  Security  2.  Create  marketing
     materials  and  formulate  a marketing  plan 3.  Conduct  training  for all
     Directors and Employees  concerning  the  Conversion 4. Manage Stock Center
     and staff with FBR personnel 5. Assist First  Security and  Attorneys  with
     listing on NASDAQ



<PAGE>



     6. Assist First Security with the proxy solicitation

After the Offering, FBR intends to provide:

     1.   After market support as a Market Maker for First Security

     2.   Research coverage of First Security

     3.   For a  period  of  twelve  months  following  the  completion  of  the
          conversion,  FBR will  continue to act as Financial  Advisor for First
          Security without further remuneration.

At the appropriate  time, FBR, in conjunction with its counsel,  will conduct an
examination of the relevant documents and records of First Security as FBR deems
necessary and appropriate.  First Security will make all documents,  records and
other information  deemed necessary by FBR or its counsel available to them upon
request.

For its services in connection with the Offering, FBR will receive the following
compensation and reimbursement from First Security:

     1.   A  management  fee of $20,000  payable as  follows:  $10,000  upon the
          signing of this letter and $10,000 upon  receiving OTS approval of the
          Conversion  Application.  Should the  Reorganization be terminated for
          any reason not  attributable  to the action or  inaction  of FBR,  FBR
          shall have earned and be entitled to be paid fees accruing through the
          stage at which point the termination occurred.

     2.   A  marketing  fee of 1.0% of the  aggregate  Purchase  Price of Common
          Stock  sold  in the  Subscription  Offering  and  Community  Offering,
          excluding  those  shares  purchased  (i) by First  Security  officers,
          directors,  or employees (or members of their immediate families),  or
          (ii) by any ESOP,  tax-qualified or stock  compensation  plans (except
          IRA's) or similar  plan  created by First  Security for some or all of
          its  directors  or  employees  or (iii) by any  charitable  foundation
          created by First Security or the Holding  Company.  The management fee
          of $20,000 will be credited against the marketing fee.

     3.   The  foregoing  commissions  are to be  payable  to FBR at  closing as
          defined in the  Agreement  to be entered  into  between  FBR and First
          Security.

     4.   FBR shall be  reimbursed  for  reasonable  expenses  incurred by them,
          including  legal fees.  Legal fees for FBR's outside counsel shall not
          exceed $35,000 and  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred by FBR's outside
          counsel shall not exceed $2,500.  FBR's other  out-of-pocket  expenses
          are not expected to exceed $50,000.  Should FBR's expenses,  excluding
          legal  fees and  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  by  FBR's  outside
          counsel,  exceed  $50,000,  First  Security must approve such expenses
          above that amount for FBR to be reimbursed. FBR's reasonable expenses,
          including both legal fees and other out-



<PAGE>



          of-pocket expenses,  shall be reimbursed as described above whether or
          not the Agreement is consummated.

It is further  understood that First Security will pay all other expenses of the
Reorganization  including but not limited to its  attorneys'  fees,  NASD filing
fees,  filing and registration  fees and fees of either FBR's blue sky attorneys
or other blue sky  attorneys  relating  to any  required  state  securities  law
filings, telephone charges, air freight, supplies,  transfer agent charges, fees
relating  to  auditing  and  accounting  and  costs of  printing  all  documents
necessary in  connection  with the  foregoing.  FBR agrees that either Robert A.
Kotecki or David H.  Neiswander will be on-site every day First Security is open
for business (including Saturdays) managing the stock offering center during the
marketing period of First Security's stock.

For purposes of FBR's  obligation to file certain  documents and to make certain
representations  to the  NASD  in  connection  with  the  Reorganization,  First
Security  warrants  that:  (a)  First  Security  has not  privately  placed  any
securities  within the last 18 months;  (b) there have been no material dealings
within the last 12 months  between  First  Security  and any NASD  member or any
person related to or associated  with any such member;  (c) none of the officers
or directors of First Security has any affiliation  with the NASD; (d) except as
contemplated by this engagement letter with FBR, First Security has no financial
or management  consulting contracts outstanding with any other person; (e) First
Security  has not  granted  FBR a right of first  refusal  with  respect  to the
underwriting of any future  offering of First Security stock;  and (f) there has
been no  intermediary  between  FBR and First  Security in  connection  with the
public offering of First Security shares,  and no person is being compensated in
any manner for providing such service.

First Security and the Holding Company (the "Indemnitors") jointly and severally
agree to indemnify and hold harmless FBR and its  affiliates (as defined in Rule
405  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended)  and  their  respective
directors,  officers,  employees,  agents and controlling  persons (FBR and each
such person being an  "Indemnified  Party") from and against any and all losses,
claims,  damages and liabilities (or actions,  including shareholder actions, in
respect thereof),  joint or several,  to which such Indemnified Party may become
subject  under any  applicable  federal or state law,  or  otherwise,  which are
reasonably  related to or result  from the  performance  by FBR of the  services
contemplated by, or the engagement of FBR pursuant to, this letter agreement and
will  promptly  reimburse  any  Indemnified  Party for all  reasonable  expenses
(including  reasonable  counsel  fees  and  expenses)  as they are  incurred  in
connection  with  the  investigation  of,  preparation  for or  defense  arising
therefrom,  whether or not such Indemnified  Party is a party and whether or not
such claim, action or proceeding is initiated or brought by the Indemnitors. The
Indemnitors  will not be liable to any  Indemnified  Party  under the  foregoing
indemnification  and  reimbursement  provisions,  (i) for any  settlement  by an
Indemnified Party effected without its prior written consent; (ii) to the extent
that any loss,  claim,  damage or  liability  is found in a final  judgment by a
court  to have  resulted  primarily  from  FBR's  gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct; (iii) to the extent any loss, claim, damage or liability is based on
a false or misleading oral statement by an FBR employee or representative  which
is not consistent with the Holding Company's  prospectus or marketing  materials
or (iv) to the extent any loss, claim,  damage or liability is based on false or
misleading statements, based on information originally supplied by FBR expressly
for the use in SEC filed  documents.  FBR  shall  repay to the  Indemnitors  any
amounts paid by the Indemnitors for reimbursement of FBR's expenses in the event
that such  expenses were incurred in relation to an act or omission with respect
to which it is finally determined that FBR has acted with gross



<PAGE>



negligence or willful misconduct. The Indemnitors also agree that no Indemnified
Party shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect,  in contract or tort
or otherwise) to the Indemnitors or their security holders or creditors  related
to or arising out of the  engagement of FBR pursuant to, or the  performance  by
FBR of the services  contemplated by, this letter agreement except to the extent
that any loss,  claim,  damage or  liability  is found in a final  judgment by a
court to have resulted from FBR's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Promptly  after  receipt by an  Indemnified  Party of notice of any intention or
threat to commence an action,  suit or proceeding or notice of the  commencement
of any action,  suit or proceeding,  such Indemnified  Party will, if a claim in
respect thereof is to be made against First Security  pursuant hereto,  promptly
notify First Security in writing of the same. In case any such action is brought
against any Indemnified Party and such Indemnified Party notifies First Security
of the  commencement  thereof,  First  Security  may elect to assume the defense
thereof, with counsel reasonably  satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and an
Indemnified  Party may retain  counsel to participate in the defense of any such
action, provided,  however, that in no event shall First Security be required to
pay  fees  and  expenses  for  more  than  one  firm of  attorneys  representing
Indemnified Parties.

If the  indemnification  provided for in this letter agreement is for any reason
held  unenforceable by an Indemnified Party, the Indemnitors agree to contribute
to the losses, claims, damages and liabilities for which such indemnification is
held  unenforceable  (i) in such  proportion  as is  appropriate  to reflect the
relative  benefits  to the  Indemnitors,  on the one hand,  and FBR on the other
hand,  of the  Transaction  as  completed  (whether  or not the  Transaction  is
consummated) or, (ii) if (but only if) the allocation provided for in clause (i)
is for any reason unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
not only the relative  benefits  referred to in clause (i) but also the relative
fault of the  Indemnitors,  on the one hand, and FBR, on the other hand, as well
as any other relevant equitable  considerations.  Each of the parties hereto (on
its own behalf and, to the extent  permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its
stockholders)  waives all right to trial by jury in any  action,  proceeding  or
counteraction  (whether based upon contract, or otherwise) related to or arising
out of our  engagement  pursuant  to, or the  performance  by us of the services
contemplated by, this Letter Agreement.

Notwithstanding  any  provision in this letter to the contrary,  First  Security
shall not provide  indemnification  or contribution  as  contemplated  under the
terms of this letter if such  indemnification  or contribution would cause First
Security to violate the provisions of Section 23A or 23B of the Federal  Reserve
Act.

This letter is merely a statement of intent and is not a binding legal agreement
except as to (4) above  (with  regard to the  obligation  to  reimburse  FBR for
reasonable expenses to be incurred prior to the execution of the Agreement), and
the indemnity  described above.  While FBR and First Security agree in principle
to the contents hereof and the purpose to proceed  promptly,  and in good faith,
to work out the arrangements  with respect to the proposed  Offering,  any legal
obligations  between FBR and First Security shall be only as set forth in a duly
executed Agreement. Such Agreement shall be in the form and content satisfactory
to, among other things,  there being in FBR's opinion no material adverse change
in the condition or obligations of First Security or no market  conditions which
might render the Offering by First Security inadvisable.



<PAGE>



The  validity  and  interpretation  of this  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by,
construed  and enforced in  accordance  with,  the laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Virginia,  applicable  to  agreements  made  and to be fully  performed  therein
(excluding the conflicts of laws rules).

Please  acknowledge  your  agreement  to the  foregoing  by  signing  below  and
returning to FBR one copy of this letter  along with a payment of $10,000.  This
proposal is open for your  acceptance  for a period of thirty (30) days from the
date hereof.

Very truly yours,


FRIEDMAN, BILLINGS, RAMSEY & CO., INC.


By: /s/ Robert A. Kotecki
    ------------------------
    Robert A. Kotecki

Title: Senior Vice President

Date:




Agreed and Accepted to this 29th day of May, 1997.

First Security Federal Savings Bank, FSB
On behalf of First Security and on behalf of the Holding Company to be formed

By: /s/ Julian E. Kulas
    ------------------------
    Julian E. Kulas

Title: President/CEO

Ratified and approved this 29th day of May, 1997.
On behalf of the Holding Company

By: /s/ Julian E. Kulas
    ------------------------
    Julian E. Kulas

Title: President/CEO



                                                                       Exhibit 2


                       First Security Federal Savings Bank
                                Chicago, Illinois

                           AMENDED PLAN OF CONVERSION
                    From Mutual to Stock Form of Organization


I.       GENERAL

         On June 23,  1997,  the Board of Directors  of First  Security  Federal
Savings Bank (the "Bank")  adopted and on the same day the Board  amended this a
Plan of  Conversion  whereby  the  Bank  would  convert  from a  mutual  savings
institution to a stock savings  institution.  The Plan includes,  as part of the
conversion,  the concurrent  formation of a holding company,  to be named in the
future. The Plan provides that non-transferable  subscription rights to purchase
Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock will be offered  first to  Eligible  Account
Holders of record as of the Eligibility Record Date, then to the Holding Company
and the Bank's  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans,  then to  Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holders of record as of the Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date, then
to Other Members,  and then to directors,  officers and employees.  Concurrently
with, at any time during, or promptly after the Subscription  Offering, and on a
lowest  priority  basis,  an opportunity to subscribe may also be offered to the
general public in a Direct Community Offering or a Public Offering. The price of
the Holding Company Conversion Stock will be based upon an independent appraisal
of the Bank and will reflect its estimated pro forma market value, as converted.
It is the desire of the Board of Directors of the Bank to attract new capital to
the Bank in order to increase its capital,  support  future  savings  growth and
increase  the  amount of funds  available  for  residential  and other  mortgage
lending.  The Converted Bank is also expected to benefit from its management and
other personnel having a stock ownership in its business,  since stock ownership
is viewed  as an  effective  performance  incentive  and a means of  attracting,
retaining and  compensating  management and other  personnel.  No change will be
made in the Board of Directors or management as a result of the Conversion.

         In furtherance of the Bank's long term commitment to its community, the
Plan provides that, in connection with the Conversion,  the Holding Company will
make a donation to The Heritage  Foundation of First  Security  Federal  Savings
Bank,  Inc., a charitable  foundation  originally  established  by the Bank,  of
250,000 shares of its stock.  Under the terms of the Plan, this donation will be
subject to the approval of the voting members of the Bank. In the event that the
donation is not  approved,  the Bank may  determine to complete  the  Conversion
without the donation.

II.      DEFINITIONS

         Acting in Concert:  The term  "acting in  concert"  shall have the same
meaning given it in '574.2(c) of the Rules and Regulations of the OTS.

         Actual Subscription Price: The price per share,  determined as provided
in Section V of the Plan, at which Holding Company Conversion Stock will be sold
in the Subscription Offering.

     Affiliate:  An "affiliate" of, or a Person  "affiliated"  with, a specified
Person,  is  a  Person  that  directly,   or  indirectly  through  one  or  more
intermediaries,  controls,  or is controlled by or is under common control with,
the Person specified.

         Associate:  The term  "associate," when used to indicate a relationship
with any  Person,  means (i) any  corporation  or  organization  (other than the
Holding Company, the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary

                                      P-1

<PAGE>


of the  Holding  Company)  of which such  Person is an officer or partner or is,
directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten percent or more of any class
of equity securities,  (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has a
substantial  beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or
in a  similar  fiduciary  capacity,  and (iii)  any  relative  or spouse of such
Person, or any relative of such spouse,  who has the same home as such Person or
who is a  director  or  officer  of the  Holding  Company  or  the  Bank  or any
subsidiary of the Holding Company; provided,  however, that any Tax-Qualified or
Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plan shall not be deemed to be an  associate of any
director or officer of the Holding  Company or the Bank, to the extent  provided
in Section V hereof.

         Bank:  First  Security  Federal  Savings Bank or such other name as the
institution may adopt.

         Conversion: Change of the Bank's charter and  bylaws to  federal  stock
charter and bylaws;  sale by the Holding Company of Holding  Company  Conversion
Stock;  and issuance  and sale by the  Converted  Bank of Converted  Bank Common
Stock to the Holding Company, all as provided for in the Plan.

         Converted  Bank:  The federally  chartered  stock  savings  institution
resulting from the Conversion of the Bank in accordance with the Plan.

         Deposit Account:  Any withdrawable or repurchasable  account or deposit
in the Bank.

         Direct  Community  Offering:  The offering to the general public of any
unsubscribed shares which may be effected as provided in Section V hereof.

         Eligibility Record Date: The close of business on December 31, 1995.

         Eligible Account Holder: Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit in the
Bank on the Eligibility Record Date.

         Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         Foundation:  The Heritage Foundation  of First Security Federal Savings
Bank.

         Holding Company:  A corporation which upon completion of the Conversion
will  own  all  of the  outstanding  common stock of the Converted Bank, and the
name of which will be selected in the future.

         Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock:  Shares of common stock, par value
$.01 per share, to be issued and sold by the  Holding  Company  as a part of the
Conversion;  provided,  however,  that for purposes of calculating  Subscription
Rights and maximum purchase limitations under the Plan, references to the number
of shares of  Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock  shall  refer to the number of
shares offered in the Subscription Offering.

         Local Community: The geographic area encompassing Cook County, Illinois
and Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania.

         Market  Maker:  A dealer  (i.e.,  any Person who  engages  directly  or
indirectly  as agent,  broker or principal in the business of offering,  buying,
selling, or otherwise dealing or trading in securities issued by another Person)
who, with respect to a particular  security,  (i) regularly publishes bona fide,


                                      P-2

<PAGE>


competitive  bid and offer  quotations  in a recognized  inter-dealer  quotation
system;  or (ii) furnishes  bona fide  competitive  bid and offer  quotations on
request;  and  (iii) is  ready,  willing,  and able to  effect  transactions  in
reasonable quantities at his quoted prices with other brokers or dealers.

         Maximum  Subscription  Price:  The price per share of  Holding  Company
Conversion  Stock  to be  paid  initially  by  subscribers  in the  Subscription
Offering.

         Member:  Any Person or entity  that  qualifies  as a member of the Bank
pursuant to its charter and bylaws.

         Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan: Any defined  benefit  plan or  defined
contribution plan of the Bank or the Holding Company,  such as an employee stock
ownership plan, stock bonus plan,  profit-sharing plan or other plan, which with
its related trust does not meet the requirements to be "qualified" under Section
401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

         OTS: Office of Thrift Supervision,  Department of the Treasury, and its
successors.

     Officer: An executive officer of the Holding Company or the Bank, including
the Chairman of the Board,  President,  Executive Vice  Presidents,  Senior Vice
Presidents in charge of principal business  functions,  Secretary and Treasurer.

         Order Forms: Forms to be used in the Subscription  Offering to exercise
Subscription Rights.

         Other  Members:  Members  of the  Bank,  other  than  Eligible  Account
Holders,  Tax-Qualified Employee Plans or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders,
as of the Voting Record Date.

         Person: An individual, a corporation, a partnership,  an association, a
joint-stock company, a trust, any unincorporated  organization,  or a government
or political subdivision thereof.

         Plan:  This Plan of  Conversion  of the Bank,  including  any amendment
approved as provided in this Plan.

         Public  Offering:  The  offering  for  sale through the Underwriters to
selected  members  of  the  general  public  of  any  shares  of Holding Company
Conversion Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering or  the  Direct
Community Offering, if any.

         Public  Offering  Price:  The price per share at which any unsubscribed
shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock are initially offered for sale in the
Public Offering.

         Qualifying  Deposit:  The  aggregate  balance  of  $50  or more of each
Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder as of the Eligibility  Record Date
or of a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder as of the Supplemental  Eligibility
Record Date.

         SAIF: Savings Association Insurance Fund.

         SEC:  Securities and Exchange Commission.

         Special Meeting:  The Special Meeting of Members called for the purpose
of considering and voting upon the Plan of Conversion.


                                      P-3

<PAGE>


         Subscription  Offering:  The  offering  of  shares of  Holding  Company
Conversion  Stock for  subscription  and  purchase  pursuant to Section V of the
Plan.

         Subscription Rights:  Non-transferable, non-negotiable, personal rights
of  the  Bank's  Eligible   Account  Holders,   Tax-Qualified   Employee  Plans,
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,  Other Members, and directors,  Officers
and employees to subscribe for shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock in the
Subscription Offering.

         Supplemental  Eligibility  Record  Date:  The last day of the  calendar
quarter preceding approval of the Plan by the OTS.

         Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder:  Any person holding a Qualifying
Deposit in the Bank (other than an officer or director and their  associates) on
the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

         Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans:   Any  defined  benefit plan or defined
contribution plan of the Bank or the Holding Company,  such as an employee stock
ownership plan, stock bonus plan,  profit-sharing plan or other plan, which with
its related trust meets the requirements to be "qualified"  under Section 401 of
the Internal Revenue Code.

         Underwriters:  The  investment  banking firm or firms agreeing to offer
and sell Holding Company Conversion Stock in the Public Offering.

        Voting Record Date: The date set by the Board of Directors in accordance
with federal regulations for determining Members eligible to vote at the Special
Meeting.

III.     STEPS  PRIOR  TO  SUBMISSION  OF  PLAN OF CONVERSION TO THE MEMBERS FOR
         APPROVAL

         Prior  to  submission  of  the  Plan  of  Conversion to its Members for
approval,  the Bank must receive from the OTS  approval of the  Application  for
Approval of Conversion to convert to the federal stock form of organization. The
following steps must be taken prior to such regulatory approval:

A.   The Board of  Directors  shall adopt the Plan by not less than a two-thirds
     vote.

B.   The Bank shall notify its Members of the adoption of the Plan by publishing
     a statement in a newspaper  having a general  circulation in each community
     in which the Bank maintains an office.

C.   Copies  of the  Plan  adopted  by the  Board  of  Directors  shall  be made
     available for inspection at each office of the Bank.

D.   The Bank will promptly cause an  Application  for Approval of Conversion on
     Form AC to be  prepared  and filed  with the OTS,  an  Application  on Form
     H-(e)1 (or other applicable form) to be prepared and filed with the OTS and
     a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be prepared and filed with the SEC.

E.   Upon  receipt of notice  from the OTS to do so,  the Bank shall  notify its
     Members that it has filed the  Application  for Approval of  Conversion  by
     posting  notice  in each  of its  offices  and by  publishing  notice  in a
     newspaper  having  general  circulation in each community in which the Bank
     maintains an office.

                                      P-4

<PAGE>




IV.      CONVERSION PROCEDURE

         Following  approval  of  the  application  by the OTS, the Plan will be
submitted  to a vote of the  Members  at the  Special  Meeting.  If the  Plan is
approved by Members  holding a majority of the total number of votes entitled to
be cast at the Special  Meeting,  the Bank will take all other  necessary  steps
pursuant  to  applicable  laws and  regulations  to convert  to a federal  stock
savings  institution as part of a concurrent  holding company formation pursuant
to the terms of the Plan.

         The Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock will be offered for sale in the
Subscription  Offering at the  Maximum  Subscription  Price to Eligible  Account
Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans,  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders,
Other Members and  directors,  Officers and  employees of the Bank,  prior to or
within  45 days  after the date of the  Special  Meeting.  The Bank may,  either
concurrently  with,  at any time  during,  or  promptly  after the  Subscription
Offering,  also  offer  the  Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock  to and  accept
subscriptions  from other  Persons in a Direct  Community  Offering  or a Public
Offering;  provided  that the Bank's  Eligible  Account  Holders,  Tax-Qualified
Employee  Plans,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  Other  Members  and
directors,  Officers and employees  shall have the priority  rights to subscribe
for  Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock  set forth in  Section V of this  Plan.
However,  the Holding Company and the Bank may delay commencing the Subscription
Offering beyond such 45-day period in the event there exist unforeseen  material
adverse market or financial  conditions.  If the Subscription Offering commences
prior to the Special  Meeting,  subscriptions  will be  accepted  subject to the
approval of the Plan at the Special Meeting.

         The period for the Subscription  Offering and Direct Community Offering
will be not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days unless extended by the Bank.
Upon completion of the Subscription  Offering and the Direct Community Offering,
if any, any unsubscribed  shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock may be sold
through the Underwriters to selected members of the general public in the Public
Offering.  If for any reason all of the shares are not sold in the  Subscription
Offering,  the Direct Community  Offering,  if any, and the Public Offering,  if
any,  the  Holding  Company  and the Bank will use their best  efforts to obtain
other purchasers,  subject to OTS approval. Completion of the sale of all shares
of Holding Company  Conversion  Stock not sold in the  Subscription  Offering is
required within 45 days after termination of the Subscription Offering,  subject
to extension of such 45-day period by the Holding  Company and the Bank with the
approval of the OTS.  The Holding  Company and the Bank may jointly  seek one or
more  extensions  of such 45-day period if necessary to complete the sale of all
shares of Holding Company  Conversion Stock. In connection with such extensions,
subscribers  and other  purchasers  will be permitted  to increase,  decrease or
rescind their subscriptions or purchase orders to the extent required by the OTS
in approving  the  extensions.  Completion  of the sale of all shares of Holding
Company  Conversion  Stock is  required  within 24 months  after the date of the
Special Meeting.

V.       STOCK OFFERING

         A.     Total Number of Shares and Purchase Price of Conversion Stock

                     The total  number of shares of Holding  Company  Conversion
                Stock to be issued in the Conversion will be determined  jointly
                by the Boards of Directors  of the Holding  Company and the Bank
                prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering,  subject
                to adjustment if necessitated by market or financial  conditions
                prior to  consummation  of the  Conversion.  The total number of
                shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock shall also be subject
                to  increase in  connection  with any  oversubscriptions  in the
                Subscription Offering or Direct Community Offering.

                                      P-5

<PAGE>


                     The aggregate price for which all shares of Holding Company
               Conversion  Stock will be issued will be based on an  independent
               appraisal  of the  estimated  total pro forma market value of the
               Holding  Company and the Converted  Bank. Such appraisal shall be
               performed in accordance  with OTS  guidelines and will be updated
               as appropriate under or required by applicable regulations.

                     The  appraisal  will  be  made by an independent investment
               banking or financial  consulting firm  experienced in the area of
               thrift institution appraisals.  The appraisal will include, among
               other  things,  an  analysis  of the  historical  and  pro  forma
               operating  results  and net  worth  of the  Converted  Bank and a
               comparison of the Holding  Company,  the  Converted  Bank and the
               Conversion Stock with comparable thrift  institutions and holding
               companies and their respective outstanding capital stocks.

                     Based  upon  the  independent  appraisal,   the  Boards  of
               Directors  of the Holding  Company and the Bank will  jointly fix
               the Maximum Subscription Price.

                     If, following  completion of the Subscription  Offering and
               Direct Community Offering, if any, a Public Offering is effected,
               the Actual  Subscription  Price for each share of Holding Company
               Conversion Stock will be the same as the Public Offering Price at
               which unsubscribed shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock are
               initially  offered  for sale by the  Underwriters  in the  Public
               Offering.

                     If,  upon  completion  of the Subscription Offering, Public
               Offering,  if any, and Direct Community Offering,  if any, all of
               the Holding Company  Conversion Stock is subscribed for or only a
               limited number of shares remain unsubscribed for, subject to Part
               VII  hereof,  the  Actual  Subscription  Price for each  share of
               Holding Company  Conversion  Stock will be determined by dividing
               the estimated  appraised  aggregate pro forma market value of the
               Holding Company and the Converted Bank,  based on the independent
               appraisal as updated upon completion of the Subscription Offering
               or other sale of all of the Holding Company  Conversion Stock, by
               the total number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock to
               be issued by the Holding Company upon Conversion.  Such appraisal
               will then be  expressed in terms of a specific  aggregate  dollar
               amount rather than as a range.

         B.    Subscription Rights

                     Non-transferable  Subscription  Rights to  purchase  shares
               will be issued  without  payment  therefor  to  Eligible  Account
               Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans,  Supplemental  Eligible
               Account  Holders,  Other  Members  and  directors,  Officers  and
               employees of the Bank as set forth below.

                1.   Preference Category No. 1:  Eligible Account Holders

                           Each   Eligible    Account   Holder   shall   receive
                     non-transferable   Subscription  Rights  to  subscribe  for
                     shares of  Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock in an amount
                     equal to the  greater  of  $250,000,  or  one-tenth  of one
                     percent (.10%) of the total offering of shares, or 15 times
                     the  product  (rounded  down  to  the  next  whole  number)
                     obtained  by  multiplying  the  total  number  of shares of
                     common  stock to be  issued  by a  fraction  of  which  the
                     numerator  is the amount of the  qualifying  deposit of the
                     Eligible  Account  Holder and the

                                      P-6

<PAGE>


                    denominator  is the total amount of  qualifying  deposits of
                    all Eligible  Account Holders in the converting Bank in each
                    case on the Eligibility Record Date.

                           If sufficient shares are not available,  shares shall
                    be  allocated  first to  permit  each  subscribing  Eligible
                    Account  Holder  to  purchase  to the  extent  possible  100
                    shares,  and  thereafter  among  each  subscribing  Eligible
                    Account  Holder  pro  rata in the same  proportion  that his
                    Qualifying Deposit bears to the total Qualifying Deposits of
                    all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions
                    remain unsatisfied.

                           Non-transferable   Subscription  Rights  to  purchase
                    Holding Company  Conversion  Stock received by directors and
                    Officers  of the Bank and their  Associates,  based on their
                    increased  deposits  in  the  Bank  in the  one-year  period
                    preceding the Eligibility Record Date, shall be subordinated
                    to  all  other  subscriptions   involving  the  exercise  of
                    non-transferable  Subscription  Rights of  Eligible  Account
                    Holders.

                2.  Preference Category No. 2:  Tax-Qualified Employee Plans

                           Each Tax-Qualified Employee Plan shall be entitled to
                     receive non-transferable Subscription Rights to purchase up
                     to 10% of the shares of Holding Company  Conversion  Stock,
                     provided that singly or in the aggregate  such plans (other
                     than that  portion  of such plans  which is  self-directed)
                     shall  not  purchase  more  than 10% of the  shares  of the
                     Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock.   Subscription  Rights
                     received pursuant to this Category shall be subordinated to
                     all rights received by Eligible Account Holders to purchase
                     shares pursuant to Category No. 1; provided,  however, that
                     notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this Plan to the
                     contrary,  the  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans shall have a
                     first  priority  Subscription  Right to the extent that the
                     total number of shares of Holding Company  Conversion Stock
                     sold in the Conversion exceeds the maximum of the appraisal
                     range as set forth in the subscription prospectus.

               3.    Preference Category No. 3:  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
                     Holders

                           Each  Supplemental   Eligible  Account  Holder  shall
                     receive  non-transferable  Subscription Rights to subscribe
                     for shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock in an amount
                     equal to the  greater  of  $250,000,  or  one-tenth  of one
                     percent (.10%) of the total offering of shares, or 15 times
                     the  product  (rounded  down  to  the  next  whole  number)
                     obtained  by  multiplying  the  total  number  of shares of
                     common  stock to be  issued  by a  fraction  of  which  the
                     numerator  is the amount of the  qualifying  deposit of the
                     Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is
                     the total amount of qualifying deposits of all Supplemental
                     Eligible  Account  Holders in the  converting  Bank in each
                     case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

                           Subscription   Rights   received   pursuant  to  this
                    category shall be  subordinated to all  Subscription  Rights
                    received  by  Eligible  Account  Holders  and  Tax-Qualified
                    Employee Plans pursuant to Category Nos. 1 and 2 above.

                           Any non-transferable  Subscription Rights to purchase
                    shares received by an Eligible  Account Holder in accordance
                    with  Category No. 1 shall reduce to the extent  thereof the
                    Subscription   Rights  to  be  distributed  to  such  person
                    pursuant to this Category.


                                      P-7

<PAGE>


                           In the event of an oversubscription  for shares under
                     the provisions of this  subparagraph,  the shares available
                     shall  be  allocated  first  to  permit  each   subscribing
                     Supplemental   Eligible  Account  Holder,   to  the  extent
                     possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make
                     his total  allocation  (including the number of shares,  if
                     any,  allocated in accordance with Category No. 1) equal to
                     100  shares,   and   thereafter   among  each   subscribing
                     Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder pro rata in the same
                     proportion  that his Qualifying  Deposit bears to the total
                     Qualifying   Deposits  of  all   subscribing   Supplemental
                     Eligible   Account  Holders  whose   subscriptions   remain
                     unsatisfied.

                4.   Preference Category No. 4:  Other Members

                           Each  Other  Member  shall  receive  non-transferable
                    Subscription  Rights to  subscribe  for  shares  of  Holding
                    Company  Conversion  Stock  remaining  after  satisfying the
                    subscriptions  provided for under  Category Nos. 1 through 3
                    above, subject to the following conditions:

                    a.   Each Other Member shall be entitled to subscribe for an
                         amount of shares equal to the greater of  $250,000,  or
                         one-tenth of one percent  (.10%) of the total  offering
                         of  shares of common  stock in the  Conversion,  to the
                         extent  that  Holding  Company   Conversion   Stock  is
                         available.

                    b.   In the event of an  oversubscription  for shares  under
                         the  provisions  of  this   subparagraph,   the  shares
                         available  shall be  allocated  among  the  subscribing
                         Other Members pro rata in the same  proportion that his
                         number of votes on the Voting  Record Date bears to the
                         total number of votes on the Voting  Record Date of all
                         subscribing  Other Members on such date. Such number of
                         votes shall be  determined  based on the Bank's  mutual
                         charter and bylaws in effect on the date of approval by
                         members of this Plan of Conversion.

                5.  Preference Category No. 5: Directors, Officers and Employees

                           Each director, Officer and employee of the Bank as of
                    the date of the  commencement of the  Subscription  Offering
                    shall be entitled to receive  non-transferable  Subscription
                    Rights to purchase shares of the Holding Company  Conversion
                    Stock  to  the  extent  that  shares  are  available   after
                    satisfying  subscriptions  under  Category  Nos. 1 through 4
                    above. The shares which may be purchased under this Category
                    are subject to the following conditions:

                    a.   The total number of shares which may be purchased under
                         this  Category  may not  exceed  20% of the  number  of
                         shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock.

                    b.   The  maximum  amount of shares  which may be  purchased
                         under  this  Category  by any  Person  is  $250,000  of
                         Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock. In the event of an
                         oversubscription  for shares  under the  provisions  of
                         this  subparagraph,   the  shares  available  shall  be
                         allocated  pro  rata  among  all  subscribers  in  this
                         Category.

         C.     Public Offering and Direct Community Offering


                                      P-8

<PAGE>


                1.   Any  shares  of  Holding  Company   Conversion   Stock  not
                     subscribed for in the Subscription  Offering may be offered
                     for sale in a Direct Community  Offering.  This may involve
                     an  offering  of all  unsubscribed  shares  directly to the
                     general  public with a preference to those natural  persons
                     residing  in the  Local  Community.  The  Direct  Community
                     Offering, if any, shall be for a period of not less than 20
                     days nor more than 45 days  unless  extended by the Holding
                     Company and the Bank, and shall commence concurrently with,
                     during or promptly  after the  Subscription  Offering.  The
                     purchase  price per share to the general public in a Direct
                     Community   Offering  shall  be  the  same  as  the  Actual
                     Subscription  Price.  The Holding  Company and the Bank may
                     use an  investment  banking firm or firms on a best efforts
                     basis to sell the  unsubscribed  shares in the Subscription
                     and Direct Community Offering.  The Holding Company and the
                     Bank may pay a commission  or other fee to such  investment
                     banking firm or firms as to the shares sold by such firm or
                     firms in the Subscription and Direct Community Offering and
                     may also reimburse such firm or firms for expenses incurred
                     in connection with the sale. The Holding Company Conversion
                     Stock  will be  offered  and sold in the  Direct  Community
                     Offering, if any, in accordance with OTS regulations, so as
                     to achieve the widest  distribution  of the Holding Company
                     Conversion Stock. No person, by himself or herself, or with
                     an  Associate  or group of Persons  acting in concert,  may
                     subscribe  for or  purchase  more than  $250,000 of Holding
                     Company Conversion Stock in the Direct Community  Offering,
                     if any.  Further,  the Bank may limit  total  subscriptions
                     under this Section V.C.1 so as to assure that the number of
                     shares  available  for the Public  Offering  may be up to a
                     specified  percentage  of the  number of shares of  Holding
                     Company  Conversion  Stock.  Finally,  the Bank may reserve
                     shares offered in the Direct  Community  Offering for sales
                     to institutional investors.

                     In the  event  of an  oversubscription  for  shares  in the
                     Community Offering,  shares may be allocated (to the extent
                     shares remain  available) first to cover any reservation of
                     shares for a public offering or institutional  orders, next
                     to cover  orders of natural  persons  residing in the Local
                     Community,  then to cover the  orders  of any other  person
                     subscribing  for shares in the  Community  Offering so that
                     each such person may receive 1,000 shares,  and thereafter,
                     on a pro rata basis to such persons  based on the amount of
                     their respective subscriptions.

                    The Bank and the Holding Company,  in their sole discretion,
                    may reject subscriptions, in whole or in part, received from
                    any Person under this Section V.C. Further, the Bank and the
                    Holding  Company  may,  at their sole  discretion,  elect to
                    forego a Direct  Community  Offering  and  instead  effect a
                    Public Offering as described below.

               2.   Any shares of Holding Company  Conversion  Stock not sold in
                    the  Subscription   Offering  or  in  the  Direct  Community
                    Offering,  if any, may then be sold through the Underwriters
                    to  selected  members  of the  general  public in the Public
                    Offering.  It is  expected  that the  Public  Offering  will
                    commence as soon as  practicable  after  termination  of the
                    Subscription  Offering and the Direct Community Offering, if
                    any.  The  Bank  and the  Holding  Company,  in  their  sole
                    discretion,  may  reject  any  subscription,  in whole or in
                    part,  received in the Public Offering.  The Public Offering
                    shall be completed  within 45 days after the  termination of
                    the Subscription Offering, unless such period is extended as
                    provided  in  Section IV  hereof.  No person,  by himself or
                    herself,  or with an Associate or group of Persons acting in
                    concert,  may  purchase  more than  $250,000  in the  Public
                    Offering, if any.

                                      P-9

<PAGE>


               3.   If for  any  reason  any  shares  remain  unsold  after  the
                    Subscription  Offering, the Public Offering, if any, and the
                    Direct Community  Offering,  if any, the Boards of Directors
                    of the Holding  Company and the Bank will seek to make other
                    arrangements  for the  sale of the  remaining  shares.  Such
                    other  arrangements  will be subject to the  approval of the
                    OTS and to compliance with applicable securities laws.

         D.   Additional Limitations Upon Purchases of Shares of Holding Company
              Conversion Stock

                    The following additional limitations shall be imposed on all
               purchases of Holding Company Conversion Stock in the Conversion:

               1.   No Person,  by himself or herself,  or with an  Associate or
                    group of Persons  acting in concert,  may  subscribe  for or
                    purchase  in the  Conversion  a number of shares of  Holding
                    Company  Conversion  Stock which exceeds an amount of shares
                    equal  to  $750,000.  For  purposes  of this  paragraph,  an
                    Associate  of a Person does not include a  Tax-Qualified  or
                    Non-Tax  Qualified  Employee  Plan in which the person has a
                    substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in
                    a similar fiduciary capacity. Moreover, for purposes of this
                    paragraph,  shares  held  by one or  more  Tax-Qualified  or
                    Non-Tax  Qualified  Employee  Plans  attributed  to a Person
                    shall not be aggregated with shares purchased directly by or
                    otherwise attributable to that Person.

               2.   Directors and Officers and their Associates may not purchase
                    in all  categories  in the  Conversion  an aggregate of more
                    than  30% of  the  Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock.  For
                    purposes of this  paragraph,  an  Associate of a Person does
                    not include any Tax-Qualified  Employee Plan. Moreover,  any
                    shares  attributable to the Officers and directors and their
                    Associates,  but held by one or more Tax-Qualified  Employee
                    Plans  shall not be included  in  calculating  the number of
                    shares which may be purchased  under the  limitation in this
                    paragraph.

               3.   The minimum number of shares of Holding  Company  Conversion
                    Stock that may be purchased by any Person in the  Conversion
                    is 25 shares, provided sufficient shares are available.

               4.   The Boards of Directors of the Holding  Company and the Bank
                    may, in their sole discretion, increase the maximum purchase
                    limitation  referred  to in  subparagraph  1.  herein  up to
                    9.99%,  provided that orders for shares  exceeding 5% of the
                    shares being offered in the Conversion shall not exceed,  in
                    the  aggregate,  10%  of the  shares  being  offered  in the
                    Conversion.   Requests  to  purchase  additional  shares  of
                    Holding Company  Conversion  Stock under this provision will
                    be  allocated by the Boards of Directors on a pro rata basis
                    giving  priority in accordance  with the priority rights set
                    forth in this Section V.

                    Depending upon market and financial  conditions,  the Boards
               of  Directors  of the  Holding  Company  and the  Bank,  with the
               approval of the OTS and without further  approval of the Members,
               may increase or decrease any of the above purchase limitations.

                    For purposes of this Section V, the directors of the Holding
               Company  and the Bank shall not be deemed to be  Associates  or a
               group  acting in concert  solely as a result of their  serving in
               such capacities.


                                      P-10

<PAGE>



                    Each Person  purchasing  Conversion  Stock in the Conversion
               shall be deemed to confirm that such  purchase  does not conflict
               with the above purchase limitations.


         E.    Restrictions  and  Other  Characteristics   of   Holding  Company
               Conversion Stock Being Sold

               1.   Transferability.  Holding Company Conversion Stock purchased
                    by Persons other than  directors and Officers of the Holding
                    Company   or  the   Bank   will  be   transferable   without
                    restriction. Shares purchased by directors or Officers shall
                    not be sold or otherwise  disposed of for value for a period
                    of one  year  from the date of  Conversion,  except  for any
                    disposition  of such shares (i)  following  the death of the
                    original  purchaser,  or (ii)  resulting from an exchange of
                    securities  in a  merger  or  acquisition  approved  by  the
                    applicable regulatory authorities.  Any transfers that could
                    result in a change  of  control  of the Bank or the  Holding
                    Company  or result in the  ownership  by any Person or group
                    acting  in  concert  of more  than  10% of any  class of the
                    Bank's  or  the  Holding  Company's  equity  securities  are
                    subject to the prior approval of the OTS.

                    The  certificates  representing  shares of  Holding  Company
                    Conversion Stock issued to directors and Officers shall bear
                    a legend giving  appropriate  notice of the one-year holding
                    period restriction.  Appropriate instructions shall be given
                    to the  transfer  agent for such stock  with  respect to the
                    applicable   restrictions   relating  to  the   transfer  of
                    restricted  stock. Any shares of common stock of the Holding
                    Company  subsequently  issued  as a  stock  dividend,  stock
                    split,  or  otherwise,  with respect to any such  restricted
                    stock,   shall  be  subject  to  the  same  holding   period
                    restrictions  for  Holding  Company  or Bank  directors  and
                    Officers as may be then applicable to such restricted stock.

                    No  director  or  Officer of the  Holding  Company or of the
                    Bank,  or  Associate  of such a director or  Officer,  shall
                    purchase  any  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of the
                    Holding  Company for a period of three years  following  the
                    Conversion  without the prior  written  approval of the OTS,
                    except through a broker or dealer registered with the SEC or
                    in  a  "negotiated  transaction"  involving  more  than  one
                    percent of the  then-outstanding  shares of common  stock of
                    the Holding  Company.  As used herein,  the term "negotiated
                    transaction" means a transaction in which the securities are
                    offered and the terms and arrangements  relating to any sale
                    are  arrived at through  direct  communications  between the
                    seller or any Person  acting on its behalf and the purchaser
                    or  his  investment  representative.  The  term  "investment
                    representative" shall mean a professional investment advisor
                    acting as agent for the  purchaser  and  independent  of the
                    seller and not acting on behalf of the seller in  connection
                    with the transaction.

               2.   Repurchase  and  Dividend  Rights.  Except as  permitted  by
                    applicable   regulations,   for  a  period  of  three  years
                    following   Conversion,   the   Converted   Bank  shall  not
                    repurchase  any shares of its capital  stock,  except in the
                    case of an offer to  repurchase  on a pro rata basis made to
                    all  holders  of  capital  stock of the  Converted  Bank.  A
                    repurchase of qualifying  shares of a director  shall not be
                    deemed  to be a  repurchase  for  purposes  of this  Section
                    V.E.2.

                    Present regulations also provide that the Converted Bank may
                    not declare or pay a cash dividend on or  repurchase  any of
                    its stock (i) if the result  thereof  would be to reduce the
                    regulatory  capital of the  Converted  Bank below the amount
                    required  for  the  liquidation

                                      P-11


<PAGE>


                    account to be  established  pursuant to Section XIII hereof,
                    and (ii) except in compliance  with  requirements of Section
                    563.134 of the Rules and Regulations of the OTS.

                    The above  limitations  are subject to Section 563b.3 (g)(3)
                    of the Rules and  Regulations  of the OTS,  which  generally
                    provides that the Converted  Bank may repurchase its capital
                    stock  provided  (i) no  repurchases  occur  within one year
                    following conversion, (ii) repurchases during the second and
                    third year after conversion are part of an open market stock
                    repurchase  program that does not allow for a repurchase  of
                    more than 5% of the Bank's outstanding  capital stock during
                    a  twelve-month  period  without  OTS  approval,  (iii)  the
                    repurchases    do   not    cause    the   Bank   to   become
                    undercapitalized,  and (iv) the Bank provides  notice to the
                    OTS  at  least  10  days  prior  to  the  commencement  of a
                    repurchase program and the OTS does not object. In addition,
                    the  above   limitations  shall  not  preclude  payments  of
                    dividends or  repurchases  of capital stock by the Converted
                    Bank in the event applicable federal regulatory  limitations
                    are liberalized or waived subsequent to regulatory  approval
                    of the Plan.

               3.   Voting Rights. After Conversion, holders of deposit accounts
                    will  not have  voting  rights  in the  Bank or the  Holding
                    Company.  Exclusive  voting  rights  as to the Bank  will be
                    vested in the Holding  Company,  as the sole  stockholder of
                    the Bank.  Voting  rights as to the Holding  Company will be
                    held exclusively by its stockholders.

         F.    Exercise of Subscription Rights; Order Forms

               1.   If the Subscription  Offering occurs  concurrently  with the
                    solicitation  of  proxies  for  the  Special  Meeting,   the
                    subscription  prospectus  and Order Form may be sent to each
                    Eligible  Account  Holder,   Tax-Qualified   Employee  Plan,
                    Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder,  Other Member,  and
                    director,  Officer and employee at their last known  address
                    as shown on the records of the Bank. However,  the Bank may,
                    and if the Subscription Offering commences after the Special
                    Meeting the Bank shall,  furnish a  subscription  prospectus
                    and  Order   Form   only  to   Eligible   Account   Holders,
                    Tax-Qualified Employee Plans,  Supplemental Eligible Account
                    Holders,   Other  Members,   and  directors,   Officers  and
                    employees who have returned to the Bank by a specified  date
                    prior to the  commencement  of the  Subscription  Offering a
                    post  card  or  other  written  communication  requesting  a
                    subscription  prospectus and Order Form. In such event,  the
                    Bank shall provide a postage-paid post card for this purpose
                    and make  appropriate  disclosure in its proxy statement for
                    the  solicitation  of  proxies  to be voted  at the  Special
                    Meeting and/or letter sent in lieu of the proxy statement to
                    those Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans
                    or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who are not Members
                    on the Voting Record Date.

               2.   Each  Order  Form  will  be  preceded  or  accompanied  by a
                    subscription  prospectus  describing the Holding Company and
                    the  Converted  Bank  and  the  shares  of  Holding  Company
                    Conversion   Stock  being  offered  for   subscription   and
                    containing all other information  required by the OTS or the
                    SEC  or  necessary  to  enable   Persons  to  make  informed
                    investment  decisions  regarding  the  purchase  of  Holding
                    Company Conversion Stock.

               3.   The Order Forms (or accompanying  instructions) used for the
                    Subscription Offering will contain,  among other things, the
                    following:


                                      P-12

<PAGE>



                    (i)  A   clear   and   intelligible   explanation   of   the
                         Subscription  Rights granted under the Plan to Eligible
                         Account   Holders,    Tax-Qualified   Employee   Plans,
                         Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,  Other Members,
                         and directors, Officers and employees;

                    (ii) A specified  expiration  date by which Order Forms must
                         be returned to and actually received by the Bank or its
                         representative for purposes of exercising  Subscription
                         Rights,  which date will be not less than 20 days after
                         the Order Forms are mailed by the Bank;

                   (iii) The  Maximum  Subscription  Price  to be paid  for each
                         share subscribed for when the Order Form is returned;

                    (iv) A  statement  that 25 shares is the  minimum  number of
                         shares of Holding Company  Conversion Stock that may be
                         subscribed for under the Plan;

                    (v)  A  specifically  designated  blank space for indicating
                         the number of shares being subscribed for;

                    (vi) A set of  detailed  instructions  as to how to complete
                         the  Order  Form   including  a  statement  as  to  the
                         available alternative methods of payment for the shares
                         being subscribed for;

                   (vii) Specifically designated  blank  spaces  for dating and
                         signing the Order Form;

                    (viii) An  acknowledgement  that the subscriber has received
                         the subscription prospectus;

                    (ix) A statement of the  consequences of failing to properly
                         complete  and  return  the  Order  Form,   including  a
                         statement that the  Subscription  Rights will expire on
                         the expiration  date specified on the Order Form unless
                         such expiration date is extended by the Holding Company
                         and the Bank, and that the  Subscription  Rights may be
                         exercised only by delivering  the Order Form,  properly
                         completed   and   executed,   to   the   Bank   or  its
                         representative  by the expiration  date,  together with
                         required payment of the Maximum  Subscription Price for
                         all  shares  of  Holding   Company   Conversion   Stock
                         subscribed for;

                    (x)  A   statement   that  the   Subscription   Rights   are
                         non-transferable and that all shares of Holding Company
                         Conversion   Stock  subscribed  for  upon  exercise  of
                         Subscription  Rights must be purchased on behalf of the
                         Person  exercising the Subscription  Rights for his own
                         account; and

                    (xi) A  statement  that,  after  receipt  by the Bank or its
                         representative,  a  subscription  may not be  modified,
                         withdrawn or canceled without the consent of the Bank.

         G.    Method of Payment

                    Payment for all shares of Holding Company  Conversion  Stock
               subscribed for, computed on the basis of the Maximum Subscription
               Price,  must accompany all completed Order Forms.  Payment may be
               made in cash (if  presented  in  Person),  by  check,  or, if the

                                      P-13

<PAGE>


               subscriber  has a  Deposit  Account  in  the  Bank  (including  a
               certificate of deposit), the subscriber may authorize the Bank to
               charge the subscriber's  account. 

                    If a  subscriber  authorizes  the Bank to charge  his or her
               account, the funds will continue to earn interest, but may not be
               used by the subscriber until all Holding Company Conversion Stock
               has been sold or the Plan of Conversion is terminated,  whichever
               is earlier. The Bank will allow subscribers to purchase shares by
               withdrawing   funds  from   certificate   accounts   without  the
               assessment of early  withdrawal  penalties  with the exception of
               prepaid interest in the form of promotional gifts. In the case of
               early  withdrawal  of  only  a  portion  of  such  account,   the
               certificate  evidencing  such  account  shall be  canceled if the
               remaining  balance  of the  account  is less than the  applicable
               minimum balance requirement, in which event the remaining balance
               will earn interest at the passbook rate. This waiver of the early
               withdrawal  penalty is  applicable  only to  withdrawals  made in
               connection with the purchase of Holding Company  Conversion Stock
               under the Plan of Conversion.  Interest will also be paid, at not
               less than the  then-current  passbook rate, on all orders paid in
               cash, by check or money order,  from the date payment is received
               until  consummation of the Conversion.  Payments made in cash, by
               check or money  order  will be placed by the Bank in an escrow or
               other account established specifically for this purpose.

                    In the  event  of an  unfilled  amount  of any  subscription
               order,  the  Converted  Bank will make an  appropriate  refund or
               cancel  an   appropriate   portion  of  the  related   withdrawal
               authorization,  after  consummation of the Conversion,  including
               any  difference  between the Maximum  Subscription  Price and the
               Actual  Subscription  Price (unless  subscribers are afforded the
               right to apply such  difference  to the  purchase  of  additional
               whole   shares).   If  for  any  reason  the  Conversion  is  not
               consummated,  purchasers  will have refunded to them all payments
               made and all  withdrawal  authorizations  will be canceled in the
               case of  subscription  payments  authorized  from accounts at the
               Bank.

                    If any  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans or  Non-Tax-Qualified
               Employee  Plans  subscribe  for shares  during  the  Subscription
               Offering,  such plans will not be  required to pay for the shares
               subscribed for at the time they  subscribe,  but may pay for such
               shares of Holding Company  Conversion  Stock  subscribed for upon
               consummation  of the  Conversion.  In the event  that,  after the
               completion of the Subscription  Offering, the amount of shares to
               be issued is increased  above the maximum of the appraisal  range
               included  in  the  Prospectus,  the  Tax  Qualified  and  Non-Tax
               Qualified  Employee  Plans shall be  entitled  to increase  their
               subscriptions by a percentage equal to the percentage increase in
               the  amount  of shares to be  issued  above  the  maximum  of the
               appraisal range provided that such  subscriptions  shall continue
               to be subject to applicable  purchase limits and stock allocation
               procedures.

         H.    Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Forms; Insufficient Payment

                    The Boards of Directors of the Holding  Company and the Bank
               shall  have the  absolute  right,  in their sole  discretion,  to
               reject any Order  Form,  including  but not limited to, any Order
               Forms which (i) are not  delivered  or are returned by the United
               States Postal Service (or the addressee cannot be located);  (ii)
               are not received back by the Bank or its  representative,  or are
               received after the termination date specified thereon;  (iii) are
               defectively  completed or executed;  (iv) are not  accompanied by
               the total  required  payment  for the shares of  Holding  Company
               Conversion  Stock  subscribed for  (including  cases in which the


                                      P-14

<PAGE>


               subscribers'   Deposit  Accounts  or  certificate   accounts  are
               insufficient to cover the authorized  withdrawal for the required
               payment);  or (v) are submitted by or on behalf of a Person whose
               representations  the Boards of Directors  of the Holding  Company
               and the Bank believe to be false or who they  otherwise  believe,
               either  alone or acting in concert  with  others,  is  violating,
               evading  or  circumventing,  or  intends  to  violate,  evade  or
               circumvent, the terms and conditions of this Plan. In such event,
               the  Subscription  Rights of the Person to whom such  rights have
               been  granted  will not be honored  and will be treated as though
               such Person failed to return the completed  Order Form within the
               time  period  specified  therein.  The Bank may,  but will not be
               required to, waive any irregularity relating to any Order Form or
               require  submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of
               full payment for  subscribed  shares by such date as the Bank may
               specify.  The  interpretation of the Holding Company and the Bank
               of the  terms  and  conditions  of this  Plan  and of the  proper
               completion  of the  Order  Form  will be  final,  subject  to the
               authority of the OTS.

         I.    Member in Non-Qualified States or in Foreign Countries

                    The  Holding  Company  and the  Bank  will  make  reasonable
               efforts to comply with the  securities  laws of all states in the
               United States in which Persons  entitled to subscribe for Holding
               Company Conversion Stock pursuant to the Plan reside. However, no
               shares  will be offered or sold under the Plan of  Conversion  to
               any such  Person  who (1)  resides  in a foreign  country  or (2)
               resides in a state of the United  States in which a small  number
               of Persons  otherwise  eligible to subscribe for shares under the
               Plan of Conversion  reside or as to which the Holding Company and
               the Bank determine that  compliance  with the securities  laws of
               such  state  would  be  impracticable  for  reasons  of  cost  or
               otherwise,  including, but not limited to, a requirement that the
               Holding Company or the Bank or any of their  officers,  directors
               or employees  register,  under the securities laws of such state,
               as a broker, dealer,  salesman or agent. No payments will be made
               in  lieu of the  granting  of  Subscription  Rights  to any  such
               Person.

  VI.     FEDERAL STOCK CHARTER AND BYLAWS

          A.   As part of the  Conversion,  the Bank will  take all  appropriate
               steps to amend its  charter to read in the form of federal  stock
               savings institution charter as prescribed by the OTS. The name of
               the Bank, as converted,  will be "First Security  Federal Savings
               Bank." A copy of the proposed  stock  charter is  available  upon
               request.  By their  approval of the Plan, the Members of the Bank
               will thereby approve and adopt such charter.

          B.   The Bank will also take appropriate  steps to amend its bylaws to
               read  in the  form  prescribed  by the OTS  for a  federal  stock
               savings institution.  A copy of the proposed federal stock bylaws
               is available upon request.

          C.   The  effective  date of the adoption of the Bank's  federal stock
               charter and bylaws  shall be the date of the issuance and sale of
               the Holding Company Conversion Stock as specified by the OTS.

VII.    ESTABLISHMENT AND FUNDING OF CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

     As part of the Conversion,  and  notwithstanding any other statement herein
to the contrary,  the Holding  Company  intends to issue  250,000  shares of its
Common Stock from its authorized but unissued shares to the Heritage  Foundation
of First Security Federal Savings Bank, Inc., a charitable  organization

                                      P-15

<PAGE>



created under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Foundation").
Such  issuance  (the  "Contribution")  shall be in the  form of  either a direct
contribution  or a sale  for the  aggregate  amount  of  their  par  value.  The
Contribution  is  being  made in  connection  with  the  Conversion  in order to
complement the Bank's existing community reinvestment  activities and to support
the communities in which the Bank operates.  The  Contribution is expected to be
completed not later than twelve months after the completion of the Conversion.

     The Foundation is dedicated to the promotion of charitable  purposes within
the  communities  in which the Bank  operates,  including,  but not  limited to,
grants or  donations  to support  not-for-profit  medical  facilities,  cultural
activities,  community groups and other types of organizations or projects. As a
private Foundation,  the Foundation is required to distribute annually in grants
or donations at least 5% of its net investment assets.

      The authority for the affairs of the  Foundation is vested in the Board of
Trustees of the  Foundation,  none of whom may vote as  directors of the Bank or
the Holding Company on the Donation.

      The  Contribution  is subject to the  approval  of a majority of the total
outstanding  votes of the  Bank's  members  eligible  to be cast at the  Special
Meeting.  The Contribution will be considered as a separate matter from approval
of the Plan of Conversion. If the Bank's members approve the Plan of Conversion,
but not the  Contribution,  the Bank intends to complete the Conversion  without
the  Contribution.  Failure to approve the Contribution may materially  increase
the pro forma market value of the Common Stock being offered since the estimated
valuation range takes into account the after-tax impact of the Donation. If such
an event  occurs,  the Bank would be  required  to  resolicit  subscribers.  For
comparison  purposes,  voting  members will be provided with a projection of the
pro forma market value of the  Conversion  Stock,  an estimated  price range and
certain  selected  pro forma  data that  would  result  if the  Conversion  were
consummated without the Contribution.

VIII.    HOLDING COMPANY CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

     A copy of the proposed  certificate of incorporation of the Holding Company
will be made available to members upon request.

IX.  DIRECTORS OF THE CONVERTED BANK

     Each Person  serving as a member of the Board of  Directors  of the Bank at
the time of the  Conversion  will  thereupon  become a director of the Converted
Bank.

X.   STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN AND RECOGNITION AND RETENTION PLAN

     In order to provide an incentive for  directors,  Officers and employees of
the Holding  Company and its  subsidiaries  (including  the Bank),  the Board of
Directors  of the  Holding  Company  intends to adopt,  subject  to  shareholder
approval, a stock option and incentive plan and a recognition and retention plan
as soon as permitted by applicable regulation.

XI.  CONTRIBUTIONS TO TAX-QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE PLANS

     The Converted  Bank and the Holding  Company may in their  discretion  make
scheduled  contributions to any Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans, provided that any
such  contributions  which are for the acquisition of Holding Company Conversion

                                      P-16

<PAGE>


Stock, or the repayment of debt incurred for such an  acquisition,  do not cause
the Converted Bank to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirements.

XII. SECURITIES REGISTRATION AND MARKET MAKING

     Promptly  following the  Conversion,  the Holding Company will register its
stock  with  the SEC  pursuant  to the  Exchange  Act.  In  connection  with the
registration,  the Holding  Company will undertake not to deregister such stock,
without the approval of the OTS, for a period of three years thereafter.

     The Holding  Company shall use its best efforts to encourage and assist two
or more market  makers to  establish  and maintain a market for its common stock
promptly  following  Conversion.  The  Holding  Company  will  also use its best
efforts to cause its common  stock to be quoted on the National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  Automated  Quotations  System  or to be  listed on a
national or regional securities exchange.

XIII.  STATUS OF SAVINGS ACCOUNTS AND LOANS SUBSEQUENT TO CONVERSION

     Each Deposit Account holder shall retain,  without payment,  a withdrawable
Deposit  Account  or  Accounts  in the  Converted  Bank,  equal in amount to the
withdrawable value of such account holder's Deposit Account or Accounts prior to
Conversion.  All Deposit  Accounts will continue to be insured by the SAIF up to
the applicable  limits of insurance  coverage,  and shall be subject to the same
terms and  conditions  (except  as to voting  and  liquidation  rights)  as such
Deposit  Account  in the Bank at the time of the  Conversion.  All  loans  shall
retain the same status after Conversion as these loans had prior to Conversion.

XIV. LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT

     For  purposes  of granting to  Eligible  Account  Holders and  Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holders  who  continue to  maintain  Deposit  Accounts at the
Converted  Bank a  priority  in  the  event  of a  complete  liquidation  of the
Converted Bank, the Converted Bank will, at the time of Conversion,  establish a
liquidation  account in an amount equal to the net worth of the Bank as shown on
its latest  statement of  financial  condition  contained in the final  offering
circular used in connection with the Conversion. The creation and maintenance of
the  liquidation  account will not operate to restrict the use or application of
any of the regulatory capital accounts of the Converted Bank; provided, however,
that such regulatory capital accounts will not be voluntarily  reduced below the
required dollar amount of the liquidation account.  Each Eligible Account Holder
and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder shall,  with respect to the Deposit
Account held, have a related  inchoate  interest in a portion of the liquidation
account balance ("subaccount balance").

     The initial  subaccount  balance of a Deposit  Account  held by an Eligible
Account Holder and/or  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder shall be determined
by multiplying the opening  balance in the liquidation  account by a fraction of
which the  numerator  is the amount of the  Qualifying  Deposit  in the  Deposit
Account on the  Eligibility  Record  Date  and/or the  Supplemental  Eligibility
Record Date and the  denominator is the total amount of the Qualifying  Deposits
of all Eligible  Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders on
such record dates in the Bank. For Deposit  Accounts in existence at both dates,
separate subaccounts shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits
in such Deposit Accounts on such record dates. Such initial  subaccount  balance
shall not be  increased,  and it shall be  subject  to  downward  adjustment  as
provided below.

                                      P-17

<PAGE>


     If the deposit balance in any Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder
or Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder at the close of business on any annual
closing  date  subsequent  to the record date is less than the lesser of (i) the
deposit  balance in such  Deposit  Account at the close of business on any other
annual  closing  date  subsequent  to  the   Eligibility   Record  Date  or  the
Supplemental  Eligibility  Record  Date or (ii)  the  amount  of the  Qualifying
Deposit in such Deposit Account on the  Eligibility  Record Date or Supplemental
Eligibility  Record Date, the  subaccount  balance shall be reduced in an amount
proportionate  to the  reduction  in such  deposit  balance.  In the  event of a
downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased,
notwithstanding  any  increase  in the deposit  balance of the  related  Deposit
Account.  If all  funds in such  Deposit  Account  are  withdrawn,  the  related
subaccount balance shall be reduced to zero.

     In the  event  of a  complete  liquidation  of the Bank  (and  only in such
event),  each Eligible Account Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder
shall be entitled to receive a  liquidation  distribution  from the  liquidation
account in the  amount of the  then-current  adjusted  subaccount  balances  for
Deposit  Accounts then held before any liquidation  distribution  may be made to
stockholders. No merger, consolidation, bulk purchase of assets with assumptions
of Deposit Accounts and other liabilities,  or similar transactions with another
institution  the accounts of which are insured by the SAIF,  shall be considered
to be a complete  liquidation.  In such  transactions,  the liquidation  account
shall be assumed by the surviving institution.

XV. RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF CONVERTED BANK

     Regulations of the OTS limit acquisitions, and offers to acquire, direct or
indirect  beneficial  ownership  of more  than  10% of any  class  of an  equity
security of the Converted Bank or the Holding Company.  In addition,  consistent
with the regulations of the OTS, the charter of the Converted Bank shall provide
that for a period of five years following  completion of the Conversion:  (i) no
Person (i.e., no individual, group acting in concert, corporation,  partnership,
association,  joint stock company,  trust,  or  unincorporated  organization  or
similar  company,  syndicate,  or any other  group  formed  for the  purpose  of
acquiring,  holding or disposing of securities of an insured  institution) shall
directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire beneficial  ownership of more
than 10% of any class of the Bank's equity securities. Shares beneficially owned
in violation of this charter  provision  shall not be counted as shares entitled
to vote and shall  not be voted by any  Person or  counted  as voting  shares in
connection  with any  matter  submitted  to the  shareholders  for a vote.  This
limitation  shall not apply to any offer to acquire or acquisition of beneficial
ownership  of more  than 10% of the  common  stock of the Bank by a  corporation
whose  ownership is or will be  substantially  the same as the  ownership of the
Bank,  provided  that  the  offer  or  acquisition  is made  more  than one year
following the date of completion of the Conversion;  (ii) shareholders shall not
be  permitted to cumulate  their votes for  elections  of  directors;  and (iii)
special meetings of the shareholders relating to changes in control or amendment
of the charter may only be called by the Board of Directors.

XVI.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

     If  necessary  or  desirable,  the Plan may be amended at any time prior to
submission of the Plan and proxy  materials to the Members by a two-thirds  vote
of the respective Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank. After
submission  of the Plan and  proxy  materials  to the  Members,  the Plan may be
amended  by a  two-thirds  vote of the  respective  Boards of  Directors  of the
Holding  Company and the Bank only with the concurrence of the OTS. In the event
that the Bank  determines  that for tax  purposes or otherwise it is in the best
interest  of the Bank to  convert  from a  federal  mutual  to a  federal  stock
institution without the concurrent  formation of a holding company, the Plan may
be substantively  amended,  with OTS approval,  in such respects as the Board of
Directors  of the Bank deems  appropriate  to reflect such change from a holding
company conversion to a direct conversion.  In the event the Plan is so amended,

                                      P-18

<PAGE>


common  stock of the Bank will be  substituted  for Holding  Company  Conversion
Stock in the Subscription, Direct Community or Public Offerings, and subscribers
will be resolicited as described in Section V hereof. Any amendments to the Plan
(including  amendments  to reflect the  elimination  of the  concurrent  holding
company  formation)  made after approval by the Members with the  concurrence of
the OTS shall not necessitate  further  approval by the Members unless otherwise
required.

     The Plan may be  terminated  by a  two-thirds  vote of the Bank's  Board of
Directors at any time prior to the Special  Meeting of Members,  and at any time
following  such  Special  Meeting  with  the  concurrence  of  the  OTS.  In its
discretion,  the Board of Directors of the Bank may modify or terminate the Plan
upon the order or with the approval of the OTS and without  further  approval by
Members.  The Plan shall terminate if the sale of all shares of Conversion Stock
is not completed within 24 months of the date of the Special Meeting. A specific
resolution  approved  by a  majority  of the Board of  Directors  of the Bank is
required  in order for the Bank to  terminate  the Plan prior to the end of such
24-month period.

XVII. EXPENSES OF THE CONVERSION

     The  Holding  Company  and the Bank shall use their best  efforts to assure
that  expenses  incurred  by them in  connection  with the  Conversion  shall be
reasonable.

XVIII. TAX RULING

     Consummation of the Conversion is expressly  conditioned upon prior receipt
of either a ruling of the United States  Internal  Revenue Service or an opinion
of tax  counsel  with  respect to federal  taxation,  and either a ruling of the
Illinois taxation  authorities or an opinion of tax counsel or other tax advisor
with  respect to  Illinois  taxation,  to the effect  that  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated  herein will not be taxable to the Holding Company or
the Bank.

XIX. EXTENSION OF CREDIT FOR PURCHASE OF STOCK

     The Bank may not  knowingly  loan funds or otherwise  extend  credit to any
Person to purchase in the Conversion shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock.

                                      P-19

                                                                     Exhibit 3.1

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                        FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL, INC.


     FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc.
(hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Corporation").

     SECOND:  The address of the  registered  office of the  Corporation  in the
State of Delaware is Corporation  Trust Center,  1209 Orange Street, in the City
of Wilmington,  County of New Castle.  The name of the registered  agent at that
address is The Corporation Trust Company.

     THIRD:  The  purpose of the  Corporation  is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General  Corporation
Law of Delaware.

     FOURTH:

          A. The  total  number  of shares  of all  classes  of stock  which the
     Corporation shall have the authority to issue is eight million five hundred
     thousand (8,500,000) consisting of:

               1. five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of preferred stock, par
          value one cent ($.01) per share (the "Preferred Stock"); and

               2. eight million  (8,000,000)  shares of common stock,  par value
          one cent ($.01) per share (the "Common Stock").

          B. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly  authorized,  subject to
     any  limitations  prescribed  by law,  to provide  for the  issuance of the
     shares of Preferred Stock in series,  and by filing a certificate  pursuant
     to the  applicable  law of the State of Delaware  (such  certificate  being
     hereinafter referred to as a "Preferred Stock  Designation"),  to establish
     from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such  series,
     and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of
     each  such  series  and any  qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions
     thereof.  The number of  authorized  shares of the  Preferred  Stock may be
     increased  or  decreased  (but not below the number of shares  thereof then
     outstanding)  by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of the
     Common Stock,  without a vote of the holders of the Preferred  Stock, or of
     any series thereof,  unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant
     to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation.

          C. 1.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this  Certificate  of
     Incorporation, in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding Common
     Stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who,
     as of any record date for the  determination  of  stockholders  entitled to
     vote  on  any   matter,   beneficially   owns  in  excess  of  10%  of  the
     then-outstanding  shares of Common Stock (the  "Limit"),  be  entitled,  or
     permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit.
     The number of votes which may be cast

                                        1

<PAGE>



by any  record  owner by virtue of the  provisions  hereof in  respect of Common
Stock  beneficially  owned by such person  owning  shares in excess of the Limit
shall be a number equal to the total number of votes which a single record owner
of all Common Stock owned by such person  would be entitled to cast,  multiplied
by a fraction,  the  numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or
series  beneficially  owned by such  person  and owned of record by such  record
owner and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock
beneficially owned by such person owning shares in excess of the Limit.

               2. The  following  definitions  shall apply to this  Section C of
          this Article FOURTH:

                    (a) An "affiliate" of a specified person shall mean a person
               that directly,  or indirectly through one or more intermediaries,
               controls,  or is controlled  by, or is under common control with,
               the person specified.

                    (b) "Beneficial  ownership" shall be determined  pursuant to
               Rule  13d-3  of the  General  Rules  and  Regulations  under  the
               Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934  (or  any  successor  rule  or
               statutory  provision),  or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded
               and  there  shall be no  successor  rule or  statutory  provision
               thereto,  pursuant  to said  Rule  13d-3 as in  effect on June 1,
               1997; provided,  however, that a person shall, in any event, also
               be deemed the "beneficial owner" of any Common Stock:

                         (1)  which  such  person  or  any  of  its   affiliates
                    beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

                         (2) which such person or any of its  affiliates has (i)
                    the right to  acquire  (whether  such  right is  exercisable
                    immediately or only after the passage of time),  pursuant to
                    any agreement,  arrangement or understanding  (but shall not
                    be deemed to be the  beneficial  owner of any voting  shares
                    solely  by  reason  of  an  agreement,  contract,  or  other
                    arrangement  with this Corporation to effect any transaction
                    which  is  described  in any one or more of the  clauses  of
                    Section  A of  Article  EIGHTH)  or  upon  the  exercise  of
                    conversion rights, exchange rights,  warrants, or options or
                    otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power
                    with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement,
                    understanding,  relationship  or otherwise (but shall not be
                    deemed  to be the  beneficial  owner  of any  voting  shares
                    solely  by  reason  of  a  revocable  proxy  granted  for  a
                    particular  meeting of  stockholders,  pursuant  to a public
                    solicitation  of proxies for such  meeting,  with respect to
                    shares of which  neither such person nor any such  affiliate
                    is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

                         (3)  which  are   beneficially   owned,   directly   or
                    indirectly,  by any  other  person  with  which  such  first
                    mentioned  person  or  any  of  its  affiliates  acts  as  a
                    partnership,  limited partnership,  syndicate or other group
                    pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement or understanding for
                    the purpose of  acquiring,  holding,  voting or disposing of
                    any shares of capital stock of this Corporation;

                                        2

<PAGE>



                    and  provided  further,  however,  that (1) no  director  or
                    officer of this  Corporation  (or any  affiliate of any such
                    director or officer)  shall,  solely by reason of any or all
                    of such directors or officers acting in their  capacities as
                    such, be deemed,  for any purposes  hereof,  to beneficially
                    own any Common  Stock  beneficially  owned by any other such
                    director  or officer  (or any  affiliate  thereof),  and (2)
                    neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of this
                    Corporation  or any subsidiary of this  Corporation  nor any
                    trustee  with  respect  thereto  (or any  affiliate  of such
                    trustee)  shall,  solely by reason of such  capacity of such
                    trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially
                    own any Common Stock held under any such plan.  For purposes
                    of computing the percentage  beneficial  ownership of Common
                    Stock  of a  person,  the  outstanding  Common  Stock  shall
                    include   shares   deemed  owned  by  such  person   through
                    application  of this  subsection  but shall not  include any
                    other Common Stock which may be issuable by this Corporation
                    pursuant to any  agreement,  or upon  exercise of conversion
                    rights,  warrants or options,  or  otherwise.  For all other
                    purposes,  the  outstanding  Common Stock shall include only
                    Common  Stock then  outstanding  and shall not  include  any
                    Common  Stock  which  may be  issuable  by this  Corporation
                    pursuant  to  any   agreement,   or  upon  the  exercise  of
                    conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

                    (c) A "person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation,
               or other entity.

                    (d) The Board of Directors  shall have the power to construe
               and  apply  the  provisions  of  this  section  and to  make  all
               determinations   necessary  or   desirable   to  implement   such
               provisions,  including but not limited to matters with respect to
               (1) the number of shares of Common  Stock  beneficially  owned by
               any person, (2) whether a person is an affiliate of another,  (3)
               whether a person has an agreement,  arrangement, or understanding
               with another as to the matters  referred to in the  definition of
               beneficial ownership, (4) the application of any other definition
               or operative provision of this Section to the given facts, or (5)
               any other matter relating to the  applicability or effect of this
               Section.

               3. The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any
          person who is reasonably  believed to beneficially own Common Stock in
          excess of the Limit (or  holds of  record  Common  Stock  beneficially
          owned by any person in excess of the  Limit) (a  "Holder  in  Excess")
          supply the Corporation with complete  information as to (a) the record
          owner(s)  of all shares  beneficially  owned by such Holder in Excess,
          and (b) any other  factual  matter  relating to the  applicability  or
          effect of this section as may  reasonably  be requested of such Holder
          in Excess.  The Board of  Directors  shall  further  have the right to
          receive  from any  Holder in  Excess  reimbursement  for all  expenses
          incurred  by the Board in  connection  with its  investigation  of any
          matters  relating to the  applicability  or effect of this  section on
          such  Holder in Excess,  to the extent  such  investigation  is deemed
          appropriate  by the Board of  Directors  as a result of the  Holder in
          Excess  refusing  to  supply  the  Corporation  with  the  information
          described in the previous sentence.


                                        3

<PAGE>



               4. Except as otherwise  provided by law or expressly  provided in
          this Section C, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of
          record of shares of capital  stock of the  Corporation  entitling  the
          holders  thereof to cast  one-third of the votes (after giving effect,
          if required, to the provisions of this Section) entitled to be cast by
          the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation  entitled to
          vote shall  constitute a quorum at all  meetings of the  stockholders,
          and every reference in this Certificate of Incorporation to a majority
          or other  proportion  of capital  stock (or the holders  thereof)  for
          purposes of determining any quorum  requirement or any requirement for
          stockholder  consent  or  approval  shall be  deemed  to refer to such
          majority or other  proportion  of the votes (or the  holders  thereof)
          then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

               5. Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the
          Board of Directors,  pursuant to this Section in good faith and on the
          basis  of such  information  and  assistance  as was  then  reasonably
          available for such purpose,  shall be conclusive  and binding upon the
          Corporation and its stockholders.

               6. In the  event  any  provision  (or  portion  thereof)  of this
          Section C shall be found to be invalid,  prohibited  or  unenforceable
          for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this
          Section shall remain in full force and effect,  and shall be construed
          as if such  invalid,  prohibited or  unenforceable  provision had been
          stricken  herefrom or otherwise  rendered  inapplicable,  it being the
          intent  of  this  Corporation  and its  stockholders  that  each  such
          remaining  provision (or portion thereof) of this Section C remain, to
          the fullest extent permitted by law,  applicable and enforceable as to
          all  stockholders,  including  stockholders  owning an amount of stock
          over the Limit, notwithstanding any such finding.

     FIFTH:  The  following  provisions  are inserted for the  management of the
business  and the  conduct of the  affairs of the  Corporation,  and for further
definition,  limitation and regulation of the powers of the  Corporation  and of
its directors and stockholders:

          A. The business and affairs of the Corporation  shall be managed by or
     under the  direction of the Board of  Directors.  In addition to the powers
     and  authority  expressly  conferred  upon  them  by  Statute  or  by  this
     Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  the  By-laws  of the  Corporation,  the
     directors are hereby  empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such
     acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

          B. The  directors  of the  Corporation  need not be elected by written
     ballot unless the By-laws so provide.

          C.  Subject  to the  rights  of  holders  of any  class or  series  of
     Preferred  Stock,  any  action  required  or  permitted  to be taken by the
     stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or
     special  meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected
     by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

          D.  Subject  to the  rights  of  holders  of any  class or  series  of
     Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be
     called only by the Board of Directors

                                        4

<PAGE>



     pursuant  to a  resolution  adopted  by a majority  of the total  number of
     directors  which the  Corporation  would have if there were no vacancies on
     the Board of Directors (the "Whole Board").

          E. Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the
     election of directors.

     SIXTH:

          A.  The  number  of  directors  shall  be  fixed  from  time  to  time
     exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a
     majority of the Whole  Board.  The  directors,  other than those who may be
     elected by the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock,  shall be
     divided  into  three  classes,  as nearly  equal in  number  as  reasonably
     possible,  with the term of  office  of the  first  class to  expire at the
     conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders,  the term of office
     of the second class to expire at the  conclusion  of the annual  meeting of
     stockholders  one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class
     to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years
     thereafter,  with each  director to hold office until his or her  successor
     shall have been duly  elected  and  qualified.  At each  annual  meeting of
     stockholders following such initial classification and election,  directors
     elected to succeed those  directors whose terms expire shall be elected for
     a term of  office  to expire at the  third  succeeding  annual  meeting  of
     stockholders after their election,  with each director to hold office until
     his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

          B.  Subject  to the rights of the  holders of any series of  Preferred
     Stock then  outstanding,  newly created  directorships  resulting  from any
     increase in the  authorized  number of  directors  or any  vacancies in the
     Board  of  Directors   resulting  from  death,   resignation,   retirement,
     disqualification,  removal from office or other cause may be filled only by
     a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum,
     and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual
     meeting of  stockholders  at which the term of office of the class to which
     they have been elected expires,  and until such director's  successor shall
     have  been  duly  elected  and  qualified.  No  decrease  in the  number of
     directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any
     incumbent director.

          C.  Advance  notice of  stockholder  nominations  for the  election of
     directors and of business to be brought by stockholders  before any meeting
     of the  stockholders  of the  Corporation  shall  be  given  in the  manner
     provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

          D.  Subject  to the rights of the  holders of any series of  Preferred
     Stock then  outstanding,  any directors,  or the entire Board of Directors,
     may be removed from office at any time,  but only for cause and only by the
     affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all
     of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled
     to vote generally in the election of directors  (after giving effect to the
     provisions of Article FOURTH of this Certificate of Incorporation),  voting
     together as a single class.


                                        5

<PAGE>



     SEVENTH:  The Board of Directors is expressly  empowered to adopt, amend or
repeal the By-laws of the Corporation.  Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the
By-laws of the  Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval
of a majority  of the Whole  Board.  The  stockholders  shall also have power to
adopt,  amend or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation.  In addition to any vote
of the holders of any class or series of stock of this  Corporation  required by
law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders
of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the
capital stock of the  Corporation  entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors  (after giving effect to the  provisions  of Article  FOURTH  hereof),
voting together as a single class,  shall be required to adopt,  amend or repeal
any provisions of the By-laws of the Corporation.

     EIGHTH:

          A.  In  addition  to any  affirmative  vote  required  by law or  this
     Certificate of Incorporation, and except as otherwise expressly provided in
     this Section:

               1.  any  merger  or  consolidation  of  the  Corporation  or  any
          Subsidiary   (as   hereinafter   defined)  with  (a)  any   Interested
          Stockholder  (as  hereinafter  defined)  or (b) any other  corporation
          (whether or not itself an Interested  Stockholder)  which is, or after
          such merger or  consolidation  would be, an Affiliate (as  hereinafter
          defined) of an Interested Stockholder; or

               2. any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other
          disposition  (in one  transaction or a series of  transactions)  to or
          with any  Interested  Stockholder,  or any Affiliate of any Interested
          Stockholder, of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary having
          an aggregate  Fair Market  Value (as  hereafter  defined)  equaling or
          exceeding 25% or more of the combined  assets of the  Corporation  and
          its Subsidiaries; or

               3. the issuance or transfer by the  Corporation or any Subsidiary
          (in one transaction or a series of  transactions) of any securities of
          the Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any
          Affiliate  of  any  Interested   Stockholder  in  exchange  for  cash,
          securities  or other  property (or a  combination  thereof)  having an
          aggregate  Fair Market Value equaling or exceeding 25% of the combined
          assets of the Corporation and its  Subsidiaries  except pursuant to an
          employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof; or

               4. the  adoption of any plan or proposal for the  liquidation  or
          dissolution  of  the  Corporation  proposed  by or on  behalf  of  any
          Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder;
          or

               5. any  reclassification  of  securities  (including  any reverse
          stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or
          consolidation  of the Corporation  with any of its Subsidiaries or any
          other transaction  (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving
          an  Interested   Stockholder)  which  has  the  effect,   directly  or
          indirectly,

                                        6

<PAGE>



          of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any
          class of equity or  convertible  securities of the  Corporation or any
          Subsidiary  which is directly or  indirectly  owned by any  Interested
          Stockholder  or  any  Affiliate  of  any  Interested   Stockholder  (a
          "Disproportionate  Transaction");  provided,  however,  that  no  such
          transaction  shall be  deemed a  Disproportionate  Transaction  if the
          increase in the proportionate  ownership of the Interested Stockholder
          or  Affiliate as a result of such  transaction  is no greater than the
          increase experienced by the other stockholders generally;

shall require the affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting
power of the  then-outstanding  shares of stock of the  Corporation  entitled to
vote in the election of directors  (the "Voting  Stock"),  voting  together as a
single class. Such affirmative vote shall be required  notwithstanding  the fact
that no vote may be required,  or that a lesser percentage may be specified,  by
law or by any other  provisions  of this  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or any
Preferred  Stock  Designation or in any agreement  with any national  securities
exchange or quotation system or otherwise.

     The term "Business  Combination"  as used in this Article EIGHTH shall mean
any transaction  which is referred to in any one or more of paragraphs 1 through
5 of Section A of this Article EIGHTH.

          B. The  provisions  of Section A of this  Article  EIGHTH shall not be
     applicable  to any  particular  Business  Combination,  and  such  Business
     Combination  shall require only the affirmative vote of the majority of the
     outstanding  shares of capital  stock  entitled to vote, or such vote as is
     required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, if, in the case of
     any  Business   Combination  that  does  not  involve  any  cash  or  other
     consideration  being received by the stockholders of the Corporation solely
     in  their  capacity  as  stockholders  of the  Corporation,  the  condition
     specified in the following  paragraph 1 is met or, in the case of any other
     Business  Combination,  all of the  conditions  specified  in either of the
     following paragraphs 1 and 2 are met:

               1.  The  Business  Combination  shall  have  been  approved  by a
          majority of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined).

               2. All of the following conditions shall have been met:

                    (a) The  aggregate  amount  of the cash and the Fair  Market
               Value  as of  the  date  of  the  consummation  of  the  Business
               Combination of  consideration  other than cash to be received per
               share by the holders of Common Stock in such Business Combination
               shall at least be equal to the higher of the following:

                         (1)  (if  applicable)  the  Highest  Per  Share  Price,
                    including  any  brokerage  commissions,  transfer  taxes and
                    soliciting dealers' fees, paid by the Interested Stockholder
                    or any of its  Affiliates  for any  shares of  Common  Stock
                    acquired by it (i) within the  two-year  period  immediately
                    prior to the first  public  announcement  of the proposal of
                    the Business

                                        7

<PAGE>



                    Combination  (the  "Announcement  Date"),  or  (ii)  in  the
                    transaction  in which it became an  Interested  Stockholder,
                    whichever is higher.

                         (2) the Fair Market  Value per share of Common Stock on
                    the Announcement Date or on the date on which the Interested
                    Stockholder  became an Interested  Stockholder  (such latter
                    date  is  referred  to  in  this   Article   EIGHTH  as  the
                    "Determination Date"), whichever is higher.

                    (b) The  aggregate  amount  of the cash and the Fair  Market
               Value  as of  the  date  of  the  consummation  of  the  Business
               Combination of  consideration  other than cash to be received per
               share by  holders  of shares of any class of  outstanding  Voting
               Stock  other than  Common  Stock  shall be at least  equal to the
               highest of the following (it being intended that the requirements
               of this subparagraph (b) shall be required to be met with respect
               to every such class of outstanding  Voting Stock,  whether or not
               the Interested  Stockholder has previously acquired any shares of
               a particular class of Voting Stock):

                         (1) (if  applicable)  the  Highest  Per Share Price (as
                    hereinafter defined),  including any brokerage  commissions,
                    transfer  taxes and soliciting  dealers'  fees,  paid by the
                    Interested  Stockholder  for any  shares  of such  class  of
                    Voting Stock  acquired by it (i) within the two-year  period
                    immediately  prior to the Announcement  Date, or (ii) in the
                    transaction  in which it became an  Interested  Stockholder,
                    whichever is higher;

                         (2) (if applicable) the highest preferential amount per
                    share to which the holders of shares of such class of Voting
                    Stock  are  entitled  in  the  event  of  any  voluntary  or
                    involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the
                    Corporation; and

                         (3) the Fair  Market  Value per share of such  class of
                    Voting   Stock   on  the   Announcement   Date   or  on  the
                    Determination Date, whichever is higher.

                    (c)  The  consideration  to  be  received  by  holders  of a
               particular class of outstanding  Voting Stock  (including  Common
               Stock)  shall  be in cash or in the same  form as the  Interested
               Stockholder  has  previously  paid for  shares  of such  class of
               Voting Stock.  If the Interested  Stockholder has paid for shares
               of any class of Voting Stock with varying forms of consideration,
               the form of  consideration to be received per share by holders of
               shares of such class of Voting  Stock shall be either cash or the
               form used to acquire the  largest  number of shares of such class
               of  Voting   Stock   previously   acquired   by  the   Interested
               Stockholder.  The price determined in accordance with Section B.2
               of this Article EIGHTH shall be subject

                                        8

<PAGE>



               to  appropriate  adjustment  in the event of any stock  dividend,
               stock split, combination of shares or similar event.

                    (d)  After  such   Interested   Stockholder  has  become  an
               Interested  Stockholder  and  prior to the  consummation  of such
               Business Combination; (i) except as approved by a majority of the
               Disinterested  Directors,  there  shall  have been no  failure to
               declare and pay at the regular date  therefor any full  quarterly
               dividends  (whether or not cumulative) on any  outstanding  stock
               having  preference  over  the  Common  Stock as to  dividends  or
               liquidation;  (ii) there shall have been (X) no  reduction in the
               annual  rate of  dividends  paid on the Common  Stock  (except as
               necessary to reflect any subdivision of the Common Stock), except
               as approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, and (Y)
               an  increase in such annual rate of  dividends  as  necessary  to
               reflect any reclassification (including any reverse stock split),
               recapitalization, reorganization or any similar transaction which
               has the effect of reducing  the number of  outstanding  shares of
               Common Stock,  unless the failure to so increase such annual rate
               is  approved by a majority of the  Disinterested  Directors;  and
               (iii)  neither  such  Interested   Stockholder  nor  any  of  its
               Affiliates   shall  have  become  the  beneficial  owner  of  any
               additional   shares  of  Voting  Stock  except  as  part  of  the
               transaction which results in such Interested Stockholder becoming
               an Interested Stockholder.

                    (e)  After  such   Interested   Stockholder  has  become  an
               Interested  Stockholder,  such Interested  Stockholder  shall not
               have  received  the  benefit,   directly  or  indirectly  (except
               proportionately  as  a  stockholder),  of  any  loans,  advances,
               guarantees,  pledges  or other  financial  assistance  or any tax
               credits  or other tax  advantages  provided  by the  Corporation,
               whether in  anticipation  of or in connection  with such Business
               Combination or otherwise.

                    (f) A proxy or information statement describing the proposed
               Business  Combination and complying with the  requirements of the
               Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 and the rules  and  regulations
               thereunder  (or any  subsequent  provisions  replacing  such Act,
               rules or  regulations)  shall be  mailed to  stockholders  of the
               Corporation  at least 30 days prior to the  consummation  of such
               Business  Combination  (whether or not such proxy or  information
               statement  is  required  to be  mailed  pursuant  to such  Act or
               subsequent provisions).

          C. For the purposes of this Article EIGHTH:

               1. A "Person"  shall  include an  individual,  a group  acting in
          concert,  a  corporation,  a  partnership,  an  association,  a  joint
          venture,  a pool, a joint stock company,  a trust,  an  unincorporated
          organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed
          for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.

               2. "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any Person (other than the
          Corporation  or any  holding  company or  Subsidiary  thereof)  who or
          which:

                                        9

<PAGE>



                    (a) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more
               than 10% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock; or

                    (b) is an  Affiliate  of  the  Corporation  and at any  time
               within  the  two-year  period  immediately  prior  to the date in
               question was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10%
               or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding Voting Stock;
               or

                    (c) is an  assignee  of or has  otherwise  succeeded  to any
               shares of Voting Stock which were at any time within the two-year
               period  immediately  prior to the date in  question  beneficially
               owned  by any  Interested  Stockholder,  if  such  assignment  or
               succession  shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or
               series of transactions not involving a public offering within the
               meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.

               3. A Person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any Voting Stock:

                    (a) which such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates
               (as  hereinafter   defined)   beneficially   owns,   directly  or
               indirectly  within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities
               Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on June 1, 1997; or

                    (b) which such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates
               has (i) the right to acquire  (whether such right is  exercisable
               immediately  or only after the passage of time),  pursuant to any
               agreement,  arrangement or  understanding or upon the exercise of
               conversion  rights,  exchange  rights,  warrants or  options,  or
               otherwise,  or (ii) the right to vote pursuant to any  agreement,
               arrangement  or  understanding  (but  neither such Person nor any
               such Affiliate or Associate  shall be deemed to be the beneficial
               owner of any  shares  of  Voting  Stock  solely  by  reason  of a
               revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders,
               pursuant to a public  solicitation  of proxies for such  meeting,
               and with respect to which shares neither such Person nor any such
               Affiliate or Associate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner);
               or

                    (c) which are  beneficially  owned,  directly or  indirectly
               within the  meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the  Securities  Exchange
               Act of 1934,  as in effect on June 1, 1997,  by any other  Person
               with which such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has
               any agreement,  arrangement or understanding  for the purposes of
               acquiring,  holding,  voting  (other  than  solely by reason of a
               revocable  proxy  as  described  in  Subparagraph   (b)  of  this
               Paragraph 3) or in disposing of any shares of Voting Stock;

          provided,  however,  that, in the case of any employee stock ownership
          or similar plan of the  Corporation  or of any Subsidiary in which the
          beneficiaries  thereof  possess the right to vote any shares of Voting
          Stock held by such plan, no such plan nor any trustee with

                                       10

<PAGE>



          respect thereto (nor any Affiliate of such trustee),  solely by reason
          of such  capacity of such trustee,  shall be deemed,  for any purposes
          hereof,  to beneficially own any shares of Voting Stock held under any
          such plan.

               4.  For  the  purpose  of  determining  whether  a  Person  is an
          Interested  Stockholder pursuant to Section C.2., the number of shares
          of Voting Stock deemed to be  outstanding  shall include shares deemed
          owned through  application  of this Section C.3. but shall not include
          any other shares of Voting Stock which may be issuable pursuant to any
          agreement,   arrangement  or   understanding,   or  upon  exercise  of
          conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

               5. "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings
          ascribed  to such  terms  in  Rule  12b-2  of the  General  Rules  and
          Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on
          June 1, 1997

               6. "Subsidiary"  means any corporation of which a majority of any
          class of equity  security  is owned,  directly or  indirectly,  by the
          Corporation;   provided,   however,  that  for  the  purposes  of  the
          definition of Interested  Stockholder  set forth in this Section C.2.,
          the  term  "Subsidiary"  shall  mean  only a  corporation  of  which a
          majority  of each  class of  equity  security  is owned,  directly  or
          indirectly, by the Corporation.

               7.  "Disinterested  Director"  means  any  member of the Board of
          Directors who is unaffiliated with the Interested  Stockholder and was
          a  member  of the  Board  of  Directors  prior  to the  time  that the
          Interested  Stockholder  became  an  Interested  Stockholder,  and any
          director who is thereafter  chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of
          Directors or who is elected and who, in either event,  is unaffiliated
          with the  Interested  Stockholder,  and in connection  with his or her
          initial  assumption  of  office  is  recommended  for  appointment  or
          election by a majority of Disinterested Directors then on the Board of
          Directors.

               8.  "Fair  Market  Value"  means:  (a) in the case of stock,  the
          highest  closing  sales  price of the stock  during the 30-day  period
          immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such stock of
          the  Nasdaq  System or any  system  then in use,  or, if such stock is
          admitted to trading on a principal United States  securities  exchange
          registered  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  Fair Market
          Value  shall be the  highest  sale  price  reported  during the 30-day
          period  preceding the date in question,  or, if no such quotations are
          available, the Fair Market Value on the date in question of a share of
          such stock as determined  by the Board of Directors in good faith,  in
          each case with respect to any class of stock,  appropriately  adjusted
          for any  dividend  or  distribution  in  shares  of such  stock  or in
          combination or  reclassification  of outstanding  shares of such stock
          into a smaller number of shares of such stock,  and (b) in the case of
          property  other  than cash or  stock,  the Fair  Market  Value of such
          property  on the  date in  question  as  determined  by the  Board  of
          Directors in good faith.


                                       11

<PAGE>



               9. Reference to "Highest Per Share Price" shall in each case with
          respect to any class of stock reflect an  appropriate  adjustment  for
          any  dividend  or  distribution  in shares of such  stock or any stock
          split or  reclassification  of outstanding shares of such stock into a
          greater  number  of  shares  of  such  stock  or  any  combination  or
          reclassification  of  outstanding  shares of such stock into a smaller
          number of shares of such stock.

               10.  In the  event  of any  Business  Combination  in  which  the
          Corporation survives,  the phrase "consideration other than cash to be
          received"  as used in Sections  B.2.(a)  and  B.2.(b) of this  Article
          EIGHTH  shall  include the shares of Common Stock and/or the shares of
          any other class of outstanding Voting Stock retained by the holders of
          such shares.

          D. A majority of the Disinterested  Directors of the Corporation shall
     have the power  and duty to  determine  for the  purposes  of this  Article
     EIGHTH, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry,
     (a) whether a person is an Interested Stockholder; (b) the number of shares
     of Voting Stock  beneficially  owned by any person; (c) whether a person is
     an Affiliate or Associate of another;  and (d) whether the assets which are
     the subject of any Business  Combination  have, or the  consideration to be
     received for the issuance or transfer of securities by the  Corporation  or
     any  Subsidiary in any Business  Combination  has an aggregate  Fair Market
     Value equaling or exceeding 25% of the combined  assets of the  Corporation
     and its Subsidiaries.  A majority of the Disinterested Directors shall have
     the further  power to  interpret  all of the terms and  provisions  of this
     Article EIGHTH.

          E.  Nothing  contained  in this  Article  EIGHTH shall be construed to
     relieve any Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by
     law.

          F.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provisions  of  this  Certificate  of
     Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser
     vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative  vote of the holders of
     any  particular  class or series of the Voting Stock  required by law, this
     Certificate  of  Incorporation  or any  Preferred  Stock  Designation,  the
     affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all
     of the  then-outstanding  shares of the Voting Stock,  voting together as a
     single  class,  shall be  required to alter,  amend or repeal this  Article
     EIGHTH.

     NINTH: The Board of Directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer
of another  Person (as defined in Article EIGHTH hereof) to (A) make a tender or
exchange  offer  for any  equity  security  of the  Corporation,  (B)  merge  or
consolidate the Corporation  with another  corporation or entity or (C) purchase
or otherwise  acquire all or  substantially  all of the properties and assets of
the  Corporation,  may,  in  connection  with the  exercise  of its  judgment in
determining   what  is  in  the  best  interest  of  the   Corporation  and  its
stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, without
limitation,  the social and economic  effect of  acceptance of such offer on the
Corporation's  present  and  future  customers  and  employees  and those of its
Subsidiaries (as defined in Article EIGHTH hereof);  on the communities in which
the Corporation and its Subsidiaries  operate or are located;  on the ability of
the Corporation to fulfill its corporate

                                       12

<PAGE>



objectives as a financial  institution holding company and on the ability of its
subsidiary  financial  institution  to fulfill  the  objectives  of a  federally
insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.

     TENTH:

          A. Except as set forth in Section B of this Article TENTH, in addition
     to any affirmative vote of stockholders required by law or this Certificate
     of  Incorporation,  any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by
     the  Corporation  of any Equity  Security (as  hereinafter  defined) of any
     class from any Interested Person (as hereinafter defined) shall require the
     affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80% of the Voting Stock of the
     Corporation  that is not  beneficially  owned (for purposes of this Article
     TENTH  beneficial  ownership shall be determined in accordance with Section
     C.2(b) of Article FOURTH hereof) by such Interested Person, voting together
     as a single class. Such affirmative vote shall be required  notwithstanding
     the fact that no vote may be required,  or that a lesser  percentage may be
     specified,  by  law or by any  other  provisions  of  this  Certificate  of
     Incorporation  or any Preferred Stock  Designation or in any agreement with
     any national securities exchange or quotation system, or otherwise. Certain
     defined  terms  used in this  Article  TENTH are as set forth in  Section C
     below.

          B. The  provisions  of Section A of this  Article  TENTH  shall not be
     applicable with respect to:

               1. any purchase or other  acquisition of securities  made as part
          of a tender  or  exchange  offer by the  Corporation  or a  Subsidiary
          (which term, as used in this Article TENTH, is as defined in the first
          clause of Section C.6 of Article EIGHTH hereof) of the  Corporation to
          purchase  securities  of the same  class made on the same terms to all
          holders  of  such   securities   and  complying  with  the  applicable
          requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and
          regulations  thereunder  (or any subsequent  provision  replacing such
          Act, rules or regulations);

               2. any purchase or  acquisition  made  pursuant to an open market
          purchase  program  approved by a majority  of the Board of  Directors,
          including a majority of the  Disinterested  Directors  (which term, as
          used in this Article TENTH,  is as defined in Article EIGHTH  hereof);
          or

               3. any purchase or acquisition which is approved by a majority of
          the Board of  Directors,  including  a majority  of the  Disinterested
          Directors,  and  which is made at no more  than the  Market  Price (as
          hereinafter  defined),  on the date that the understanding between the
          Corporation and the Interested  Person is reached with respect to such
          purchase  (whether or not such purchase is made or a written agreement
          relating to such purchase is executed on such date),  of shares of the
          class of Equity Security to be purchased.

          C. For the purposes of this Article TENTH:


                                       13

<PAGE>



               1. The term  Interested  Person shall mean any Person (other than
          the  Corporation,  Subsidiaries of the  Corporation,  pension,  profit
          sharing,  employee stock ownership or other employee  benefit plans of
          the  Corporation   and  its   Subsidiaries,   entities   organized  or
          established by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries  pursuant to
          the terms of such plans and trustees and  fiduciaries  with respect to
          any such plan acting in such  capacity) that is the direct or indirect
          beneficial owner of 5% or more of the Voting Stock of the Corporation,
          and any Affiliate or Associate of any such person.

               2. The Market  Price of shares of a class of Equity  Security  on
          any day shall mean the  highest  sale price of shares of such class of
          Equity  Security on such day, or, if that day is not a trading day, on
          the  trading  day  immediately  preceding  such day,  on the  national
          securities  exchange or the Nasdaq  System or any other system then in
          use on which such class of Equity Security is traded.

               3. The term Equity Security shall mean any security  described in
          Section 3(a)(11) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect
          on June 1, 1997, which is traded on a national  securities exchange or
          the Nasdaq System or any other system then in use.

               4. For purposes of this Article TENTH, all references to the term
          Interested  Stockholder  in the definition of  Disinterested  Director
          shall be deemed to refer to the term Interested Person.

     ELEVENTH:

          A. Each person who was or is made a party or is  threatened to be made
     a party to or is  otherwise  involved  in any action,  suit or  proceeding,
     whether civil,  criminal,  administrative  or investigative  (hereinafter a
     "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or
     an officer of the  Corporation  or is or was  serving at the request of the
     Corporation  as a director  or officer of another  corporation,  including,
     without  limitation,  any Subsidiary (as defined in Article EIGHTH herein),
     partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other enterprise,  including service
     with respect to an employee  benefit plan  (hereinafter  an  "indemnitee"),
     whether  the basis of such  proceeding  is  alleged  action in an  official
     capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as
     a director  or  officer,  shall be  indemnified  and held  harmless  by the
     Corporation  to the  fullest  extent  authorized  by the  Delaware  General
     Corporation  Law, as the same exists or may  hereafter be amended  (but, in
     the case of any such  amendment,  only to the  extent  that such  amendment
     permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such
     law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment),  against
     all expense,  liability and loss  (including  attorneys'  fees,  judgments,
     fines,  ERISA  excise taxes or  penalties  and amounts paid in  settlement)
     reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith;
     provided,  however,  that,  except as  provided  in  Section C hereof  with
     respect  to  proceedings  to  enforce   rights  to   indemnification,   the
     Corporation  shall  indemnify  any such  indemnitee  in  connection  with a
     proceeding  (or part  thereof)  initiated by such  indemnitee  only if such
     proceeding  (or part  thereof) was  authorized by the Board of Directors of
     the Corporation.

                                       14

<PAGE>



          B. The right to indemnification conferred in Section A of this Article
     shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred
     in  defending  any such  proceeding  in  advance  of its final  disposition
     (hereinafter an "advancement of expenses"); provided, however, that, if the
     Delaware  General  Corporation  Law requires,  an  advancement  of expenses
     incurred by an  indemnitee  in his or her capacity as a director or officer
     (and not in any other  capacity in which service was or is rendered by such
     indemnitee,  including, without limitation,  service to an employee benefit
     plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking
     (hereinafter  an  "undertaking"),  by or on behalf of such  indemnitee,  to
     repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final
     judicial   decision  from  which  there  is  no  further  right  to  appeal
     (hereinafter a "final adjudication"),  that such indemnitee is not entitled
     to be indemnified  for such expenses  under this Section or otherwise.  The
     rights to  indemnification  and to the advancement of expenses conferred in
     Sections A and B of this Article  shall be contract  rights and such rights
     shall  continue  as to an  indemnitee  who has ceased to be a  director  or
     officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, executors
     and administrators.

          C. If a claim under Section A or B of this Article is not paid in full
     by the  Corporation  within 60 days after a written claim has been received
     by the  Corporation,  except in the case of a claim for an  advancement  of
     expenses,  in  which  case the  applicable  period  shall  be 20 days,  the
     indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to
     recover the unpaid  amount of the claim.  If successful in whole or in part
     in any such suit,  or in a suit  brought by the  Corporation  to recover an
     advancement  of  expenses  pursuant  to the  terms of an  undertaking,  the
     indemnitee  shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting or
     defending such suit. In (1) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a
     right  to  indemnification  hereunder  (but  not in a suit  brought  by the
     indemnitee to enforce a right to an  advancement of expenses) it shall be a
     defense  that,  and  (2) in any  suit  by the  Corporation  to  recover  an
     advancement  of  expenses  pursuant  to the  terms  of an  undertaking  the
     Corporation  shall  be  entitled  to  recover  such  expenses  upon a final
     adjudication  that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable  standard for
     indemnification  set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither
     the  failure  of  the  Corporation   (including  its  Board  of  Directors,
     independent   legal  counsel,   or  its   stockholders)   to  have  made  a
     determination  prior to the commencement of such suit that  indemnification
     of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has
     met the  applicable  standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware  General
     Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation  (including
     its Board of Directors,  independent  legal counsel,  or its  stockholders)
     that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct,  shall
     create  a  presumption  that  the  indemnitee  has not  met the  applicable
     standard  of  conduct  or,  in the  case  of  such a  suit  brought  by the
     indemnitee,  be a  defense  to  such  suit.  In  any  suit  brought  by the
     indemnitee to enforce a right to  indemnification  or to an  advancement of
     expenses  hereunder,  or by the  Corporation  to recover an  advancement of
     expenses  pursuant  to the terms of an  undertaking,  the burden of proving
     that  the  indemnitee  is  not  entitled  to be  indemnified,  or  to  such
     advancement  of expenses,  under this Article or otherwise  shall be on the
     Corporation.

          D. The rights to  indemnification  and to the  advancement of expenses
     conferred in this  Article  shall not be exclusive of any other right which
     any person may have or hereafter

                                       15

<PAGE>



     acquire under any statute, the Corporation's  Certificate of Incorporation,
     By-laws,  agreement,  vote of  stockholders or  Disinterested  Directors or
     otherwise.

          E. The Corporation may maintain insurance,  at its expense, to protect
     itself and any director,  officer,  employee or agent of the Corporation or
     another corporation,  partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
     against any  expense,  liability  or loss,  whether or not the  Corporation
     would  have the  power to  indemnify  such  person  against  such  expense,
     liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

          F. The Corporation may, to the extent  authorized from time to time by
     a  majority  vote  of  the   disinterested   directors,   grant  rights  to
     indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent
     of the  Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article
     with  respect  to  the  indemnification  and  advancement  of  expenses  of
     directors and officers of the Corporation.

     TWELFTH:  A director of this Corporation  shall not be personally liable to
the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director,  except for liability  (A) for any breach of the  director's
duty  of  loyalty  to the  Corporation  or its  stockholders,  (B)  for  acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (C) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
or (D) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper  personal
benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is hereafter amended to further
eliminate or limit the personal liability of directors,  then the liability of a
director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent
permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

     Any repeal or modification of the foregoing  paragraph by the  stockholders
of the  Corporation  shall not  adversely  affect any right or  protection  of a
director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

     THIRTEENTH:  The  Corporation  reserves  the right to amend or  repeal  any
provision   contained  in  this  Certificate  of  Incorporation  in  the  manner
prescribed  by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights  conferred  upon
stockholders are granted subject to this reservation;  provided,  however, that,
notwithstanding  any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or any
provision of law which might  otherwise  permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in
addition  to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this
Corporation  required  by law  or by  this  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  the
affirmative  vote of the  holders of at least 80% of the voting  power of all of
the then-outstanding  shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to
vote  generally  in the  election  of  directors  (after  giving  effect  to the
provisions  of Article  FOURTH),  voting  together as a single  class,  shall be
required to amend or repeal this Article THIRTEENTH,  Sections B or C of Article
FOURTH,  Sections C or D of  Article  FIFTH,  Article  SIXTH,  Article  SEVENTH,
Article EIGHTH, Article TENTH or Article ELEVENTH.

                                       16

<PAGE>




     FOURTEENTH:  The name and mailing address of the sole  incorporator  are as
follows:

               NAME                                  MAILING ADDRESS

         Julian E. Kulas                    First Security Federal Savings Bank
                                            936 North Western Avenue
                                            Chicago, Illinois 60622-4695




                                       17

<PAGE>



         I, THE UNDERSIGNED,  being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming
a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware,  do make, file and record
this Certificate of  Incorporation,  do certify that the facts herein stated are
true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 10th day of July 1997.




                                              /s/ Julian E. Kulas
                                              Julian E. Kulas, Sole Incorporator


                                       18


                                                                     Exhibit 3.2

                        FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL, INC.

                                     BY-LAWS


                                    ARTICLE I

                                  STOCKHOLDERS


Section 1. Annual Meeting.

     An annual  meeting of the  stockholders,  for the  election of directors to
succeed those whose terms expire and for the  transaction of such other business
as may properly  come before the meeting,  shall be held at such place,  on such
date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix.

Section 2. Special Meetings.

     Subject  to the rights of the  holders of any class or series of  preferred
stock of the  Corporation,  special  meetings of stockholders of the Corporation
may be called only by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by
a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation  would have if
there  were no  vacancies  on the Board of  Directors  (hereinafter  the  "Whole
Board").

Section 3. Notice of Meetings.

     Written  notice  of the  place,  date,  and  time  of all  meetings  of the
stockholders  shall be given, not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the
date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at
such meeting,  except as otherwise  provided herein or required by law (meaning,
here and  hereinafter,  as required  from time to time by the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).

     When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time,  written notice
need not be given of the adjourned  meeting if the place,  date and time thereof
are  announced  at the  meeting  at which the  adjournment  is taken;  provided,
however,  that if the date of any  adjourned  meeting is more than 30 days after
the date for which the meeting was originally  noticed,  or if a new record date
is fixed for the adjourned  meeting,  written notice of the place, date and time
of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned
meeting,  any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the
original meeting.

Section 4. Quorum.

     At any meeting of the  stockholders,  the holders of at least  one-third of
all of the  shares of the stock  entitled  to vote at the  meeting,  present  in
person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except
to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law. Where
a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares

                                        1

<PAGE>



of such class or  classes,  present  in person or  represented  by proxy,  shall
constitute  a quorum  entitled to take action with  respect to that vote on that
matter.

     If a quorum shall fail to attend any  meeting,  the chairman of the meeting
or the  holders of a majority  of the shares of stock  entitled  to vote who are
present,  in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place,  date
or time.

     If a notice of any adjourned special meeting of stockholders is sent to all
stockholders  entitled to vote thereat,  stating that it will be held with those
present  constituting a quorum,  then except as otherwise required by law, those
present at such  adjourned  meeting shall  constitute a quorum,  and all matters
shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting.

Section 5. Organization.

     Such  person  as the  Board of  Directors  may have  designated  or, in the
absence of such a person,  the  President of the  Corporation  or, in his or her
absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares
entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any
meeting of the stockholders  and act as chairman of the meeting.  In the absence
of the Secretary of the Corporation,  the secretary of the meeting shall be such
person as the chairman appoints.

Section 6. Conduct of Business.

          (a) The chairman of any meeting of  stockholders  shall  determine the
     order  of  business  and  the  procedure  at the  meeting,  including  such
     regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to
     him or her in order.

          (b) At any annual  meeting  of the  stockholders,  only such  business
     shall be conducted as shall have been brought  before the meeting (i) by or
     at the  direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any  stockholder  of
     the  Corporation  who is  entitled  to vote with  respect  thereto  and who
     complies with the notice  procedures  set forth in this Section  6(b).  For
     business to be properly  brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder,
     the  stockholder  must have given timely  notice  thereof in writing to the
     Secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be
     delivered or mailed to and received at the principal  executive  offices of
     the  Corporation  not less  than 60 days  prior to the  anniversary  of the
     preceding year's annual meeting; provided,  however, that in the event that
     the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 20 days, or delayed
     by more than 60 days from such anniversary  date, notice by the stockholder
     to be timely must be so  delivered  not later than the close of business on
     the later of the 60th day  prior to such  annual  meeting  or the tenth day
     following  the day on which  notice of the date of the annual  meeting  was
     mailed or public  announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. A
     stockholder's  notice to the  Secretary  shall set forth as to each  matter
     such  stockholder  proposes to bring before the annual  meeting (i) a brief
     description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting
     and the reasons for conducting  such business at the annual  meeting,  (ii)
     the name and address,  as they appear on the  Corporation's  books,  of the
     stockholder  who  proposed  such  business,  (iii) the class and  number of
     shares of the  Corporation's  capital stock that are beneficially  owned by
     such stockholder and (iv) any material interest of such stockholder in such
     business.  Notwithstanding  anything in these  Bylaws to the  contrary,  no
     business  shall be brought  before or conducted at an annual meeting except
     in accordance  with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The officer of the
     Corporation or other person presiding over the annual meeting shall, if the
     facts so warrant,  determine  and declare to the meeting that  business was
     not properly  brought before the meeting in accordance  with the provisions
     of this Section 6(b) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall
     so declare to the meeting and any such  business  so  determined  to be not
     properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

          At any special meeting of the  stockholders,  only such business shall
     be  conducted  as shall have been  brought  before the meeting by or at the
     direction of the Board of Directors.

          (c) Only persons who are nominated in accordance  with the  procedures
     set forth in these  By-laws  shall be eligible for  election as  directors.
     Nominations  of  persons  for  election  to the Board of  Directors  of the
     Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are
     to be elected only (i) by or at the  direction of the Board of Directors or
     (ii)  by any  stockholder  of the  Corporation  entitled  to  vote  for the
     election  of  directors  at  the  meeting  who  complies  with  the  notice
     procedures  set forth in this Section 6(c).  Such  nominations,  other than
     those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors,  shall be made
     by timely  notice in writing to the  Secretary  of the  Corporation.  To be
     timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received
     at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 70 days
     prior to the date of the meeting; provided, however, that in the event that
     less than 80 days' notice or public announcement of the date of the meeting
     is given or made to  stockholders,  notice by the  stockholder to be timely
     must be so  received  not later than the close of business on the tenth day
     following  the day on which  such  notice  of the date of the  meeting  was
     mailed.  Such  stockholder's  notice  shall set forth (x) as to each person
     whom such stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a
     director,  all  information  relating to such person that is required to be
     disclosed  in  solicitations  of proxies for election of  directors,  or is
     otherwise  required,  in each case  pursuant  to  Regulation  14A under the
     Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  (including  such  person's
     written  consent to being named in the proxy  statement as a nominee and to
     serving as a director if elected); and (y) as to the stockholder giving the
     notice:  (A) the name and  address,  as they  appear  on the  Corporation's
     books,  of such  stockholder  and (B) the class and number of shares of the
     Corporation's   capital   stock  that  are   beneficially   owned  by  such
     stockholder. At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated
     by the Board of Directors  for election as a director  shall furnish to the
     Secretary of the Corporation that information required to be set forth in a
     stockholder's notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. No person
     shall be eligible  for  election as a director  of the  Corporation  unless
     nominated in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this Section  6(c).  The
     officer of the Corporation or other person  presiding at the meeting shall,
     if the  facts  so  warrant,  determine  that a  nomination  was not made in
     accordance with such  provisions and, if he or she should so determine,  he
     or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective  nomination  shall
     be disregarded.


                                        2

<PAGE>



Section 7. Proxies and Voting.

     At any meeting of the stockholders,  every stockholder entitled to vote may
vote in  person  or by proxy  authorized  by an  instrument  in  writing  (or as
otherwise  permitted  under  applicable  law)  by the  stockholder  or his  duly
authorized  attorney-in-fact  filed in accordance with the procedure established
for the meeting. Proxies solicited on behalf of the management shall be voted as
directed by the stockholder or in the absence of such  direction,  as determined
by a majority of the Board of  Directors.  No proxy shall be valid after  eleven
months  from  the  date of its  execution  except  for a proxy  coupled  with an
interest.

     Each  stockholder  shall have one vote for every share of stock entitled to
vote which is  registered in his or her name on the record date for the meeting,
except as otherwise  provided herein or in the Certificate of  Incorporation  of
the Corporation or as required by law.

     All voting,  including  on the election of directors  but  excepting  where
otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided,  however, that upon
demand therefore by a stockholder  entitled to vote or his or her proxy, a stock
vote shall be taken.  Every  stock vote shall be taken by ballot,  each of which
shall  state  the  name of the  stockholder  or  proxy  voting  and  such  other
information as may be required under the procedure  established for the meeting.
Every  vote  taken by ballot  shall be counted  by an  inspector  or  inspectors
appointed by the chairman of the meeting.

     All elections  shall be  determined  by a plurality of the votes cast,  and
except  as  otherwise  required  by law or as  provided  in the  Certificate  of
Incorporation,  all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes
cast.

Section 8. Stock List.

     The officer who has charge of the stock transfer  books of the  Corporation
shall  prepare and make, in the time and manner  required by  applicable  law, a
list of  stockholders  entitled to vote and shall make such list  available  for
such purposes,  at such places, at such times and to such persons as required by
applicable  law. The stock  transfer  books shall be the only evidence as to the
identity of the stockholders  entitled to examine the stock transfer books or to
vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.

     Subject  to the rights of the  holders of any class or series of  preferred
stock of the  Corporation,  any action  required or permitted to be taken by the
stockholders  of the  Corporation  must be effected  at a duly called  annual or
special  meeting of  stockholders  of the Corporation and may not be effected by
any consent in writing by such stockholders.

Section 10. Inspectors of Election

     The Board of Directors  shall,  in advance of any meeting of  stockholders,
appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election,  to act at the meeting or
any adjournment  thereof and make a written report  thereof,  in accordance with
applicable law.

                                        3

<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE II

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

     The  business and affairs of the  Corporation  shall be managed by or under
the  direction of the Board of  Directors.  The number of directors  shall be as
provided for in the Certificate of  Incorporation.  The Board of Directors shall
annually  elect a Chairman of the Board and a  President  from among its members
and shall  designate,  when  present,  either the  Chairman  of the Board or the
President to preside at its meetings.

     The  directors,  other than those who may be elected by the  holders of any
class or series of  preferred  stock,  shall be divided into three  classes,  as
nearly equal in number as  reasonably  possible,  with the term of office of the
first  class  to  expire  at the  conclusion  of the  first  annual  meeting  of
stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the conclusion
of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office
of the  third  class to  expire  at the  conclusion  of the  annual  meeting  of
stockholders two years  thereafter,  with each director to hold office until his
or her  successor  shall have been duly  elected and  qualified.  At each annual
meeting of  stockholders,  commencing with the first annual  meeting,  directors
elected to succeed  those  directors  whose terms  expire shall be elected for a
term of office to expire at the third succeeding  annual meeting of stockholders
after  their  election,  with  each  director  to hold  office  until his or her
successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 2. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

     Subject  to the rights of the  holders of any class or series of  preferred
stock then outstanding,  newly created directorships resulting from any increase
in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors
resulting from death, resignation,  retirement,  disqualification,  removal from
office or other  cause may be filled  only by a majority  vote of the  directors
then in office,  though less than a quorum,  and  directors so chosen shall hold
office for a term expiring at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  at which the
term of office of the class to which they have been elected  expires,  and until
such  director's  successor  shall  have been duly  elected  and  qualified.  No
decrease  in the number of  authorized  directors  constituting  the Board shall
shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 3. Regular Meetings.

     Regular  meetings of the Board of Directors  shall be held at such place or
places,  on such  date or dates,  and at such  time or times as shall  have been
established  by the Board of Directors and  publicized  among all  directors.  A
notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.


                                        4

<PAGE>



Section 4. Special Meetings.

     Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3)
of the directors  then in office  (rounded up to the nearest whole number) or by
the President and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as
they or he or she shall fix.  Notice of the place,  date,  and time of each such
special  meeting  shall be given to each  director  by whom it is not  waived by
mailing  written  notice  not less than  five  days  before  the  meeting  or by
telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile  transmission of the same not less than
24 hours before the meeting.  Unless otherwise  indicated in the notice thereof,
any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

     Section 5. Quorum.

     At any  meeting of the Board of  Directors,  a majority  of the  authorized
number of directors then  constituting  the Board shall  constitute a quorum for
all purposes.  If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those
present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further
notice or waiver thereof.

Section 6. Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

     Members  of the  Board  of  Directors,  or of any  committee  thereof,  may
participate  in a meeting  of such  Board or  committee  by means of  conference
telephone  or similar  communications  equipment  by means of which all  persons
participating  in the meeting can hear each other and such  participation  shall
constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 7. Conduct of Business.

     At any meeting of the Board of Directors,  business  shall be transacted in
such  order and  manner as the  Board may from time to time  determine,  and all
matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors  present,
except as otherwise  provided  herein or required by law. Action may be taken by
the Board of Directors  without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto
in  writing,  and the  writing  or  writings  are  filed  with  the  minutes  of
proceedings of the Board of Directors.

Section 8. Powers.

     The Board of Directors may, except as otherwise  required by law,  exercise
all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be  exercised  or done by
the  Corporation,  including,  without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the unqualified power:

          (i) To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

          (ii)  To  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  any  property,  rights  or
     privileges on such terms as it shall determine;


                                        5

<PAGE>



          (iii) To authorize the creation,  making and issuance, in such form as
     it may  determine,  of written  obligations  of every kind,  negotiable  or
     non-negotiable,  secured or  unsecured,  and to do all things  necessary in
     connection therewith;

          (iv) To remove any officer of the  Corporation  with or without cause,
     and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer  upon
     any other person for the time being;  (v) To confer upon any officer of the
     Corporation the power to appoint,  remove and suspend subordinate officers,
     employees and agents;

          (v) To  confer  upon  any  officer  of the  Corporation  the  power to
     appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

          (vi) To adopt from time to time such stock,  option,  stock  purchase,
     bonus or other  compensation plans for directors,  officers,  employees and
     agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

          (vii) To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other
     benefit  plans  for  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents  of  the
     Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and,

          (viii) To adopt from time to time  regulations,  not inconsistent with
     these  By-laws,  for  the  management  of the  Corporation's  business  and
     affairs.

Section 9. Compensation of Directors.

          Directors,  as such, may receive,  pursuant to resolution of the Board
     of  Directors,  fixed fees and other  compensation  for their  services  as
     directors,  including,  without  limitation,  their  services as members of
     committees of the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                   COMMITTEES

Section 1. Committees of the Board of Directors.

     The Board of Directors,  by a vote of a majority of the Board of Directors,
may from time to time  designate  committees  of the Board,  with such  lawfully
delegable powers and duties as it thereby  confers,  to serve at the pleasure of
the Board and shall,  for those  committees and any others  provided for herein,
elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if
it desires,  other directors as alternate  members who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee so designated
may  exercise  the power and  authority  of the Board of  Directors to declare a
dividend,  to  authorize  the  issuance  of stock or to adopt a  certificate  of
ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law  if  the  resolution  which  designated  the  committee  or  a  supplemental
resolution  of the  Board of  Directors  shall so  provide.  In the  absence  or
disqualification  of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his
or her place, the member or members of the committee  present at the meeting and
not  disqualified  from  voting,  whether or not he or she or they  constitute a
quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint

                                        6

<PAGE>



another  member of the Board of  Directors to act at the meeting in the place of
the absent or disqualified member.

Section 2. Conduct of Business.

     Each  committee  may  determine  the  procedural   rules  for  meeting  and
conducting  its  business  and  shall  act in  accordance  therewith,  except as
otherwise  provided herein or required by law. Adequate  provision shall be made
for notice to members of all  meetings;  one-third  (1/3) of the  members  shall
constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in
which event one member  shall  constitute  a quorum;  and all  matters  shall be
determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any
committee  without a meeting if all members  thereof consent thereto in writing,
and the writing or writings  are filed with the  minutes of the  proceedings  of
such committee.

Section 3. Nominating Committee.

     The Board of  Directors  may appoint a  Nominating  Committee of the Board,
consisting of not less than three  members,  one of which shall be the President
if,  and only so long as,  the  President  remains  in office as a member of the
Board of Directors.  The Nominating Committee shall have authority (i) to review
any  nominations for election to the Board of Directors made by a stockholder of
the  Corporation  pursuant to Section  6(c)(ii) of Article I of these By-laws in
order to  determine  compliance  with such By-law and (ii) to  recommend  to the
Whole Board  nominees for  election to the Board of  Directors to replace  those
directors whose terms expire at the annual meeting of stockholders next ensuing.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    OFFICERS

Section 1. Generally.

          (a) The Board of  Directors  as soon as may be  practicable  after the
     annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a President,  a Secretary and a
     Treasurer  and from time to time may choose  such other  officers as it may
     deem proper.  The President  shall be chosen from among the directors.  Any
     number of offices may be held by the same person.

          (b) The term of office of all officers  shall be until the next annual
     election of officers and until their respective  successors are chosen, but
     any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative  vote
     of a majority of the authorized  number of directors then  constituting the
     Board of Directors.

          (c) All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such
     powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject
     to the specific  provisions  of this Article IV. Such  officers  shall also
     have such  powers and duties as from time to time may be  conferred  by the
     Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.


                                        7

<PAGE>



Section 2. President.

     The  President  shall be the chief  executive  officer and,  subject to the
control of the Board of Directors,  shall have general power over the management
and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation's  business
and general  supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs.  The
President  shall see that all orders and  resolutions  of the Board of Directors
and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.

     Each meeting of the  stockholders  and of the Board of  Directors  shall be
presided  over by such officer as has been  designated by the Board of Directors
or, in his or her  absence,  by such officer or other person as is chosen at the
meeting.  The  Secretary or, in his or her absence,  the General  Counsel of the
Corporation or such officer as has been designated by the Board of Directors or,
in his or her  absence,  such officer or other person as is chosen by the person
presiding, shall act as secretary of each such meeting.

Section 3. Vice President.

     The Vice President or Vice Presidents,  if any, shall perform the duties of
the President in the President's absence or during his or her disability to act.
In  addition,  the Vice  Presidents  shall  perform the duties and  exercise the
powers usually incident to their respective offices and/or such other duties and
powers  as may be  properly  assigned  to them from time to time by the Board of
Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

Section 4. Secretary.

     The  Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary  shall issue notices of meetings,
shall keep their minutes, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books,
shall  perform such other  duties and exercise  such other powers as are usually
incident to such  offices  and/or such other  duties and powers as are  properly
assigned  thereto by the Board of  Directors,  the  Chairman of the Board or the
President.

Section 5. Treasurer.

     The  Treasurer  shall  have  charge of all  monies  and  securities  of the
Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation
which has a treasurer or financial  officer appointed by the Board of Directors,
and shall keep regular books of account.  The funds of the Corporation  shall be
deposited in the name of the  Corporation  by the  Treasurer  with such banks or
trust  companies or other  entities as the Board of Directors  from time to time
shall  designate.  The Treasurer shall sign or countersign  such  instruments as
require his or her  signature,  shall  perform all such duties and have all such
powers as are  usually  incident to such  office  and/or  such other  duties and
powers as are  properly  assigned to him or her by the Board of  Directors,  the
Chairman  of the  Board or the  President,  and may be  required  to give  bond,
payable by the Corporation,  for the faithful  performance of his duties in such
sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.


                                        8

<PAGE>



Section 6. Assistant Secretaries and Other Officers.

     The Board of Directors may appoint one or more  assistant  secretaries  and
one or  more  assistants  to  the  Treasurer,  or one  appointee  to  both  such
positions,  which  officers shall have such powers and shall perform such duties
as are  provided in these  By-laws or as may be assigned to them by the Board of
Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

Section 7. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

     Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors,  the President, or any
officer of the Corporation authorized by the President, shall have power to vote
and otherwise act on behalf of the  Corporation,  in person or by proxy,  at any
meeting of  stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any
other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to
exercise  any and all rights and powers  which this  Corporation  may possess by
reason of its ownership of securities in such other Corporation.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                      STOCK

Section 1. Certificates of Stock.

     Each  stockholder  shall be entitled to a certificate  signed by, or in the
name of the  Corporation  by,  the  President  or a Vice  President,  and by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer,
certifying  the  number  of  shares  owned  by  him  or  her.  Any or all of the
signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

Section 2. Transfers of Stock.

     Transfers  of stock  shall be made  only  upon  the  transfer  books of the
Corporation  kept  at  an  office  of  the  Corporation  or by  transfer  agents
designated to transfer  shares of the stock of the  Corporation.  Except where a
certificate  is  issued  in  accordance  with  Section  4 of  Article V of these
By-laws,  an outstanding  certificate for the number of shares involved shall be
surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefore.

Section 3. Record Date.

     In order that the  Corporation may determine the  stockholders  entitled to
notice of or to vote at any meeting of  stockholders,  or to receive  payment of
any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any
rights in respect of any  change,  conversion  or  exchange  of stock or for the
purpose of any other  lawful  action,  the Board of  Directors  may fix a record
date,  which  record  date shall not  precede  the date on which the  resolution
fixing the record date is adopted  and which  record date shall not be more than
60 nor less than ten days  before the date of any meeting of  stockholders,  nor
more  than 60 days  prior  to the time for such  other  action  as  hereinbefore
described;  provided,  however,  that if no record date is fixed by the Board of
Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or
to vote

                                        9

<PAGE>



at a meeting of  stockholders  shall be at the close of business on the day next
preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close
of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and,
for  determining  stockholders  entitled to receive  payment of any  dividend or
other  distribution  or allotment of rights or to exercise any rights of change,
conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose,  the record date shall
be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors  adopts a
resolution relating thereto.

     A determination  of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote
at a meeting of  stockholders  shall apply to any  adjournment  of the  meeting;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the
adjourned meeting.

Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

     In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock,
another may be issued in its place pursuant to such  regulations as the Board of
Directors may establish  concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and
concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.

Section 5. Regulations.

     The issue,  transfer,  conversion and registration of certificates of stock
shall be  governed  by such  other  regulations  as the Board of  Directors  may
establish.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                     NOTICES

Section 1. Notices.

     Except as otherwise  specifically  provided  herein or required by law, all
notices required to be given to any stockholder,  director, officer, employee or
agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand
delivery  to the  recipient  thereof,  by  depositing  such  notice in the mail,
postage  paid,  by sending  such  notice by prepaid  telegram  or mailgram or by
sending such notice by facsimile machine or other electronic  transmission.  Any
such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder,  director, officer, employee
or agent at his or her last known  address  as the same  appears on the books of
the  Corporation.  The time when such notice is received,  if hand  delivered or
dispatched,  if  delivered  through  the mail,  by  telegram  or  mailgram or by
facsimile  machine or other  electronic  transmission,  shall be the time of the
giving of the notice.


                                       10

<PAGE>



Section 2. Waivers.

     A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder, director, officer,
employee  or  agent,  whether  before  or after  the time of the event for which
notice is to be given,  shall be deemed  equivalent to the notice required to be
given to such stockholder,  director,  officer,  employee or agent.  Neither the
business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 1. Facsimile Signatures.

     In addition to the  provisions  for use of facsimile  signatures  elsewhere
specifically authorized in these By-laws, facsimile signatures of any officer or
officers of the  Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board
of Directors or a committee thereof.

Section 2. Corporate Seal.

     The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal,  containing the name of
the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when
so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof,  duplicates of the
seal may be kept and  used by the  Treasurer  or by an  Assistant  Secretary  or
Assistant Treasurer.

Section 3. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

     Each  director,  each member of any  committee  designated  by the Board of
Directors,  and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his
or her  duties,  be fully  protected  in relying in good faith upon the books of
account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions,
reports or  statements  presented to the  Corporation  by any of its officers or
employees,  or  committees  of the Board of Directors so  designated,  or by any
other person as to matters  which such director or committee  member  reasonably
believes are within such other person's  professional  or expert  competence and
who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 4. Fiscal Year.

     The  fiscal  year of the  Corporation  shall be as  fixed  by the  Board of
Directors.

Section 5. Time Periods.

     In applying any provision of these  By-laws  which  requires that an act be
done or not be done a specified  number of days prior to an event or that an act
be done  during  a period  of a  specified  number  of days  prior to an  event,
calendar  days shall be used,  the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded
and the day of the event shall be included.

                                       11

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   AMENDMENTS

     The  By-laws of the  Corporation  may be  adopted,  amended or  repealed as
provided  in  Article  SEVENTH  of  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the
Corporation.






                                       12

                                                                     Exhibit 3.3
                                   Charter of

                       FIRST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK


     SECTION 1. Corporate  title.  The full corporate title of the bank is First
Security Federal Savings Bank.

     SECTION 2. Office. The home office of the bank shall be located in the City
of Chicago, County of Cook, in the State of Illinois. 

     SECTION 3. Duration. The duration of the bank is perpetual.

     SECTION 4. Purpose and Powers.  The purpose of the bank is to pursue any or
all of the lawful  objectives of a federal bank chartered under section 5 of the
Home  Owners'  Loan  Act  and  to  exercise  all of the  express,  implied,  and
incidental  powers  conferred  thereby  and by all acts  amendatory  thereof and
supplemental thereto,  subject to the Constitution and laws of the United States
as they are now in effect,  or as they may hereafter be amended,  and subject to
all lawful and applicable rules, regulations, and orders of the Office of Thrift
Supervision ("Office").

     SECTION 5. Capital Stock.  The total number of shares of all classes of the
capital  stock  which  the bank  has the  authority  to  issue is three  million
(3,000,000)  of which two million five  hundred  thousand  (2,500,000)  shall be
common stock of par value of $.01 per share,  and of which five hundred thousand
(500,000)  shall be serial  preferred  stock of par value  $.01 per  share.  The
shares may be issued from time to time as  authorized  by the board of directors
without further approval of stockholders,  except as otherwise  provided in this
Section 5 or to the extent that such approval is required by governing law, rule
or regulation. The consideration for the issuance of the shares shall be paid in
full before  their  issuance  and shall not be less than the par value.  Neither
promissory  notes nor future services shall  constitute  payment or part payment
for the issuance of shares of the bank. The  consideration  for the shares shall
be cash,  tangible or intangible  property (to the extent  direct  investment in
such  property  would be  permitted  to the savings  bank),  labor,  or services
actually  performed for the bank, or any  combination of the  foregoing.  In the
absence of actual fraud in the transaction,  the value of such property,  labor,
or services,  as  determined  by the board of  directors  of the bank,  shall be
conclusive.  Upon payment of such consideration,  such shares shall be deemed to
be fully paid and nonassessable.  In the case of a stock dividend,  that part of
the surplus of the bank which is transferred to stated capital upon the issuance
of shares as a share dividend shall be deemed to be the  consideration for their
issuance.

     Except for shares  issuable in connection  with the  conversion of the bank
from the mutual to the stock form of  organization,  no shares of capital  stock
(including  shares  issuable  upon  conversion,  exchange,  or exercise of other
securities) shall be issued, directly or indirectly, to officers,  directors, or
controlling  persons of the bank other than as part of a general public offering
or as qualifying  shares to a director,  unless their issuance or the plan under
which they would be issued has been  approved  by a majority  of the total votes
eligible to be cast at a legal meeting.

                                       1

<PAGE>

     Nothing  contained  in this  Section  5 (or in any  supplementary  sections
hereto)  shall  entitle the  holders of any class or series of capital  stock to
vote as a separate class or series,  or to more than one vote per share,  except
as to the cumulation of votes for the election of directors: Provided, That this
restriction on voting separately by class or series shall not apply:

          (i) To any  provision  which would  authorize the holders of preferred
     stock,  voting as a class or series,  to elect some members of the board of
     directors,  less than a  majority  thereof,  in the event of default in the
     payment of dividends on any class or series of preferred stock;

          (ii) To any  provision  which would  require the holders of  preferred
     stock,  voting as a class or series, to approve the merger or consolidation
     of the bank with another  corporation  or the sale,  lease,  or  conveyance
     (other than by mortgage  or pledge) of  properties  or business in exchange
     for securities of a corporation  other than the bank if the preferred stock
     is exchanged for securities of such other  corporation:  Provided,  That no
     provision may require such approval for  transactions  undertaken  with the
     assistance  or pursuant  to the  direction  of the  Office;  or the Federal
     Deposit Insurance Corporation.

          (iii) To any amendment which would adversely change the specific terms
     of any class or series of capital  stock as set forth in this Section 5 (or
     in any supplementary sections hereto),  including any amendment which would
     create or enlarge any class or series  ranking  prior thereto in rights and
     preferences.  An amendment which increases the number of authorized  shares
     of any class or series of capital stock,  or substitutes the surviving bank
     in a merger or  consolidation  for the bank,  shall not be considered to be
     such an adverse change.

     A description  of the  different  classes and series (if any) of the bank's
capital  stock and a statement of the  designations,  and the  relative  rights,
preferences,  and limitations of the shares of each class and series (if any) of
capital stock are as follows:

     A.  Common  Stock.  Except  as  provided  in  this  Section  5 (or  in  any
supplementary   sections   thereto)  the  holders  of  the  common  stock  shall
exclusively  possess all voting  power.  Each  holder of shares of common  stock
shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such  holder,  except as to
the cumulation of votes for the election of directors.

     Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment,
to the holders of the outstanding shares of any class of stock having preference
over the  common  stock as to the  payment  of  dividends,  the full  amount  of
dividends and of sinking fund, retirement fund, or other retirement payments, if
any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the common
stock, then dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any class or series
of stock  entitled to  participate  therewith as to dividends  out of any assets
legally available for the payment of dividends.

                                       2

<PAGE>

     In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution,  or winding up of the bank,
the holders of the common stock (and the holders of any class or series of stock
entitled to  participate  with the common stock in the  distribution  of assets)
shall be  entitled  to  receive,  in cash or in  kind,  the  assets  of the bank
available for distribution remaining after: (i) Payment or provision for payment
of the  bank's  debts and  liabilities;  (ii)  distributions  or  provision  for
distributions in settlement of its liquidation  account; and (iii) distributions
or  provisions  for  distributions  to  holders  of any class or series of stock
having  preference  over the common stock in the  liquidation,  dissolution,  or
winding up of the bank.  Each share of common stock shall have the same relative
rights as and be identical  in all respects  with all the other shares of common
stock.

     B. Preferred Stock.  The bank may provide in supplementary  sections to its
charter for one or more classes of preferred  stock,  which shall be  separately
identified.  The shares of any class may be  divided  into and issued in series,
with each series  separately  designated so as to distinguish the shares thereof
from the shares of all other series and classes.  The terms of each series shall
be set forth in a supplementary  section to the charter.  All shares of the same
class  shall  be  identical  except  as to the  following  relative  rights  and
preferences, as to which there may be variations between different series:

          (a) The  distinctive  serial  designation  and the  number  of  shares
     constituting such series;

          (b) The  dividend  rate or the amount of  dividends  to be paid on the
     shares of such series,  whether  dividends  shall be cumulative and, if so,
     from  which  date(s),   the  payment   date(s)  for   dividends,   and  the
     participating or other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;

          (c) The voting  powers,  full or  limited,  if any,  of shares of such
     series;

          (d) Whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable  and, if so,
     the price(s) at which,  and the terms and conditions on which,  such shares
     may be redeemed;

          (e) The amount(s)  payable upon the shares of such series in the event
     of voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution, or winding up of the
     bank;

          (f) Whether the shares of such series shall be entitled to the benefit
     of a sinking or retirement fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption
     of such shares, and if so entitled,  the amount of such fund and the manner
     of its  application,  including  the  price(s)  at which such shares may be
     redeemed or purchased through the application of such fund;

                                       3
<PAGE>

          (g) Whether the shares of such series shall be  convertible  into,  or
     exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock of the bank
     and, if so, the conversion  price(s),  or the rate(s) of exchange,  and the
     adjustments  thereof,  if any, at which such  conversion or exchange may be
     made, and any other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

          (h) The price or other  consideration  for  which  the  shares of such
     series shall be issued; and

          (i) Whether the shares of such series  which are redeemed or converted
     shall have the status of authorized but unissued shares of serial preferred
     stock and whether  such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any
     other series of serial preferred stock.

     Each share of each  series of serial  preferred  stock  shall have the same
relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of
the same series.

     The board of directors  shall have authority to divide,  by the adoption of
supplementary  charter  sections,  any authorized  class of preferred stock into
series,  and, within the limitations set forth in this section and the remainder
of this charter,  fix and determine the relative  rights and  preferences of the
shares of any series so established.

     Prior to the issuance of any preferred shares of a series  established by a
supplementary charter section adopted by the board of directors,  the bank shall
file with the Secretary to the Office a dated copy of that supplementary section
of  this  charter   established  and  designating  the  series  and  fixing  and
determining the relative rights and preferences thereof.

     SECTION 6.  Preemptive  Rights.  Holders of the  capital  stock of the bank
shall not be entitled  to  preemptive  rights with  respect to any shares of the
bank which may be issued.

     SECTION  7.  Liquidation  Account.  Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of the
Office's regulations (12 C.F.R. Part 563b) the bank shall establish and maintain
a  liquidation  account  for the benefit of its  savings  account  holders as of
December 31, 1995 ("eligible savers") and June 30, 1997 ("supplemental  eligible
savers").  In the event of a complete  liquidation  of the bank, it shall comply
with  such  regulations  with  respect  to the  amount  and  the  priorities  on
liquidation of each eligible saver's and supplemental  eligible saver's inchoate
interest in the  liquidation  account,  to the extent it is still in  existence:
Provided,  That an eligible saver's and  supplemental  eligible saver's inchoate
interest in the  liquidation  account shall not entitle such  eligible  saver or
supplemental  eligible  saver to any  voting  rights at  meetings  of the bank's
stockholders.

     SECTION 8. Certain  Provisions  Applicable for Five Years.  Notwithstanding
anything contained in the bank's charter or bylaws to the contrary, for a period
of five years from the date of  completion  of the  conversion  of the bank from
mutual   to   stock   form,    the    following    provisions    shall    apply:

                                       4
<PAGE>

     A. Beneficial Ownership Limitation.  No person shall directly or indirectly
offer to acquire or acquire  the  beneficial  ownership  of more than 10% of any
class of an equity security of the bank.  This  limitation  shall not apply to a
transaction  in which the bank  forms a holding  company  without  change in the
respective  beneficial  ownership  interests  of  its  stockholders  other  than
pursuant to the exercise of any dissenter and appraisal rights,  the purchase of
shares by underwriters in connection with a public offering,  or the purchase of
shares by a  tax-qualified  employee stock benefit plan which is exempt from the
approval requirements under Section 574.3(c)(1)(vi) of the Office's regulations.

     In the event shares are acquired in violation of this Section 8, all shares
beneficially  owned by any person in excess of 10% shall be  considered  "excess
shares"  and shall not be  counted as shares  entitled  to vote and shall not be
voted by any person or counted as voting shares in  connection  with any matters
submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

     For purposes of this Section 8, the following definitions apply:

          (1) The term  "person"  includes  an  individual,  a group  acting  in
     concert,  a corporation,  a partnership,  a bank, a joint stock company,  a
     trust, an  unincorporated  organization or similar company,  a syndicate or
     any other group formed for the purpose of  acquiring,  holding or disposing
     of the equity securities of the bank.

          (2) The term "offer" includes every offer to buy or otherwise acquire,
     solicitation  of an  offer  to  sell,  tender  offer  for,  or  request  or
     invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value.

          (3) The term  "acquire"  includes every type of  acquisition,  whether
     effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise.

          (4) The term "acting in concert" means (a) knowing  participation in a
     joint activity or conscious  parallel  action towards a common goal whether
     or not pursuant to an express agreement, or (b) a combination or pooling of
     voting or other  interests  in the  securities  of an  issuer  for a common
     purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or
     other arrangements, whether written or otherwise.

     B. Cumulative  Voting  Limitation.  Stockholders  shall not be permitted to
cumulate their votes for election of directors.

     C. Call for Special Meetings.  Special meetings of stockholders relating to
changes in control of the bank or amendments to its charter shall be called only
upon direction of the board of directors.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     SECTION 9.  Directors.  The bank shall be under the direction of a board of
directors.  The authorized number of directors,  as stated in the bank's bylaws,
shall not be fewer than five nor more than fifteen  except when a greater number
is approved by the Director of the Office.

     SECTION  10.  Amendment  of  charter.  Except as  provided in Section 5, no
amendment,  addition,  alteration,  change,  or repeal of this charter  shall be
made,  unless such is first proposed by the board of directors of the bank, then
preliminarily  approved by the Office, which preliminary approval may be granted
by the Office pursuant to regulations specifying preapproved charter amendments,
and  thereafter  approved by the  stockholders  by a majority of the total votes
eligible to be cast at a legal  meeting.  Any amendment,  addition,  alteration,
change,  or repeal so acted upon shall be effective  upon filing with the Office
in accordance with regulatory procedures or on such other date as the Office may
specify in its preliminary approval.

                                       6



<PAGE>



                       FIRST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK



ATTEST:__________________                          By:__________________________
       Terry Gawryk                                Julian E. Kulas
       Secretary                                   President and Chief Executive
                                                    Officer


                            DIRECTOR OF THE OFFICE OF
                               THRIFT SUPERVISION



ATTEST:__________________                          By:__________________________
      Secretary of the Office of                      Director of the Office of 
      Thrift Supervision                              Thrift Supervision





Declared effective this ____ day of ____________.199__



                                       7



                                                                     Exhibit 3.4
                                    BYLAWS OF

                       FIRST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   HOME OFFICE

     The home office of the bank shall be in the City of Chicago,  in the County
of Cook, in the State of Illinois.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                  SHAREHOLDERS

     Section  1.  Place  of  Meetings.   All  annual  and  special  meetings  of
shareholders shall be held at the home office of the bank or at such other place
in the state in which the principal  place of business of the bank is located as
the board of directors may determine.

     Section 2. Annual  Meeting.  A meeting of  shareholders of the bank for the
election of directors and for the  transaction of any other business of the bank
shall be held  annually  within 120 days after the end of the bank's fiscal year
on the fourth  Wednesday of each April,  if not a legal holiday,  and if a legal
holiday,  then on the next day following  which is not a legal holiday,  at 2:00
p.m., or at such other date and time within such 120-day  period as the board of
directors may determine.

     Section 3. Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the shareholders for any
purpose or purposes,  unless  otherwise  prescribed  by the  regulations  of the
Office  of  Thrift  Supervision  ("Office"),  may be  called  at any time by the
chairman of the board,  the  president or a majority of the board of  directors,
and  shall be  called  by the  chairman  of the  board,  the  president,  or the
secretary upon the written  request of the holders of not less than one-tenth of
all of the  outstanding  capital  stock  of the  bank  entitled  to  vote at the
meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting
and shall be delivered to the home office of the bank  addressed to the chairman
of the board, the president, or the secretary.

     Section  4.  Conduct of  Meetings.  Annual and  special  meetings  shall be
conducted in accordance with the most current edition of Robert's Rules of Order
unless  otherwise  prescribed by regulations of the Office or these bylaws.  The
board of directors  shall  designate,  when present,  either the chairman of the
board or president to preside at such meetings.

     Section 5. Notice of Meetings.  Written notice  stating the place,  day and
hour of the meeting and the  purpose(s) for which the meeting is called shall be
delivered  not  fewer  than 10 nor  more  than 50 days  before  the  date of the
meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the chairman of
the board, the president, or the secretary, or the directors calling the

                                        1

<PAGE>



meeting,  to each  shareholder  of record  entitled to vote at such meeting.  If
mailed,  such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail,
addressed to the  shareholder at the address as it appears on the stock transfer
books or records of the bank as of the record  date pre  scribed in Section 6 of
this Article II with postage prepaid.  When any  shareholders'  meeting,  either
annual or special,  is adjourned  for 30 days or more,  notice of the  adjourned
meeting  shall be given as in the case of an original  meeting.  It shall not be
necessary to give any notice of the time and place of any meeting  adjourned for
less than 30 days or of the business to be transacted at the meeting, other than
an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

     Section  6.  Fixing  of  Record  Date.   For  the  purpose  of  determining
shareholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or
any adjournment, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or
in order to make a determination  of shareholders  for any other proper purpose,
the board of  directors  shall fix in advance a date as the record  date for any
such determination of shareholders. Such date in any case shall be not more than
60 days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders,  not fewer than 10 days prior
to the date on which the  particular  action,  requiring such  determination  of
shareholders,  is to be taken. When a determination of shareholders  entitled to
vote at any meeting of  shareholders  has been made as provided in this section,
such determination shall apply to any adjournment.

     Section  7.  Voting  Lists.  At least 20 days  before  each  meeting of the
shareholders, the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for
shares of the bank shall make a complete  list of the  shareholders  entitled to
vote at such meeting,  or any adjournment,  arranged in alphabetical order, with
the  address and the number of shares  held by each.  This list of  shareholders
shall be kept on file at the home  office  of the bank and shall be  subject  to
inspection  by any  shareholder  at any time during usual  business  hours for a
period of 20 days prior to such  meeting.  Such list shall also be produced  and
kept  open at the time  and  place  of the  meeting  and  shall  be  subject  to
inspection  by any  shareholder  during  the  entire  time of the  meeting.  The
original  stock  transfer  book shall  constitute  prima  facie  evidence of the
shareholders  entitled to examine such list or transfer  books or to vote at any
meeting of  shareholders.  In lieu of making the shareholder  list available for
inspection by shareholders as provided in the preceding para graph, the board of
directors may elect to follow the procedures  prescribed in Section  552.6(d) of
the Office's regulations as now or hereafter in effect.

     Section  8.  Quorum.  A  majority  of the  outstanding  shares  of the bank
entitled to vote,  represented in person or by proxy,  shall constitute a quorum
at a meeting of shareholders.  If less than a majority of the outstanding shares
is represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn
the meeting from time to time without further notice.  At such adjourned meeting
at  which a  quorum  shall  be  present  or  represented,  any  business  may be
transacted  which  might  have been  transacted  at the  meeting  as  originally
notified.  The shareholders  present at a duly organized meeting may continue to
transact business until  adjournment,  notwithstanding  the withdrawal of enough
shareholders to constitute less than a quorum.


                                        2

<PAGE>



     Section 9. Proxies. At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote
by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his or her duly authorized
attorney in fact.  Proxies  solicited on behalf of the management shall be voted
as  directed  by the  shareholder  or,  in the  absence  of such  direction,  as
determined by a majority of the board of directors. No proxy shall be valid more
than eleven  months from the date of its  execution  except for a proxy  coupled
with an interest.

     Section  10.  Voting  of Shares  in the Name of Two or More  Persons.  When
ownership  stands in the name of two or more persons,  in the absence of written
directions to the bank to the contrary,  at any meeting of the  shareholders  of
the bank any one or more of such  shareholders  may cast, in person or by proxy,
all votes to which such  ownership is entitled.  In the event an attempt is made
to cast  conflicting  votes,  in person or by proxy,  by the several  persons in
whose names shares of stock stand,  the vote or votes to which those persons are
entitled shall be cast as directed by a majority of those holding such stock and
present in person or by proxy at such  meeting,  but no votes  shall be cast for
such stock if a majority cannot agree.

     Section 11.  Voting of Shares by Certain  Holders.  Shares  standing in the
name of another corporation may be voted by any officer,  agent, or proxy as the
bylaws of such corporation may prescribe,  or, in the absence of such provision,
as the board of directors of such  corporation may determine.  Shares held by an
administrator,  executor,  guardian,  or conservator may be voted by him or her,
either in person or by proxy,  without a transfer of such shares into his or her
name.  Shares  standing  in the  name of a  trustee  may be voted by him or her,
either in person or by proxy,  but no trustee  shall be  entitled to vote shares
held by him or her  without  a  transfer  of such  shares  into his or her name.
Shares  standing in the name of a receiver  may be voted by such  receiver,  and
shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such  receiver
without the transfer  into his or her name if authority to do so is contained in
an  appropriate  order of the  court or other  public  authority  by which  such
receiver was appointed.

     A  shareholder  whose  shares are  pledged  shall be  entitled to vote such
shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee,  and
thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

     Neither  treasury  shares of its own stock held by the bank nor shares held
by another  corporation,  if a majority  of the shares  entitled to vote for the
election of directors of such other  corporation are held by the bank,  shall be
voted at any meeting or counted in  determining  the total number of outstanding
shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.

     Section 12. Cumulative Voting.  Unless otherwise provided in the charter of
the bank, every shareholder  entitled to vote at an election for directors shall
have the right to vote, in person or by proxy, the number of shares owned by the
shareholder  for as many  persons as there are  directors  to be elected and for
whose election the  shareholder has a right to vote, or to cumulate the votes by
giving one candidate as many votes as the number of such directors to be elected

                                        3

<PAGE>



multiplied by the number of shares shall equal or by distributing  such votes on
the same principle among any number of candidates.

     Section  13.  Inspectors  of  Election.   In  advance  of  any  meeting  of
shareholders,  the board of directors may appoint any person other than nominees
for office as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any  adjournment.
The  number of  inspectors  shall be either one or three.  Any such  appointment
shall not be  altered at the  meeting.  If  inspectors  of  election  are not so
appointed,  the chairman of the board or the president may, or on the request of
not fewer than 10 percent of the votes  represented at the meeting  shall,  make
such  appointment at the meeting.  If appointed at the meeting,  the majority of
the votes  present shall  determine  whether one or three  inspectors  are to be
appointed. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or
refuses  to act,  the  vacancy  may be  filled  by  appointment  by the board of
directors  in advance of the  meeting or at the  meeting by the  chairman of the
board or the president.

     Unless  otherwise  prescribed by regulations  of the Office,  the duties of
such inspectors  shall include:  determining the number of shares and the voting
power of each share, the shares repre sented at the meeting,  the existence of a
quorum, and the authenticity,  validity and effect of proxies:  receiving votes,
ballots,  or consents;  hearing and  determining all challenges and questions in
any way arising in connection  with the rights to vote;  counting and tabulating
all votes or consents; determining the result; and such acts as may be proper to
conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

     Section 14.  Nominating  Committee.  The board of directors  shall act as a
nominating  committee  for  selecting  the  management  nominees for election as
directors.  Except in the case of a nominee substituted as a result of the death
or other  incapacity of a management  nominee,  the nominating  committee  shall
deliver written  nominations to the secretary at least 20 days prior to the date
of the annual  meeting.  Upon delivery,  such  nominations  shall be posted in a
conspicuous  place in each  office of the bank.  No  nominations  for  directors
except those made by the nominating  committee shall be voted upon at the annual
meeting  unless  other  nominations  by  shareholders  are made in  writing  and
delivered  to the  secretary of the bank at least five days prior to the date of
the  annual  meeting.  Upon  delivery,  such  nominations  shall be  posted in a
conspicuous  place in each office of the bank.  Ballots bearing the names of all
the persons nominated by the nominating  committee and by shareholders  shall be
provided for use at the annual  meeting.  However,  if the nominating  committee
shall  fail or  refuse  to act at least 20 days  prior  to the  annual  meeting,
nominations  for directors may be made at the annual meeting by any  shareholder
entitled to vote and shall be voted upon.

         Section 15. New Business.  At an annual  meeting of  shareholders  only
such new business  shall be conducted,  and only such  proposals  shall be acted
upon,  as shall  have been  properly  brought  before the  meeting.  For any new
business  proposed  by  management  to be  properly  brought  before  the annual
meeting,  such new business shall be approved by the board of directors,  either
directly  or  through  its  approval  of proxy  solicitation  materials  related
thereto, and shall be stated in writing and filed with the secretary of the bank
at least 20 days before the date of the

                                        4

<PAGE>



annual  meeting,  and all  business  so  stated,  proposed  and  filed  shall be
considered at the annual meeting. Any shareholder may make any other proposal at
the annual  meeting and the same may be  discussed  and  considered,  but unless
properly brought before the meeting such proposal shall not be acted upon at the
meeting.  For a proposal to be properly  brought  before an annual  meeting by a
shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to
the  secretary  of the  bank.  To be  timely,  a  shareholder's  notice  must be
delivered to or received at the  principal  executive  offices of the bank,  not
less than 20 days prior to the  meeting;  provided,  however,  that in the event
that  less  than  30  days  notice  of the  date  of the  meeting  is  given  to
shareholders  (which  notice  shall be  accompanied  by a proxy  or  information
statement  which  describes each matter proposed by the board of directors to be
acted upon at the meeting),  notice by the  shareholder  to be timely must be so
received not later than the close of business on the 10th day  following the day
on  which  such  notice  of the  date  of  the  annual  meeting  was  mailed.  A
shareholder's  notice to the  secretary  shall set forth as to each  matter  the
shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (a) a brief description
of the proposal  desired to be brought before the annual  meeting;  (b) the name
and address of the  shareholder  proposing  such  business and (c) the class and
number  of shares  of the bank  which  are  owned of record by the  shareholder.
Notwithstanding  anything in the bylaws to the  contrary,  no business  shall be
conducted at an annual  meeting  except in accordance  with the  procedures  set
forth in this Section 15.

     Section 16.  Informal  Action by  Shareholders.  Any action  required to be
taken at a meeting of shareholders,  or any other action which may be taken at a
meeting of  shareholders,  may be taken without a meeting if consent in writing,
setting  forth the  action so taken,  shall be given by all of the  shareholders
entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter.


                                   ARTICLE III

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     Section 1.  General  Powers.  The business and affairs of the bank shall be
under the  direction of its board of  directors.  The board of  directors  shall
annually  elect a chairman of the board and a  president  from among its members
and shall  designate,  when  present,  either the  chairman  of the board or the
president to preside at its meetings.

     Section 2. Number and Term.  The board of directors  shall  consist of nine
members  and shall be divided  into three  classes as nearly  equal in number as
possible.  The  members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years
and until their successors are elected and qualified. One class shall be elected
by ballot annually.

     Section 3. Regular  Meetings.  A regular  meeting of the board of directors
shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately after, and at the
same place as, the annual  meeting of  shareholders.  The board of directors may
provide, by resolution, the time and place,

                                        5

<PAGE>



within  the bank's  normal  lending  territory,  for the  holding of  additional
regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

     Section  4.  Qualification.  Each  director  shall  at  all  times  be  the
beneficial owner of not less than 100 shares of capital stock of the bank unless
the bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company.

     Section 5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors may
be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board,  the president,  or
one-third of the directors.  The persons  authorized to call special meetings of
the board of  directors,  may fix any place,  within the bank's  normal  lending
territory,  as the place for holding  any special  meeting of the board of direc
tors called by such persons.

     Members of the board of directors may  participate  in special  meetings by
means of conference telephone or similar  communications  equipment by which all
persons  participating  in the meeting can hear each other.  Such  participation
shall constitute presence in person but shall not constitute  attendance for the
purpose of compensation pursuant to Section 12 of this Article.

     Section 6. Notice.  Written notice of any special meeting shall be given to
each  director at least two days prior thereto when  delivered  personally or by
telegram  or at least  five days prior  thereto  when  delivered  by mail at the
address at which the director is most likely to be reached. Such notice shall be
deemed to be delivered  when  deposited in the mail so  addressed,  with postage
prepaid  if  mailed  or  when  delivered  to the  telegraph  company  if sent by
telegram.  Any director may waive notice of any meeting by a writing  filed with
the  secretary.  The  attendance of a director at a meeting  shall  constitute a
waiver of notice of such meeting,  except where a director attends a meeting for
the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business  because the
meeting  is  not  lawfully  called  or  convened.  Neither  the  business  to be
transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the board of directors need be
specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

     Section 7. Quorum. A majority of the number of directors fixed by Section 2
of this Article III shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at
any meeting of the board of directors; but if less than such majority is present
at a meeting,  a majority of the directors  present may adjourn the meeting from
time to time.  Notice of any adjourned meeting shall be given in the same manner
as prescribed by Section 6 of this Article III.

     Section  8.  Manner of Acting.  The act of the  majority  of the  directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present  shall be the act of the board
of directors,  unless a greater number is prescribed by regulation of the Office
or by these bylaws.

     Section 9. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be
taken by the board of directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of
the directors.

                                        6

<PAGE>



     Section 10.  Resignation.  Any director may resign at any time by sending a
written  notice of such  resignation to the home office of the bank addressed to
the chairman of the board or the president.  Unless  otherwise  specified,  such
resignation  shall take effect upon  receipt by the chairman of the board or the
president.  More than three  consecutive  absences from regular  meetings of the
board of  directors,  unless  excused by  resolution  of the board of directors,
shall automatically constitute a resignation, effective when such resignation is
accepted by the board of directors.

     Section 11. Vacancies.  Any vacancy occurring on the board of directors may
be filled by the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the  remaining  directors
although  less than a quorum of the board of  directors.  A director  elected to
fill a vacancy shall be elected to serve until the next election of directors by
the shareholders.  Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the
number of directors  may be filled by election by the board of  directors  for a
term of office  continuing  only until the next  election  of  directors  by the
shareholders.

     Section 12. Compensation.  Directors,  as such, may receive a stated salary
for their services. By resolution of the board of directors,  a reasonable fixed
sum, and reasonable  expenses of  attendance,  if any, may be allowed for actual
attendance at each regular or special meeting of the board of directors. Members
of either standing or special  committees may be allowed such  compensation  for
actual attendance at committee meetings as the board of directors may determine.

     Section 13. Presumption of Assent. A director of the bank who is present at
a meeting of the board of  directors at which action on any bank matter is taken
shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent
or abstention shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he or she
shall  file a written  dissent  to such  action  with the  person  acting as the
secretary of the meeting  before the  adjournment  thereof or shall forward such
dissent by  registered  mail to the secretary of the bank within five days after
the date a copy of the minutes of the meeting is received. Such right to dissent
shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

     Section  14.  Removal of  Directors.  At a meeting of  shareholders  called
expressly for that  purpose,  any director may be removed for cause by a vote of
the holders of a majority of the shares then  entitled to vote at an election of
directors.  If less  than  the  entire  board  is to be  removed,  no one of the
directors  may be  removed  if the  votes  cast  against  the  removal  would be
sufficient to elect a director if then cumulatively  voted at an election of the
class of directors of which such director is a part. Whenever the holders of the
shares  of any  class  are  entitled  to  elect  one or  more  directors  by the
provisions of the charter or supplemental  sections  thereto,  the provisions of
this section  shall apply,  in respect to the removal of a director or directors
so elected,  to the vote of the holders of the outstanding  shares of that class
and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole.


                                       7

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV

                         EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

     Section 1. Appointment.  The board of directors, by resolution adopted by a
majority of the full board, may designate the chief executive officer and one or
more  of  the  other  directors  to  constitute  an  executive  committee.   The
designation  of any committee  pursuant to this Article IV and the delegation of
authority shall not operate to relieve the board of directors,  or any director,
of any responsibility imposed by law or regulation.

     Section 2. Authority. The executive committee,  when the board of directors
is not in session, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the board
of directors except to the ex tent, if any, that such authority shall be limited
by the resolution  appointing the executive committee;  and except also that the
executive  committee shall not have the authority of the board of directors with
reference  to: the  declaration  of  dividends;  the amendment of the charter or
bylaws  of the bank,  or  recommending  to the  shareholders  a plan of  merger,
consolidation,  or conversion;  the sale,  lease, or other disposition of all or
substantially  all of the property and assets of the bank  otherwise than in the
usual and regular course of its business; a voluntary dissolution of the bank; a
revocation of any of the  foregoing;  or the approval of a transaction  in which
any member of the executive committee,  directly or indirectly, has any material
beneficial interest.

     Section 3. Tenure.  Subject to the  provisions of Section 8 of this Article
IV,  each member of the  executive  committee  shall hold office  until the next
regular  annual  meeting  of  the  board  of  directors  following  his  or  her
designation  and until a successor is  designated  as a member of the  executive
committee.

     Section 4.  Meetings.  Regular  meetings of the executive  committee may be
held without notice at such times and places as the executive  committee may fix
from time to time by resolution. Special meetings of the executive committee may
be called by any member  thereof upon not less than one day's notice stating the
place,  date, and hour of the meeting,  which notice may be written or oral. Any
member of the executive  committee may waive notice of any meeting and no notice
of any meeting  need be given to any member  thereof who attends in person.  The
notice of a  meeting  of the  executive  committee  need not state the  business
proposed to be transacted at the meeting.

     Section 5.  Quorum.  A majority of the members of the  executive  committee
shall  constitute  a quorum  for the  transaction  of  business  at any  meeting
thereof,  and  action  of the  executive  committee  must be  authorized  by the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the  members  present at a meeting at which a
quorum is present.

     Section 6. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be
taken by the executive  committee at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if
a consent in writing,  setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all
of the members of the executive committee.

                                        8

<PAGE>



     Section 7. Vacancies.  Any vacancy in the executive committee may be filled
by a resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors.

     Section 8. Resignations and Removal.  Any member of the executive committee
may be  removed  at any time with or without  cause by  resolution  adopted by a
majority of the full board of directors.  Any member of the executive  committee
may resign from the executive  committee at any time by giving written notice to
the  president  or  secretary  of the bank.  Unless  otherwise  specified,  such
resignation  shall  take  effect  upon  its  receipt;  the  acceptance  of  such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     Section 9.  Procedure.  The  executive  committee  shall  elect a presiding
officer from its members and may fix its own rules of procedure  which shall not
be  inconsistent  with  these  bylaws.  It shall  keep  regular  minutes  of its
proceedings and report the same to the board of directors for its information at
the meeting held next after the proceedings shall have occurred.

     Section 10.  Other  Committees.  The board of directors  may by  resolution
establish an audit,  loan or other  committee  composed of directors as they may
determine to be necessary or appropriate  for the conduct of the business of the
bank and may prescribe the duties, constitution and procedures thereof.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                    OFFICERS

     Section 1. Positions. The officers of the bank shall be a president, one or
more vice presidents,  a secretary and a chief financial  officer,  each of whom
shall be  elected by the board of  directors.  The Board of  Directors  may also
designate the Chairman of the Board as an officer.  The  president  shall be the
chief executive officer,  unless the board of directors  designates the chairman
of the board as chief  executive  officer.  The president shall be a director of
the bank. The offices of the secretary and chief  financial  officer may be held
by the same person and a vice  president may also be either the secretary or the
chief financial  officer.  The board of directors may designate one or more vice
presidents as executive  vice president or senior vice  president.  The board of
directors may also elect or authorize the  appointment of such other officers as
the business of the bank may require. The officers shall have such authority and
perform such duties as the board of directors may from time to time authorize or
determine.  In the  absence of action by the board of  directors,  the  officers
shall  have such  powers  and duties as  generally  pertain to their  respective
offices.

     Section 2.  Election and Term of Office.  The officers of the bank shall be
elected  annually at the first meeting of the board of directors held after each
annual meeting of the  shareholders.  If the election of officers is not held at
such meeting,  such election shall be held as soon thereafter as possible.  Each
officer shall hold office until a successor has been duly elected

                                        9

<PAGE>



and  qualified  or until the  officer's  death,  resignation,  or removal in the
manner hereinafter provided.  Election or appointment of an officer, employee or
agent shall not of itself create contractual  rights. The board of directors may
authorize  the bank to enter into an  employment  contract  with any  officer in
accordance with regulations of the Office; but no such contract shall impair the
right of the board of directors to remove any officer at any time in  accordance
with Section 3 of this Article V.

     Section 3.  Removal.  Any officer may be removed by the board of  directors
whenever in its judgment the best interests of the bank will be served  thereby,
but such  removal,  other than for  cause,  shall be  without  prejudice  to the
contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed.

     Section  4.   Vacancies.   A  vacancy  in  any  office  because  of  death,
resignation, removal, disqualification,  or otherwise may be filled by the board
of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

     Section 5.  Remuneration.  The  remuneration of the officers shall be fixed
from time to time by the board of directors.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                      CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

     Section 1. Contracts. To the extent permitted by regulations of the Office,
and except as otherwise  prescribed by these bylaws with respect to certificates
for shares,  the board of di rectors may  authorize  any officer,  employee,  or
agent  of the bank to enter  into  any  contract  or  execute  and  deliver  any
instrument  in the name of and on  behalf  of the bank.  Such  authority  may be
general or confined to specific instances.

     Section 2. Loans. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the bank and no
evidence of  indebtedness  shall be issued in its name unless  authorized by the
board of  directors.  Such  authority  may be general or  confined  to  specific
instances.

     Section 3. Checks,  Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the
payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of
the bank  shall be signed by one or more  officers,  employees  or agents of the
bank in such  manner as shall  from time to time be  determined  by the board of
directors.

     Section 4. Deposits.  All funds of the bank not otherwise employed shall be
deposited  from time to time to the  credit  of the bank in any duly  authorized
depositories as the board of directors may select.



                                       10

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VII

                   CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

     Section 1.  Certificates for Shares.  Certificates  representing  shares of
capital  stock of the bank shall be in such form as shall be  determined  by the
board of directors and approved by the Office. Such certificates shall be signed
by the chief executive officer or by any other officer of the bank authorized by
the board of directors, attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary, and
sealed with the corporate  seal or a facsimile  thereof.  The signatures of such
officers upon a certificate  may be  facsimiles if the  certificate  is manually
signed on behalf of a transfer  agent or a registrar  other than the bank itself
or one of its employees.  Each  certificate for shares of capital stock shall be
consecutively  numbered  or  otherwise  identified.  The name and address of the
person to whom the  shares  are  issued,  with the  number of shares and date of
issue,  shall  be  entered  on  the  stock  transfer  books  of  the  bank.  All
certificates  surrendered to the bank for transfer shall be cancelled and no new
certificate  shall be issued until the former  certificate  for a like number of
shares  has been  surrendered  or  cancelled,  except  that in case of a lost or
destroyed  certificate,  a new  certificate  may be issued  upon such  terms and
indemnity to the bank as the board of directors may prescribe.

     Section 2.  Transfer of Shares.  Transfer of shares of capital stock of the
bank shall be made only on its stock transfer books. Authority for such transfer
shall  be  given  only  by  the  holder  of  record  or  by  his  or  her  legal
representative,  who shall furnish proper evidence of such authority,  or by his
or her attorney  authorized by a duly executed  power of attorney and filed with
the bank. Such transfer shall be made only on surrender for  cancellation of the
certificate  for such shares.  The person in whose name shares of capital  stock
stand on the  books of the bank  shall be deemed by the bank to be the owner for
all purposes.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                            FISCAL YEAR; ANNUAL AUDIT

     The fiscal  year of the bank shall end on the last day of  December of each
year.  The bank shall be subject to an annual  audit as of the end of its fiscal
year by independent public accountants appointed by and responsible to the board
of directors.  The  appointment of such  accountants  shall be subject to annual
ratification by the shareholders.



                                       11

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    DIVIDENDS

     Subject to the terms of the bank's charter and the  regulations  and orders
of the Office, the board of directors may, from time to time,  declare,  and the
bank may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares of capital stock.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                 CORPORATE SEAL

     The  board of  directors  shall  provide  a bank  seal  which  shall be two
concentric  circles  between  which  shall be the name of the bank.  The year of
incorporation or an emblem may appear in the center.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   AMENDMENTS

     These bylaws may be amended in a manner  consistent with the regulations of
the Office at any time by a  majority  of the full  board of  directors  or by a
majority of the votes cast by the shareholders of the bank at any legal meeting.

                                       12




NUMBER 002
                                  COMMON STOCK

                                                           CUSIP No. ___________


                        FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL, INC.
              INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE


This Certifies that


is the owner of

     FULLY PAID AND  NONASSESSABLE  SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK,  PAR VALUE $.01 PER
SHARE OF

FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL,  INC. (the "Corporation"),  a Delaware corporation.
The shares  represented by this certificate are  transferable  only on the stock
transfer books of the Corporation by the holder of record hereof, or by his duly
authorized  attorney  or  legal  representative,  upon  the  surrender  of  this
certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned
and registered by the Corporation's transfer agent and registrar.  This security
is not a deposit or account and is not federally insured or guaranteed.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Corporation  has caused this  certificate  to be
executed by the  facsimile  signatures of its duly  authorized  officers and has
caused a facsimile of its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed.


    DATED____________________________

    _________________________________       ____________________________________
    Terry Gawryk, Corporate Secretary       Julian E. Kulas, President and Chief
                                    [Seal]  Executive Officer
Countersigned and Registered

____________________________
Transfer Agent and Registrar


<PAGE>
                        FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL, INC.

         The shares  represented by this  certificate  are issued subject to all
the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Corporation
as from  time to time  amended  (copies  of which  are on file at the  principal
executive offices of the Corporation).

         The  Corporation's   certificate  of  incorporation  provides  that  no
"person" (as defined in the  certificate  of  incorporation)  who  "beneficially
owns" (as defined in the certificate of  incorporation)  in excess of 10% of the
outstanding  shares of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote any shares held
in excess of such limit.  This  provision of the  certificate  of  incorporation
shall  not  apply to an  acquisition  of  securities  of the  Corporation  by an
employee stock purchase plan or other employee  benefit plan of the  Corporation
or any of its subsidiaries.

         The  Corporation's   certificate  of  incorporation   also  includes  a
provision the general effect of which is to require the affirmative  vote of the
holders of 80% of the  outstanding  voting shares of the  Corporation to approve
certain "business combinations" (as defined in the certificate of incorporation)
between  the  Corporation  and a  stockholder  owning  in  excess  of 10% of the
outstanding shares of the Corporation.  However,  only the affirmative vote of a
majority of the outstanding  shares or such vote as is otherwise required by law
(rather  than  the 80%  voting  requirement)  is  applicable  to the  particular
transaction if it is approved by a majority of the "disinterested directors" (as
defined in the certificate of incorporation) or, alternatively,  the transaction
satisfies certain minimum price and procedural  requirements.  The Corporation's
certificate  of  incorporation  also  contains a provision  which  requires  the
affirmative vote of holders of at least 80% of the outstanding  voting shares of
the Corporation which are not beneficially owned by the "interested  person" (as
defined in the certificate of  incorporation)  to approve the direct or indirect
purchase or other  acquisition by the  Corporation of any "equity  security" (as
defined in the certificate of incorporation) from such interested person.

         The  Corporation  will  furnish to any  stockholder  upon  request  and
without charge a full  statement of the powers,  designations,  preferences  and
relative  participating,  optional or other  special  rights of each  authorized
class  of  stock  or  series  thereof  and the  qualifications,  limitations  or
restrictions of such preferences and/or rights, to the extent that the same have
been fixed, and of the authority of the board of directors to designate the same
with respect to other series.  Such request may be made to the Corporation or to
its transfer agent and registrar.

         The following  abbreviations,  when used in the inscription on the face
of this certificate,  shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common         UNIF GIFT MIN ACT______Custodian_________
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entirety                    (Cust)          (Minor)
JT TEN  - as joint tenants with right  Under Uniform Gift to Minors Act-________
          of survivorship and not as                                     (State)
          tenants in common.           UNIF TRANS MIN ACT______Custodian________
                                                         (Cust)         (Minor)
                                     Under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act-_____
                                                                         (State)

             Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in
                                the above list.

  For Value Received,____________________hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
- ------------------------------
- ------------------------------

 ___________________________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

_____________________________Shares  of Common Stock  represented  by the within
certificate,  and do hereby irrevocably  constitute and  appoint________________
Attorney  to  transfer  the  said  shares  on  the  books  of the  within  named
Association with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated________________  _________________________________________________________
               NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE
                       NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY
                       PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY
                       CHANGE WHATEVER.



                                                                       Exhibit 5


                  [SILVER FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P. LETTERHEAD]






                                  July 17, 1997




The Board of Directors
First SecurityFed Financial, Inc.
936 North Western Avenue
Chicago, Illinois  60622-4695

                    Re:  Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933

Gentlemen:

     This opinion is rendered in connection with the  Registration  Statement to
be filed on Form S-1 with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  under  the
Securities Act of 1933 relating to the 5,695,000 shares of Common Stock of First
SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc. (the  "Company"),  par value $.01 per share, to be
issued.  As counsel,  we have reviewed the Certificate of  Incorporation  of the
Company and such other  documents as we have deemed  appropriate for the purpose
of this opinion.  We are rendering this opinion as of the time the  Registration
Statement referred to above becomes effective.

     Based on the  foregoing,  we are of the  opinion  that the shares of Common
Stock of the Company covered by the aforesaid  Registration Statement will, when
sold, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock of
the Company.


                                           Very truly yours,

                                           /s/SILVER FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.

                                           SILVER FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.






                  [SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P. LETTERHEAD]


                                  July 18, 1997



Board of Directors
First Security Federal Savings Bank
936 North Western Avenue
Chicago, Illinois 60622-4695

     RE:  Federal  Income  Tax  Opinion  Relating  To The  Conversion  Of  First
          Security  Federal  Savings  Bank  From  A  Federally-Chartered  Mutual
          Savings Bank To A Federally-Chartered Stock Savings Bank Under Section
          368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, As Amended

Gentlemen:

     In  accordance  with your request set forth  hereinbelow  is the opinion of
this firm relating to the federal income tax  consequences  of the conversion of
First Security Federal Savings Bank ("Mutual") from a federally-chartered mutual
savings bank to a federally-chartered stock savings bank ("Stock Bank") pursuant
to the provisions of Section  368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code").

     Capitalized  terms used herein which are not expressly defined herein shall
have the meaning  ascribed to them in the Amended Plan of Conversion  dated June
23, 1997 (the "Plan").

     The following  assumptions  have been made in connection  with our opinions
hereinbelow:

<PAGE>

Board of Directors
First Security Federal Savings Bank
July 18, 1997
Page 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     1. The Conversion is  implemented in accordance  with the terms of the Plan
and all conditions  precedent contained in the Plan shall be performed or waived
prior to the consummation of the Conversion.

     2. No amount of the savings  accounts  and  deposits  of Mutual,  as of the
Eligibility  Record Date or the  Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date, will be
excluded from  participating  in the  liquidation  account of Stock Bank. To the
best of the  knowledge  of the  management  of Mutual there is not now, nor will
there be at the time of the  Conversion,  any plan or intention,  on the part of
the depositors in Mutual to withdraw their  deposits  following the  Conversion.
Deposits  withdrawn  immediately  prior  to or  immediately  subsequent  to  the
Conversion  (other  than  maturing  deposits)  are  considered  in making  these
assumptions.

     3. Holding  Company and Stock Bank each have no plan or intention to redeem
or otherwise acquire any of the Holding Company Conversion Stock to be issued in
the proposed transaction.

     4.  Immediately  following the  consummation  of the proposed  transaction,
Stock  Bank  will  possess  the same  assets  and  liabilities  as  Mutual  held
immediately prior to the proposed transaction, plus substantially all of the net
proceeds from the sale of its stock to Holding Company except for assets used to
pay expenses of the Conversion.  The liabilities  transferred to Stock Bank were
incurred by Mutual in the ordinary course of business.

     5. No cash or property will be given to deposit  account holders in lieu of
Subscription Rights or an interest in the liquidation account of Stock Bank.

     6.  Following  the  Conversion,  Stock Bank will  continue to engage in its
business in substantially the same manner as Mutual engaged in business prior to
the Conversion,  and it has no plan or intention to sell or otherwise dispose of
any of its assets, except in the ordinary course of business.

     7. There is no plan or intention  for Stock Bank to be liquidated or merged
with another corporation following the consummation of the Conversion.

     8. The fair market  value of each  savings  account plus an interest in the
liquidation account of Stock Bank will, in each instance, be approximately equal
to the fair market value of each savings  account of Mutual plus the interest in
the residual equity of Mutual surrendered in exchange therefor.

<PAGE>

Board of Directors
First Security Federal Savings Bank
July 18, 1997
Page 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     9. Mutual,  Stock Bank and Holding Company are each corporations within the
meaning of Section 7701(a)(3) of the Code.

     10. Holding  Company has no plan or intention to sell or otherwise  dispose
of the stock of Stock Bank received by it in the proposed transaction.

     11. Both Stock Bank and Holding  Company have no plan or intention,  either
currently or at the time of  Conversion,  to issue  additional  shares of common
stock  following  the  proposed  transaction,  other than (a) shares that may be
issued to employees and/or directors  pursuant to certain stock option and stock
incentive  plans or that may be issued to employee  benefit  plans and (b) up to
250,000  shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock to the Heritage  Foundation of
First Security  Federal Savings Bank,  Inc., a charitable  organization  created
under Section 501 (c)(3) of the Code (the "Foundation").

     12. If all of the net proceeds from the sale of Holding Company  Conversion
Stock had been  contributed  by Holding  Company to Stock Bank in  exchange  for
common  stock of Stock Bank in the  transaction,  as opposed to Holding  Company
retaining a portion of such net proceeds (the  "retained  proceeds"),  and Stock
Bank  immediately  thereafter  made a distribution  of the retained  proceeds to
Holding  Company,  Stock Bank  would have  sufficient  current  and  accumulated
earnings  and  profits for tax  purposes  such that the  distribution  would not
result in the recapture of any portion of the bad debt reserves of Stock Bank.

     13.  Assets used to pay expenses of the  Conversion  and all  distributions
(except for regular,  normal interest  payments and other payments in the normal
course of business made by Mutual immediately preceding the transaction) will in
the aggregate  constitute  less than 1% of the net assets of Mutual and any such
expenses and  distributions  will be paid by Stock Bank from the proceeds of the
sale of Holding Company Conversion Stock.

     14. All  distributions  to deposit  account  holders in their  capacity  as
deposit account holders  (except for regular,  normal interest  payments made by
Mutual),  will,  in the  aggregate,  constitute  less than 1% of the fair market
value of the net assets of Mutual.

     15. At the time of the proposed  transaction,  the fair market value of the
assets of Mutual on a going concern basis (including  intangibles) will equal or
exceed the amount of its  liabilities  plus the amount of  liabilities  to which
such assets are subject. Mutual will have a positive regulatory net worth at the
time of the Conversion.

     16.  Mutual  is not  under  the  jurisdiction  of a court  in a Title 11 or
similar  case  within  the  meaning  of Section  368(a)(3)(A)  of the Code.  The
proposed transaction does not involve

<PAGE>

Board of Directors
First Security Federal Savings Bank
July 18, 1997
Page 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

a receivership,  foreclosure,  or similar  proceeding  before a federal or state
agency  involving  a  financial  institution  to which  Section  585 of the Code
applies.

     17. Mutual's  Eligible  Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible Account
Holders will pay expenses of the Conversion solely attributable to them, if any.

     18. The  liabilities of Mutual assumed by Stock Bank plus the  liabilities,
if any, to which the  transferred  assets are subject were incurred by Mutual in
the ordinary  course of its business  and are  associated  with the assets being
transferred.

     19. There will be no purchase price advantage for Mutual's  deposit account
holders who purchase Holding Company Conversion Stock.

     20.  Neither  Mutual nor Stock Bank is an investment  company as defined in
Sections 368(a)(2)(F)(iii) and (iv) of the Code.

     21.  None  of  the  compensation  to be  received  by any  deposit  account
holder-employees  of Mutual or Holding  Company  will be separate  consideration
for,  or  allocable  to, any of their  deposits  in Mutual.  No  interest in the
liquidation  account  of Stock  Bank will be  received  by any  deposit  account
holder-employees  as separate  consideration for, or will otherwise be allocable
to, any employment agreement,  and the compensation paid to each deposit account
holder-employee,  during the twelve-month  period preceding or subsequent to the
Conversion, will be for services actually rendered and will be commensurate with
amounts  paid to the  third  parties  bargaining  at  arm's-length  for  similar
services.  No shares of Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock will be issued to or
purchased by any deposit account holder-employee of Mutual or Holding Company at
a discount or as compensation in the proposed transaction.

     22. No creditors of Mutual or the  depositors  in their role as  creditors,
have taken any steps to  enforce  their  claims  against  Mutual by  instituting
bankruptcy  or  other  legal  proceedings,  in  either  a court  or  appropriate
regulatory agency, that would eliminate the proprietary interests of the Members
prior to the Conversion of Mutual including  depositors as the equity holders of
Mutual.

     23. The proposed  transaction does not involve the payment to Stock Bank or
Mutual of  financial  assistance  from  federal  agencies  within the meaning of
Notice 89-102, 1989-40 C.B. 1.

     24. On a per share basis, the purchase price of Holding Company  Conversion
Stock  will be equal to the fair  market  value of such stock at the time of the
completion of the proposed transaction.

<PAGE>

Board of Directors
First Security Federal Savings Bank
July 18, 1997
Page 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     25.  Mutual has received or will  receive an opinion from FINPRO  Financial
Services,  Inc. ("Appraiser's  Opinion"),  which concludes that the Subscription
Rights to be received by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account
Holders and other eligible subscribers do not have any ascertainable fair market
value,   since  they  are  acquired  by  the   recipients   without  cost,   are
non-transferable  and of short duration,  and afford the recipients a right only
to purchase  Holding Company  Conversion Stock at a price equal to its estimated
fair market value, which will be the same price as the Public Offering Price for
unsubscribed shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock.

     26. Mutual will not have any net operating losses,  capital loss carryovers
or built- in losses at the time of the Conversion.

     As part  of the  Conversion,  Holding  Company  intends  to  donate  to the
Foundation  up to  250,000  shares  of its  Common  Stock.  The  funding  of the
Foundation  as part of the  Conversion  is subject  to  separate  approval  by a
majority  of the total  outstanding  votes of the  eligible  votes to be cast by
Members  of Mutual at the  Special  Meeting  of  Members.  In the event that the
Foundation  does not  receive  the  prerequisite  approval,  Mutual  intends  to
complete the Conversion without funding the Foundation.

     The Plan provides that the  Foundation has been formed to further the Stock
Bank's  long-term  commitment  to  its  community.  The  Plan  states  that  the
Foundation is intended to complement  Mutual's existing  community  reinvestment
activities  so as to allow  the  local  community  to share  in the  growth  and
profitability of the Holding Company and Stock Bank over the long term.

     The  Foundation  will be dedicated to the promotion of charitable  purposes
within  Mutual's  local  community,  including,  but not  limited  to  grants or
donations to support  not-for-profit  medical facilities,  cultural  activities,
community groups and other types of  organizations  or projects.  The Foundation
will  annually  distribute  total  grants  and  donations  to assist  charitable
organizations  or to fund projects  within its local  community of not less than
five  percent  (5%) of the average  fair value of the  Foundation's  assets each
year.

<PAGE>

Board of Directors
First Security Federal Savings Bank
July 18, 1997
Page 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     OPINION

     Based solely on the assumptions set forth  hereinabove and our analysis and
examination  of  applicable  federal  income  tax  laws,  rulings,  regulations,
judicial  precedents and the Appraiser's  Opinion, we are of the opinion that if
the transaction is undertaken in accordance with the above assumptions:

     (1) The Conversion will constitute a  reorganization  within the meaning of
Section  368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.  Neither Mutual nor Stock Bank will recognize
any gain or loss as a result of the transaction  (Rev. Rul. 80-105,  1980-1 C.B.
78). Mutual and Stock Bank will each be a party to a  reorganization  within the
meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code.

     (2) Stock Bank will recognize no gain or loss upon the receipt of money and
other property, if any, in the Conversion,  in exchange for its shares. (Section
1032(a) of the Code.)

     (3) No gain or loss will be recognized by Holding  Company upon the receipt
of money for Holding Company Conversion Stock. (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)

     (4) The basis of  Mutual's  assets  in the hands of Stock  Bank will be the
same as the basis of those  assets in the hands of Mutual  immediately  prior to
the transaction. (Section 362(b) of the Code.)

     (5) Stock  Bank's  holding  period of the assets of Mutual will include the
period  during  which such assets were held by Mutual  prior to the  Conversion.
(Section 1223(2) of the Code).

     (6) Stock Bank, for purposes of Section 381 of the Code, will be treated as
if there had been no reorganization.  The tax attributes of Mutual enumerated in
Section  381(a) of the Code will be taken into account by Stock Bank as if there
had been no reorganization.  Accordingly, the tax year of Mutual will not end on
the effective date of the Conversion.  The part of the tax year of Mutual before
the  Conversion  will be  includible  in the tax year of Stock  Bank  after  the
Conversion.  Therefore, Mutual will not have to file a federal income tax return
for the  portion of the tax year prior to the  Conversion.  (Rev.  Rul.  57-276,
1957-1 C.B. 126).

     (7) Depositors will realize gain, if any, upon the constructive issuance to
them of withdrawable deposit accounts of Stock Bank,  Subscription Rights and/or
interests in the liquidation account of Stock Bank. Any gain resulting therefrom
will be recognized, but only in an amount not in excess of the fair market value
of the liquidation accounts and/or Subscription Rights received. The liquidation
accounts  will have  nominal,  if any,  fair market  value.  Based solely on the

<PAGE>

Board of Directors
First Security Federal Savings Bank
July 18, 1997
Page 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


accuracy of the conclusion reached in the Appraiser's  Opinion, and our reliance
on such  opinion,  that  the  Subscription  Rights  have no value at the time of
distribution  or exercise,  no gain or loss will be required to be recognized by
depositors upon receipt or distribution of Subscription Rights. (Section 1001 of
the Code); See Paulsen v. Commissioner, 469 U.S. 131,139 (1985). Likewise, based
solely on the accuracy of the aforesaid  conclusion  reached in the  Appraiser's
Opinion,  and our  reliance  thereon,  we give the  following  opinions:  (a) no
taxable  income will be recognized  by the  borrowers,  directors,  officers and
employees of Mutual upon the distribution to them of Subscription Rights or upon
the  exercise or lapse of the  Subscription  Rights to acquire  Holding  Company
Conversion Stock at fair market value; (b) no taxable income will be realized by
the  depositors  of  Mutual  as a  result  of  the  exercise  or  lapse  of  the
Subscription  Rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Stock at fair market
value.  Rev. Rul.  56-572,  1956-2 C.B.  182; and (c) no taxable  income will be
realized  by  Mutual,   Stock  Bank  or  Holding  Company  on  the  issuance  or
distribution of  Subscription  Rights to depositors of Mutual to purchase shares
of Holding Company  Conversion  Stock at fair market value.  (Section 311 of the
Code.)

     Notwithstanding  the Appraiser's  Opinion,  if the Subscription  Rights are
subsequently  found to have a fair market  value,  income may be  recognized  by
various recipients of the Subscription Rights (in certain cases,  whether or not
the rights are exercised)  and Holding  Company and/or Stock Bank may be taxable
on the  distribution of the Subscription  Rights.  (Section 311 of the Code). In
this  regard,  the  Subscription  Rights may be taxed  partially  or entirely at
ordinary income tax rates.

     (8) The  creation of the  liquidation  account on the records of Stock Bank
will have no effect on Mutual's or Stock Bank's taxable income,  deductions,  or
tax bad debt reserve.

     (9) A depositor's  basis in the savings  deposits of Stock Bank will be the
same as the basis of his savings deposits in Mutual. (Section 1012 of the Code).
Based upon the Appraiser's Opinion, the basis of the Subscription Rights will be
zero.  The  basis of the  interest  in the  liquidation  account  of Stock  Bank
received by Eligible Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders
will be equal to the cost of such  property,  i.e., the fair market value of the
proprietary interest in Mutual, which in this transaction we assume to be zero.

     (10) The basis of Holding Company Conversion Stock to its shareholders will
be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code).

     (11) A shareholder's  holding period for Holding Company  Conversion  Stock
acquired through the exercise of the Subscription Rights shall begin on the date
on which the Subscription  Rights are exercised.  (Section 1223(6) of the Code).
The holding period for the Holding Company Conversion Stock purchase pursuant to
the direct community offering, public

<PAGE>

Board of Directors
First Security Federal Savings Bank
July 18, 1997
Page 8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


offering  or  under  other  purchase  arrangements  will  commence  on the  date
following the date on which such stock is purchased.  (Rev. Rul. 70-598,  1970-2
C.B. 168).

     (12) Regardless of any book entries that are made for the  establishment of
a liquidation  account,  the  reorganization  will not diminish the  accumulated
earnings and profits of Mutual  available  for the  subsequent  distribution  of
dividends,  within the meaning of Section 316 of the Code.  Section  1.312-11(b)
and (c) of the Regulations. Stock Bank will succeed to and take into account the
earnings  and profits or deficit in earnings  and  profits,  of Mutual as of the
date of Conversion.

     The above  opinions are effective to the extent that Mutual is solvent.  No
opinion is expressed  about the tax  treatment of the  transaction  if Mutual is
insolvent. Whether or not Mutual is solvent will be determined at the end of the
taxable year in which the transaction is consummated.

     No opinion is expressed as to the tax  treatment of the  transaction  under
the  provisions  of  any of the  other  sections  of the  Code  and  Income  Tax
Regulations which may also be applicable thereto, or to the tax treatment of any
conditions  existing at the time of, or effects  resulting from, the transaction
which are not  specifically  covered by the opinions set forth above. No opinion
is expressed  as to the tax  treatment  of the  establishment  or funding of the
Foundation.

                                        Respectfully submitted,

                                        SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.



                                        /s/ Silver, Freedmen & Taff, L.L.P.
                                        -----------------------------------




                                                                     Exhibit 8.3





July 18, 1997

Board of Directors
First Security Federal Savings Bank
936 North Western Avenue
Chicago, IL 60622

Dear Board Members:

All  capitalized  terms not  otherwise  defined in this letter have the meanings
given  such  terms  in  the  Plan  of  Conversion  and  Agreement  and  Plan  of
Reorganization  (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors of First Security
Federal  Savings  Bank  (the  "Bank"),  whereby  the Bank  will  convert  from a
federally  chartered mutual savings  institution to a federally  chartered stock
savings  institution  and issue  shares of Common  Stock in a  Subscription  and
Community Offering.

We understand that in accordance with the Plan,  Subscription Rights to purchase
shares of the  Company's  Common Stock are to be issued to (i) Eligible  Account
Holders; (ii) Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders;  (iii) Other Members and ;
(iv)  Directors,  Officers  and  Employees,  collectively  referred  to  as  the
"Recipients".  Based solely on our observation that the Subscription Rights will
be available to such Recipients  without cost, will be legally  non-transferable
and of short duration, and will afford the Recipients the right only to purchase
shares  of  Common  Stock at the same  price as will be paid by  members  of the
general public in the Direct  Community  Offering,  but without  undertaking any
independent  investigation  of  state  or  federal  law or the  position  of the
Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that:

     the Subscription Rights will have no ascertainable market value; and

     the price at which the  Subscription  Rights are  excercisable  will not be
more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.

Changes  in the local and  national  economy,  the  legislative  and  regulatory
environment,  the stock market,  interest rates, and other external forces (such
as natural  disasters or significant  world events) may occur from time to time,
often with great  unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift
stocks as a whole or the Bank's value alone.  Accordingly,  no assurance  can be
given that persons who  subscribe to shares of Common Stock in the offering will
thereafter  be able to buy or sell  such  shares at the same  price  paid in the
Subscription Offering.

                                            Very Truly Yours,
                                            FinPro, Inc.

                                            /s/ Donald J. Musso

                                            Donald J. Musso
                                            President







                        FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL, INC.

                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN










                         Effective as of January 1, 1997


<PAGE>








                        FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL, INC.

                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                                           Page

PREAMBLE                                                                                                     1

ARTICLE I    DEFINITION OF TERMS AND CONSTRUCTION

             1.1     Definitions

                     <S>                                                                                    <C>
                     (a)      "Act"                                                                          2
                     (b)      "Administrator"                                                                2
                     (c)      "Annual Additions"                                                             2
                     (d)      "Authorized Leave of Absence"                                                  2
                     (e)      "Beneficiary"                                                                  2
                     (f)      "Board of Directors"                                                           2
                     (g)      "Break"                                                                        3
                     (h)      "Code"                                                                         3
                     (i)      "Compensation"                                                                 3
                     (j)      "Date of Hire"                                                                 3
                     (k)      "Disability"                                                                   3
                     (l)      "Disability Retirement Date"                                                   3
                     (m)      "Early Retirement Date"                                                        3
                     (n)      "Effective Date"                                                               3
                     (o)      "Eligibility Period"                                                           3
                     (p)      "Employee"                                                                     4
                     (q)      "Employer"                                                                     4
                     (r)      "Employer Securities"                                                          4
                     (s)      "Entry Date"                                                                   4
                     (t)      "Exempt Loan"                                                                  4
                     (u)      "Former Participant"                                                           4
                     (v)      "Fund"                                                                         4
                     (w)      "Hour of Service"                                                              4
                     (x)      "Investment Adjustments"                                                       5
                     (y)      "Limitation Year"                                                              5

</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           Page

                     <S>                                                                                    <C>
                     (z)      "Normal Retirement Date"                                                       5
                     (aa)     "Participant"                                                                  5
                     (bb)     "Plan"                                                                         5
                     (cc)     "Plan Year"                                                                    5
                     (dd)     "Qualified Domestic Relations Order"                                           5
                     (ee)     "Retirement"                                                                   6
                     (ff)     "Service"                                                                      6
                     (gg)     "Sponsor"                                                                      6
                     (hh)     "Trust Agreement"                                                              6
                     (ii)     "Trustee"                                                                      6
                     (jj)      "Valuation Date"                                                              6
                     (kk)     "Year of Service"                                                              7
             1.2     Plurals and Gender                                                                      7
             1.3     Incorporation of Trust Agreement                                                        7
             1.4     Headings                                                                                7
             1.5     Severability                                                                            7
             1.6     References to Governmental Regulations                                                  8

ARTICLE II   PARTICIPATION

             2.1     Commencement of Participation                                                           9
             2.2     Termination of Participation                                                            9
             2.3     Resumption of Participation                                                             9
             2.4     Determination of Eligibility                                                            10

ARTICLE III  CREDITED SERVICE

             3.1     Service Counted for Eligibility Purposes                                                11
             3.2     Service Counted for Vesting Purposes                                                    11
             3.3     Credit for Pre-Break Service                                                            11
             3.4     Service Credit During Authorized Leaves                                                 11
             3.5     Service Credit During Maternity or
                     Paternity Leave                                                                         12
             3.6     Ineligible Employees                                                                    12

</TABLE>
                                       ii


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            Page

ARTICLE IV   CONTRIBUTIONS

             <S>                                                                                             <C>
             4.1     Employee Stock Ownership Contributions                                                  13
             4.2     Time and Manner of Employee Stock Ownership
                     Contributions                                                                           13
             4.3     Records of Contributions                                                                14
             4.4     Erroneous Contributions                                                                 14

ARTICLE V    ACCOUNTS, ALLOCATIONS AND INVESTMENTS

             5.1     Establishment of Separate Participant
                     Accounts                                                                                16
             5.2     Establishment of Suspense Account                                                       16
             5.3     Allocation of Earnings, Losses and Expenses                                             17
             5.4     Allocation of Forfeitures                                                               17
             5.5     Allocation of Annual Employee Stock
                     Ownership Contributions                                                                 17
             5.6     Limitation on Annual Additions                                                          18
             5.7     Erroneous Allocations                                                                   21
             5.8     Value of Participant's Interest in Fund                                                 21
             5.9     Investment of Account Balances                                                          21

ARTICLE VI   RETIREMENT, DEATH AND DESIGNATION
                        OF BENEFICIARY

             6.1     Normal Retirement                                                                       22
             6.2     Early Retirement                                                                        22
             6.3     Disability Retirement                                                                   22
             6.4     Death Benefits                                                                          22
             6.5     Designation of Death Beneficiary and
                     Manner of Payment                                                                       23

ARTICLE VII  VESTING AND FORFEITURES

             7.1     Vesting on Death, Disability, Normal Retirement                                         24
             7.2     Vesting on Termination of Participation                                                 24
             7.3     Disposition of Forfeitures                                                              24


</TABLE>

                                      iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            Page
ARTICLE VIII   EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP RULES

             <S>                                                                                             <C>
             8.1     Right to Demand Employer Securities                                                     26
             8.2     Voting Rights                                                                           26
             8.3     Nondiscrimination in Employee Stock Owner-
                     ship Contributions                                                                      26
             8.4     Dividends                                                                               27
             8.5     Exempt Loans                                                                            27
             8.6     Exempt Loan Payments                                                                    29
             8.7     Put Option                                                                              30
             8.8     Diversification Requirements                                                            30
             8.9     Independent Appraiser                                                                   31

ARTICLE IX   PAYMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

             9.1     Payments on Termination of Service
                     - In General                                                                            32
             9.2     Commencement of Payments                                                                32
             9.3     Mandatory Commencement of Benefits                                                      33
             9.4     Required Beginning Dates                                                                35
             9.5     Form of Payment                                                                         36
             9.6     Payments Upon Termination of Plan                                                       36
             9.7     Distribution Pursuant to Qualified
                     Domestic Relations Orders                                                               36
             9.8     Cash-Out Distributions                                                                  37
             9.9     ESOP Distribution Rules                                                                 37
             9.10    Withholding                                                                             38
             9.11    Waiver of 30-day Notice                                                                 38
             9.12    Re-employed Veterans                                                                    39


ARTICLE X    PROVISIONS RELATING TO TOP-HEAVY PLANS

             10.1     Top-Heavy Rules to Control                                                             40
             10.2     Top-Heavy Plan Definitions                                                             40
             10.3     Calculation of Accrued Benefits                                                        42
             10.4     Determination of Top-Heavy Status                                                      43
             10.5     Determination of Super Top-Heavy Status                                                43
             10.6     Minimum Contribution                                                                   44
             10.7     Vesting                                                                                45
             10.8     Maximum Benefit Limitation                                                             45

</TABLE>
                                       iv
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ARTICLE XI   ADMINISTRATION

             <S>                                                                                             <C>
             11.1     Appointment of Administrator                                                           46
             11.2     Resignation or Removal of Administrator                                                46
             11.3     Appointment of Successors:  Terms of
                      Office, Etc.                                                                           46
             11.4     Powers and Duties of Administrator                                                     46
             11.5     Action by Administrator                                                                48
             11.6     Participation by Administrators                                                        48
             11.7     Agents                                                                                 48
             11.8     Allocation of Duties                                                                   48
             11.9     Delegation of Duties                                                                   48
             11.10   Administrator's Action Conclusive                                                       49
             11.11   Compensation and Expenses of
                      Administrator                                                                          49
             11.12   Records and Reports                                                                     49
             11.13   Reports of Fund Open to Participants                                                    49
             11.14   Named Fiduciary                                                                         49
             11.15   Information from Employer                                                               50
             11.16   Reservation of Rights by Employer                                                       50
             11.17   Liability and Indemnification                                                           50
             11.18   Service as Trustee and Administrator                                                    50

ARTICLE XII  CLAIMS PROCEDURE

             12.1     Notice of Denial                                                                       51
             12.2     Right to Reconsideration                                                               51
             12.3     Review of Documents                                                                    51
             12.4     Decision by Administrator                                                              51
             12.5     Notice by Administrator                                                                52

ARTICLE XIII  AMENDMENTS, TERMINATION AND MERGER

             13.1     Amendments                                                                             53
             13.2     Consolidation, Merger or Other
                      Transactions of Employer                                                               53
             13.3     Consolidation or Merger of Trust                                                       54
             13.4     Bankruptcy or Insolvency of Employer                                                   54
             13.5     Voluntary Termination                                                                  55
             13.6     Partial Termination of Plan or Permanent
                       Discontinuance of Contributions                                                       55

</TABLE>

                                       v
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


ARTICLE XIV    MISCELLANEOUS

              <S>                                                                                            <C>
             14.1     No Diversion of Funds                                                                  56
             14.2     Liability Limited                                                                      56
             14.3     Incapacity                                                                             56
             14.4     Spendthrift Clause                                                                     56
             14.5     Benefits Limited to Fund                                                               57
             14.6     Cooperation of Parties                                                                 57
             14.7     Payments Due Missing Persons                                                           57
             14.8     Governing Law                                                                          57
             14.9     Nonguarantee of Employment                                                             58
             14.10    Counsel                                                                                58

</TABLE>
                                       vi

<PAGE>


                        FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL, INC.

                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                                    PREAMBLE

     Effective  as of January 1, 1997,  First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc.,  a
Delaware  corporation,  (the  "Sponsor"),  has  adopted  the  First  SecurityFed
Financial,  Inc.  Employee Stock Ownership Plan in order to enable  Participants
ato share in the growth  and  prosperity  of the  Sponsor  and its wholly  owned
subsidiary,  First Security  Federal  Savings Bank, and to provide  Participants
with an opportunity to accumulate  capital for their future economic security by
accumulating funds to provide  retirement,  death and disability  benefits.  The
Plan is a stock  bonus plan  designed  to meet the  requirements  of an employee
stock ownership plan as described at Section  4975(e)(7) of the Code and Section
407(d)(6) of ERISA.  The primary purpose of the employee stock ownership plan is
to invest in employer securities. The Sponsor intends that the Plan will qualify
under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code and will comply with the provisions
of ERISA.  The Plan has been  drafted to comply with the Tax Reform Act of 1986,
the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation
Act of 1987,  the Technical and  Miscellaneous  Revenue Act of 1988, the Revenue
Reconciliation  Act of 1989, the Omnibus Budget  Reconciliation Act of 1993, and
the Small  Business  Job  Protection  Act of 1996.  

     The terms of this Plan shall apply only with  respect to  Employees  of the
Employer on and after January 1, 1997.

                                       1
<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE I
                      DEFINITION OF TERMS AND CONSTRUCTION

     1.1 Definitions.

     Unless a different meaning is plainly implied by the context, the following
terms as used in this Plan shall have the following meanings:

     (a) "Act" shall mean the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended from time to time, or any successor statute.

     (b) "Administrator" shall mean the administrative committee provided for in
Article XI.

     (c) "Annual  Additions" shall mean, with respect to each  Participant,  the
sum of those amounts allocated to the Participant's accounts under this Plan and
under any  other  qualified  defined  contribution  plan to which  the  Employer
contributes for any Limitation Year, consisting of the following:

          (1) Employer contributions;

          (2) Forfeitures; and

          (3) Voluntary contributions (if any).

     (d)  "Authorized  Leave of Absence" shall mean an absence from Service with
respect to which the  Employee  may or may not be entitled to  Compensation  and
which meets any one of the following requirements:

          (1) Service in any of the armed forces of the United  States for up to
     36 months,  provided that the Employee resumes Service within 90 days after
     discharge,  or such  longer  period of time  during  which such  Employee's
     employment rights are protected by law; or

          (2) Any other absence or leave  expressly  approved and granted by the
     Employer  which  does not  exceed 24  months,  provided  that the  Employee
     resumes  Service at or before the end of such  approved  leave  period.  In
     approving such leaves of absence, the Employer shall treat all Employees on
     a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

     (e)  "Beneficiary"  shall  mean such  persons as may be  designated  by the
Participant  to receive  benefits  after the death of the  Participant,  or such
persons  designated by the  Administrator to receive benefits after the death of
the Participant, all as provided in Section 6.5.

     (f) "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Sponsor.

                                       2
<PAGE>



     (g)  "Break"  shall  mean a Plan Year  during  which an  Employee  fails to
complete more than 500 Hours of Service.


     (h) "Code"  shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended from
time to time, or any successor statute.

     (i)  "Compensation"  shall  mean  the  amount  of  remuneration  paid to an
Employee  by the  Employer,  after  the date on which  the  Employee  becomes  a
Participant, for services rendered to the Employer during a Plan Year, including
base salary, bonuses,  overtime and commissions,  and any amount of compensation
contributed  pursuant to a salary  reduction  election under Code Section 401(k)
and any amount of  compensation  contributed  to a cafeteria  plan  described at
Section 125 of the Code,  but excluding  amounts paid by the Employer or accrued
with respect to this Plan or any other qualified or non-qualified  unfunded plan
of deferred  compensation  or other employee  welfare plan to which the Employer
contributes,  payments for group insurance, medical benefits,  reimbursement for
expenses,  and other forms of extraordinary  pay, and excluding  amounts accrued
for a prior year.  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  the annual
Compensation of each Participant  taken into account under the Plan for any Plan
Year shall not exceed $150,000, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with
Section 415(d) of the Code.

     (j) "Date of Hire" shall mean the date on which a person shall  perform his
first Hour of  Service.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in the event a person
incurs  one or more  consecutive  Breaks  after his  initial  Date of Hire which
results in the forfeiture of his pre-Break  Service pursuant to Section 3.3, his
"Date of Hire" shall thereafter be the date on which he completes his first Hour
of Service after such Break or Breaks.

     (k) "Disability" shall mean a physical or mental impairment which prohibits
a Participant  from engaging in any occupation for wages or profit and which has
caused  the  Social  Security  Administration  to  classify  the  individual  as
"disabled" for purposes of Social Security.

     (l)  "Disability  Retirement  Date"  shall  mean the first day of the month
after which a Participant incurs a Disability.

     (m)  "Early  Retirement  Date"  shall  mean  the  first  day of  the  month
coincident with or next following the date on which a Participant attains age 55
and completes 5 Years of Service.

     (n) "Effective Date" shall mean January 1, 1997.

     (o)  "Eligibility  Period" shall mean the period of 12  consecutive  months
commencing on an Employee's  Date of Hire.  Succeeding  eligibility  computation
periods after the initial eligibility  computation period shall be based on Plan
Years which include the first anniversary of an Employee's Date of Hire.

                                       3

<PAGE>



     (p) "Employee"  shall mean any person  employed by the Employer,  including
officers but excluding directors in their capacity as such;  provided,  however,
that the term "Employee" shall not include leased employees, employees regularly
employed outside the employer's own offices in connection with the operation and
maintenance of buildings or other  properties  acquired  through  foreclosure or
deed,  and  any  employee   included  in  a  unit  of  employees  covered  by  a
collective-bargaining  agreement  with the  Employer  that  does  not  expressly
provide for  participation  of such employees in this Plan, where there has been
good-faith bargaining between the Employer and employees' representatives on the
subject of retirement benefits.


     (q) "Employer"  shall mean First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation, and its wholly owned subsidiary, First Robinson Savings Bank, N.A.,
or any  successors to the aforesaid  corporations  by merger,  consolidation  or
otherwise,  which  may  agree  to  continue  this  Plan,  or any  affiliated  or
subsidiary  corporation or business organization of any Employer which, with the
consent of the Sponsor, shall agree to become a party to this Plan.

     (r)  "Employer  Securities"  shall  mean the common  stock  issued by First
SecurityFed Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

     (s) "Entry Date" shall mean each January 1 and July 1, so long as this Plan
shall remain in effect.

     (t) "Exempt Loan" shall mean a loan described at Section  4975(d)(1) of the
Code to the  Trustee  to  purchase  Employer  Securities  for the Plan,  made or
guaranteed by a  disqualified  person,  as defined at Section  4975(e)(2) of the
Code,  including,  but not limited to, a direct loan of cash,  a purchase  money
transaction,  an  assumption  of an  obligation  of the  Trustee,  an  unsecured
guarantee or the use of assets of such  disqualified  person as  collateral  for
such a loan.

     (u)  "Former   Participant"  shall  mean  any  previous  Participant  whose
participation has terminated but who has a vested interest in the Plan which has
not been distributed in full.

     (v) "Fund" shall mean the Fund  maintained  by the Trustee  pursuant to the
Trust Agreement in order to provide for the payment of the benefits specified in
the Plan.

     (w)  "Hour of  Service"  shall  mean each  hour for  which an  Employee  is
directly  or  indirectly  paid or  entitled  to payment by an  Employer  for the
performance of duties or for reasons other than the  performance of duties (such
as vacation time, holidays,  sickness,  disability, paid lay-offs, jury duty and
similar periods of paid nonworking time). To the extent not otherwise  included,
Hours of Service  shall also include each hour for which back pay,  irrespective
of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer.  Hours
of working  time shall be credited  on the basis of actual  hours  worked,  even
though compensated at a premium rate for overtime or other reasons. In computing
and crediting  Hours of Service for an Employee  under this Plan,  the rules set
forth in Sections  2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor Regulations
shall apply,  said Sections  being herein 

                                       4

<PAGE>

incorporated  by reference.  Hours of Service shall be credited to the Plan Year
or other  relevant  period  during  which the  services  were  performed  or the
nonworking time occurred,  regardless of the time when Compensation therefor may
be paid.  Any  Employee  for whom no hourly  employment  records are kept by the
Employer  shall be credited  with 45 Hours of Service for each  calendar week in
which he would have been  credited  with a least one Hour or  Service  under the
foregoing  provisions,  if hourly records were available.  Effective  January 1,
1985,  for  absences  commencing  on or after that date,  solely for purposes of
determining  whether a Break for participation and vesting purposes has occurred
in an Eligibility Period or Plan Year, an individual who is absent from work for
maternity or paternity  reasons  shall  receive  credit for the Hours of Service
which  would  otherwise  have  been  credited  to such  individual  but for such
absence,  or in any case in which such hours  cannot be  determined,  8 Hours of
Service per day of such absence. For purposes of this Section 1.1(w), an absence
from work for  maternity or paternity  reasons means an absence (1) by reason of
the  pregnancy  of the  individual,  (2) by  reason of a birth of a child of the
individual,  (3) by reason of the  placement of a child with the  individual  in
connection  with  the  adoption  of such  child by such  individual,  or (4) for
purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning  immediately  following
such birth or  placement.  The Hours of Service  credited  under this  provision
shall be credited (1) in the  computation  period in which the absence begins if
the  crediting is  necessary  to prevent a Break in that  period,  or (2) in all
other cases, in the following computation period.

     (x) "Investment  Adjustments"  shall mean the increases and/or decreases in
the value of a Participant's  accounts  attributable to earnings,  gains, losses
and expenses of the Fund, as set forth in Section 5.3.

     (y) "Limitation Year" shall mean the Plan Year.

     (z)  "Normal  Retirement  Date"  shall  mean  the  first  day of the  month
coincident  with or during which a Participant  attains age 65 and completes the
fifth anniversary of his participation in the Plan.

     (aa)  "Participant"  shall  mean  an  Employee  who  has  met  all  of  the
eligibility  requirements of the Plan and who is currently  included in the Plan
as provided in Article II hereof.

     (bb) "Plan" shall mean the First SecurityFed Financial, Inc. Employee Stock
Ownership Plan, as described herein or as hereafter amended from time to time.

     (cc) "Plan Year" shall mean any 12 consecutive  month period  commencing on
January 1 and ending on December 31.

     (dd) "Qualified  Domestic Relations Order" shall mean any judgment,  decree
or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) that relates to
the provision of child support,  alimony,  marital  property rights to a spouse,
former spouse,  child or other  dependent of the  Participant  (all such persons
hereinafter  termed "alternate  payee") and is made pursuant to a State domestic

                                       5

<PAGE>

relations law (including  community property law) and, further,  that creates or
recognizes  the  existence  of an alternate  payee's  right to, or assigns to an
alternate  payee the right to receive all or a portion of the  benefits  payable
with respect to a Participant and that clearly specifies the following:


          (1) the name and last known  mailing  address  (if  available)  of the
     Participant  and the name and mailing  address of each  alternate  payee to
     which the order relates;

          (2) the amount or percentage of the Participant's  benefits to be paid
     to  an  alternate  payee  or  the  manner  in  which  the  amount  is to be
     determined; and

          (3) the number of payments or period for which payments are required.

     A domestic  relations order is not a Qualified  Domestic Relations Order if
it:

          (1)  requires  the Plan to provide  any type or form of benefit or any
     option not otherwise provided under the Plan; or,

          (2) requires the Plan to provide increased benefits, or

          (3)  requires  payment  of  benefits  to an  alternate  payee  that is
     required to be paid to another alternate payee under a previously  existing
     Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

     (ee)  "Retirement"  shall mean termination of employment which qualifies as
early, normal or Disability retirement as described in Article VI.

     (ff) "Service" shall mean employment with the Employer.

     (gg) "Sponsor"  shall mean First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation.

     (hh) "Trust  Agreement" shall mean the agreement,  dated ________,  1997 by
and between  First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation,  and
____________________, of ___________, __________.

     (ii) "Trustee" shall mean the Trustee or Trustees by whom the assets of the
Plan are held, as provided in the Trust Agreement, or his or their successors.

     (jj)  "Valuation  Date"  shall  mean the last day of each  Plan  Year.  The
Trustee may make additional valuations, at the instruction of the Administrator,
but in no event  may the  Administrator  request  additional  valuations  by the
Trustee more frequently than quarterly.  Whenever such date falls on a Saturday,
Sunday or holiday, the preceding business day shall be the Valuation Date.

                                       6

<PAGE>



     (kk) "Year of Service"  shall mean any Plan Year  during  which an Employee
has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service,  except as otherwise specified in
Article  III,  in the  determination  of Years of Service  for  eligibility  and
vesting purposes under this Plan, the term "Year of Service" shall also mean any
Plan Year during which an Employee has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service
with an entity that is:


          (1) a member of a controlled group including the Employer, while it is
     a member of such controlled  group (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of
     the Code);

          (2) in a group of trades or businesses  under common  control with the
     Employer,  while it is under common control  (within the meaning of Section
     414(c) of the Code);

          (3) a member of an affiliated  service  group  including the Employer,
     while it is a member of such  affiliated  service group (within the meaning
     of Section 414(m) of the Code); or

          (4) a leasing  organization,  under  the  circumstances  described  in
     Section 414(n) of the Code.

1.2 Plurals and Gender.

     Where appearing in the Plan and the Trust  Agreement,  the masculine gender
shall include the feminine and neuter  genders,  and the singular  shall include
the plural,  and vice versa,  unless the context  clearly  indicates a different
meaning.

1.3 Incorporation of Trust Agreement.

     The Trust  Agreement,  as the same may be  amended  from  time to time,  is
intended to be and hereby is  incorporated  by reference  into this Plan and for
all purposes shall be deemed a part of the Plan.

1.4 Headings.

     The headings and sub-headings in this Plan are inserted for the convenience
of reference  only and are to be ignored in any  construction  of the provisions
hereof.

1.5 Severability.

     In case any  provision  of this Plan shall be held  illegal  or void,  such
illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan,
but shall be fully severable, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if
said illegal or invalid provisions had never been inserted herein.

                                       7
<PAGE>

1.6 References to Governmental Regulations.

     References  in this  Plan to  regulations  issued by the  Internal  Revenue
Service,  the Department of Labor, or other governmental  agencies shall include
all regulations,  rulings,  procedures,  releases and other position  statements
issued by any such agency.

                                       8
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II

                                  PARTICIPATION

2.1 Commencement of Participation.

     (a) Any Employee who  completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service  during his
Eligibility  Period or during  any Plan  Year  beginning  after his Date of Hire
shall  initially  become a Participant on the Entry Date coincident with or next
following  the later of the  following  dates,  provided  he is  employed by the
Employer on that Entry Date:

          (1) The date which is 12 months after his Date of Hire; and

          (2) The date on which he attains age 21.

     (b) Any Employee who had  satisfied the  requirements  set forth in Section
2.1(a)  during the 12-month  period prior to the  Effective  Date shall become a
Participant on the Effective Date, provided he is still employed by the Employer
on the Effective Date.

2.2 Termination of Participation.

     After  commencement or resumption of his  participation,  an Employee shall
remain a Participant  during each  consecutive  Plan Year  thereafter  until the
earliest of the following dates:

     (a) His actual Retirement date;

     (b) His date of death; or

     (c) The last day of a Plan Year during which he incurs a Break.

2.3 Resumption of Participation.

     (a) Any  Participant  whose  employment  terminates and who resumes Service
before he incurs a Break shall resume  participation  immediately on the date he
is reemployed.

     (b) Except as otherwise  provided in Section  2.3(c),  any  Participant who
incurs  one or more  Breaks  and  resumes  Service  shall  resume  participation
retroactively as of the first day of the first Plan Year in which he completes a
Year of Service after such Break(s).

     (c) Any Participant who incurs one or more Breaks and resumes Service,  but
whose pre-Break Service is not reinstated to his credit pursuant to Section 3.3,
shall be treated as a new  Employee  and shall  again be required to satisfy the
eligibility  requirements contained in Section 2.1 before resuming participation
on the appropriate Entry Date, as specified in Section 2.1.

                                       9

<PAGE>



2.4          Determination of Eligibility.


             The  Administrator  shall determine the eligibility of Employees in
accordance with the provisions of this Article. For each Plan Year, the Employer
shall furnish the Administrator a list of all Employees, indicating the original
date of  their  reemployment  with the  Employer  and any  Breaks  they may have
incurred.

                                       10

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE III

                                CREDITED SERVICE

3.1 Service Counted for Eligibility Purposes.

     Except as provided in Section  3.3,  all Years of Service  completed  by an
Employee shall be counted in determining his eligibility to become a Participant
on and after the Effective  Date,  whether such Service was completed  before or
after the Effective Date.

3.2 Service Counted for Vesting Purposes.

     All Years of Service  completed by an Employee  (including Years of Service
completed  prior to the  Effective  Date)  shall be counted in  determining  his
vested interest in this Plan, except the following:

     (a) Service which is disregarded under the provisions of Section 3.3;

     (b) Service prior to the Effective  Date of this Plan if such Service would
have been disregarded  under the "break in service" rules (within the meaning of
Section 1.411(a)-5(b)(6) of the Treasury Regulations).

3.3 Credit for Pre-Break Service.

     Upon  his  resumption  of  participation  following  one  or  a  series  of
consecutive  Breaks, an Employee's  pre-Break Service shall be reinstated to his
credit for all purposes of this Plan only if either:

     (a) He was  vested in any  portion of his  accrued  benefit at the time the
Break(s) began; or

     (b) The  number of his  consecutive  Breaks  does not  equal or exceed  the
greater of 5 or the number of his Years of  Service  credited  to him before the
Breaks began.

     Except as provided in the foregoing, none of an Employee's Service prior to
one or a series of  consecutive  Breaks  shall be  counted  for any  purpose  in
connection with his participation in this Plan thereafter.

3.4 Service Credit During Authorized Leaves.

             An Employee  shall  receive no Service  credit under Section 3.1 or
3.2 during any Authorized Leave of Absence.  However,  solely for the purpose of
determining  whether he has incurred a Break during any Plan Year in which he is
absent from Service for one or more  Authorized  Leaves of Absence,  he shall be
credited  with 45 Hours of Service for each week  during any such leave  period.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if an Employee fails to return to Service on or
before the end of a leave period, he shall be deemed to have terminated  Service
as of the first day of such leave  period  and his credit for Hours of  Service,
determined  under this Section 3.4, shall be revoked.  Notwithstanding  anything
contained  herein  to the  contrary,  an  Employee  who is  absent  by reason of
military service as set forth in Section 1.1(d)(1) shall be given Service credit
under  this  Plan for such  military  leave  period to the  extent,  and for all
purposes, required by law.

                                       11

<PAGE>

3.5 Service Credit During Maternity or Paternity Leave.

     Effective for absences  beginning on or after January 1, 1985, for purposes
of  determining  whether a Break has  occurred  for  participation  and  vesting
purposes,  an individual who is on maternity or paternity  leave as described in
Section  1.1(w),  shall be deemed to have completed Hours of Service during such
period of absence,  all in accordance with Section 1.1(w).  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  no  credit  shall be given  for such  Hours of  Service  unless  the
individual  furnishes  to  the  Administrator  such  timely  information  as the
Administrator may reasonably require to determine:

     (a) that the absence from Service was  attributable to one of the maternity
or paternity reasons enumerated in Section 1.1(w); and

     (b) the number of days for which such absence lasted.

In no event,  however,  shall any credit be given for such leave  other than for
determining whether a Break has occurred.

3.6 Ineligible Employees.

     Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, any person who
is employed by the Employer,  but who is ineligible to participate in this Plan,
either because of his failure

     (a) To meet the eligibility requirements contained in Article II; or

     (b) To be an Employee, as defined in Section 1.1(p),  shall,  nevertheless,
earn Years of Service for eligibility and vesting purposes pursuant to the rules
contained in this Article III.  However,  such a person shall not be entitled to
receive any contributions hereunder unless and until he becomes a Participant in
this Plan, and then, only during his period of participation.

                                       12
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  CONTRIBUTIONS


4.1 Employee Stock Ownership Contributions.

     (a) Subject to all of the provisions of this Article IV, for each Plan Year
commencing on or after the Effective  Date,  the Employer shall make an Employee
Stock Ownership contribution to the Fund, in such amount as may be determined by
the Board of Directors in its discretion. Such contribution shall be in the form
of cash or Employer Securities.  In determining the value of Employer Securities
transferred  to the  Fund  as an  Employee  Stock  Ownership  contribution,  the
Administrator may determine the average of closing prices of such securities for
a period of up to 90 consecutive  days  immediately  preceding the date on which
the  securities  are  contributed  to the Fund.  In the event that the  Employer
Securities are not readily  tradable on an established  securities  market,  the
value of the Employer Securities  transferred to the Fund shall be determined by
an independent appraiser in accordance with Section 8.9.

     (b) In no event shall such contribution by the Employer exceed for any Plan
Year the maximum  amount that may be deducted by the Employer  under Section 404
of the Code,  nor shall such  contribution  cause the  Employer  to violate  its
regulatory capital requirements.  Each Employee Stock Ownership  contribution by
the Employer shall be deemed to be made on the express  condition that the Plan,
as then in effect, shall be qualified under Sections 401 and 501 of the Code and
that the amount of such  contribution  shall be deductible  from the  Employer's
income under Section 404 of the Code.

4.2 Time and Manner of Employee Stock Ownership Contributions.

     (a) The Employee Stock Ownership  contribution  (if any) for each Plan Year
shall be paid to the Trustee in one lump sum or  installments  at any time on or
before the expiration of the time  prescribed by law (including any  extensions)
for filing of the  Employer's  federal  income  tax  return for its fiscal  year
ending  concurrent  with or during such Plan Year.  Any portion of the  Employee
Stock  Ownership  contribution  for each Plan Year that may be made prior to the
last day of the Plan Year shall be  maintained  by the  Trustee in the  Employee
Stock Ownership  suspense account described in Section 5.2 until the last day of
such Plan Year.

             (b) If an Employee Stock Ownership  contribution for a Plan Year is
paid after the close of the Employer's fiscal year which ends concurrent with or
during such Plan Year but on or prior to the due date (including any extensions)
for filing of the Employer's  federal income tax return for such fiscal year, it
shall be considered,  for allocation  purposes,  as an Employee Stock  Ownership
contribution  to the Fund  for the Plan  Year  for  which  it was  computed  and
accrued,  unless such contribution is accompanied by a statement to the Trustee,
signed by a  representative  of the Employer,

                                       13

<PAGE>

which  specifies that the Employee  Stock  Ownership  contribution  is made with
respect to the Plan Year in which it is received by the  Trustee.  Any  Employee
Stock Ownership contribution paid by the Employer during any Plan Year but after
the due date  (including  any  extensions)  for filing of its federal income tax
return for the fiscal year of the  Employer  ending on or before the last day of
the  preceding  Plan Year  shall be  treated,  for  allocation  purposes,  as an
Employee Stock Ownership contribution to the Fund for the Plan Year in which the
contribution is paid to the Trustee.


     (c) Notwithstanding  anything contained herein to the contrary, no Employee
Stock  Ownership  contribution  shall  be  made  for  any  year  during  which a
"limitations  account"  created  pursuant to Section  5.6(c)(2)  is in existence
until the balance of such limitations account has been reallocated in accordance
with Section 5.6(c)(2).

4.3 Records of Contributions.

     The Employer shall deliver at least  annually to the Trustee,  with respect
to  the  contributions  contemplated  in  Section  4.1,  a  certificate  of  the
Administrator, in such form as the Trustee shall approve, setting forth:

     (a) The  aggregate  amount of  contributions,  if any, to the Fund for such
Plan Year;

     (b) The names,  Internal  Revenue Service  identifying  numbers and current
residential addresses of all Participants in the Plan;

     (c) The amount and category of  contributions  to be allocated to each such
Participant; and

     (d) Any other information  reasonably  required for the proper operation of
the Plan.

4.4 Erroneous Contributions.

     (a)  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  upon the Employer's
request, a contribution which was made by a mistake of fact, or conditioned upon
the  initial  qualification  of the Plan,  under Code  Section  401, or upon the
deductibility  of the  contribution  under  Section  404 of the  Code,  shall be
returned to the Employer by the Trustee within one year after the payment of the
contribution,  the  denial  of  the  qualification  or the  disallowance  of the
deduction  (to  the  extent  disallowed),  whichever  is  applicable;  provided,
however,  that in the case of denial of the initial qualification of the Plan, a
contribution  shall not be returned unless an Application for  Determination has
been  timely  filed  with  the  Internal  Revenue  Service.  Any  portion  of  a
contribution  returned pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall be adjusted to reflect
its proportionate  share of the losses of the fund, but shall not be adjusted to
reflect any earnings or gains.  Notwithstanding  any  provisions of this Plan to
the contrary,  the right or claim of any Participant or Beneficiary to any asset
of the Fund or any  benefit  under this Plan shall be subject to and  limited by
this Section 4.4.

                                       14

<PAGE>

             (b) In no event shall voluntary Employee contributions be accepted.
Any  such  voluntary  Employee  contributions  (and  any  earnings  attributable
thereto)  mistakenly  received by the Trustee shall  promptly be returned to the
Participant.

                                       15

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE V

                      ACCOUNTS, ALLOCATIONS AND INVESTMENTS

5.1 Establishment of Separate Participant Accounts.

     The Administrator shall establish and maintain separate individual accounts
for Participants in the Plan and for each Former  Participant in accordance with
the provisions of this Article V. Such separate accounts shall be for accounting
purposes  only  and  shall  not  require  a  segregation  of  the  Fund,  and no
Participant,  Former  Participant or  Beneficiary  shall acquire any right to or
interest  in any  specific  assets  of the Fund as a result  of the  allocations
provided for under this Plan, except where segregation is expressly provided for
in this Plan.

     (a) Employee Stock Ownership Accounts.

     The  Administrator  shall  establish a separate  Employee  Stock  Ownership
Account in the Fund for each  Participant.  The account  shall be credited as of
the last day of each Plan Year with the  amounts  allocated  to the  Participant
under  Sections  5.4  and  5.5.  The  Administrator  may  establish  subaccounts
hereunder,  an Employer  Stock Account  reflecting a  Participant's  interest in
Employer  Securities  held  by  the  Trust  and  an  Other  Investments  Account
reflecting the  Participant's  interest in his Employee Stock Ownership  Account
other than Employer Securities.

     (b) Distribution Accounts.

     In  any  case  where  distribution  of a  terminated  Participant's  vested
interest in the Plan is to be  deferred,  the  Administrator  shall  establish a
separate,  nonforfeitable  account  in the  Fund to  which  the  balance  in his
Employee Stock  Ownership  Account in the Plan shall be  transferred  after such
Participant  incurs  a  Break.  Unless  the  Former  Participant's  distribution
accounts are segregated for  investment  purposes  pursuant to section 9.4, they
shall share in Investment Adjustments.

     (c) Other Accounts.

     The  Administrator  shall  establish such other separate  accounts for each
Participant as may be necessary or desirable for the  convenient  administration
of the Fund.

5.2 Establishment of Suspense Accounts.

             The Administrator  shall establish separate accounts to be known as
"suspense  accounts."  There  shall be  credited  to such  appropriate  suspense
accounts any Employee Stock  Ownership  contributions  that may be made prior to
the last day of the Plan Year, as provided in Section 4.2. The suspense accounts
shall share proportionately as to time and amount in any Investment Adjustments.
As of the  last  day of each  Plan  Year,  the  balance  of the  Employee  Stock
Ownership  suspense  account  

                                       16

<PAGE>

shall be added to the Employee Stock Ownership contribution and allocated to the
Employee Stock  Ownership  Accounts of  Participants as provided in Section 5.5,
except as provided herein.  In the event that the Plan takes an Exempt Loan, the
Employer  Securities  purchased  thereby shall be allocated to a separate Exempt
Loan Suspense  Account,  from which allocations shall be made in accordance with
Section 8.5.


5.3 Allocation of Earnings, Losses and Expenses.

     As of each Valuation Date, any increase or decrease in the net worth of the
aggregate  Employee Stock  Ownership  Accounts held in the Fund  attributable to
earnings,  losses,  expenses and unrealized appreciation or depreciation in each
such  aggregate  Account,  as  determined  by the Trustee  pursuant to the Trust
Agreement,  shall be  credited  to or  deducted  from the  appropriate  suspense
accounts  and  all  Participants'  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Accounts  (except
segregated   distribution   accounts   described  in  Section   5.1(b)  and  the
"limitations account" described in Section 5.6(c)(4)) in the proportion that the
value of each such Account (determined  immediately prior to such allocation and
before crediting any Employee Stock Ownership  contributions and forfeitures for
the  current  Plan Year but after  adjustment  for any  transfer to or from such
Accounts and for the time such funds were in such  Accounts)  bears to the value
of all Employee Stock Ownership Accounts.

5.4 Allocation of Forfeitures.

     As of the last day of each Plan Year, all  forfeitures  attributable to the
Employee Stock  Ownership  Accounts  which are then  available for  reallocation
shall be, as appropriate, added to the Employee Stock Ownership contribution (if
any)  for  such  year and  allocated  among  the  Participants'  Employee  Stock
Ownership Accounts,  as appropriate,  in the manner provided in Sections 5.5 and
5.6.

5.5 Allocation of Annual Employee Stock Ownership Contributions.

     As of the last day of each Plan Year for which the  Employer  shall make an
Employee Stock  Ownership  contribution,  the  Administrator  shall allocate the
Employee Stock Ownership contribution  (including  reallocable  forfeitures) for
such Plan Year to the Employee Stock Ownership  account of each  Participant who
completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service  during that Plan Year,  provided that
he is still  employed  by the  Employer  on the last day of the Plan Year.  Such
allocation  shall be made in the same  proportion  that each such  Participant's
Compensation  for such Plan Year  bears to the  total  Compensation  of all such
Participants  for such Plan Year,  subject to Section 5.6.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  if a Participant  attains his Normal  Retirement Date and terminates
Service prior to the last day of the Plan Year but after  completing 1,000 Hours
of  Service,  he shall be entitled to an  allocation  based on his  Compensation
earned  prior to his  termination  and during the Plan Year.  Furthermore,  if a
Participant completes 1,000 Hours of Service and is on a Leave of Absence on the
last day of the Plan Year because of pregnancy or other medical  reason,  such a
Participant shall be entitled to an allocation based on his Compensation  earned
during such Plan Year.

                                       17

<PAGE>





5.6 Limitation on Annual Additions.

     (a) Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary,  the total
Annual Additions credited to a Participant's accounts under this Plan (and under
any other defined  contribution plan to which the Employer  contributes) for any
Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of:

          (1) 25% of the Participant's compensation for such Limitation Year; or

          (2) $30,000 (or, if greater,  one-fourth of the defined benefit dollar
     limitation  set  forth  in  Section  415(b)(1)(A)  of the  Code).  Whenever
     otherwise   allowed  by  law,  the  maximum  amount  of  $30,000  shall  be
     automatically adjusted annually for cost-of-living  increases in accordance
     with Section 415(d) of the Code and the highest such increase  effective at
     any time  during  the  Limitation  Year shall be  effective  for the entire
     Limitation Year, without any amendment to this Plan.

     (b) Solely for the purpose of this Section 5.6, the term  "compensation" is
defined as wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts
received  (without  regard  to  whether  or not an  amount  is paid in cash) for
personal  services  actually  rendered  in the  course  of  employment  with the
Employer  maintaining  the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includable in
gross  income  (including,  but not limited to,  commissions  paid to  salesmen,
compensation  for services on the basis of a percentage of profits,  commissions
on insurance  premiums,  tips, bonuses,  fringe benefits,  and reimbursements or
other expense  allowances  under a  nonaccountable  plan (as described in Treas.
Regs. Section 1.62-2(c)), and excluding the following:

          (1) Employer  contributions to a plan of deferred  compensation  which
     are not includible in the  Employee's  gross income for the taxable year in
     which contributed,  or Employer  contributions  under a simplified employee
     pension  plan  to the  extent  such  contributions  are  deductible  by the
     Employee, or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;

          (2)  Amounts  realized  from the  exercise  of a  non-qualified  stock
     option,  or when restricted stock (or property) held by the employee either
     becomes freely  transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial  risk
     of forfeiture;

          (3) Amounts realized from the sale,  exchange or other  disposition of
     stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

          (4)  Other  amounts   which   received   special  tax   benefits,   or
     contributions made by the employer (whether or not under a salary reduction
     agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in section
     403(b)  of  the  Code  (whether  or  not  the  contributions  are  actually
     excludable from the gross income of the Employee).

                                       18

<PAGE>



     (c) In the event that the limitations on Annual Additions described in this
Section  5.6(a)  above are  exceeded  with  respect  to any  Participant  in any
Limitation  Year, then the  contributions  allocable to the Participant for such
year shall be reduced to the minimum extent required by such  limitations in the
following order of priority:


          (1) If any further reductions in Annual Additions are necessary,  then
     the Employee Stock Ownership contributions and forfeitures allocated during
     such Limitation Year to the Participant's  Employee Stock Ownership Account
     shall be reduced.  The amount of any such  reductions in the Employee Stock
     Ownership  contributions  and forfeitures shall be reallocated to all other
     Participants in the same manner as set forth under Sections 5.4 and 5.5.

          (2) Any amounts which cannot be reallocated to other Participants in a
     current  Limitation Year in accordance with Section 5.6(c)(1) above because
     of the  limitations  contained in Sections 5.6(a) and (d) shall be credited
     to an account  designated as the "limitations  account" and carried forward
     to the next and subsequent  Limitation Years until it can be reallocated to
     all Participants as set forth in Sections 5.4, and 5.5, as appropriate.  No
     Investment  Adjustments shall be allocated to this limitations  account. In
     the next and subsequent  Limitation  Years,  all amounts in the limitations
     account must be allocated in the manner  described in Sections 5.4 and 5.5,
     as appropriate,  before any Employee Stock Ownership  contributions  may be
     made to this Plan for that Limitation Year.

          (3) The  Administrator  shall  determine  to what  extent  the  Annual
     Additions to any  Participant's  Employee Stock  Ownership  Account must be
     reduced in each Limitation Year. The Administrator  shall reduce the Annual
     Additions to all other qualified, tax-exempt retirement plans maintained by
     the Employer in accordance  with the terms  contained  therein for required
     reductions  or  reallocations  mandated  by Section  415 of the Code before
     reducing any Annual Additions in this Plan.

          (4) In the event this Plan is  voluntarily  terminated by the Employer
     under  Section  13.5,  any  amounts  credited  to the  limitations  account
     described in Section  5.6(c)(2)  above which have not be reallocated as set
     forth  herein  shall  be  distributed  to the  Participants  who are  still
     employed by the Employer on the date of termination, in the proportion that
     each   Participant's   Compensation   bears  to  the  Compensation  of  all
     Participants.

     (d) The Annual  Additions  credited to a  Participant's  accounts  for each
Limitation  Year are further limited so that in the case of an Employee who is a
Participant  in  both  this  Plan  and  any  qualified   defined   benefit  plan
(hereinafter  referred to as a "pension  plan") of the Employer,  the sum of (1)
and (2) below will not exceed 1.0:


          (1)  (A)  The  projected  annual  normal   retirement   benefit  of  a
     Participant under the pension plan, divided by

                                       19

<PAGE>

               (B) The lesser of:

                    (i) The product of 1.25 multiplied by the dollar  limitation
               in  effect  under  Section  415(b)(1)(A)  of the  Code  for  such
               Limitation Year, or

                    (ii)  The  product  of  1.4  multiplied  by  the  amount  of
               compensation  which  may be  taken  into  account  under  Section
               415(b)(1)(B)  of the Code for the Participant for such Limitation
               Year; plus

          (2) (A) The sum of Annual Additions  credited to the Participant under
     this Plan for all Limitation Years, divided by:

               (B) The sum of the lesser of the following amounts determined for
          such  Limitation  Year and for each  prior  year of  service  with the
          Employer:

                    (i) The product of 1.25 multiplied by the dollar  limitation
               in  effect  under  Section  415(b)(1)(A)  of the  Code  for  such
               Limitation Year, or

                    (ii)  The  product  of  1.4  multiplied  by  the  amount  of
               compensation  which  may be  taken  into  account  under  Section
               415(b)(1)(B)  of the Code for the Participant for such Limitation
               Year.

     The  Administrator  may,  in  calculating  the  defined  contribution  plan
fraction  described in Section  5.6(d)(2),  elect to use the  transitional  rule
pursuant to Section  415(e)(6)  of the Code,  if  applicable.  If the sum of the
fractions  produced  above  will  exceed  1.0,  even after the use of the "fresh
start" rule contained in Section 235 of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility
Act of 1982  ("TEFRA"),  if  applicable,  then the same  provisions as stated in
Section 5.6(c) above shall apply. If, even after the reductions  provided for in
Section 5.6(c),  the sum of the fractions still exceed 1.0, then the benefits of
the  Participant  provided under the pension plan shall be reduced to the extent
necessary, in accordance with Treasury Regulations issued under the Code. Solely
for the purposes of this Section 5.6(d),  the term "years of service" shall mean
all years of service defined by Treasury Regulations issued under Section 415 of
the Code.

     (e) In the event that the Employer is a member of (1) a controlled group of
corporations  or a group of  trades  or  businesses  under  common  control  (as
described in Section  414(b) or (c) of the Code,  as modified by Section  415(h)
thereof),  or (2) an affiliated service group (as described in Section 414(m) of
the Code), the Annual Additions  credited to any  Participant's  accounts in any
such  Limitation Year shall be further limited by reason of the existence of all
other qualified  retirement  plans  maintained by such affiliated  corporations,
other entities  under common control or other members of the affiliated  service
group,  to the extent such  reduction is required by Section 415 of the Code and
the regulations promulgated thereunder. The Administrator shall determine if any
such 

                                       20

<PAGE>

reduction in the Annual  Additions to a  Participant's  accounts is required for
this reason,  and if so, the same  provisions  as stated in 5.6(c) and (d) above
shall apply.

     (f) Annual Additions shall not include any Employer contributions which are
used by the Trust to pay  interest  on an  Exempt  Loan nor any  forfeitures  of
Employer Securities purchased with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan, provided that
not  more  than  one-third  of  the  Employer  contributions  are  allocated  to
Participants  who are among the group of employees  deemed  "highly  compensated
employees" within the meaning of Code Section 414(q).

5.7 Erroneous Allocations.

     No  Participant  shall  be  entitled  to  any  Annual  Additions  or  other
allocations  to his accounts in excess of those  permitted  under  Sections 5.3,
5.4, 5.5, and 5.6. If it is determined at anytime that the Administrator  and/or
Trustees have erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures
under this Plan, or in  allocating  Investment  Adjustments,  or in excluding or
including any person as a Participant, then the Administrator,  in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory  manner,  shall determine the manner in which such error shall
be corrected and shall promptly  advise the Trustee in writing of such error and
of the method for correcting such error. The accounts of any or all Participants
may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.

5.8 Value of Participant's Interest in Fund.

     At any  time,  the  value of a  Participant's  interest  in the Fund  shall
consist of the aggregate value of his Employee Stock  Ownership  Account and his
distribution  account,  if any,  determined as of the  next-preceding  Valuation
Date. The  Administrator  shall maintain  adequate  records of the cost basis of
Employer  Securities  allocated to each  Participant's  Employer Stock Ownership
Account.

5.9 Investment of Account Balances.

     The  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Accounts  shall be invested  primarily  in
Employer  Securities.  Employer  Securities shall constitute at least 51% of the
assets  of  all  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Accounts.  All  sales  of  Employer
Securities by the Trustee  attributable to the Employee Stock Ownership Accounts
of all  Participants  shall be charged pro rata to the Employee Stock  Ownership
Accounts of all Participants.

                                       21
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VI

                RETIREMENT, DEATH AND DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY

6.1 Normal Retirement.

     A Participant  who reaches his Normal  Retirement Date and who shall retire
at that time shall  thereupon be entitled to  retirement  benefits  based on the
value of his interest in the Fund, payable pursuant to the provisions of Section
9.1. A Participant who remains in Service after his Normal Retirement Date shall
not be entitled  to any  retirement  benefits  until his actual  termination  of
Service thereafter (except as provided in Section 9.3(g)) and he shall meanwhile
continue to participate in this Plan.

6.2 Early Retirement.

     A Participant who reaches his Early Retirement Date may retire at such time
(or, at his election,  as of the first day of any month  thereafter prior to his
Normal  Retirement Date) and shall thereupon be entitled to retirement  benefits
based  on the  value  of his  interest  in the  Fund,  payable  pursuant  to the
provisions of Section 9.1.

6.3 Disability Retirement.

     In the  event a  Participant  incurs a  Disability,  he may  retire  on his
Disability  Retirement  Date and  shall  thereupon  be  entitled  to  retirement
benefits based on the value of his interest in the Fund, payable pursuant to the
provisions of Section 9.1.

6.4 Death Benefits.

     (a)  Upon  the  death  of a  Participant  before  his  Retirement  or other
termination  of Service,  the value of his interest in the Fund shall be payable
pursuant to the  provisions of Section 9.1. The  Administrator  shall direct the
Trustee to  distribute  his  interest in the Fund to any  surviving  Beneficiary
designated by the  Participant  or, if none,  to such persons  designated by the
Administrator pursuant to Section 6.5.

     (b) Upon the death of a Former Participant,  the Administrator shall direct
the Trustee to distribute any undistributed  balance of his interest in the Fund
to any  surviving  Beneficiary  designated  by him or, if none,  to such persons
designated by the Administrator pursuant to Section 6.5.

     (c) The  Administrator  may  require  such  proper  proof of death and such
evidence  of the right of any person to receive  the  interest  in the Fund of a
deceased  Participant  or  Former  Participant  as the  Administrator  may  deem
desirable.  The  Administrator's  determination of death and of the right of any
person to receive payment shall be conclusive.

                                       22
<PAGE>



6.5 Designation of Death Beneficiary and Manner of Payment.

     (a) Each  Participant  shall have the right to designate a  Beneficiary  or
Beneficiaries  to receive the sum or sums to which he may be  entitled  upon his
death. The Participant may also designate the manner in which any death benefits
under  this  Plan  shall be  payable  to his  Beneficiary,  provided  that  such
designation is in accordance  with Section 9.4. Such  designation of Beneficiary
and manner of payment  shall be in writing and  delivered to the  Administrator,
and shall be effective when received by the Administrator. The Participant shall
have  the  right  to  change  such  designation  by  notice  in  writing  to the
Administrator.  Such change of Beneficiary or the manner of payment shall become
effective upon its receipt by the Administrator. Any such change shall be deemed
to revoke all prior designations.

     (b) If a Participant shall fail to designate validly a Beneficiary or if no
designated Beneficiary survives the Participant,  his interest in the Fund shall
be paid to the  person or  persons  in the  first of the  following  classes  of
successive preference  Beneficiaries  surviving at the death of the Participant:
the  Participant's  (1) widow or widower,  (2)  children,  (3) parents,  and (4)
estate. The Administrator  shall decide what  Beneficiaries,  if any, shall have
been validly designated, and its decision shall be binding and conclusive on all
persons.

     (c)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if a  Participant  has been  married
throughout the 12 month period  preceding the date of his death, the sum or sums
to which he may be entitled  under this Plan upon his death shall be paid to his
spouse,  unless the Participant's spouse shall have consented to the election of
another  Beneficiary.  Such a spousal  consent  shall be in writing and shall be
witnessed  either by a representative  of the Plan or a notary public.  If it is
established to the satisfaction of the  Administrator  that such spousal consent
cannot be obtained  because  there is no spouse,  because  the spouse  cannot be
located, or other reasons prescribed by governmental regulations, the consent of
the spouse may be waived,  and the  Participant  may designate a Beneficiary  or
Beneficiaries other than his spouse.

                                       23

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VII

                             VESTING AND FORFEITURES

7.1 Vesting on Death, Disability and Normal Retirement.

     Unless his  participation in this Plan shall have terminated prior thereto,
upon a  Participant's  death,  Disability  or  upon  his  attainment  of  Normal
Retirement  Date  (whether or not he actually  retires at that time) while he is
still employed by the Employer,  the  Participant's  entire interest in the Fund
shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable.

7.2 Vesting on Termination of Participation.

     Upon  termination  of his  participation  in this Plan for any reason other
than death, Disability, or Normal Retirement, a Participant shall be vested in a
percentage of his Employee Stock Ownership  Account,  such vested percentages to
be  determined  under  the  following  table,  based  on the  Years  of  Service
(including  Years of Service  prior to the Effective  Date)  credited to him for
vesting purposes at the time of his termination of participation:

                     Years of Service Completed       Percentage Vested

                              Less than 5                     0%

                              5 or more                     100%

     Any portion of the Participant's  Employee Stock Ownership Account which is
not  vested at the time he  incurs a Break  shall  thereupon  be  forfeited  and
disposed of pursuant to Section  7.3.  Distribution  of the vested  portion of a
terminated  Participant's  interest  in  the  Plan  may  be  authorized  by  the
Administrator in any manner permitted under Section 9.1.

7.3 Disposition of Forfeitures.

     (a) In the event a Participant incurs a Break and subsequently resumes both
his  Service and his  participation  in the Plan prior to  incurring  at least 5
Breaks, the forfeitable portion of his Employee Stock Ownership Account shall be
reinstated  to  the  credit  of  the  Participant  as of  the  date  he  resumes
participation.

     (b) In the event a Participant terminates Service and subsequently incurs a
Break  and  receives  a  distribution,  or in the event a  Participant  does not
terminate  Service,  but  incurs  at  least 5  Breaks,  or in the  event  that a
Participant terminates Service and incurs at least 5 Breaks but has not received
a distribution,  then the forfeitable portion of his Employer Account, including
Investment Adjustments, shall be reallocated to other Participants,  pursuant to
Section 5.4 as of the date the Participant  incurs such Break or Breaks,  as the
case may be.

                                       24
<PAGE>



     (c) In the event a former  Participant who had received a distribution from
the Plan is rehired,  he shall repay the amount of his  distribution  before the
earlier of 5 years after the date of his rehire by the Employer, or the close of
the first period of 5  consecutive  Breaks  commencing  after the  withdrawal in
order for any forfeited amounts to be restored to him.

                                       25

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                       EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS

8.1 Right to Demand Employer Securities.

     A Participant  entitled to a distribution from his Employee Stock Ownership
Account  shall be  entitled  to  demand  that his  interest  in the  Account  be
distributed  to him in the form of Employer  Securities,  all subject to Section
9.9. In the event that the Employer  Securities  are not readily  tradable on an
established  market,  the  Participant  shall be  entitled  to require  that the
Employer  repurchase the Employer  Securities under a fair valuation formula, as
provided by governmental  regulations.  The Participant or Beneficiary  shall be
entitled to exercise the put option  described in the  preceding  sentence for a
period of not more than 60 days following the date of  distribution  of Employer
Securities to him. If the put option is not exercised within such 60-day period,
the  Participant or Beneficiary may exercise the put option during an additional
period of not more  than 60 days  after  the  beginning  of the first day of the
first Plan Year  following  the Plan Year in which the first put  option  period
occurred,  all as provided in  regulations  promulgated  by the Secretary of the
Treasury.

8.2 Voting Rights.

     Each Participant with an Employee Stock Ownership Account shall be entitled
to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which the Employer  Securities in such
Account  are  to be  voted.  Employer  Securities  held  in the  Employee  Stock
Ownership Suspense Account or the Exempt Loan Suspense Account shall be voted by
the Trustee on each issue with  respect to which  shareholders  are  entitled to
vote in the manner directed by the majority of the Participants who directed the
Trustee as to the manner of voting their shares in the Employee Stock  Ownership
Accounts with respect to such issue.  Prior to the initial allocation of shares,
the Trustee shall be entitled to vote the shares in the Suspense Account without
prior direction from the Participants or the Administrator.  In the event that a
Participant fails to give timely voting instructions to the Trustee with respect
to the  voting  of his  allocated  Employer  Securities,  the  Trustee  shall be
entitled to vote such shares in its discretion.

8.3 Nondiscrimination in Employee Stock Ownership Contributions.

             In the  event  that the  amount  of the  Employee  Stock  Ownership
contributions  that  would be  required  in any Plan Year to make the  scheduled
payments  on an Exempt  Loan would  exceed the amount  that would  otherwise  be
deductible  by the Employer  for such Plan Year under Code Section 404,  then no
more than one-third of the Employee Stock Ownership  contributions  for the Plan
Year, which is also the Employer's taxable year, shall be allocated to the group
of Employees who, during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year:

                                       26
<PAGE>


     (a) Was at any time a 5 percent owner of the Employer;

     (b)  Received  compensation  from the  Employer  in excess of  $75,000,  as
adjusted under Code Section 414(q);

     (c)  Received  compensation  from the  Employer  in excess of  $50,000,  as
adjusted under Code Section 414(q), and was in the "top-paid group" of employees
(as defined below) for such year; or

     (d) Was at any time an officer and  received  compensation  greater than 50
percent of the amount in effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A), as adjusted for
cost-of-living  increases  permitted under Code Section  415(d)(1),  but without
regard to any adjustment under Code Section 415(c)(6)(A).

An Employee shall be deemed a member of the "top-paid  group" of employees for a
given Plan Year if such Employee is in the group of the top 20% of the employees
of the Employer when ranked on the basis of compensation.

8.4 Dividends.

     Dividends  paid  with  respect  to  Employer   Securities   credited  to  a
Participant's  Employee  Stock  Ownership  account as of the record date for the
dividend  payment  may be  paid in cash  to the  Participants,  pursuant  to the
directions  of the Board of Directors of the Sponsor.  If the Board of Directors
shall  direct  that  the   aforesaid   dividends   shall  be  paid  directly  to
Participants,  the  quarterly  dividends  paid  with  respect  to such  Employer
Securities shall be paid to the Plan, from which dividend  distributions in cash
shall be made to the  Participants  with respect to the Employer  Securities  in
their Employee Stock Ownership  Accounts within 90 days of the close of the Plan
Year in which the dividends were paid. Dividends on Employer Securities obtained
pursuant to an Exempt Loan and still held in the Suspense Account may be used to
make payments on an Exempt Loan, as described in Section 8.5.

8.5 Exempt Loans.

     (a) The Sponsor may direct the Trustee to obtain Exempt  Loans.  The Exempt
Loan may take the form of (i) a loan from a bank or other  commercial  lender to
purchase Employer Securities (ii) a loan from the Employer to the Plan; or (iii)
an installment sale of Employer Securities to the Plan. The proceeds of any such
Exempt  Loan shall be used,  within a  reasonable  time after the Exempt Loan is
obtained, only to purchase Employer Securities,  repay the Exempt Loan, or repay
any prior  Exempt  Loan.  Any such Exempt Loan shall  provide for no more than a
reasonable rate of interest and shall be without  recourse against the Plan. The
number  of  years  to  maturity   under  the  Exempt  Loan  must  be  definitely
ascertainable  at all  times.  The only  assets of the Plan that may be given as
collateral for an Exempt Loan are Employer Securities acquired with the proceeds

                                       27

<PAGE>

of the Exempt Loan and Employer  Securities  that were used as collateral  for a
prior  Exempt Loan repaid with the  proceeds of the current  Exempt  Loan.  Such
Employer  Securities  so  pledged  shall be placed in an  Exempt  Loan  Suspense
Account. No person or institution entitled to payment under an Exempt Loan shall
have recourse against Trust assets other than the aforesaid collateral, Employer
Stock Ownership  contributions (other than contributions of Employer Securities)
that are available under the Plan to meet obligations  under the Exempt Loan and
earnings   attributable   to  such   collateral   and  the  investment  of  such
contributions.  All Employee Stock Ownership  contributions paid during the Plan
Year in which an  Exempt  Loan is made  (whether  before  or after  the date the
proceeds  of the  Exempt  Loan  are  received),  all  Employee  Stock  Ownership
contributions paid thereafter until the Exempt Loan has been repaid in full, and
all earnings from  investment of such Employee  Stock  Ownership  contributions,
without regard to whether any such Employee Stock  Ownership  contributions  and
earnings have been allocated to Participants' Employee Stock Ownership Accounts,
shall be available to meet obligations under the Exempt Loan as such obligations
accrue, or prior to the time such obligations accrue,  unless otherwise provided
by the  Employer  at the time any such  contribution  is  made.  Any  pledge  of
Employer  Securities shall provide for the release of shares so pledged upon the
payment of any portion of the Exempt Loan.

     (b) For each Plan Year during the duration of the Exempt  Loan,  the number
of shares of  Employer  Securities  released  from such  pledge  shall equal the
number of encumbered shares held immediately before release for the current Plan
Year  multiplied  by a fraction.  The  numerator  of the  fraction is the sum of
principal and interest paid in such Plan Year.  The  denominator of the fraction
is the sum of the  numerator  plus the principal and interest to be paid for all
future  years.  Such years will be  determined  without  taking into account any
possible  extension  or renewal  periods.  If  interest  on any  Exempt  Loan is
variable, the interest to be paid in future years under the Exempt Loan shall be
computed by using the interest rate applicable as of the end of the Plan Year.

     (c)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Trustee may obtain an Exempt Loan
pursuant to the terms of which the number of Employer  Securities to be released
from  encumbrance  shall  be  determined  solely  with  reference  to  principal
payments. In the event that such an Exempt Loan is obtained,  annual payments of
principal and interest  shall be at a cumulative  rate that is not less rapid at
any time than level  payments of such  amounts  for not more than 10 years.  The
amount of interest in any such annual loan repayment  shall be disregarded  only
to the extent that it would be  determined  to be interest  under  standard loan
amortization  tables.  The requirement set forth in the preceding sentence shall
not be  applicable  from the time that,  by reason of a renewal,  extension,  or
refinancing,  the sum of the expired  duration of the Exempt  Loan,  the renewal
period,  the extension period,  and the duration of a new Exempt Loan exceeds 10
years.

                                       28


<PAGE>

8.6 Exempt Loan Payments.

     (a)  Payments of  principal  and  interest on any Exempt Loan during a Plan
Year shall be made by the Trustee (as directed by the  Administrator)  only from
(1) Employee Stock Ownership  contributions to the Trust made to meet the Plan's
obligation   under  an  Exempt  Loan  (other  than   contributions  of  Employer
Securities) and from any earnings  attributable  to Employer  Securities held as
collateral  for an  Exempt  Loan and  investments  of such  contributions  (both
received  during or prior to the Plan Year);  (2) the  proceeds of a  subsequent
Exempt Loan made to repay a prior Exempt Loan;  and (3) the proceeds of the sale
of any  Employer  Securities  held  as  collateral  for  an  Exempt  Loan.  Such
contribution  and earnings  shall be accounted for  separately by the Plan until
the Exempt Loan is repaid.


     (b) Employer  Securities  released by reason of the payment of principal or
interest on an Exempt Loan from  amounts  allocated  to  Participants'  Employee
Stock  Ownership  Accounts  shall  immediately  upon payment be allocated as set
forth in Section 5.5.

     (c) The Employer shall contribute to the Trust sufficient amounts to enable
the Trust to pay  principal  and  interest on any such Exempt  Loans as they are
due, provided however that no such contribution  shall exceed the limitations in
Section 5.6. In the event that such  contributions  by reason of the limitations
in  Section  5.6 are  insufficient  to  enable  the Trust to pay  principal  and
interest on such Exempt Loan as it is due, then upon the  Trustee's  request the
Employer shall:

          (1) Make an Exempt  Loan to the Trust in  sufficient  amounts  to meet
     such  principal  and  interest  payments.  Such new  Exempt  Loan  shall be
     subordinated to the prior Exempt Loan.  Securities released from the pledge
     of the prior Exempt Loan shall be pledged as  collateral  to secure the new
     Exempt Loan. Such Employer Securities will be released from this new pledge
     and allocated to the Employee Stock Ownership  Accounts of the Participants
     in accordance with applicable provisions of the Plan;

          (2) Purchase  any  Employer  Securities  pledged as  collateral  in an
     amount  necessary to provide the Trustee with sufficient  funds to meet the
     principal and interest repayments. Any such sale by the Plan shall meet the
     requirements of Section 408(e) of ERISA; or

          (3) Any combination of the foregoing. However, the Employer shall not,
     pursuant to the provisions of this  subsection,  do, fail to do or cause to
     be done any act or thing which would  result in a  disqualification  of the
     Plan as an Employee Stock Ownership Plan under the Code.

          (d) Except as provided in Section  8.1 above and  notwithstanding  any
     amendment to or termination of the Plan which causes it to cease to qualify
     as  an  Employee  Stock  Ownership  plan  within  the  meaning  of  Section
     4975(e)(7)  of the Code,  or any  repayment of an Exempt Loan, no shares of
     Employer  Securities  acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan obtained
     by the Trust to purchase Employer  Securities may be subject to a put, call
     or other option,  or buy-sell or similar  arrangement while such shares are
     held by the Plan or when such Shares are distributed from the Plan.

                                       29

<PAGE>



8.7 Put Option.

     If a Participant  exercises a put option (as set forth in Section 8.1) with
respect  to  Employer  Securities  that  were  distributed  as  part  of a total
distribution pursuant to which a Participant's  Employee Stock Ownership Account
is  distributed  to him in a single  taxable year,  the Employer or the Plan may
elect to pay the purchase price of the Employer  Securities over a period not to
exceed 5 years. Such payments shall be made in substantially  equal installments
not less frequently than annually over a period beginning not later than 30 days
after the exercise of the put option.  Reasonable  interest shall be paid to the
Participant  with  respect  to the  unpaid  balance  of the  purchase  price and
adequate  security shall be provided with respect  thereto.  In the event that a
Participant  exercises a put option with respect to Employer Securities that are
distributed  as part of an installment  distribution,  the amount to be paid for
such  securities  shall be paid not later than 30 days after the exercise of the
put option.

8.8 Diversification Requirements

     Each  Participant who has completed at least 10 years of  participation  in
the Plan and has  attained  age 55 may elect  within 90 days  after the close of
each Plan Year during his "qualified  election  period" to direct the Plan as to
the  investment of at least 25 percent of his Employee Stock  Ownership  Account
(to the extent  such  percentage  exceeds  the amount to which a prior  election
under this  Section 8.8 had been made).  For  purposes of this  Section 8.8, the
term "qualified  election  period" shall mean the 5-Plan-Year  period  beginning
with the Plan Year after the Plan Year in which the  Participant  attains age 55
(or, if later,  beginning  with the Plan Year after the first Plan Year in which
the Employee first completes at least 10 years of participation in the Plan). In
the case of the  Employee  who has  attained  age 60 and  completed  10 years of
participation  in the prior  Plan Year and in the case of the  election  year in
which any other Participant who has met the minimum age and service requirements
for diversification  can make his last election hereunder,  he shall be entitled
to direct the Plan as to the  investment  of at least 50 percent of his Employee
Stock  Ownership  Account (to the extent such  percentage  exceeds the amount to
which a prior  election  under this  Section 8.8 had been made).  The Plan shall
make available at least 3 investment  options (not inconsistent with regulations
prescribed by the Department of Treasury) to each Participant making an election
hereunder. The Plan shall be deemed to have met the requirements of this Section
if the portion of the Participant's  Employee Stock Ownership Account covered by
the election  hereunder is  distributed  to the  Participant  or his  designated
Beneficiary  within 90 days after the period  during  which the  election may be
made. In the absence of such a  distribution,  the Trustee  shall  implement the
Participant's  election within 90 days following the expiration of the qualified
election period.

                                       30

<PAGE>

8.9 Independent Appraiser.

     An independent appraiser meeting the requirements of Code Section 170(a)(1)
shall value the Employer Securities in those Plan Years when such securities are
not readily tradable on an established securities market.

                                       31
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IX

                           PAYMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

9.1 Payments on Termination of Service - In General.

     All  benefits  provided  under  this Plan shall be funded by the value of a
Participant's  vested  interest  in the  Fund.  As soon as  practicable  after a
Participant's  Retirement,  death or termination of Service,  the  Administrator
shall  ascertain  the value of his vested  interest in the Fund,  as provided in
Article V, and the Administrator shall hold or dispose of the same in accordance
with the following provisions of this Article IX.

9.2 Commencement of Payments.

     (a) Distributions upon Retirement or Death. Upon a Participant's Retirement
or Death,  payment of  benefits  under this Plan shall,  unless the  Participant
otherwise  elects (in  accordance  with Section  9.3),  commence no later than 6
months  after  the  close  of the  Plan  Year in  which  occurs  the date of the
Participant's Retirement or death.

     (b)  Distribution  following  Termination of Service.  Unless a Participant
elects  otherwise,  if a Participant  terminates  Service prior to Retirement or
death, he shall be accorded an opportunity to commence  receipt of distributions
from his Accounts  within six (6) months after the Valuation Date next following
the date of his  termination of service.  A Participant  who terminates  Service
with  a  deferred   vested  benefit  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  from  the
Administrator  a  statement  of his  benefits.  In the event that a  Participant
elects not to commence receipt of distributions  from his Accounts in accordance
with  this  Section  9.2(b),   after  the  Participant   incurs  a  Break,   the
Administrator  shall  transfer his deferred  vested  interest to a  distribution
account.  If a Participant's  vested Employer Account does not exceed (or at the
time of any prior  distribution did not exceed) $3,500,  the Plan  Administrator
may  distribute  the  vested  portion  of  his  Employer   Account  as  soon  as
administratively feasible without the consent of the Participant or his spouse.

     (c)  Distribution  of  Accounts  Greater  Than  $3,500.  If the  value of a
Participant's  vested  Account  balance  exceeds  (or at the  time of any  prior
distribution   exceeded)   $3,500,   and  the  Account  balance  is  immediately
distributable,  the Participant must consent to any distribution of such Account
balance.  The Plan  Administrator  shall notify the  Participant of the right to
defer any  distribution  until the  Participant's  Account  balance is no longer
immediately distributable.  The consent of the Participant shall not be required
to the extent that a  distribution  is required to satisfy Code  ss401(a)(9)  or
Code ss415.

                                       32

<PAGE>



9.3 Mandatory Commencement of Benefits.


     (a) Unless a Participant  elects  otherwise,  in writing,  distribution  of
benefits  will begin no later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of
the Plan Year in which (i) the Participant attains age 65, (ii) occurs the tenth
anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced  participation in the
Plan Year, or (iii) the Participant terminates Service with the Employer.

     (b) In the event that the Plan shall be subsequently amended to provide for
a form of  distribution  other  than a lump sum,  as of the  first  distribution
calendar year,  distributions,  if not made in a lump sum, may be made only over
one of the following periods (or a combination thereof):

          (i) the life of the Participant,

          (ii) the life of the Participant and the designated beneficiary,

          (iii) a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the
     Participant, or

          (iv) a period certain not extending beyond the joint and last survivor
     expectancy of the Participant and a designated beneficiary.

     (c) In the event that the Plan shall be subsequently amended to provide for
a form of distribution  other than a lump sum, if the participant's  interest is
to be distributed in other than a lump sum, the following  minimum  distribution
rules shall apply on or after the required beginning date:

          (i) If a Participant's  benefit is to be distributed over (1) a period
     not extending  beyond the life  expectancy of the  Participant or the joint
     life and last survivor  expectancy of the Participant and the Participant's
     designated  beneficiary  or (2) a  period  not  extending  beyond  the life
     expectancy  of  the  designated  beneficiary,  the  amount  required  to be
     distributed for each calendar year,  beginning with  distributions  for the
     first distribution calendar year, must at least equal the quotient obtained
     by dividing the Participant's benefit by the applicable life expectancy.

          (ii) For calendar years  beginning after December 31, 1988, the amount
     to be distributed  each year,  beginning with  distributions  for the first
     distribution  calendar year shall not be less than the quotient obtained by
     dividing the Participant's benefit by the lesser of (1) the applicable life
     expectancy  or (2) if  the  Participant's  spouse  is  not  the  designated
     beneficiary,  the applicable divisor determined from the table set forth in
     Q&A-4 of section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Proposed  Regulations.  Distributions
     after  the  death  of  the  participant  shall  be  distributed  using  the
     applicable  life  expectancy  in  sub-section  (iii) above as the  relevant
     divisor without regard to Proposed Regulations 1.401(a)(9)-2.

                                       33

<PAGE>



          (iii) The minimum  distribution  required for the Participant's  first
     distribution  calendar  year  must be made on or before  the  Participant's
     required beginning date. The minimum distribution for other calendar years,
     including the minimum  distribution for the  distribution  calendar year in
     which the employee's  required  beginning  date occurs,  must be made on or
     before December 31 of the distribution calendar year.


     (d) If a Participant  dies after a distribution has commenced in accordance
with Section 8.3(b) but before his entire interest has been  distributed to him,
the remaining  portion of such interest shall be distributed to his  Beneficiary
at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect as of the date
of his death.

     (e) If a Participant  shall die before the  distribution of his interest in
the Plan has begun, the entire interest of the Participant  shall be distributed
by December 31 of the calendar  year  containing  the fifth  anniversary  of the
death of the Participant, except in the following events:

          (i) If any portion of the Participant's interest is payable to (or for
     the benefit of) a designated beneficiary over a period not extending beyond
     the life expectancy of such  beneficiary and such  distributions  begin not
     later than  December 31 of the  calendar  year  immediately  following  the
     calendar year in which the Participant died.

          (ii) If any  portion of the  Participant's  interest is payable to (or
     for the benefit of) the  Participant's  spouse over a period not  extending
     beyond the life expectancy of such spouse and such  distributions  begin no
     later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant  would
     have attained age 70-1/2.

     If the Participant has not made a distribution  election by the time of his
death,  the  Participant's  designated  beneficiary  shall  elect the  method of
distribution  no later than the earlier of (1) December 31 of the calendar  year
in which  distributions  would be required  to begin  under this  Article or (2)
December 31 of the calendar  year which  contains the fifth  anniversary  of the
date  of  death  of the  Participant.  If  the  Participant  has  no  designated
beneficiary,  or if the  designated  beneficiary  does  not  elect a  method  of
distribution,  distribution  of  the  Participant's  entire  interest  shall  be
completed by December 31 of the calendar year  containing the fifth  anniversary
of the Participant's death.

     (f) For purposes of this Article,  the life expectancy of a Participant and
his spouse may be redetermined  but not more frequently than annually.  The life
expectancy (or joint and last survivor expectancy) shall be calculated using the
attained  age  of  the  Participant  (or  designated   beneficiary)  as  of  the
Participant's (or designated  beneficiary's) birthday in the applicable calendar
year reduced by one for each calendar year which has elapsed since the date life
expectancy was first calculated.  If life expectancy is being recalculated,  the
applicable life expectancy shall be the life expectancy as so recalculated.  The
applicable  calendar year shall be the first distribution  calendar year, and if
life expectancy is being  recalculated,  such succeeding  calendar year.  Unless

                                       34
<PAGE>


otherwise  elected by the Participant (or his spouse, if applicable) by the time
distributions  are required to begin,  life  expectancies  shall be recalculated
annually.  Any such election not to recalculate  shall be irrevocable  and shall
apply to all subsequent  years.  The life expectancy of a nonspouse  beneficiary
may not be recalculated.

     (g) For purposes of Section  9.3(b) and 9.3(e),  any amount paid to a child
shall be treated  as if it had been paid to a  surviving  spouse if such  amount
will become payable to the surviving  spouse upon such child  reaching  majority
(or other designated event permitted under regulations).

     (h) For distributions  beginning before the Participant's  death, the first
distribution  calendar  year is the  calendar  year  immediately  preceding  the
calendar year which  contains the  Participant's  required  beginning  date. For
distributions  beginning after the Participant's  death, the first  distribution
calendar year is the calendar year in which  distributions are required to begin
pursuant to this Article.

9.4 Required Beginning Dates.

     (a) General Rule. The required beginning date of a Participant is the first
day of April of the  calendar  year  following  the  calendar  year in which the
participant  attains  age  70-1/2.  However,  for Plan  Years  commencing  after
December 31, 1996,  such required  beginning  date shall apply only to 5-percent
owners.

     (b) Transitional  rules.  The required  beginning date of a Participant who
attains age 70-1/2  before  January 1, 1988,  shall be  determined in accordance
with (1) or (2) below:

          (1) Non-5-percent owners. The required beginning date of a Participant
     who is not a 5-percent owner is the first day of April of the calendar year
     following  the calendar year in which the later of retirement or attainment
     or age 70-1/2 occurs.

          (2) 5-percent owners. The required beginning date of a Participant who
     is a 5-percent  owner during any year beginning after December 31, 1989, is
     the first day of April following the later of:

               (i) the  calendar  year in  which  the  Participant  attains  age
          70-1/2, or

               (ii) the earlier of the  calendar  year with or within which ends
          the Plan Year in which the Participant  becomes a 5-percent  owner, or
          the calendar year in which the Participant retires.

     The required  beginning date of a Participant  who is not a 5-percent owner
who  attains  age 70-1/2  during  1988 and who has not  retired as of January 1,
1989,  is April 1,  1990.  Commencing  

                                       35

<PAGE>

January 1, 1997,  however,  the required  beginning  date of such a  Participant
shall be April 1 of the calendar  year  following  the later of either:  (i) the
calendar year in which the Participant  attains age 70-1/2, or (ii) the calendar
year in which the Participant retires.


     (c)  5-percent  owner.  A Participant  is treated as a 5-percent  owner for
purposes of this section if such  Participant is a 5-percent owner as defined in
section  416(i) of the Code  (determined  in  accordance  with  section  416 but
without  regard to whether  the plan is  top-heavy)  at any time during the Plan
Year ending  with or within the  calendar  year in which such owner  attains age
66-1/2 or any subsequent Plan Year. Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent
owner under this  section,  they must  continue to be  distributed,  even if the
Participant ceases to be a 5-percent owner in a subsequent year.

9.5 Form of Payment.

     Each  Participant's  vested  interest  shall be  distributed  in a lump sum
payment. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, but subject to Section 9.3, the
Administrator  may not  distribute  a lump  sum  when  the  present  value  of a
Participant's  total  Account  balances  is in  excess  of  $3,500  without  the
Participant's  consent.  This  form  of  payment  shall  be the  normal  form of
distribution.  Furthermore,  however,  in the event that the Administrator  must
commence  distributions,  as required by Section 9.4 herein,  with respect to an
Employee who has attained age 70-1/2 and is still  employed by the Employer,  if
the Employee does not elect a lump sum  distribution,  payments shall be made in
installments in such amounts as shall satisfy the minimum  distribution rules of
Section 9.3.

9.6 Payments Upon Termination of Plan.

     Upon  termination  of this Plan pursuant to Sections  13.2,  13.4,  13.5 or
13.6,  the  Administrator  shall  continue to perform its duties and the Trustee
shall make all payments upon the following terms, conditions and provisions: All
interests of Participants  shall immediately  become fully vested;  the value of
the interests of all Participants  shall be determined within 60 days after such
termination,  and the  Administrator  shall  have the same  powers to direct the
Trustee in making payments as contained in Sections 9.1 and 13.5.

9.7          Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.

     Upon receipt of a domestic relations order, the Administrator  shall notify
promptly the Participant and any alternate payee of receipt of the order and the
Plan's  procedure  for  determining  whether the order is a  Qualified  Domestic
Relations  Order.  While the issue of  whether a domestic  relations  order is a
Qualified  Domestic  Relations Order is being determined,  if the benefits would
otherwise be paid, the  Administrator  shall segregate in a separate  account in
the Plan the amounts  that would be payable to the  alternate  payee during such
period if the order were a  Qualified  Domestic  Relations  Order.  If within 18
months the order is determined to be a Qualified  Domestic 

                                       36
<PAGE>

Relations  Order,  the  amounts  so  segregated,  along  with  the  interest  or
investment earnings  attributable  thereto shall be paid to the alternate payee.
Alternatively,  if within 18 months,  it is  determined  that the order is not a
Qualified  Domestic  Relations  Order or if the issue is still  unresolved,  the
amounts  segregated  under this  Section  9.6,  with the  earnings  attributable
thereto,  shall be paid to the  Participant or  Beneficiary  who would have been
entitled to such  amounts if there had been no order.  The  determination  as to
whether the order is  qualified  shall be applied  prospectively.  Thus,  if the
Administrator  determines that the order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order
after the  18-month  period,  the Plan shall not be liable for  payments  to the
alternative  payee  for the  period  before  the  order  is  determined  to be a
Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

9.8 Cash-Out Distributions

     If a Participant receives a distribution of the entire present value of his
vested  Account  balances  under  this Plan  because of the  termination  of his
participation in the Plan, the Plan shall disregard a Participant's Service with
respect to which such cash-out  distribution  shall have been made, in computing
his accrued benefit under the Plan in the event that a Former  Participant shall
again become an Employee and become  eligible to participate in the Plan. Such a
distribution  shall be deemed to be made on termination of  participation in the
Plan if it is made not later  than the close of the second  Plan Year  following
the Plan Year in which such  termination  occurs.  The forfeitable  portion of a
Participant's  accrued  benefit shall be restored upon  repayment to the Plan by
such  former  Participant  of the  full  amount  of the  cash-out  distribution,
provided that the former  Participant again becomes an Employee.  Such repayment
must be  made by the  Employee  not  later  than  the end of the  5-year  period
beginning with the date of the distribution. Forfeitures required to be restored
by virtue of such repayment shall be restored from the following  sources in the
following order of preference: (i) current forfeitures; (ii) additional employee
stock ownership contributions, as appropriate and as subject to Section 5.6; and
(iii)  investment  earnings  of the  Fund.  In the  event  that a  Participant's
interest in the Plan is totally  forfeitable,  a Participant  shall be deemed to
have received a distribution  of zero upon his  termination  of Service.  In the
event  of a  return  to  Service  within  5  years  of the  date  of his  deemed
distribution, the Participant shall be deemed to have repaid his distribution in
accordance with the rules of this Section 9.8.

9.9 ESOP Distribution Rules.

     Notwithstanding  any  provision  of this  Article IX to the  contrary,  the
distribution  of a Participant's  Employee Stock  Ownership  Account (unless the
Participant   elects   otherwise  in  writing),   shall   commence  as  soon  as
administratively feasible as of the first Valuation Date coincident with or next
following his death,  disability or termination of Service, but not later than 1
year after the close of the Plan Year in which the  Participant  separates  from
Service by reason of the attainment of his Normal  Retirement Date,  disability,
death or  separation  from Service.  In addition,  all  distributions  hereunder
shall,  to the extent  that the  Participant's  Account is  invested in Employer
Securities,  be made in the  form of  Employer  Securities.  Fractional  shares,
however, may be distributed in the form of cash.

                                       37

<PAGE>



9.10 Withholding.

     (a)  Notwithstanding  any  provision of the Plan to the contrary that would
otherwise  limit a  distributee's  election under this Article IX, a distributee
may elect, at the time and in the manner  prescribed by the Plan  Administrator,
to have any portion of an "eligible  rollover  distribution" paid directly to an
"eligible retirement plan" specified by the distributee in a "direct rollover."

     (b) For purposes of this Section 9.10, an "eligible rollover  distribution"
is any  distribution  of all or any  portion of the balance to the credit of the
distributee,  except that an "eligible rollover  distribution" does not include:
any  distribution  that  is one of a  series  of  substantially  equal  periodic
payments  (not  less  frequently  than  annually)  made  for the  life  (or life
expectancy) of the  distributee or the joint lives (or joint life  expectancies)
of the  distributee  and  the  distributee's  designated  beneficiary,  or for a
specified  period of ten years or more;  any  distribution  to the  extent  such
distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and the portion of
any  distribution  that is not  includible in gross income  (determined  without
regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to Employer
Securities).

     (c) For purposes of this Section 9.10, an "eligible  retirement plan" is an
individual  retirement  account  described  in  section  408(a) of the Code,  an
individual  retirement  annuity  described  in  section  408(b) of the Code,  an
annuity  plan  described  in section  403(a) of the Code,  or a qualified  trust
described in section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the distributee's eligible
rollover   distribution.   However,   in  the  case  of  an  "eligible  rollover
distribution"  to the  surviving  spouse,  an "eligible  retirement  plan" is an
individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

     (d) For purposes of this Section 9.10, a distributee includes a Participant
or former Participant.  In addition,  the Participant's or former  Participant's
surviving spouse and the Participant's or former  Participant's spouse or former
spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as
defined in section  414(p) of the Code,  are  "distributees"  with regard to the
interest of the spouse or former spouse.

     (e) For purposes of this Section 9.10, a "direct  rollover" is a payment by
the Plan to the "eligible retirement plan" specified by the distributee.

9.11 Waiver of 30-day Notice.

     If a distribution  is one to which sections  401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code
do not apply,  such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice
required under section  1.411(a)-11(c)  

                                       38

<PAGE>

of  the  Income  Tax   Regulations  is  given,   provided  that:  (1)  the  Plan
Administrator  clearly informs the Participant  that the Participant has a right
to a period of at least 30 days  after  receiving  the  notice to  consider  the
decision  of whether  or not to elect a  distribution  (and,  if  applicable,  a
particular  distribution  option), and (2) the Participant,  after receiving the
notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

9.12  Re-employed Veterans.

     Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  set forth in the  Plan,  if an
Employee  has been  rehired by the  Employer  and is eligible  for the  benefits
provided by the Uniformed  Services  Employment and  Reemployment  Rights Act by
virtue of his prior  military  service  and by virtue of his  having met all the
requirements of that Act for being accorded the benefits provided thereunder, he
shall not be deemed to have  incurred a Break  because of his period of military
service.  The Employee's  military service shall be treated as Service hereunder
for eligibility,  vesting and benefit accrual  purposes.  Such Employee shall be
entitled to all Employer  contributions  to which he  otherwise  would have been
entitled had he been employed by the Employer  during the period of his military
service.  In computing  contribution  amounts  dependent  upon or limited by the
amount of Compensation  the Employee  earned or would have earned,  the Employee
shall be treated as receiving  Compensation  from the Employer during the period
of military service equal to the Compensation that Employee otherwise would have
received  from the Employer  during that  period,  or, if the  Compensation  the
Employee otherwise would have received is not reasonably certain, the Employee's
average  Compensation from the Employer during the period immediately  preceding
the period of military service.  Such Employee shall not,  however,  be credited
with any  earnings on any such  additional  Employer  or Employee  contributions
described in this Section before the contribution is actually made. Furthermore,
no forfeitures shall be allocated to such Employee's  Accounts hereunder for the
period of military  service.  The rules  governing the  limitations  on all such
contributions  that may be required  hereunder the Employer shall be governed by
Section 414(u) of the Code and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

                                       39
<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE X

                     PROVISIONS RELATING TO TOP-HEAVY PLANS

10.1 Top-Heavy Rules to Control.

     Anything contained in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if for any
Plan Year the Plan is a top-heavy plan, as determined pursuant to Section 416 of
the Code,  then the Plan must meet the  requirements  of this Article X for such
Plan Year.

10.2 Top-Heavy Plan Definitions.

     Unless a different meaning is plainly implied by the context, the following
terms as used in this Article X shall have the following meanings:

     (a) "Accrued  Benefit" shall mean the account  balances or accrued benefits
of an Employee, calculated pursuant to Section 10.3.

     (b)  "Determination  Date" shall mean,  with respect to any particular Plan
Year of this Plan,  the last day of the preceding  Plan Year (or, in the case of
the first  Plan  Year of the Plan,  the last day of the  first  Plan  Year).  In
addition,  the  term  "Determination  Date"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to any
particular  plan  year  of  any  plan  (other  than  this  Plan)  in a  Required
Aggregation  Group or a Permissive  Aggregation  Group, the last day of the plan
year of such plan which falls within the same calendar year as the Determination
Date for this Plan.

     (c) "Employer"  shall mean the Employer (as defined in Section  1.1(q)) and
any entity which is (1) a member of a controlled  group including such Employer,
while it is a member of such  controlled  group  (within  the meaning of Section
414(b) of the Code), (2) in a group of trades or businesses under common control
with such  Employer,  while it is under  common  control  (within the meaning of
Section  414(c) of the Code),  and (3) a member of an  affiliated  service group
including such Employer,  while it is a member of such affiliated  service group
(within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code).

     (d) "Key  Employee"  shall mean any  Employee  or former  Employee  (or any
Beneficiary of such Employee or former Employee, as the case may be) who, at any
time during the Plan Year or during the 4  immediately  preceding  Plan Years is
one of the following:

          (1) An officer of the Employer who has  compensation  greater than 50%
     of the  amount  in  effect  under  Code  415(b)(1)(A)  for the  Plan  Year;
     provided,  however,  that no more than 50  Employees  (or,  if lesser,  the
     greater of 3 or 10% of the Employees) shall be deemed officers;

                                       40

<PAGE>



          (2) One of the 10 Employees having annual  compensation (as defined in
     Section  415 of the  Code) in  excess of the  limitation  in  effect  under
     Section  415(c)(1)(A)  of the Code,  and owning (or  considered  as owning,
     within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code) the largest interests in the
     Employer;


          (3) Any Employee  owning (or considered as owning,  within the meaning
     of Section  318 of the Code) more than 5% of the  outstanding  stock of the
     Employer  or stock  possessing  more than 5% of the total  combined  voting
     power of all stock of the Employer; or

          (4) Any Employee having annual compensation (as defined in Section 415
     of the Code) of more than  $150,000  and who would be  described in Section
     10.2(d)(3) if "1%" were substituted for "5%" wherever the latter percentage
     appears.

     For purposes of applying  Section 318 of the Code to the provisions of this
Section  10.2(d),   Section  318(a)(2)(C)  of  the  Code  shall  be  applied  by
substituting "5%" for "50%" wherever the latter percentage appears. In addition,
for purposes of this Section 10.2(d),  the provisions of Section 414(b), (c) and
(m) shall not apply in determining ownership interests in the Employer. However,
for purposes of determining  whether an individual has compensation in excess of
$150,000,  or whether an individual is a Key Employee  under Section  10.2(d)(1)
and (2),  compensation from each entity required to be aggregated under Sections
414(b),  (c) and (m) of the Code  shall be taken into  account.  Notwithstanding
anything  contained herein to the contrary,  all  determinations as to whether a
person is or is not a Key Employee shall be resolved by reference to Section 416
of the Code and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

     (e) "Non-Key  Employee"  shall mean any Employee or former Employee (or any
Beneficiary of such Employee or former Employee,  as the case may be) who is not
considered to be a Key Employee with respect to this Plan.

     (f)  "Permissive  Aggregation  Group"  shall mean all plans in the Required
Aggregation  Group and any other plans  maintained by the Employer which satisfy
Sections  401(a)(4)  and 410 of the  Code  when  considered  together  with  the
Required Aggregation Group.

     (g)  "Required  Aggregation  Group"  shall  mean each plan  (including  any
terminated plan) of the Employer in which a Key Employee is (or in the case of a
terminated  plan,  had  been) a  Participant  in the Plan  Year  containing  the
Determination  Date or any of the 4 preceding Plan Years, and each other plan of
the Employer which enables any plan of the Employer in which a Key Employee is a
Participant to meet the requirement of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

                                       41



<PAGE>



10.3 Calculation of Accrued Benefits.

     (a) An Employee's Accrued Benefit shall be equal to:

          (1) With respect to this Plan or any other defined  contribution  plan
     (other than a defined  contribution pension plan) in a Required Aggregation
     Group or a Permissive  Aggregation  Group, the Employee's  account balances
     under the respective plan,  determined as of the most recent plan valuation
     date within a 12-month period ending on the Determination  Date,  including
     contributions  actually  made  after  the  valuation  date but  before  the
     Determination  Date (and, in the first plan year of a plan,  also including
     any contributions  made after the Determination Date which are allocated as
     of a date in the first plan year).

          (2)  With  respect  to any  defined  contribution  pension  plan  in a
     Required   Aggregation  Group  or  a  Permissive   Aggregation  Group,  the
     Employee's  account  balances  under  the plan,  determined  as of the most
     recent  plan  valuation  date  within  a  12-month  period  ending  on  the
     Determination  Date,  including  contributions which have not actually been
     made, but which are due to be made as of the Determination Date.

          (3) With respect to any defined benefit plan in a Required Aggregation
     Group  or  a  Permissive  Aggregation  Group,  the  present  value  of  the
     Employee's  accrued  benefits  under  the plan,  determined  as of the most
     recent  plan  valuation  date  within  a  12-month  period  ending  on  the
     Determination  Date,  pursuant to the  actuarial  assumptions  used by such
     plan, and calculated as if the Employee  terminated Service under such plan
     as of the valuation  date (except that, in the first plan year of a plan, a
     current   Participant's   estimated   Accrued   Benefit   Plan  as  of  the
     Determination Date shall be taken into account).

          (4) If any  individual  has not  performed  services  for the Employer
     maintaining  the Plan at any time  during the 5-year  period  ending on the
     Determination  Date, any Accrued Benefit for such  individual  shall not be
     taken into account.

     (b) The  Accrued  Benefit  of any  Employee  shall be further  adjusted  as
follows:

          (1) The Accrued  Benefit  shall be  calculated  to include all amounts
     attributable to both Employer and Employee contributions, but shall exclude
     amounts  attributable to voluntary  deductible Employee  contributions,  if
     any.

          (2)  The  Accrued   Benefit   shall  be  increased  by  the  aggregate
     distributions  made with respect to an Employee under the plan or plans, as
     the case may be, during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date.

                                       42
<PAGE>



          (3) Rollover  and direct  plan-to-plan  transfers  shall be taken into
     account as follows:


               (A) If the  transfer is initiated by the Employee and made from a
          plan  maintained  by one  employer  to a plan  maintained  by  another
          unrelated employer,  the transferring plan shall continue to count the
          amount  transferred;  the  receiving  plan  shall not count the amount
          transferred.

               (B) If the  transfer is not  initiated by the Employee or is made
          between plans maintained by related  employers,  the transferring plan
          shall no longer count the amount transferred; the receiving plan shall
          count the amount transferred.

     (c) If any  individual  has not performed  services for the Employer at any
time during the 5-year  period  ending on the  Determination  Date,  any accrued
benefit for such  individual (and the account of such  individual)  shall not be
taken into account.

10.4 Determination of Top-Heavy Status.

     This Plan shall be considered to be a top-heavy  plan for any Plan Year if,
as of the Determination Date, the value of the Accrued Benefits of Key Employees
exceeds 60% of the value of the Accrued Benefits of all eligible Employees under
the Plan.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if the Employer  maintains any other
qualified  plan, the  determination  of whether this Plan is top-heavy  shall be
made  after  aggregating  all  other  plans  of the  Employer  in  the  Required
Aggregation  Group  and,  if  desired  by the  Employer  as a means of  avoiding
top-heavy  status,  after  aggregating  any other  plan of the  Employer  in the
Permissive  Aggregation  Group. If the required  Aggregation Group is top-heavy,
then  each  plan  contained  in such  group  shall be  deemed  to be  top-heavy,
notwithstanding  that any  particular  plan in such group would not otherwise be
deemed to be top-heavy.  Conversely,  if the Permissive Aggregation Group is not
top-heavy, then no plan contained in such group shall be deemed to be top-heavy,
notwithstanding that any particular plan in such group would otherwise be deemed
to be  top-heavy.  In no event shall a plan  included in a top-heavy  Permissive
Aggregation  Group be deemed a top-heavy  plan unless such plan is also included
in a top-heavy Required Aggregation Group.

10.5 Determination of Super Top-Heavy Status.

     The Plan shall be  considered  to be a super  top-heavy  plan if, as of the
Determination Date, the Plan would meet the test specified in Section 10.4 above
for  classification  as a top-heavy plan, except that "90%" shall be substituted
for "60%" whenever the latter percentage appears.

                                       43

<PAGE>



10.6 Minimum Contribution.

     (a) For any year in which the Plan is top-heavy,  each Non-Key Employee who
has met the age and service  requirements,  if any, contained in the Plan, shall
be entitled to a minimum  contribution (which may include forfeitures  otherwise
allocable)  equal to a percentage of such Non-Key  Employee's  compensation  (as
defined in Section 415 of the Code) as follows:

          (1) If the Non-Key  Employee is not covered by a defined  benefit plan
     maintained by the Employer,  then the minimum  contribution under this Plan
     shall be 3% of such Non-Key Employee's compensation.

          (2) If the  Non-Key  Employee  is  covered by a defined  benefit  plan
     maintained by the Employer,  then the minimum  contribution under this Plan
     shall be 5% of such Non-Key Employee's compensation.

     (b)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the minimum  contribution  otherwise
allocable  to a  Non-Key  Employee  under  this  Plan  shall be  reduced  in the
following circumstances:

          (1) The percentage minimum contribution required under this Plan shall
     in no event exceed the  percentage  contribution  made for the Key Employee
     for whom such percentage is the highest for the Plan Year after taking into
     account contributions under other defined contribution plans in this Plan's
     Required Aggregation Group; provided, however, that this Section 10.7(b)(1)
     shall not apply if this Plan is  included in a Required  Aggregation  Group
     and this Plan enables a defined  benefit plan in such Required  Aggregation
     Group to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.

          (2)  No  minimum  contribution  shall  be  required  (or  the  minimum
     contribution  shall be reduced,  as the case may be) for a Non-Key Employee
     under  this  Plan  for any  Plan  Year if the  Employer  maintains  another
     qualified  plan  under  which a minimum  benefit or  contribution  is being
     accrued  or made on  account  of such Plan  Year,  in whole or in part,  on
     behalf of the Non-Key  Employee,  in accordance  with Section 416(c) of the
     Code.

     (c) For purposes of this Section 10.6,  there shall be disregarded  (1) any
Employer   contributions   attributable   to  a  salary   reduction  or  similar
arrangement,  or (2) any Employer contributions to or any benefits under Chapter
21 of the Code (relating to the Federal Insurance  Contributions  Act), Title II
of the Social Security Act, or any other federal or state law.

     (d) For  purposes of this  Section  10.6,  minimum  contributions  shall be
required to be made on behalf of only those Non-Key  Employees,  as described in
Section 10.7(a),  who have not terminated Service as of the last day of the Plan
Year.  If a  Non-Key  Employee  is  otherwise  entitled  to  receive  a  minimum
contribution  pursuant  to this  Section  10.6(d),  the fact that  such  Non-Key
Employee  failed  to  complete  1,000  Hours of  Service  or  failed to make any
mandatory  or elective  contributions  under this Plan,  if any are so required,
shall not preclude him from receiving such minimum contribution.

                                       44

<PAGE>

10.7 Vesting.

     (a)  For  any  Plan  Year  in  which  the  Plan  is  a  top-heavy  plan,  a
Participant's Employer account shall continue to vest according to the following
schedule:

                Years of Service Completed       Percentage Vested

                     Less than 1                         0%
                     1 but less than 2                  20%
                     2 but less than 3                  40%
                     3 but less than 4                  60%
                     4 but less than 5                  80%
                     5 or more                         100%

     (b) For purposes of Section 10.7(a),  the term "year of service" shall have
the same meaning as set forth in Section 1.1(kk), as modified by Section 3.2

     (c) If for any  Plan  Year  the  Plan  becomes  top-heavy  and the  vesting
schedule set forth in Section 10.7(a) becomes effective,  then, even if the Plan
ceases to be top-heavy in any  subsequent  Plan Year,  the vesting  schedule set
forth in Section 10.7(a) shall remain applicable with respect to any Participant
who has completed 3 Years of Service.

10.8 Maximum Benefit Limitation.

     For  any  Plan  Year  in  which  the  Plan  is a  top-heavy  plan,  Section
5.6(d)(1)(B)(i) and Section  5.6(d)(2)(B)(i)shall  be read by substituting "1.0"
for "1.25"  wherever the latter figure  appears;  provided,  however,  that such
substitution  shall not have the effect of reducing any benefit  accrued under a
defined  benefit  plan  prior to the first  day of the plan  year in which  this
Section 10.8 becomes applicable.

                                       45
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 ADMINISTRATION

11.1 Appointment of Administrator.

     This  Plan  shall be  administered  by a  committee  consisting  of up to 5
persons,  whether or not Employees or Participants,  who shall be appointed from
time to time by the Board of Directors to serve at its pleasure. The Sponsor may
require  that each  person  appointed  as an  Administrator  shall  signify  his
acceptance by filing an acceptance with the Sponsor. The term "Administrator" as
used  in  this  Plan  shall  refer  to  the  members  of the  committee,  either
individually  or  collectively,  as  appropriate.  In the event that the Sponsor
shall  elect not to  appoint  any  individuals  to  constitute  a  committee  to
administer the Plan, the Sponsor shall serve as the Administrator hereunder.

11.2 Resignation or Removal of Administrator.

     An  Administrator  shall  have the  right to  resign  at any time by giving
notice in writing,  mailed or delivered to the Employer and to the Trustee.  Any
Administrator who was an employee of the Employer at the time of his appointment
shall be deemed to have resigned as an  Administrator  upon his  termination  of
Service. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, remove any Administrator
with or without cause,  by giving notice in writing,  mailed or delivered to the
Administrator and to the Trustee.

11.3 Appointment of Successors: Terms of Office, Etc.

     Upon the death,  resignation or removal of an  Administrator,  the Employer
may appoint,  by Board of  Directors'  resolution,  a successor  or  successors.
Notice  of  termination  of an  Administrator  and  notice of  appointment  of a
successor  shall be made by the  Employer  in  writing,  with  copies  mailed or
delivered  to the  Trustee,  and the  successor  shall  have all the  rights and
privileges and all of the duties and obligations of the predecessor.

11.4 Powers and Duties of Administrator.

     The Administrator  shall have the following duties and  responsibilities in
connection with the administration of this Plan:

     (a) To promulgate  and enforce such rules,  regulations  and  procedures as
shall be  proper  for the  efficient  administration  of the Plan,  such  rules,
regulations and procedures to apply uniformly to all Employees, Participants and
Beneficiaries;

                                       46

<PAGE>



     (b)  To   determine   all   questions   arising   in  the   administration,
interpretation and application of the Plan,  including  questions of eligibility
and of the  status  and  rights  of  Participants,  Beneficiaries  and any other
persons hereunder;


     (c) To decide any dispute arising hereunder strictly in accordance with the
terms of the Plan; provided, however, that no Administrator shall participate in
any matter involving any questions  relating solely to his own  participation or
benefits under this Plan;

     (d) To advise the Employer and the Trustee regarding the known future needs
for  funds to be  available  for  distribution  in order  that the  Trustee  may
establish investments accordingly;

     (e) To correct defects,  supply omissions and reconcile  inconsistencies to
the extent necessary to effectuate the Plan;

     (f) To advise the Employer of the maximum  deductible  contribution  to the
Plan for each fiscal year;

     (g) To direct the Trustee  concerning  all payments which shall be made out
of the Fund pursuant to the provisions of this Plan;

     (h) To advise the Trustee on all  terminations of Service by  Participants,
unless the Employer has so notified the Trustee;

     (i) To confer  with the Trustee on the  settling of any claims  against the
Fund;

     (j) To make  recommendations  to the Board of  Directors  with  respect  to
proposed amendments to the Plan and the Trust Agreement;

     (k) To file all  reports  with  government  agencies,  Employees  and other
parties as may be required  by law,  whether  such  reports  are  initially  the
obligation of the Employer, the Plan or the Trustee; and

     (l) To have all such other  powers as may be  necessary  to  discharge  its
duties hereunder.

     Reasonable  discretion  is  granted  to the  Administrator  to  affect  the
benefits, rights and privileges of Participants,  Beneficiaries or other persons
affected by this Plan. The Administrator  shall exercise  reasonable  discretion
under  the  terms of this  Plan  and  shall  administer  the  Plan  strictly  in
accordance with its terms, such administration to be exercised uniformly so that
all persons similarly situated shall be similarly treated.

                                       47


<PAGE>



11.5 Action by Administrator.

     The Administrator may elect a Chairman and Secretary from among its members
and may adopt rules for the conduct of its  business.  A majority of the members
then serving  shall  constitute a quorum for the  transaction  of business.  All
resolutions  or other  action taken by the  Administrator  shall be by vote of a
majority of those present at such meeting and entitled to vote.  Resolutions may
be adopted or other action taken without a meeting upon written  consent  signed
by at least a majority  of the  members.  All  documents,  instruments,  orders,
requests, directions,  instructions and other papers shall be executed on behalf
of  the   Administrator   by  either  the  Chairman  or  the  Secretary  of  the
Administrator,  if any,  or by any  member  or agent of the  Administrator  duly
authorized to act on the Administrator's behalf.

11.6 Participation by Administrators.

     No Administrator shall be precluded from becoming a Participant in the Plan
if he would be otherwise  eligible,  but he shall not be entitled to vote or act
upon  matters  or to  sign  any  documents  relating  specifically  to  his  own
participation  under the Plan,  except when such matters or documents  relate to
benefits generally.  If this  disqualification  results in the lack of a quorum,
then the Board of  Directors  shall  appoint a  sufficient  number of  temporary
Administrators  who  shall  serve for the sole  purpose  of  determining  such a
question.

11.7 Agents.

The  Administrator  may employ  agents and  provide  for such  clerical,  legal,
actuarial, accounting, medical, advisory or other services as it deems necessary
to perform its duties under this Plan.  The cost of such  services and all other
expenses incurred by the Administrator in connection with the  administration of
the Plan shall be paid from the Fund, unless paid by the Employer.

11.8 Allocation of Duties.

     The duties,  powers and responsibilities  reserved to the Administrator may
be allocated among its members so long as such allocation is pursuant to written
procedures  adopted  by the  Administrator,  in  which  case,  except  as may be
required by the Act, no Administrator shall have any liability,  with respect to
any duties,  powers or  responsibilities  not  allocated to him, for the acts of
omissions of any other Administrator.

11.9 Delegation of Duties.

     The  Administrator may delegate any of its duties to other employees of the
Employer,  to the  Trustee  with its  consent,  or to any other  person or firm,
provided that the  Administrator  shall prudently choose such agents and rely in
good faith on their actions.

                                       48

<PAGE>



11.10 Administrator's Action Conclusive.

     Any action on matters  within the authority of the  Administrator  shall be
final and conclusive except as provided in Article XII.

11.11 Compensation and Expenses of Administrator.

     No  Administrator  who is  receiving  compensation  from the  Employer as a
full-time  employee,  as a director  or agent,  shall be entitled to receive any
compensation or fee for his services hereunder. Any other Administrator shall be
entitled  to  receive  such  reasonable  compensation  for  his  services  as an
Administrator  hereunder as may be mutually agreed upon between the Employer and
such  Administrator.  Any such compensation  shall be paid from the Fund, unless
paid by the Employer.  Each Administrator  shall be entitled to reimbursement by
the Employer  for any  reasonable  and  necessary  expenditures  incurred in the
discharge of his duties.

11.12 Records and Reports.

     The  Administrator  shall  maintain  adequate  records of its  actions  and
proceedings in  administering  this Plan and shall file all reports and take all
other actions as it deems  appropriate in order to comply with the Act, the Code
and governmental regulations issued thereunder.

11.13 Reports of Fund Open to Participants.

     The  Administrator  shall  keep on  file,  in such  form as it  shall  deem
convenient  and  proper,  all  annual  reports  of  the  Fund  received  by  the
Administrator from the Trustee,  and a statement of each Participant's  interest
in the Fund as from time to time determined.  The annual reports of the Fund and
the statement of his own interest in the Fund, as well as a complete copy of the
Plan and the  Trust  Agreement  and  copies of annual  reports  to the  Internal
Revenue  Service,  shall be made available by the  Administrator to the Employer
for examination by each Participant during reasonable hours at the office of the
Employer,  provided,  however,  that the statement of a  Participant's  interest
shall not be made available for examination by any other Participant.

11.14 Named Fiduciary.

     The  Administrator is the named fiduciary for purposes of the Act and shall
be the designated agent for receipt of service of process on behalf of the Plan.
It shall use ordinary care and diligence in the  performance of its duties under
this Plan.  Nothing in this Plan shall  preclude the Employer from  indemnifying
the Administrator for all actions under this Plan, or from purchasing  liability
insurance to protect it with respect to its duties under this Plan.

                                       49

<PAGE>



11.15 Information from Employer.

     The  Employer  shall  promptly  furnish all  necessary  information  to the
Administrator  to  permit  it  to  perform  its  duties  under  this  Plan.  The
Administrator  shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and  completeness  of
all information furnished to it by the Employer,  unless it knows or should have
known that such information is erroneous.

11.16 Reservation of Rights by Employer.

     Where rights are reserved in this Plan to the  Employer,  such rights shall
be exercised only by action of the Board of Directors, except where the Board of
Directors,  by  written  resolution,  delegates  any such  rights to one or more
officers of the Employer or to the Administrator. Subject to the rights reserved
to the Board of Directors  acting on behalf of the Employer as set forth in this
Plan,   no  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors   shall  have  any  duties  or
responsibilities under this Plan, except to the extent he shall be acting in the
capacity of an Administrator or Trustee.

11.17 Liability and Indemnification.

     (a) The  Administrator  shall perform all duties  required of it under this
Plan  in a  prudent  manner.  To the  extent  not  prohibited  by the  Act,  the
Administrator  shall not be responsible in any way for any action or omission of
the Employer,  the Trustee or any other  fiduciaries in the performance of their
duties and obligations set forth in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement. To the
extent  not  prohibited  by  the  Act,  the  Administrator  shall  also  not  be
responsible  for any act or omission of any of its  agents,  or with  respect to
reliance upon advice of its counsel (whether or not such counsel is also counsel
to the  Employer or the  Trustee),  provided  that such  agents or counsel  were
prudently chosen by the Administrator and that the Administrator  relied in good
faith upon the action of such agent or the advice of such counsel.

     (b)  The  Administrator  shall  not  be  relieved  from  responsibility  or
liability for any responsibility,  obligation or duty imposed upon it under this
Plan or under the Act. Except for its own gross negligence,  willful  misconduct
or  willful  breach  of the  terms  of this  Plan,  the  Administrator  shall be
indemnified  and held  harmless  by the  Employer  against  liability  or losses
occurring  by reason of any act or omission of the  Administrator  to the extent
that such indemnification does not violate the Act or any other federal or state
laws.

11.18 Service as Trustee and Administrator.

     Nothing in this Plan shall  prevent one or more  Trustees  from  serving as
Administrator under this Plan.

                                       50
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE XII

                                CLAIMS PROCEDURE

12.1 Notice of Denial.

     If a Participant or his Beneficiary is denied any benefits under this Plan,
either in whole or in part,  the  Administrator  shall  advise the  claimant  in
writing of the amount of his benefit,  if any, and the specific  reasons for the
denial.  The  Administrator  shall also furnish the claimant at that time with a
written notice containing:

     (a) A specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions;

     (b) A description of any additional  material or information  necessary for
the claimant to perfect his claim,  if possible,  and an explanation of why such
material or information is needed; and

     (c) An explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure.

12.2 Right to Reconsideration.

     Within 60 days of receipt of the information  described in 12.1 above,  the
claimant  shall,  if he  desires  further  review,  file a written  request  for
reconsideration with the Administrator.

12.3 Review of Documents.

     So long as the  claimant's  request  for review is pending  (including  the
60-day  period  described  in Section  12.2  above),  the  claimant  or his duly
authorized  representative  may review  pertinent  Plan  documents and the Trust
Agreement  (and any  pertinent  related  documents)  and may  submit  issues and
comments in writing to the Administrator.

12.4 Decision by Administrator.

     A final and binding decision shall be made by the  Administrator  within 60
days of the filing by the claimant of his request for reconsideration; provided,
however, that if the Administrator feels that a hearing with the claimant or his
representative present is necessary or desirable,  this period shall be extended
an additional 60 days.

                                       51

<PAGE>



12.5 Notice by Administrator.

             The  Administrator's  decision shall be conveyed to the claimant in
writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner
calculated to be understood  by the  claimant,  with specific  references to the
pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

                                       52
<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE XIII

                       AMENDMENTS, TERMINATION AND MERGER

13.1 Amendments.

     The  Employer  reserves  the right at any time and from  time to time,  and
retroactively   if  deemed  necessary  or  appropriate  by  it,  to  the  extent
permissible  under  law,  to  conform  with  governmental  regulations  or other
policies,  to amend in  whole  or in part any or all of the  provisions  of this
Plan, provided that:

     (a) No amendment shall make it possible for any part of the Fund to be used
for,  or  diverted  to,  purposes  other  than  for  the  exclusive  benefit  of
Participants or their  Beneficiaries  under the Trust  Agreement,  except to the
extent provided in Section 4.4;

     (b) No amendment may, directly or indirectly,  reduce the vested portion of
any  Participant's  interest as of the effective date of the amendment or change
the  vesting   schedule   with  respect  to  the  future   accrual  of  Employer
contributions for any Participants  unless each Participant with 3 or more Years
of Service with the Employer is permitted to elect to have the vesting  schedule
in effect before the amendment used to determine his vested benefit; and

     (c) No amendment may eliminate an optional form of benefit.

     (d) No  amendment  may  increase  the  duties of the  Trustee  without  its
consent.

     Amendments  may be made in the form of Board of Directors'  resolutions  or
separate  written  document.  Copies of all amendments shall be delivered to the
Trustee.

13.2 Consolidation, Merger or Other Transactions of Employer.

     Nothing   in  this  Plan   shall   prevent   the   consolidation,   merger,
reorganization  or liquidation of the Employer,  or prevent the sale by Employer
of any or all of its property.  Any successor corporation or other entity formed
and resulting from any such  transaction  shall have the right to become a party
to this Plan by adopting the same by resolution  and by appointing a new Trustee
as though the Trustee had resigned in accordance with the Trust  Agreement,  and
by executing a proper  supplemental  agreement with the Trustee.  If, within 180
days from the  effective  date of such  transaction,  such new  entity  does not
become a party to this Plan as above provided,  this Plan shall automatically be
terminated and the Trustee shall make payments to the persons  entitled  thereto
in accordance with Section 9.5.

                                       53

<PAGE>



13.3 Consolidation or Merger of Trust.

     In the event of any merger or  consolidation  of the Fund with, or transfer
in whole or in part of the assets and  liabilities of the Fund to, another trust
fund held  under any other plan of  deferred  compensation  maintained  or to be
established for the benefit of all or some of the Participants of this Plan, the
assets of the Fund applicable to such  Participants  shall be transferred to the
other trust fund only if:

     (a) Each  Participant  would receive a benefit under such  successor  trust
fund immediately  after the merger,  consolidation or transfer which is equal to
or greater than the benefit he would have been  entitled to receive  immediately
before the merger,  consolidation  or transfer  (determined  as if this Plan and
such transferee trust fund had then terminated);

     (b) Resolutions of the Board of Directors under this Plan, or of any new or
successor employer of the affected  Participants,  shall authorize such transfer
of assets,  and, in the case of the new or  successor  employer of the  affected
Participants,  its resolutions  shall include an assumption of liabilities  with
respect to such Participants' inclusion in the new employer's plan; and

     (c) Such  other  plan and trust are  qualified  under  Sections  401(a) and
501(a) of the Code.

13.4 Bankruptcy or Insolvency of Employer.

     In the event of (a) the Employer's legal  dissolution or liquidation by any
procedure other than a consolidation or merger, (b) the Employer's receivership,
insolvency,  or  cessation  of its  business  as a  going  concern,  or (c)  the
commencement  of any  proceeding  by or against the  Employer  under the federal
bankruptcy  laws, and similar federal or state statute,  or any federal or state
statute or rule providing for the relief of debtors,  compensation of creditors,
arrangement,  receivership,  liquidation  or  any  similar  event  which  is not
dismissed  within 30 days, this Plan shall terminate  automatically on such date
(provided,  however,  that if a proceeding  is brought  against the Employer for
reorganization  under  Chapter 11 of the United  States  Bankruptcy  Code or any
similar federal or state statute,  then this Plan shall terminate  automatically
if and when said  proceeding  results in a liquidation  of the Employer,  or the
approval of any Plan  providing  therefor,  or the  proceeding is converted to a
case under  Chapter 7 of the  Bankruptcy  Code or any  similar  conversion  to a
liquidation proceeding under federal or state law including, but not limited to,
a receivership proceeding).  In the event of any such termination as provided in
the foregoing sentence,  the Trustee shall make payments to the persons entitled
thereto in accordance with Section 9.5 hereof.

                                       54
<PAGE>



13.5 Voluntary Termination.

     The Board of Directors  reserves  the right to  terminate  this Plan at any
time by giving to the  Trustee and the  Administrator  notice in writing of such
desire to terminate.  The Plan shall  terminate upon the date of receipt of such
notice,  the interests of all  Participants  shall become fully vested,  and the
Trustee shall make payments to each  Participant  or  Beneficiary  in accordance
with Section 9.5. Alternatively,  the Employer, in its discretion, may determine
to continue the Trust  Agreement and to continue the maintenance of the Fund, in
which event  distributions  shall be made upon the  contingencies and in all the
circumstances  which  would have been  entitled  such  distributions  on a fully
vested basis, had there been no termination of the Plan.

13.6 Partial Termination of Plan or Permanent Discontinuance of Contributions.

     In the event that a partial termination of the Plan shall be deemed to have
occurred,  or if the Employer shall  discontinue  completely  its  contributions
hereunder,  the right of each affected  Participant  to his interest in the Fund
shall be fully vested. The Employer, in its discretion,  shall decide whether to
direct the Trustee to make  immediate  distribution  of such portion of the Fund
assets  to  the  persons  entitled  thereto  or  to  make  distribution  in  the
circumstances and contingencies  which would have controlled such  distributions
if there had been no partial termination or discontinuance of contributions.

                                       55
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE XIV

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

14.1 No Diversion of Funds.

     It is the  intention of the Employer  that it shall be  impossible  for any
part of the  corpus  or  income  of the Fund to be used  for,  or  diverted  to,
purposes  other  than for the  exclusive  benefit of the  Participants  or their
Beneficiaries,  except to extent that a return of the Employer's contribution is
permitted under Section 4.4.

14.2 Liability Limited.

     Neither the  Employer  nor the  Administrator,  nor any agents,  employees,
officers,  directors or  shareholders  of any of them, nor the Trustee,  nor any
other person shall have any  liability  or  responsibility  with respect to this
Plan, except as expressly provided herein.

14.3 Incapacity.

     If the  Administrator  shall  receive  evidence  satisfactory  to it that a
Participant or Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefit under the Plan is, at
the time when  such  benefit  becomes  payable,  a minor,  or is  physically  or
mentally  incompetent  to  receive  such  benefit  and to give a  valid  release
therefor,  and that another person or an institution is then  maintaining or has
custody of such Participant or Beneficiary,  and that no guardian,  committee or
other representative of the estate of such Participant or Beneficiary shall have
been duly appointed, the Administrator may direct the Trustee to make payment of
such benefit otherwise payable to such Participant or Beneficiary, to such other
person or institution, including a custodian under a Uniform Gifts to Minor Act,
or corresponding  legislation (who shall be an adult, a guardian of the minor or
a trust company), and the release of such other person or institution shall be a
valid and complete discharge for the payment of such benefit.

14.4 Spendthrift Clause.

     Except as  permitted by the Act or the Code,  no benefits or other  amounts
payable  under the Plan shall be subject  in any manner to  anticipation,  sale,
transfer,  assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance,   charge  or  alienation.  If  the
Administrator determines that any person entitled to any payments under the Plan
has become insolvent or bankrupt or has attempted to anticipate, sell, transfer,
assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise in any manner alienate any benefit
or other amount payable to him under the Plan or that there is any danger of any
levy or  attachment  or other court  process or  encumbrance  on the part of any
creditor of such person  entitled to payments under the Plan against any benefit
or other accounts payable to such person, the Administrator may, at any time, in
its  discretion,  direct the  Trustee to  withhold  any or all  payments to such
person under the Plan and apply the same for the benefit of such person, in such
manner and in such proportion as the Administrator may deem proper.

                                       56

<PAGE>


14.5 Benefits Limited to Fund.

     All  contributions by the Employer to the Fund shall be voluntary,  and the
Employer shall be under no legal liability to make any such  contributions.  The
benefits  of this Plan  shall be only as can be  provided  by the  assets of the
Fund,  and no  liability  for the payment of benefits  under the Plan or for any
loss of assets due to any action or  inaction  of the  Trustee  shall be imposed
upon the Employer.

14.6 Cooperation of Parties.

     All parties to this Plan and any party claiming interest hereunder agree to
perform any and all acts and execute any and all  documents and papers which are
necessary and desirable for carrying out this Plan or any of its provisions.

14.7 Payments Due Missing Persons.

     The  Administrator  shall direct the Trustee to make a reasonable effort to
locate all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan; however, notwithstanding
any  provision in the Plan to the  contrary,  if, after a period of 5 years from
the date such benefit  shall be due, any such persons  entitled to benefits have
not been located, their rights under the Plan shall stand suspended. Before this
provision  becomes  operative,  the Trustee shall send a certified letter to all
such persons at their last known address  advising  them that their  interest in
benefits under the Plan shall be suspended.  Any such suspended amounts shall be
held by the  Trustee for a period of 3  additional  years (or a total of 8 years
from the time the benefits first became  payable),  and thereafter  such amounts
shall be  reallocated  among  current  Participants  in the same  manner  that a
current contribution would be allocated. However, if a person subsequently makes
a valid claim with respect to such reallocated amounts and any earnings thereon,
the Plan earnings or the Employer's contribution to be allocated for the year in
which the claim  shall be paid shall be  reduced by the amount of such  payment.
Any such suspended  amounts shall be handled in a manner not  inconsistent  with
regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service and Department of Labor.

14.8 Governing Law.

     This Plan has been  executed  in the State of  Illinois  and all  questions
pertaining to its validity,  construction and administration shall be determined
in accordance  with the laws of that State,  except to the extent  superseded by
the Act.

                                       57

<PAGE>



14.9 Nonguarantee of Employment.

     Nothing  contained  in this  Plan  shall  be  construed  as a  contract  of
employment between the Employer and any Employee,  or as a right of any Employee
to be continued in the  employment  of the  Employer,  or as a limitation of the
right of the Employer to discharge any of its Employees, with or without cause.

14.10 Counsel.

     The Trustee and the Administrator  may consult with legal counsel,  who may
be counsel for the  Employer  and for the  Administrator  or the Trustee (as the
case may be), with respect to the meaning or  construction  of this Plan and the
Trust  Agreement,  their  respective  obligations  or duties  hereunder  or with
respect to any action or  proceeding  or any  question of law, and they shall be
fully  protected  with  respect to any  action  taken or omitted by them in good
faith pursuant to the advice of legal counsel.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Sponsor has caused these presents to be executed by
its duly authorized  officers and its corporate seal to be affixed on this _____
day of July, 1997.




                                               FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL, INC.
ATTEST:


____________________________                   By_______________________________
Terry Gawryk,                                    Julian E. Kulas,
Secretary                                        President and Chief Executive
                                                 Officer


[Corporate Seal]


                                       58


                                                                    Exhibit 10.2



                        FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL, INC.

                      1997 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN


     1. Plan  Purpose.  The  purpose  of the Plan is to  promote  the  long-term
interests  of the  Corporation  and its  stockholders  by  providing a means for
attracting  and retaining  directors,  advisory  directors,  directors  emeriti,
officers and employees of the  Corporation  and its  Affiliates.  It is intended
that  designated  Options  granted  pursuant to the  provisions  of this Plan to
persons  employed by the Corporation or its Affiliates will qualify as Incentive
Stock  Options.  Options  granted  to  persons  who  are not  employees  will be
Non-Qualified Stock Options.

      2.  Definitions.  The following definitions are applicable to the Plan:

      "Affiliate" - means any "parent  corporation" or "subsidiary  corporation"
of the  Corporation,  as such  terms are  defined  in  Section  424(e)  and (f),
respectively, of the Code.

      "Bank" - means  First  Security  Federal  Savings  Bank and any  successor
entity.

      "Award" - means the grant of an Incentive  Stock Option,  a  Non-Qualified
Stock Option, a Stock Appreciation  Right, a Limited Stock Appreciation Right or
any combination thereof, as provided in the Plan.

      "Code" - means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      "Committee" - means the Committee referred to in Section 3 hereof.

     "Continuous Service" - means the absence of any interruption or termination
of service as a  director,  advisory  director,  director  emeritus,  officer or
employee of the Corporation or an Affiliate,  except that when used with respect
to any  Options  or Rights  which at the time of  exercise  are  intended  to be
Incentive   Stock  Options,   continuous   service  means  the  absence  of  any
interruption  or termination of service as an employee of the  Corporation or an
Affiliate.  Service  shall  not be  considered  interrupted  in the case of sick
leave,  military leave or any other leave of absence approved by the Corporation
or in the case of transfers  between  payroll  locations of the  Corporation  or
between the Corporation,  its parent,  its  subsidiaries or its successor.  With
respect to any advisory director or director emeritus,  continuous service shall
mean availability to perform such functions as may be required of such persons.

     "Corporation"  -  means  First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation.

      "Employee" - means any person,  including  an officer or director,  who is
employed by the Corporation or any Affiliate.

      "ERISA" - means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

      "Exercise Price" - means (i) in the case of an Option, the price per Share
at which the Shares  subject to such Option may be  purchased  upon  exercise of
such Option and (ii) in the case of a Right, the price per Share (other than the
Market  Value per Share on the date of exercise and the Offer Price per Share as
defined in Section 10 hereof) which, upon grant, the Committee  determines shall
be utilized in  calculating  the aggregate  value which a  Participant  shall be
entitled to  receive  pursuant  to  Sections 9, 10 or 12 hereof upon exercise of
such Right.

      "Incentive  Stock Option" - means an option to purchase  Shares granted by
the Committee  pursuant to Section 6 hereof which is subject to the  limitations
and  restrictions  of Section 8 hereof and is intended to qualify  under Section
422(b) of the Code.

      "Limited Stock Appreciation Right" - means a stock appreciation right with
respect to Shares granted by the Committee pursuant to Sections 6 and 10 hereof.



<PAGE>

      "Market  Value" - means the average of the high and low quoted sales price
on the date in question  (or, if there is no reported  sale on such date, on the
last  preceding  date on which any  reported  sale  occurred)  of a Share on the
Composite  Tape for the New York Stock  Exchange-Listed  Stocks,  or, if on such
date the  Shares  are not quoted on the  Composite  Tape,  on the New York Stock
Exchange,  or, if the  Shares  are not  listed or  admitted  to  trading on such
Exchange,  on the principal United States securi ties exchange  registered under
the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 on which the Shares are listed or admitted
to trading,  or, if the Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any such
exchange,  the mean between the closing high bid and low asked  quotations  with
respect to a Share on such date on the NASDAQ System, or any similar system then
in use, or, if no such  quotations are available,  the fair market value on such
date of a Share as the Committee shall determine.

     "Non-Employee  Director"  - means a  director  who a) is not  currently  an
officer or  employee  of the  Corporation;  b) is not a former  employee  of the
Corporation  who receives  compensation  for prior  services  (other than from a
tax-qualified  retirement  plan); c) has not been an officer of the Corporation;
d) does not receive remuneration from the Corporation in any capacity other than
as a director;  and e) does not possess an interest in any other transactions or
is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required
under Item 404(a) or (b) of Regulation S-K.

      "Non-Qualified  Stock Option" - means an option to purchase Shares granted
by the  Committee  pursuant to Section 6 hereof which is not intended to qualify
under Section 422(b) of the Code.

     "Option" - means an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

      "Participant" - means any director,  advisory director, director emeritus,
officer or employee of the  Corporation  or any Affiliate who is selected by the
Committee to receive an Award or who is granted an Award  pursuant to Section 19
hereof.

     "Plan" - means the 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan of the Corporation.

      "Related" - means (i) in the case of a Right,  a Right which is granted in
connection with, and to the extent exercisable, in whole or in part, in lieu of,
an Option or  another  Right and (ii) in the case of an Option,  an Option  with
respect to which and to the extent a Right is exercisable,  in whole or in part,
in lieu thereof has been granted.

     "Right" - means a Limited Stock  Appreciation Right or a Stock Appreciation
Right.

      "Shares" - means the shares of common stock of the Corporation.

      "Stock Appreciation Right" - means a stock appreciation right with respect
to Shares granted by the Committee pursuant to Sections 6 and 9 hereof.

      "Ten Percent  Beneficial  Owner" - means the beneficial owner of more than
ten  percent  of any class of the  Corporation's  equity  securities  registered
pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

      3.  Administration.   The  Plan  shall  be  administered  by  a  Committee
consisting  of two or  more  members,  each  of  whom  shall  be a  Non-Employee
Director.  The  members  of the  Committee  shall be  appointed  by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation. Except as limited by the express provisions of the
Plan,  the  Committee  shall have sole and complete  authority  and  discretion,
subject to Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations,  to (i) select Participants
and grant Awards;  (ii) determine the number of Shares to be subject to types of
Awards generally,  as well as to individual Awards granted under the Plan; (iii)
determine the terms and conditions  upon which Awards shall be granted under the
Plan;  (iv) prescribe the form and terms of instruments  evidencing such grants;
and (v) establish from time to time  regulations for the  administration  of the
Plan,  interpret  the Plan,  and make all  determinations  deemed  necessary  or
advisable for the administration of the Plan.

                                       2
<PAGE>


      A majority of the Committee shall  constitute a quorum,  and the acts of a
majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present,  or
acts approved in writing by a majority of the Committee without a meeting, shall
be acts of the Committee.

     4. Participation in Committee Awards. The Committee may select from time to
time Participants in the Plan from those directors (including advisory directors
and  directors  emeriti),  officers  and  employees  of the  Corporation  or its
Affiliates  who,  in the  opinion  of  the  Committee,  have  the  capacity  for
contributing to the successful performance of the Corporation or its Affiliates.

     5.  Shares  Subject to Plan.  Subject to  adjustment  by the  operation  of
Section 11 hereof, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Awards may
be  made  under  the  Plan  is 10% of the  total  Shares  issued  in the  Bank's
conversion  to the capital  stock form.  The Shares with respect to which Awards
may be made  under  the Plan may be either  authorized  and  unissued  shares or
issued shares  heretofore or hereafter  reacquired and held as treasury  shares.
Shares which are subject to Related Rights and Related  Options shall be counted
only once in  determining  whether the maximum  number of Shares with respect to
which Awards may be granted under the Plan has been exceeded. An Award shall not
be  considered  to have been made  under the Plan with  respect to any Option or
Right which terminates and new Awards may be granted under the Plan with respect
to the number of Shares as to which such termination has occurred.

      6. General Terms and Conditions of Options and Rights. The Committee shall
have full and complete  authority  and  discretion,  subject to Office of Thrift
Supervision  Regulations  and except as expressly  limited by the Plan, to grant
Options and/or Rights and to provide the terms and conditions (which need not be
identical  among  Participants)  thereof.  In  particular,  the Committee  shall
prescribe  the following  terms and  conditions:  (i) the Exercise  Price of any
Option or Right,  which shall not be less than the Market Value per Share at the
date of grant of such Option or Right, (ii) the number of Shares subject to, and
the expiration  date of, any Option or Right,  which  expiration  date shall not
exceed  ten  years  from the date of  grant,  (iii)  the  manner,  time and rate
(cumulative  or  otherwise)  of exercise  of such Option or Right,  and (iv) the
restrictions,  if any,  to be placed  upon such  Option or Right or upon  Shares
which may be issued upon exercise of such Option or Right. As required by Office
of Thrift Supervision Regulations, each non-employee director of the Corporation
may not be  granted  Awards  with  respect  to more than 5% of the total  shares
subject to the Plan and all non-employee  directors of the  Corporation,  in the
aggregate,  may not be granted Awards with respect to more than 30% of the total
shares  subject  to the Plan.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  and  subject  to
compliance  with  applicable  Office  of  Thrift  Supervision  Regulations,   no
individual  shall be granted  Awards in any  calendar  year with respect to more
than 25% of the total shares  subject to the Plan in any calendar year or during
the entire term of the Plan.

     Any Award  made  pursuant  to this  Plan,  which  Award is  subject  to the
requirements  of Office of Thrift  Supervision  Regulations,  shall vest in five
equal annual  installments  with the first  installment  vesting on the one-year
anniversary of the date of grant, except in the event of death or disability. In
the event Office of Thrift  Supervision  Regulations  are amended (the  "Amended
Regulations") to permit shorter vesting periods, any Award made pursuant to this
Plan,  which Award is subject to the  requirements of such Amended  Regulations,
may vest, at the sole  discretion  of the  Committee,  in  accordance  with such
Amended Regulations.

      Furthermore, at the time of any Award, the Participant shall enter into an
agreement with the Corporation in a form specified by the Committee, agreeing to
the terms and  conditions of the Award and such other matters as the  Committee,
in its sole discretion, shall determine (the "Option Agreement").

      7.     Exercise of Options or Rights.

(a)  Except as provided herein,  an Option or Right granted under the Plan shall
     be exercisable  during the lifetime of the  Participant to whom such Option
     or Right was granted only by such  Participant  and,  except as provided in
     paragraphs  (c) and (d) of this  Section 7, no such  Option or Right may be
     exercised  unless at the time such  Participant  exercises  such  Option or
     Right, such Participant has maintained Continuous Service since the date of
     grant of such Option or Right.

                                       3

<PAGE>

(b)   To  exercise an Option or Right under the Plan,  the  Participant  to whom
      such  Option  or Right  was  granted  shall  give  written  notice  to the
      Corporation  in  form  satisfactory  to the  Committee  (and,  if  partial
      exercises have been  permitted by the Committee,  by specifying the number
      of Shares with respect to which such  Participant  elects to exercise such
      Option or Right)  together with full payment of the Exercise Price, if any
      and to the  extent  required.  The date of  exercise  shall be the date on
      which such  notice is  received  by the  Corporation.  Payment,  if any is
      required, shall be made either (i) in cash (including check, bank draft or
      money  order)  or (ii) by  delivering  (A)  Shares  already  owned  by the
      Participant  and  having  a fair  market  value  equal  to the  applicable
      exercise  price,   such  fair  market  value  to  be  determined  in  such
      appropriate  manner  as may be  provided  by  the  Committee  or as may be
      required  in order to comply  with or to  conform to  requirements  of any
      applicable  laws or  regulations,  or (B) a  combination  of cash and such
      Shares.

(c)   If a  Participant  to whom an Option or Right was  granted  shall cease to
      maintain  Continuous  Service for any reason (excluding death,  disability
      and  termination  of  employment by the  Corporation  or any Affiliate for
      cause),  such  Participant may, but only within the period of three months
      immediately  succeeding  such  cessation of  Continuous  Service and in no
      event after the  expiration  date of such Option or Right,  exercise  such
      Option  or Right to the  extent  that such  Participant  was  entitled  to
      exercise  such  Option or Right at the date of such  cessation,  provided,
      however, that such right of exercise after cessation of Continuous Service
      shall  not  be  available  to a  Participant  if the  Committee  otherwise
      determines  and so provides in the  applicable  instrument or  instruments
      evidencing the grant of such Option or Right.  If a Participant to whom an
      Option or Right was granted shall cease to maintain  Continuous Service by
      reason of death or  disability  then,  unless  the  Committee  shall  have
      otherwise provided in the instrument  evidencing the grant of an Option or
      Right,  all Options and Rights  granted  and not fully  exercisable  shall
      become  exercisable  in full upon the  happening  of such  event and shall
      remain so exercisable  (i) in the event of death for the period  described
      in paragraph (d) of this Section 7 and (ii) in the event of disability for
      a period of one year following  such date. If the Continuous  Service of a
      Participant  to whom an Option or Right was granted by the  Corporation is
      terminated  for  cause,  all  rights  under  any  Option  or Right of such
      Participant  shall  expire  immediately  upon the  effective  date of such
      termination.

(d)   In the event of the death of a Participant while in the Continuous Service
      of the  Corporation  or an  Affiliate  or within  the  three-month  period
      referred  to in  paragraph  (c) of this  Section 7, the person to whom any
      Option  or  Right  held by the  Participant  at the  time of his  death is
      transferred  by will or the laws of descent  and  distribution,  or in the
      case of an Award  other than an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  pursuant  to a
      qualified  domestic  relations order, as defined in the Code or Title 1 of
      ERISA or the rules thereunder may, but only to the extent such Participant
      was  entitled to exercise  such Option or Right upon his death as provided
      in paragraph (c) above, exercise such Option or Right at any time within a
      period of one year succeeding the date of death of such  Participant,  but
      in no event  later than ten years from the date of grant of such Option or
      Right.  Following  the  death of any  Participant  to whom an  Option  was
      granted  under the Plan,  irrespective  of whether any Related Right shall
      have  theretofore  been granted to the  Participant  or whether the person
      entitled to exercise  such Related  Right  desires to do so, the Committee
      may, as an alternative means of settlement of such Option, elect to pay to
      the person to whom such  Option is  transferred  by will or by the laws of
      descent  and  distribution,  or in the  case of an  Option  other  than an
      Incentive Stock Option,  pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order,
      as  defined in the Code or Title I of ERISA or the rules  thereunder,  the
      amount by which the Market Value per Share on the date of exercise of such
      Option shall exceed the Exercise  Price of such Option,  multiplied by the
      number of Shares with respect to which such Option is properly  exercised.
      Any such  settlement  of an Option shall be considered an exercise of such
      Option for all purposes of the Plan.

      8. Incentive Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to
Participants  who are  Employees.  Any  provision  of the  Plan to the  contrary
notwithstanding,  (i) no  Incentive  Stock Option shall be granted more than ten
years  from the  date  the Plan is  adopted  by the  Board of  Directors  of the
Corporation  and no Incentive  Stock Option shall be  exercisable  more than ten
years from the date such  Incentive  Stock Option is granted,  (ii) the Exercise
Price of any Incentive  Stock Option shall not be less than the Market Value per
Share on the date such  Incentive  Stock Option is granted,  (iii) any Incentive
Stock Option shall not be transferable by the Participant to whom such Incentive
Stock  Option  is  granted  other  than  by  will or the  laws  of  descent  and

                                       4

<PAGE>


distribution,  and shall be exercisable during such Participant's  lifetime only
by such  Participant,  (iv) no  Incentive  Stock  Option shall be granted to any
individual who, at the time such Incentive  Stock Option is granted,  owns stock
possessing  more than ten  percent  of the total  combined  voting  power of all
classes of stock of the  Corporation or any Affiliate  unless the Exercise Price
of such  Incentive  Stock Option is at least 110 percent of the Market Value per
Share at the date of grant and such  Incentive  Stock Option is not  exercisable
after the expiration of five years from the date such Incentive  Stock Option is
granted,  and (v) the  aggregate  Market  Value  (determined  as of the time any
Incentive Stock Option is granted) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive
Stock  Options  are  exercisable  for the  first  time by a  Participant  in any
calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.

      9. Stock  Appreciation  Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right shall, upon its
exercise,  entitle the  Participant  to whom such Stock  Appreciation  Right was
granted to  receive a number of Shares or cash or  combination  thereof,  as the
Committee in its discretion shall determine, the aggregate value of which (i.e.,
the sum of the  amount of cash  and/or  Market  Value of such  Shares on date of
exercise)  shall  equal (as nearly as  possible,  it being  understood  that the
Corporation  shall not  issue any  fractional  shares)  the  amount by which the
Market  Value per Share on the date of such  exercise  shall exceed the Exercise
Price of such Stock Appreciation Right,  multiplied by the number of Shares with
respect of which such Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall have been  exercised.  A
Stock  Appreciation  Right  may be  Related  to an  Option  or  may  be  granted
independently  of any  Option as the  Committee  shall from time to time in each
case determine.  At the time of grant of an Option the Committee shall determine
whether and to what extent a Related Stock  Appreciation  Right shall be granted
with respect thereto, provided, however, and notwithstanding any other provision
of the Plan,  that if the  Related  Option is an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  the
Related  Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall  satisfy  all  the  restrictions  and
limitations of Section 8 hereof as if such Related Stock Appreciation Right were
an Incentive  Stock Option and as if other rights which are Related to Incentive
Stock Options were  Incentive  Stock Options.  In the case of a Related  Option,
such Related  Option shall cease to be  exercisable  to the extent of the Shares
with respect to which the Related Stock Appreciation  Right was exercised.  Upon
the exercise or termination of a Related Option,  any Related Stock Appreciation
Right  shall  terminate  to the extent of the Shares  with  respect to which the
Related Option was exercised or terminated.

     10. Limited Stock Appreciation Rights. At the time of grant of an Option or
Stock Appreciation  Right to any Participant,  the Committee shall have full and
complete  authority and  discretion to also grant to such  Participant a Limited
Stock  Appreciation  Right which is Related to such Option or Stock Appreciation
Right,  provided,  however and  notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,
that if the Related  Option is an Incentive  Stock Option,  the Related  Limited
Stock  Appreciation  Right shall satisfy all the restrictions and limitations of
Section 8 hereof as if such Related  Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right were an
Incentive Stock Option and as if all other Rights which are Related to Incentive
Stock Options were  Incentive  Stock  Options.  Subject to vesting  requirements
contained in 12 C.F.R. s  563b.3(g)(4)  or any successor  regulation,  a Limited
Stock  Appreciation  Right shall be exercisable only during the period beginning
on the first day  following  the date of expiration of any "offer" (as such term
is hereinafter defined) and ending on the forty-fifth day following such date.

      A Limited Stock Appreciation  Right shall, upon its exercise,  entitle the
Participant to whom such Limited Stock Appreciation Right was granted to receive
an amount of cash equal to the  amount by which the "Offer  Price per Share" (as
such  term is  hereinafter  defined)  or the  Market  Value  on the date of such
exercise,  as shall have been provided by the Committee in its discretion at the
time  of  grant,   shall  exceed  the  Exercise  Price  of  such  Limited  Stock
Appreciation  Right,  multiplied  by the number of Shares with  respect to which
such  Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall have been  exercised.  Upon the
exercise  of a Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right,  any Related  Option  and/or
Related Stock  Appreciation Right shall cease to be exercisable to the extent of
the Shares  with  respect to which such  Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right was
exercised. Upon the exercise or termination of a Related Option or Related Stock
Appreciation Right, any Related Limited Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate
to the extent of the Shares with respect to which such Related Option or Related
Stock Appreciation Right was exercised or terminated.

      For the  purposes  of this  Section  10, the term  "Offer"  shall mean any
tender  offer  or  exchange  offer  for  Shares  other  than  one  made  by  the
Corporation,  provided that the  corporation,  person or other entity making the
offer acquires  pursuant to such offer either (i) 25% of the Shares  outstanding
immediately  prior to the  commencement of such offer or (ii) a number of Shares
which,  together with all other Shares  acquired in any tender offer or exchange
offer (other than one made by the  Corporation)  which expired within sixty days

                                       5

<PAGE>


of the  expiration  date of the  offer in  question,  equals  25% of the  Shares
outstanding  immediately prior to the commencement of the offer in question. The
term "Offer  Price per Share" as used in this  Section 10 shall mean the highest
price per Share paid in any Offer  which  Offer is in effect any time during the
period  beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which a Limited Stock
Appreciation  Right is  exercised  and ending on the date on which such  Limited
Stock Appreciation Right is exercised. Any securities or property which are part
or all of the  consideration  paid for  Shares in the  Offer  shall be valued in
determining the Offer Price per Share at the higher of (A) the valuation  placed
on such securities or property by the corporation, person or other entity making
such Offer or (B) the  valuation  placed on such  securities  or property by the
Committee.

      11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization. In the event of any change
in the outstanding Shares subsequent to the effective date of the Plan by reason
of  any   reorganization,   recapitalization,   stock  split,   stock  dividend,
combination or exchange of shares,  merger,  consolidation  or any change in the
corporate  structure or Shares of the Corporation,  the maximum aggregate number
and class of shares as to which  Awards  may be  granted  under the Plan and the
number,  class  and  exercise  price of  shares  with  respect  to which  Awards
theretofore have been granted under the Plan shall be appropriately  adjusted by
the Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive.

      12.  Effect  of  Merger.  In the  event of any  merger,  consolidation  or
combination  of  the  Corporation   (other  than  a  merger,   consolidation  or
combination in which the Corporation is the continuing entity and which does not
result in the outstanding Shares being converted into or exchanged for different
securities,  cash or other property,  or any combination  thereof) pursuant to a
plan or agreement  the terms of which are binding upon all  stockholders  of the
Corporation (except to the extent that dissenting  stockholders may be entitled,
under  statutory  provisions  or  provisions  contained  in the  certificate  or
articles  of  incorporation,  to receive  the  appraised  or fair value of their
holdings),  any Participant to whom an Option or Right has been granted at least
six months prior to such event shall have the right  (subject to the  provisions
of the Plan and any  limitation or vesting  period  applicable to such Option or
Right),  thereafter and during the term of each such Option or Right, to receive
upon  exercise of any such Option or Right an amount  equal to the excess of the
fair market value on the date of such exercise of the securities,  cash or other
property, or combination thereof, receivable upon such merger,  consolidation or
combination  in  respect  of a Share  over the  Exercise  Price of such Right or
Option,  multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which such Option or
Right shall have been exercised. Such amount may be payable fully in cash, fully
in one or  more  of the  kind or  kinds  of  property  payable  in such  merger,
consolidation  or  combination,  or partly in cash and  partly in one or more of
such kind or kinds of property, all in the discretion of the Committee.

     13.  Assignments  and  Transfers.  No Award nor any right or  interest of a
Participant under the Plan in any instrument evidencing any Award under the Plan
may be assigned,  encumbered or transferred except, in the event of the death of
a Participant, by will or the laws of descent and distribution or in the case of
Awards  other than  Incentive  Stock  Options  pursuant to a qualified  domestic
relations  order,  as  defined  in the Code or  Title I of  ERISA  or the  rules
thereunder.

      14. Employee Rights Under the Plan. No director, officer or employee shall
have a right to be selected as a Participant nor, having been so selected, to be
selected  again as a  Participant  and no director,  officer,  employee or other
person  shall have any claim or right to be  granted an Award  under the Plan or
under any other  incentive or similar plan of the  Corporation or any Affiliate.
Neither the Plan nor any action  taken  thereunder  shall be construed as giving
any employee any right to be re tained in the employ of the  Corporation  or any
Affiliate.

      15. Delivery and  Registration of Stock. The  Corporation's  obligation to
deliver Shares with respect to an Award shall, if the Committee so requests,  be
conditioned upon the receipt of a representation as to the investment  intention
of the Participant to whom such Shares are to be delivered,  in such form as the
Committee  shall  determine  to be  necessary  or  advisable  to comply with the
provisions of the Securities  Act of 1933 or any other  Federal,  state or local
securities legislation or regulation. It may be provided that any representation

                                       6
<PAGE>



requirement shall become  inoperative upon a registration of the Shares or other
action  eliminating the necessity of such  representation  under such Securities
Act or other securities  legislation.  The Corporation  shall not be required to
deliver any Shares  under the Plan prior to (i) the  admission of such shares to
listing  on any  stock  exchange  or other  system on which  Shares  may then be
listed,  and (ii) the completion of such registration or other  qualification of
such Shares under any state or Federal law, rule or regulation, as the Committee
shall determine to be necessary or advisable.

     16.  Withholding  Tax. The Corporation  shall have the right to deduct from
all amounts  paid in cash with respect to the exercise of a Right under the Plan
any taxes  required by law to be withheld  with  respect to such cash  payments.
Where a Participant  or other person is entitled to receive  Shares  pursuant to
the exercise of an Option or Right pursuant to the Plan, the  Corporation  shall
have the  right to  require  the  Participant  or such  other  person to pay the
Corporation  the  amount  of any taxes  which the  Corporation  is  required  to
withhold with respect to such Shares, and may, in its sole discretion,  withhold
sufficient Shares to cover the amount of taxes which the Corporation is required
to withhold.

      17.  Amendment or  Termination.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation
may amend,  suspend or  terminate  the Plan or any portion  thereof at any time,
subject to Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations,  but (except as provided in
Section  11  hereof)  no  amendment  shall  be  made  without  approval  of  the
stockholders of the Corporation which shall (i) increase the aggregate number of
Shares with respect to which Awards may be made under the Plan,  (ii) materially
increase the benefits  accruing to  Participants,  (iii)  materially  change the
requirements as to eligibility for  participation in the Plan or (iv) change the
class of persons eligible to participate in the Plan; provided, however, that no
such  amendment,  suspension  or  termination  shall  impair  the  rights of any
Participant,  without his consent, in any Award theretofore made pursuant to the
Plan.

     18.  Effective Date and Term of Plan. The Plan shall become  effective upon
its ratification by stockholders of the Corporation. It shall continue in effect
for a term of ten years  unless  sooner  terminated  under  Section  17  hereof.

      19. Initial Grant. By, and  simultaneously  with, the ratification of this
Plan by the  stockholders of the  Corporation,  the Chairman of the Board of the
Corporation,  each other member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and
each director emeritus at the time of stockholder  ratification of this Plan who
is not a full-time  Employee is hereby granted a ten-year,  Non-Qualified  Stock
Option to purchase .5%, .314% and .05%, respectively,  of the shares sold in the
Conversion at an Exercise Price per share equal to the Market Value per share of
the  Shares  on the date of grant.  Each such  Option  shall be  evidenced  by a
Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  in a  form  approved  by the  Board  of
Directors  and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and  conditions  of
this Plan, which are  controlling.  All Options granted pursuant to this section
shall vest in five equal annual  installments with the first installment vesting
on  the  first  anniversary  of the  date  of  grant,  subject  to the  Director
maintaining  Continuous Service with the Corporation or its Affiliates since the
date of grant.  All Options granted pursuant to this Section 19 shall be rounded
down to the  nearest  whole  share to the  extent  necessary  to ensure  that no
Options to purchase stock representing fractional shares are granted.

                                       7

                                                                    Exhibit 10.3

                        FIRST SECURITYFED FINANCIAL, INC.

                       1997 RECOGNITION AND RETENTION PLAN


     1. Plan  Purpose.  The  purpose  of the Plan is to  promote  the  long-term
interests  of the  Corporation  and its  stockholders  by  providing a means for
attracting  and  retaining  directors,  executive  officers and employees of the
Corporation and its Affiliates.

     2. Definitions. The following definitions are applicable to the Plan:

     "Award" - means  the grant of  Restricted  Stock  pursuant  to the terms of
Section 12 of the Plan or by the Committee, as provided in the Plan.

     "Affiliate" - means any "parent corporation" or "subsidiary corporation" of
the  Corporation,  as  such  terms  are  defined  in  Section  424(e)  and  (f),
respectively, of the Code.

     "Bank" - means First Security  Federal Savings Bank, a savings  institution
and its successors.

     "Beneficiary" - means the person or persons  designated by a Participant to
receive any benefits  payable under the Plan in the event of such  Participant's
death.  Such person or persons shall be designated in writing on forms  provided
for this  purpose  by the  Committee  and may be  changed  from  time to time by
similar  written  notice  to  the  Committee.   In  the  absence  of  a  written
designation,  the Beneficiary  shall be the  Participant's  surviving spouse, if
any, or if none, his estate.

     "Code" - means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     "Committee"  -  means  the  Committee  of the  Board  of  Directors  of the
Corporation referred to in Section 6 hereof.

     "Continuous Service" - means the absence of any interruption or termination
of  service as a  director,  director  emeritus,  advisory  director,  executive
officer or employee of the  Corporation or any  Affiliate.  Service shall not be
considered  interrupted  in the case of sick leave,  military leave or any other
leave of absence  approved by the Corporation or any Affiliate or in the case of
transfers  between  payroll  locations of the  Corporation  or its Affiliates or
between the  Corporation,  its Affiliates or its successor.  With respect to any
director  emeritus  or  advisory   director,   continuous   service  shall  mean
availability to perform such functions as may be required of such individuals.

     "Conversion"  - means the  conversion  of the Bank  from the  mutual to the
stock form of organization.

     "Corporation"  -  means  First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation.

     "Disability" - means any physical or mental  impairment  which qualifies an
employee,  director,  director  emeritus  or  advisor  director  for  disability
benefits under any applicable  long-term  disability plan maintained by the Bank
or an Affiliate,  or, if no such plan applies to such individual,  which renders
such employee or director,  in the judgment of the Committee,  unable to perform
his customary duties and responsibilities.

     "ERISA" - means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as
amended.

     "Non-Employee  Director"  - means a  director  who a) is not  currently  an
officer or  employee  of the  Corporation;  b) is not a former  employee  of the
Corporation  who receives  compensation  for prior  services  (other than from a
tax-qualified  retirement  plan); c) has not been an officer of the Corporation;
d) does not receive remuneration from the Corporation in any capacity other than
as a director;  and e) does not possess an interest in any other transactions or
is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required
under Item 404(a) or (b) of Regulation S-K.

                                       1

<PAGE>

     "Participant" - means any director,  director emeritus,  advisory director,
executive  officer  or  employee  of the  Corporation  or any  Affiliate  who is
selected by the  Committee  to receive an Award or a director  who is granted an
award pursuant to Section 12.

     "Plan" - means the 1997 Recognition and Retention Plan of the Corporation.

     "Restricted  Period" - means the period of time  selected by the  Committee
for the purpose of determining  when  restrictions are in effect under Section 3
hereof with respect to Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan.

     "Restricted Stock" - means Shares which have been contingently awarded to a
Participant by the Committee subject to the restrictions  referred to in Section
3 hereof, so long as such restrictions are in effect.

     "Shares"  - means the  common  stock,  par value  $0.01 per  share,  of the
Corporation.

     3. Terms and Conditions of Restricted  Stock. The Committee shall have full
and complete authority,  subject to the limitations of the Plan, to grant Awards
and, in addition to the terms and conditions contained in paragraphs (a) through
(f) of this  Section 3, to provide such other terms and  conditions  (which need
not be identical among  Participants) in respect of such Awards, and the vesting
thereof,  as  the  Committee  shall  determine,  subject  to  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision Regulations.

(a)  At the time of an award of Restricted  Stock, the Committee shall establish
     for each Participant a Restricted Period, during which or at the expiration
     of which,  as the  Committee  shall  determine and provide in the agreement
     referred  to in  paragraph  (d) of this  Section 3, the  Shares  awarded as
     Restricted  Stock  shall  vest,  and  subject to any such  other  terms and
     conditions as the Committee shall provide,  shares of Restricted  Stock may
     not be sold, assigned, transferred,  pledged, voted or otherwise encumbered
     by the Participant,  except as hereinafter provided,  during the Restricted
     Period. Except for such restrictions, and subject to paragraphs (c) and (e)
     of this Section 3 and Section 4 hereof,  the  Participant  as owner of such
     shares shall have all the rights of a stockholder.

     No  director  who is not an employee  of the  Corporation  shall be granted
     Awards  with  respect  to more than 5% of the total  shares  subject to the
     Plan. All non-employee directors of the Corporation,  in the aggregate, may
     not be granted  Awards  with  respect to more than 30% of the total  shares
     subject to the Plan and no individual  shall be granted Awards with respect
     to more than 25% of the total shares  subject to the Plan.  No Awards shall
     begin  vesting  earlier than one year from the date the Plan is approved by
     stockholders of the Corporation and no Award shall vest at a rate in excess
     of 20% per year,  except in the event of death or disability.  In the event
     Office  of  Thrift  Supervision   Regulations  are  amended  (the  "Amended
     Regulations") to permit shorter vesting periods, any Award made pursuant to
     this  Plan,  which  Award is subject to the  requirements  of such  Amended
     Regulations,  may  vest,  at  the  sole  discretion  of the  Committee,  in
     accordance with such Amended Regulations.

     Subject to compliance with Office of Thrift  Supervision  Regulations,  the
     Committee shall have the authority,  in its  discretion,  to accelerate the
     time at which any or all of the restrictions shall lapse with respect to an
     Award,  or to  remove  any or all of  such  restrictions,  whenever  it may
     determine  that  such  action  is  appropriate  by  reason  of  changes  in
     applicable  tax or other laws or other changes in  circumstances  occurring
     after the commencement of such Restricted Period.

(b)  Except as provided in Section 5 hereof, if a Participant ceases to maintain
     Continuous Service for any reason (other than death or disability),  unless
     the Committee shall  otherwise  determine,  all Shares of Restricted  Stock
     theretofore  awarded  to such  Participant  and  which  at the time of such
     termination of Continuous  Service are subject to the restrictions  imposed
     by  paragraph  (a) of  this  Section  3  shall  upon  such  termination  of
     Continuous  Service be  forfeited  and  returned to the  Corporation.  If a
     Participant  ceases to  maintain  Continuous  Service by reason of death or
     disability,  Restricted Stock then still subject to restrictions imposed by
     paragraph (a) of this Section 3 will be free of those restrictions.

                                       2

<PAGE>

(c)  Each certificate in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the
     Plan shall be  registered in the name of the  Participant  and deposited by
     the  Participant,  together with a stock power endorsed in blank,  with the
     Corporation and shall bear the following (or a similar) legend:

               The  transferability  of this certificate and the shares of stock
          represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions  (including
          forfeiture)  contained in the 1997  Recognition  and Retention Plan of
          First SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc. Copies of such Plan are on file in
          the offices of the Secretary of First SecurityFed Financial, Inc., 936
          N. Western Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60622-4695.

(d)  At the time of any Award,  the  Participant  shall enter into an  Agreement
     with the Corporation in a form specified by the Committee,  agreeing to the
     terms and  conditions of the Award and such other matters as the Committee,
     in its sole discretion, shall determine (the "Restricted Stock Agreement").

(e)  The payment to the Participant of dividends or other distributions declared
     or paid on such  shares  by the  Corporation  shall be  deferred  until the
     lapsing of the restrictions  imposed under paragraph (a) of this Section 3,
     and such dividends or other  distributions shall be held by the Corporation
     for the account of the Participant until such time. There shall be credited
     at the end of each year (or portion thereof)  interest on the amount of the
     deferred  dividends  or  other  distributions  at a rate  per  annum as the
     Committee, in its discretion, may determine.  Payment of deferred dividends
     or other  distributions,  together with interest accrued thereon,  shall be
     made upon the earlier to occur of the lapsing of the  restrictions  imposed
     under  paragraph  (a) of this Section 3 or upon death or  disability of the
     Participant.  Shares of Restricted Stock subject to restriction on the date
     of any shareholder vote shall be voted by an independent  party to be named
     by the Committee.

(f)  At the lapsing of the restrictions imposed by paragraph (a) of this Section
     3, the Corporation  shall deliver to the Participant (or where the relevant
     provision  of  paragraph  (b) of this  Section 3  applies  in the case of a
     deceased Participant, to his legal representative, beneficiary or heir) the
     certificate(s)  and stock power deposited with it pursuant to paragraph (c)
     of this Section 3 and the Shares represented by such  certificate(s)  shall
     be free of the restrictions referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 3.

     4. Adjustments Upon Changes in  Capitalization.  In the event of any change
in the outstanding Shares subsequent to the effective date of the Plan by reason
of  any   reorganization,   recapitalization,   stock  split,   stock  dividend,
combination or exchange of shares,  merger,  consolidation  or any change in the
corporate  structure or Shares of the Corporation,  the maximum aggregate number
and class of shares as to which  Awards  may be  granted  under the Plan and the
number and class of shares with  respect to which Awards  theretofore  have been
granted under the Plan shall be appropriately  adjusted by the Committee,  whose
determination  shall be  conclusive.  Any  shares  of stock or other  securities
received as a result of any of the  foregoing by a  Participant  with respect to
Restricted   Stock   shall  be  subject  to  the  same   restrictions   and  the
certificate(s)  or other  instruments  representing or evidencing such shares or
securities  shall be legended and deposited  with the  Corporation in the manner
provided in Section 3 hereof.

     5. Assignments and Transfers.  During the Restricted  Period,  no Award nor
any  right  or  interest  of a  Participant  under  the  Plan in any  instrument
evidencing  any Award under the Plan may be assigned,  encumbered or transferred
except  (i) in the event of the death of a  Participant,  by will or the laws of
descent and  distribution,  or (ii) pursuant to a qualified  domestic  relations
order as defined in the Code or Title I of ERISA or the rules thereunder.

                                       3

<PAGE>

     6. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by a Committee consisting
of two or more  members,  each of whom  shall be a  Non-Employee  Director.  The
members of the  Committee  shall be  appointed  by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation.  Except as  limited  by the  express  provisions  of the Plan,  the
Committee  shall have sole and complete  authority  and  discretion,  subject to
Office of Thrift Supervision  Regulations,  to (i) select Participants and grant
Awards;  (ii)  determine  the  number of Shares to be subject to types of Awards
generally,  as well as individual Awards granted under the Plan; (iii) determine
the terms and conditions upon which Awards shall be granted under the Plan; (iv)
prescribe  the form and terms of  instruments  evidencing  such grants;  and (v)
establish  from time to time  regulations  for the  administration  of the Plan,
interpret the Plan, and make all  determinations  deemed  necessary or advisable
for the administration of the Plan. The Committee may maintain,  and update from
time  to  time  as  appropriate,   a  list  designating  selected  directors  as
Non-Employee Directors. The purpose of such list shall be to evidence the status
of such  individuals  as  Non-Employee  Directors and the Board of Directors may
appoint to the Committee any  individual  actually  qualifying as a Non-Employee
Directors regardless of whether identified as such on said list.

     A majority of the Committee  shall  constitute a quorum,  and the acts of a
majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present,  or
acts approved in writing by a majority of the Committee without a meeting, shall
be acts of the Committee.

     7.  Shares  Subject to Plan.  Subject to  adjustment  by the  operation  of
Section 4 hereof,  the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Awards may
be made  under the Plan is 4% of the total  Shares  issued in the  Association's
Conversion.  The Shares with  respect to which Awards may be made under the Plan
may be either  authorized  and unissued  Shares or issued  Shares  heretofore or
hereafter  reacquired  and  held as  treasury  Shares.  An  Award  shall  not be
considered  to have been made under the Plan with  respect to  Restricted  Stock
which is forfeited  and new Awards may be granted under the Plan with respect to
the number of Shares as to which such forfeiture has occurred.

     The  Corporation's  obligation  to deliver  Shares with respect to an Award
shall,  if the  Committee  so  requests,  be  conditioned  upon the receipt of a
representation  as to the investment  intention of the  Participant to whom such
Shares are to be delivered,  in such form as the Committee shall determine to be
necessary or advisable to comply with the  provisions of the  Securities  Act of
1933 or any other Federal,  state or local securities legislation or regulation.
It may be provided that any representation  requirement shall become inoperative
upon a registration  of the Shares or other action  eliminating the necessity of
such representation  under such Securities Act or other securities  legislation.
The Corporation shall not be required to deliver any Shares under the Plan prior
to (i) the  admission  of such shares to listing on any stock  exchange on which
Shares may then be listed, and (ii) the completion of such registration or other
qualification of such Shares under any state or Federal law, rule or regulation,
as the Committee shall determine to be necessary or advisable.

     8. Employee Rights Under the Plan. No director, director emeritus, advisory
director, officer or employee shall have a right to be selected as a Participant
nor,  having been so  selected,  to be selected  again as a  Participant  and no
director,  officer, employee or other person shall have any claim or right to be
granted an Award under the Plan or under any other  incentive or similar plan of
the  Corporation  or any  Affiliate.  Neither  the  Plan  nor any  action  taken
thereunder  shall be construed as giving any officer or employee any right to be
retained in the employ of the Corporation, the Bank or any Affiliate.

     9.  Withholding  Tax. Upon the  termination of the  Restricted  Period with
respect to any shares of Restricted Stock (or at such earlier time, if any, that
an election is made by the  Participant  under Section 83(b) of the Code, or any
successor  provision  thereto,  to include  the value of such  shares in taxable
income), the Corporation may, in its sole discretion,  withhold from any payment
or distribution  made under this Plan sufficient  Shares or withhold  sufficient
cash to cover any applicable  withholding and employment  taxes. The Corporation
shall have the right to deduct from all dividends paid with respect to shares of
Restricted  Stock the amount of any taxes which the  Corporation  is required to
withhold with respect to such dividend  payments.  No discretion or choice shall
be conferred upon any Participant with respect to the form,  timing or method of
any such tax withholding.

                                       4

<PAGE>


     10. Amendment or Termination. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may
amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time, subject
to Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations,  but (except as provided in Section
4 hereof) no amendment shall be made without approval of the stockholders of the
Corporation which shall (i) increase the aggregate number of Shares with respect
to which  Awards  may be made  under  the Plan,  (ii)  materially  increase  the
benefits  accruing to Participants,  (iii) materially change the requirements as
to eligibility for participation in the Plan or (iv) change the class of persons
eligible to participate in the Plan; provided,  however, that no such amendment,
suspension or termination  shall impair the rights of any  Participant,  without
his consent, in any Award theretofore made pursuant to the Plan.

     11. Term of Plan. The Plan shall become  effective upon its ratification by
the stockholders of the  Corporation.  It shall continue in effect for a term of
ten years unless sooner terminated under Section 11 hereof.

     12. Director Awards. By, and simultaneously  with, the ratification of this
Plan by the  stockholders of the  Corporation,  the Chairman of the Board of the
Corporation,  each other member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who
is not a full-time  employee of the  Corporation  and each director  emeritus is
hereby  granted  an Award  equal to .2%,  .125% and .02%,  respectively,  of the
shares sold in the  Conversion.  Each of the Awards  granted in this  Section 12
shall be earned in five equal annual  installments,  with the first  installment
vesting on the first  anniversary of the date of grant,  as long as the director
maintains  Continuous Service with the Corporation or its affiliates,  provided,
however,  that no Award  shall be  earned in any  fiscal  year in which the Bank
fails to meet all of its fully phased-in capital requirements.

                                       5

                                                                    Exhibit 10.5

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


     THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of this
________ day of  ______________________,  1997,  by and between  First  Security
Federal Savings Bank (hereinafter  referred to as the  "Association"  whether in
mutual or stock form), and Julian E. Kulas (the "Employee").

     WHEREAS,  the  Employee is  currently  serving as the  President  and Chief
Executive Officer of the Association; and

     WHEREAS,  the  Association  has  adopted a plan of  conversion  whereby the
Association  will  convert to  capital  stock  form as the  subsidiary  of First
SecurityFed Financial, Inc. (the "Holding Company"),  subject to the approval of
the   Association's   members  and  the  Office  of  Thrift   Supervision   (the
"Conversion"); and

     WHEREAS,  the board of directors of the Association  ("Board of Directors")
recognizes that, as is the case with publicly held corporations  generally,  the
possibility of a change in control of the Holding Company and/or the Association
may exist and that such possibility,  and the uncertainty and questions which it
may raise among  management,  may result in the departure or  distraction of key
management  personnel to the detriment of the  Association,  the Holding Company
and their respective stockholders; and

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors believes it is in the best interests of the
Association  to enter into this  Agreement  with the Employee in order to assure
continuity of management of the  Association  and to reinforce and encourage the
continued  attention  and  dedication  of the  Employee to his  assigned  duties
without distraction in the face of potentially disruptive  circumstances arising
from the  possibility  of a change in  control  of the  Holding  Company  or the
Association, although no such change is now contemplated; and

     WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors has approved and  authorized the execution
of this  Agreement  with the  Employee  to take  effect as  stated in  Section 2
hereof;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

     1. Definitions.

     (a) The term  "Change in  Control"  means (1) an event of a nature that (i)
results in a change in control of the  Association or the Holding Company within
the meaning of the Home  Owners'  Loan Act of 1933 and 12 C.F.R.  Part 574 as in
effect on the date hereof;  or (ii) would be required to be reported in response
to Item 1 of the current  report on Form 8-K,  as in effect on the date  hereof,
pursuant  to Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 (the
"Exchange Act"); (2) any person (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)
of the  Exchange  Act) is or becomes  the  beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule
13d-3 under the Exchange  Act),  directly or  indirectly  of  securities  of the
Association or the Holding Company representing 20% or more of the Association's
or the Holding Company's outstanding securities; (3) individuals who are members
of the board of directors of the  Association or the Holding Company on the date
hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to  constitute at least a
majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the
date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least  three-quarters of
the directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board, or whose nomination for election
by the Holding Company's  stockholders was approved by the nominating  committee
serving under an Incumbent Board,  shall be considered a member of the Incumbent
Board; or (4) a plan of  reorganization,  merger  consolidation,  sale of all or
substantially  all of the assets of the  Association or the Holding Company or a
similar  transaction in which the  Association or the Holding Company is not the
resulting entity.  The term "change in control" shall not include an acquisition
of  securities  by an employee  benefit plan of the  Association  or the Holding
Company or the  acquisition  of  securities  of the  Association  by the Holding
Company in connection with the Conversion.  In the application of 12 C.F.R. Part
574 to a determination of a Change in Control,  determinations to be made by the
OTS or its  Director  under  such  regulations  shall  be made by the  Board  of
Directors.

                                       1

<PAGE>

     (b) The  term  "Commencement  Date"  means  the date of  completion  of the
Conversion.

     (c) The term "Date of  Termination"  means the earlier of (1) the date upon
which the  Association  gives notice to the Employee of the  termination  of his
employment  with the  Association or (2) the date upon which the Employee ceases
to serve as an Employee of the Association.

     (d)  The  term   "Involuntarily   Termination"  means  termination  of  the
employment of Employee without his express written consent,  and shall include a
material   diminution   of  or   interference   with  the   Employee's   duties,
responsibilities  and benefits as President and Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Association,  including (without limitation) any of the following actions unless
consented to in writing by the Employee: (1) a change in the principal workplace
of the Employee to a location outside of a 30 mile radius from the Association's
headquarters  office as of the date  hereof;  (2) a  material  reduction  in the
number or seniority of other Association  personnel reporting to the Employee or
a  material  reduction  in the  frequency  with  which,  or in the nature of the
matters  with  respect to which such  personnel  are to report to the  Employee,
other than as part of a Association- or Holding Company-wide reduction in staff;
(3) a material adverse change in the Employee's salary,  perquisites,  benefits,
contingent  benefits  or  vacation,  other  than as part of an  overall  program
applied  uniformly  and with  equitable  effect  to all  members  of the  senior
management of the Association or the Holding Company;  (4) a material  permanent
increase in the required hours of work or the workload of the Employee;  and (5)
a material demotion of the Employee. The term "Involuntary Termination" does not
include  Termination  for Cause or  termination of employment due to retirement,
death,  disability  or  suspension  or temporary or permanent  prohibition  from
participation in the conduct of the Association's affairs under Section 8 of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA").

     (e) The terms  "Termination  for Cause"  and  "Terminated  for Cause"  mean
termination of the employment of the Employee because of the Employee's personal
dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful  misconduct,  breach  of  a  fiduciary  duty
involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful
violation of any law,  rule,  or  regulation  (other than traffic  violations or
similar  offenses) or final  cease-and-desist  order,  or material breach of any
provision  of this  Agreement.  The  Employee  shall  not be deemed to have been
Terminated  for Cause  unless and until there shall have been  delivered  to the
Employee a copy of a  resolution,  duly adopted by the  affirmative  vote of not
less than a majority of the entire  membership  of the Board of Directors of the
Association  at a meeting of the Board called and held for such  purpose  (after
reasonable notice to the Employee and an opportunity for the Employee,  together
with the Employee's counsel, to be heard before the Board),  stating that in the
good  faith  opinion  of the Board  the  Employee  has  engaged  in the  conduct
described in the preceding  sentence and specifying the  particulars  thereof in
detail.

                                       2

<PAGE>

     2.  Term.  The term of this  Agreement  shall be a  period  of three  years
commencing on the Commencement Date, subject to earlier  termination as provided
herein.   Beginning  on  the  first  annual   anniversary   date  following  the
Commencement Date, and on each annual  anniversary date thereafter,  the term of
this  Agreement  shall be  extended  for a period of one year in addition to the
then-remaining  term,  provided that (1) the Association has not given notice to
the  Employee  in writing at least 90 days prior to such  renewal  date that the
term of this  Agreement  shall not be  extended  further;  and (2) prior to such
renewal date, the Board of Directors of the Association has explicitly  reviewed
and approved the extension. Reference herein to the term of this Agreement shall
refer to both such initial term and such extended terms.

     3.  Employment.  The  Employee  is  employed  as the  President  and  Chief
Executive Officer of the Association.  As President and Chief Executive Officer,
Employee  shall  render  such  administrative  and  management  services  as are
customarily performed by persons situated in similar executive  capacities,  and
shall have such other powers and duties of an officer of the  Association as the
Board of Directors may prescribe from time to time.

     4. Compensation.

     (a) Salary.  The Association  agrees to pay the Employee during the term of
this Agreement the salary established by the Board of Directors,  which shall be
at least the Employee's salary in effect as of the Commencement Date. The amount
of the Employee's salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors,  beginning
not later than the first  anniversary of the Commencement  Date.  Adjustments in
salary or other  compensation  shall not limit or reduce any other obligation of
the Association under this Agreement.  The Employee's salary in effect from time
to time during the term of this Agreement shall not thereafter be reduced.

     (b) Discretionary Bonuses. The Employee shall be entitled to participate in
an equitable  manner with all other  executive  officers of the  Association  in
discretionary  bonuses as  authorized  and declared by the Board of Directors to
its executive  employees.  No other compensation  provided for in this Agreement
shall be deemed a substitute  for the  Employee's  right to  participate in such
bonuses when and as declared by the Board of Directors.

     (c)   Expenses.   The  Employee   shall  be  entitled  to  receive   prompt
reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Employee in performing
services  under this  Agreement in accordance  with the policies and  procedures
applicable  to the  executive  officers of the  Association,  provided  that the
Employee  accounts  for such  expenses  as  required  under  such  policies  and
procedures.

                                       3

<PAGE>



     5. Benefits.

     (a)  Participation  in Retirement and Employee  Benefit Plans. The Employee
shall be  entitled to  participate  in all plans  relating  to pension,  thrift,
profit-sharing,  group life insurance,  medical and dental coverage,  education,
cash bonuses, and other retirement or employee benefits or combinations thereof,
in which the Association's  executive  officers  participate.  In addition,  the
Employee  shall be entitled to be considered for benefits under all of the stock
and stock  option  related  plans  adopted for the benefit of the  Association's
executive or other employees.

     (b) Fringe Benefits.  The Employee shall be eligible to participate in, and
receive  benefits under,  any other fringe benefit plans which are or may become
applicable to the Association's executive officers.

     6. Vacations; Leave. The Employee shall be entitled to annual paid vacation
in  accordance  with the  policies  established  by the  Association's  Board of
Directors for executive  employees  and to voluntary  leave of absence,  with or
without  pay,  from time to time at such times and upon such  conditions  as the
Board of Directors of the Association may determine in its discretion.

     7. Termination of Employment.

     (a)  Involuntary  Termination.  The Board of Directors  may  terminate  the
Employee's  employment at any time,  but,  except in the case of Termination for
Cause,  termination of employment  shall not prejudice the  Employee's  right to
compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. In the event of Involuntary
Termination  other than in connection  with or within twelve (12) months after a
Change in Control,  (1) the  Association  shall pay to the  Employee  during the
remaining term of this Agreement,  his salary at the rate in effect  immediately
prior to the Date of  Termination,  payable in such  manner and at such times as
such  salary  would have been  payable to the  Employee  under  Section 2 if the
Employee  had  continued  to  be  employed  by  the  Association,  and  (2)  the
Association  shall  provide to the Employee  during the  remaining  term of this
Agreement  health  benefits as maintained by the  Association for the benefit of
its  executive  officers  from time to time  during  the  remaining  term of the
Agreement.

     (b)  Termination  for Cause.  In the event of  termination  for cause,  the
Association  shall pay the Employee his salary through the date of  termination,
and the Association shall have no further  obligation to the Employee under this
Agreement.

     (c) Voluntary  Termination.  The  Employee's  employment may be voluntarily
terminated  by the  Employee  at any time  upon 90 days  written  notice  to the
Association  or upon  such  shorter  period as may be agreed  upon  between  the
Employee  and the Board of Directors  of the  Association.  In the event of such
voluntary termination, the Association shall be obligated to continue to pay the
Employee his salary and benefits  only through the date of  termination,  at the
time such payments are due, and the Association shall have no further obligation
to the Employee under this Agreement.

     (d)  Change  in  Control.  In  the  event  of  Involuntary  Termination  in
connection  with or within 12 months  after a change in control  which occurs at
any time while the Employee is employed under this  Agreement,  the  Association
shall, subject to Section 8 of this Agreement, (1) pay to the Employee in a lump
sum in cash  within 25  business  days after the Date of  Termination  an amount
equal to 299% of the Employee's  "base amount" as defined in Section 280G of the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code");  and (2) provide to the
Employee during the remaining term of this Agreement such health benefits as are
maintained for executive  officers of the  Association  from time to time during
the remaining term of this Agreement.

                                       4

<PAGE>

     (e)  Death;  Disability.  In the event of the death of the  Employee  while
employed  under this Agreement and prior to any  termination of employment,  the
Employee's estate, or such person as the Employee may have previously designated
in writing,  shall be entitled to receive from the Association the salary of the
Employee  through the last day of the calendar month in which the Employee died.
If the Employee  becomes disabled as defined in the  Association's  then current
disability  plan or if the Employee is otherwise  unable to serve in his present
capacity,  the Employee shall be entitled to receive group and other  disability
income  benefits of the type then  provided  by the  Association  for  executive
officers.  In  the  event  of  such  disability,  this  Agreement  shall  not be
suspended.  However,  the  Association  shall be  obligated  to pay the Employee
compensation  pursuant  to  Sections  4(a) and (b) hereof only to the extent the
Employee's salary, in the absence of such disability,  would exceed (on an after
tax basis) the disability  income benefits  received pursuant to this paragraph.
In addition, the Association shall have the right, upon resolution of its Board,
to  discontinue  paying cash  compensation  pursuant  to  Sections  4(a) and (b)
beginning six months following a determination  that Employee  qualifies for the
foregoing disability income benefits.

     (f)  Temporary  Suspension  or  Prohibition.  If the  Employee is suspended
and/or  temporarily   prohibited  from  participating  in  the  conduct  of  the
Association's  affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the
FDIA, 12 U.S.C. ' 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1),  the  Association's  obligations  under
this  Agreement  shall be suspended as of the date of service,  unless stayed by
appropriate  proceedings.  If the  charges  in the  notice  are  dismissed,  the
Association  may in its  discretion  (1)  pay  the  Employee  all or part of the
compensation  withheld while its obligations under this Agreement were suspended
and  (ii)  reinstate  in  whole or in part  any of its  obligations  which  were
suspended.

     (g) Permanent Suspension or Prohibition.  If the Employee is removed and/or
permanently  prohibited from  participating in the conduct of the  Association's
affairs by an order  issued  under  Section  8(e)(4)  or (g)(1) of the FDIA,  12
U.S.C. ' 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1),  all obligations of the  Association  under this
Agreement  shall  terminate as of the  effective  date of the order,  but vested
rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

     (h)  Default of the  Association.  If the  Association  is in  default  (as
defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the FDIA),  all  obligations  under this Agreement
shall  terminate as of the date of default,  but this provision shall not affect
any vested rights of the contracting parties.

     (i) Termination by Regulators.  All obligations  under this Agreement shall
be  terminated,  except  to the  extent  determined  that  continuation  of this
Agreement is necessary for the continued  operation of the  Association:  (1) by
the Director of the Office of Thrift  Supervision (the "Director") or his or her
designee,  at  the  time  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or  the
Resolution Trust Corporation  enters into an agreement to provide  assistance to
or on behalf of the Association  under the authority  contained in Section 13(c)
of the FDIA;  or (2) by the  Director  or his or her  designee,  at the time the
Director  or his or her  designee  approves  a  supervisory  merger  to  resolve
problems  related to operation of the  Association  or when the  Association  is
determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound  condition.  Any rights
of the parties that have already vested,  however,  shall not be affected by any
such action.

                                       5

<PAGE>

     (j) Section  563.39(b).  So long as 12 C.F.R. ' 563.39(b)(1995)  remains in
effect  and  applicable  to  the  Association,  in  the  event  that  any of the
termination   provisions  of  this   Agreement   conflict   with  12  C.F.R.   '
563.39(b)(1995), the latter shall prevail.

     8. Certain Reduction of Payments by the Association.

     (a)  Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of this Agreement,  if payments
under  this  Agreement,  together  with any  other  payments  received  or to be
received by the Employee in connection  with a Change in Control would cause any
amount to be nondeductible by the Association or the Holding Company for federal
income tax purposes  pursuant to Section 280G of the Code,  then benefits  under
this Agreement shall be reduced (not less than zero) to the extent  necessary so
as to maximize  payments to the  Employee  without  causing any amount to become
nondeductible  by the  Association  or the Holding  Company.  The Employee shall
determine the allocation of such reduction among payments to the Employee.

     (b) Any  payments  made to the  Employee  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  or
otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned  upon their compliance with 12 U.S.C.
1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

     (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement,  payments under
Section 7 of this Agreement shall not exceed three times the Employee's  average
annual compensation based on the most recent five taxable years.

     9. No Mitigation. The Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount
of any salary or other  payment or benefit  provided  for in this  Agreement  by
seeking other  employment  or otherwise,  nor shall the amount of any payment or
benefit provided for in this Agreement be reduced by any compensation  earned by
the Employee as the result of  employment  by another  employer,  by  retirement
benefits after the date of termination or otherwise.

     10.  Attorneys  Fees. In the event the  Association  exercises its right of
Termination for Cause, but it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction
or by an  arbitrator  pursuant  to  Section 18 that cause did not exist for such
termination, or if in any event it is determined by any such court or arbitrator
that the  Association  has failed to make timely  payment of any amounts owed to
the  Employee  under  this   Agreement,   the  Employee  shall  be  entitled  to
reimbursement for all reasonable costs,  including  attorneys' fees, incurred in
challenging  such  termination or collecting  such amounts.  Such  reimbursement
shall be in addition to all rights to which the Employee is  otherwise  entitled
under this Agreement.

     11. No Assignments.

     (a) his  Agreement is personal to each of the parties  hereto,  and neither
party may assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations  hereunder without
first obtaining the written consent of the other party; provided,  however, that
the  Association  shall  require  any  successor  or assign  (whether  direct or
indirect,   by  purchase,   merger,   consolidation  or  otherwise)  to  all  or
substantially  all of the  business  and/or  assets  of the  Association,  by an
assumption  agreement in form and substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to
expressly  assume and agree to perform this  Agreement in the same manner and to
the same extent that the Association  would be required to perform it if no such
succession or assignment had taken place.  Failure of the  Association to obtain
such an assumption  agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any such succession
or assignment shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Employee
to compensation from the Association in the same amount and on the same terms as
the compensation  pursuant to Section 7(d) hereof.  For purposes of implementing
the  provisions  of this Section  12(a),  the date on which any such  succession
becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

                                       6

<PAGE>

     (b) This Agreement and all rights of the Employee  hereunder shall inure to
the  benefit  of and  be  enforceable  by  the  Employee's  personal  and  legal
representatives,  executors,  administrators,  successors,  heirs, distributees,
devisees and legatees.  If the Employee should die while any amounts would still
be payable to the Employee  hereunder if the Employee had continued to live, all
such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement to the Employee's devisee, legatee or other designee
or if there is no such designee, to the Employee's estate.

     12.  Notice.  For the  purposes  of this  Agreement,  notices and all other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when  personally  delivered  or sent by certified
mail, return receipt requested,  postage prepaid, to the Association at its home
office the  attention of the Board of Directors  with a copy to the Secretary of
the  Association,  or, if the  Employee,  to such home or other  address  as the
Employee has most recently provided in writing to the Association.

     13.  Amendments.  No  amendments  or additions to this  Agreement  shall be
binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise
provided.

     14. Paragraph  Headings.  The paragraph headings used in this Agreement are
included solely for  convenience and shall not affect,  or be used in connection
with, the interpretation of this Agreement.

     15.  Severability.  The  provisions  of  this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

     16.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the
United States to the extent applicable and otherwise by the laws of the State of
Illinois.

     17. Arbitration.  Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection
with this  Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in accordance
with the rules of the American Arbitration  Association then in effect. Judgment
may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day
and year first above written.

     THIS  AGREEMENT  CONTAINS  A  BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION  WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

ATTEST:                                      FIRST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK




____________________________                 By: _______________________________
Lila Maria Bodnar, Secretary                     Paul Nadzikewycz
                                            Its: Chairman

                                                 EMPLOYEE




                                                 _______________________________
                                                 Julian E. Kulas

                                       8


                                                                    Exhibit 10.6

                      CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

     THIS  CHANGE  IN  CONTROL  SEVERANCE  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  is made and
entered into as of this _______ day of __________________,  1997, by and between
First  Security   Federal   Savings  Bank   (hereinafter   referred  to  as  the
"Association"  whether  in mutual or stock  form),  and Harry I.  Kucewicz  (the
"Employee").

     WHEREAS, the Employee is currently serving as Treasurer and Chief Operating
and Financial Officer of the Association; and

     WHEREAS,  the  Association  has  adopted a plan of  conversion  whereby the
Association  will  convert to  capital  stock  form as the  subsidiary  of First
SecurityFed Financial, Inc. (the "Holding Company"),  subject to the approval of
the   Association's   members  and  the  Office  of  Thrift   Supervision   (the
"Conversion"); and

     WHEREAS,  the board of directors of the Association  ("Board of Directors")
recognizes that, as is the case with publicly held corporations  generally,  the
possibility of a change in control of the Holding Company and/or the Association
may exist and that such possibility,  and the uncertainty and questions which it
may raise among  management,  may result in the departure or  distraction of key
management  personnel to the detriment of the  Association,  the Holding Company
and their respective stockholders; and

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors believes it is in the best interests of the
Association  to enter into this  Agreement  with the Employee in order to assure
continuity of management of the  Association  and to reinforce and encourage the
continued  attention and dedication of the Employee to the  Employee's  assigned
duties without distraction in the face of potentially  disruptive  circumstances
arising from the  possibility  of a change in control of the Holding  Company or
the Association, although no such change is now contemplated; and

     WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors has approved and  authorized the execution
of this  Agreement  with the  Employee  to take  effect as  stated in  Section 2
hereof;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

1. Definitions.

     (a)  The term  "Change in Control"  means (1) an event of a nature that (i)
          results  in a change in  control  of the  Association  or the  Holding
          Company within the meaning of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933 and 12
          C.F.R.  Part 574 as in effect  on the date  hereof;  or (ii)  would be
          required to be reported in response to Item 1 of the current report on
          Form 8-K, as in effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant to Section 13 or
          15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"); (2)
          any  person  (as the term is used in  Section  13(d)  and 14(d) of the
          Exchange Act) is or becomes the  beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule
          13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly of securities of
          the Association or the Holding Company representing 20% or more of the
          Association's or the Holding  Company's  outstanding  securities;  (3)
          individuals  who  are  members  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the
          Association or the Holding  Company on the date hereof (the "Incumbent
          Board")  cease  for any  reason  to  constitute  at  least a  majority
          thereof,  provided that any person  becoming a director  subsequent to
          the date  hereof  whose  election  was  approved by a vote of at least
          three-quarters  of the directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board,  or
          whose  nomination for election by the Holding  Company's  stockholders
          was approved by the  nominating  committee  serving under an Incumbent
          Board,  shall be considered a member of the Incumbent  Board; or (4) a
          reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  sale of all or substantially
          all of the  assets of the  Association  or the  Holding  Company  or a
          similar transaction in which the Association or the Holding Company is
          not the  resulting  entity.  The term  "Change in  Control"  shall not
          include an  acquisition  of securities by an employee  benefit plan of
          the   Association  or  the  Holding  Company  or  the  acquisition  of
          securities  of the  Association  by the Holding  Company in connection
          with the Conversion.

                                       1

<PAGE>

     (b)  The term  "Commencement  Date"  means  the date of  completion  of the
          Association's conversion to stock form

     (c)  The term "Date of Termination"  means the earlier of (1) the date upon
          which the Association  gives notice to the Employee of the termination
          of the Employee's employment with the Association or (2) the date upon
          which the Employee ceases to serve as an employee of the Association.

     (d)  The term "Involuntary Termination" means termination of the employment
          of Employee without the Employee's express written consent, and shall,
          subject to the last  sentence  in this  paragraph,  include a material
          diminution   of  or   interference   with   the   Employee's   duties,
          responsibilities  and benefits as Treasurer  and Chief  Operating  and
          Financial Officer of the Association,  including (without  limitation)
          any of the  following  actions  unless  consented to in writing by the
          Employee: (1) a change in the principal workplace of the Employee to a
          location   outside  of  a  30  mile  radius  from  the   Association's
          headquarters  office as of the date hereof; (2) a material demotion of
          the Employee;  (3) a material  reduction in the number or seniority of
          other  Association  personnel  reporting to the Employee or a material
          reduction in the frequency with which, or in the nature of the matters
          with respect to which,  such  personnel are to report to the Employee,
          other than as part of a Association- or Holding Company-wide reduction
          in staff;  (4) a material  adverse  change in the  Employee's  salary,
          other than as part of an overall  program  applied  uniformly and with
          equitable  effect  to all  members  of the  senior  management  of the
          Association  or the  Holding  Company;  and (5) a  material  permanent
          increase  in  the  required  hours  of  work  or the  workload  of the
          Employee.   The  term  "Involuntary   Termination"  does  not  include
          Termination  for Cause or termination of employment due to retirement,
          death,  disability or suspension or temporary or permanent prohibition
          from  participation in the conduct of the Association's  affairs under
          Section 8 of the Federal Deposit  Insurance Act ("FDIA") and shall not
          include a material  diminution of or interference  with the Employee's
          duties,  responsibilities  and  benefits  unless the  employee  or the
          Association  submits written notice of involuntary  termination within
          120 days thereof.

     (e)  The terms  "Termination  for Cause" and  "Terminated  For Cause"  mean
          termination  of  the  employment  of  the  Employee   because  of  the
          Employee's  personal  dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful  misconduct,
          breach of a fiduciary  duty  involving  personal  profit,  intentional
          failure to perform stated duties,  willful violation of any law, rule,
          or regulation  (other than traffic  violations or similar offenses) or
          final  cease-and-desist  order, or material breach of any provision of
          this Agreement.

2.   Term. The term of this Agreement shall be a period of two years  commencing
     on the  Commencement  Date,  subject to  earlier  termination  as  provided
     herein. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, and on
     each anniversary thereafter until the first anniversary of the Commencement
     Date after the Employee reaches age 65, the term of this Agreement shall be
     extended for a period of one year in addition to the  then-remaining  term,
     provided  that,  prior to such  anniversary,  the Board of Directors of the
     Association explicitly reviews and approves the extension. Reference herein
     to the term of this  Agreement  shall refer to both such  initial  term and
     such extended terms.

                                       2

<PAGE>

3. Severance Benefits; Regulatory Provisions.

     (a)  Involuntary Termination in Connection With a Change in Control. In the
          event of  Involuntary  Termination  in  connection  with or  within 24
          months after a Change in Control  which occurs during the term of this
          Agreement,  the  Association  shall,  subject  to  Section  4 of  this
          Agreement,  (1) pay to the  Employee  in a lump sum in cash  within 25
          business days after the Date of Termination an amount equal to 200% of
          the  Employee's  "base  amount"  as  defined  in  Section  280G of the
          Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code");  and (2)
          provide to the Employee  during the remaining  term of this  Agreement
          such health  insurance  benefits  as the  Association  maintained  for
          executive officers at the Date of Termination on terms as favorable to
          the  Employee  as  applied  at the Date of  Termination.  The total of
          payments to the  Employee  under this  section  shall not exceed three
          times his average compensation from the Association over the five most
          recent taxable years (or, if employed by the Association for a shorter
          period, over the period of his employment by the Association).

     (b)  Temporary  Suspension  or  Prohibition.  If the  Employee is suspended
          and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
          Association's  affairs by a notice  served  under  Section  8(e)(3) or
          (g)(1)  of  the  FDIA,  12  U.S.C.  '  1818(e)(3)   and  (g)(1),   the
          Association's  obligations  under this Agreement shall be suspended as
          of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate  proceedings.  If
          the charges in the notice are dismissed,  the  Association  may in its
          discretion  (i) pay  the  Employee  all or  part  of the  compensation
          withheld while its obligations under this Agreement were suspended and
          (ii) reinstate in whole or in part any of its  obligations  which were
          suspended.

     (c)  Permanent Suspension or Prohibition. If the Employee is removed and/or
          permanently  prohibited  from  participating  in  the  conduct  of the
          Association's  affairs by an order  issued  under  Section  8(e)(4) or
          (g)(1) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. ' 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1), all obligations
          of the  Association  under this  Agreement  shall  terminate as of the
          effective  date of the  order,  but vested  rights of the  contracting
          parties shall not be affected.

     (d)  Default of the  Association.  If the  Association  is in  default  (as
          defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the FDIA),  all  obligations  under this
          Agreement  shall  terminate  as of  the  date  of  default,  but  this
          provision  shall not  affect  any  vested  rights  of the  contracting
          parties.

     (e)  Termination by Regulators.  All obligations under this Agreement shall
          be terminated,  except to the extent  determined that  continuation of
          this  Agreement  is  necessary  for  the  continued  operation  of the
          Association:  (1) by the Director of the Office of Thrift  Supervision
          (the  "Director")  or his or her  designee,  at the time  the  Federal
          Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or the Resolution  Trust  Corporation
          enters into an agreement to provide  assistance to or on behalf of the
          Association  under the  authority  contained  in Section  13(c) of the
          FDIA; or (2) by the Director or his or her  designee,  at the time the
          Director  or his or her  designee  approves  a  supervisory  merger to
          resolve  problems  related to operation of the Association or when the
          Association  is  determined  by the  Director  to be in an  unsafe  or
          unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
          however,  shall  not  be  affected  by any  such  action.

                                       3

<PAGE>
4. Certain Reduction of Payments by the Association.


     (a)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this  Agreement,  if the value
          and amounts of benefits under this Agreement,  together with any other
          amounts  and the value of  benefits  received or to be received by the
          Employee in connection with a Change in Control would cause any amount
          to be  nondeductible  by the  Association  or the Holding  Company for
          federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, then
          amounts and benefits under this  Agreement  shall be reduced (not less
          than zero) to the extent  necessary so as to maximize  amounts and the
          value of benefits to the Employee without causing any amount to become
          nondeductible by the Association or the Holding Company pursuant to or
          by reason of such Section  280G.  The  Employee  shall  determine  the
          allocation  of such  reduction  among  payments  and  benefits  to the
          Employee.

     (b)  Any  payments  made to the  Employee  pursuant to this  Agreement,  or
          otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned  upon their compliance with
          12 U.S.C. ' 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

5.   No Mitigation. The Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount of
     any salary or other  payment or benefit  provided for in this  Agreement by
     seeking other employment or otherwise,  nor shall the amount of any payment
     or benefit  provided for in this  Agreement be reduced by any  compensation
     earned by the Employee as the result of employment by another employer,  by
     retirement benefits after the date of termination or otherwise.

6.   Attorneys and/or Fees. If the Employee is purportedly  Terminated for Cause
     and the  Association  denies payments and/or benefits under Section 3(a) of
     this Agreement on the basis that the Employee  experienced  Termination for
     Cause rather than Involuntary Termination,  but it is determined by a court
     of competent  jurisdiction or by an arbitrator  pursuant to Section 13 that
     cause as  contemplated  by Section 2(e) of this Agreement did not exist for
     termination  of  the  Employee's  employment,  or if  in  any  event  it is
     determined by any such court or arbitrator  that the Association has failed
     to make timely  payment of any amounts or provision of any benefits owed to
     the  Employee  under this  Agreement,  the  Employee  shall be  entitled to
     reimbursement for all reasonable costs, including attorneys' fees, incurred
     in challenging such termination of employment or collecting such amounts or
     benefits.  Such  reimbursement  shall be in addition to all rights to which
     the Employee is otherwise entitled under this Agreement.

7.   No Assignments.

     (a)  This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto,  and neither
          party  may  assign  or  delegate  any of  its  rights  or  obligations
          hereunder  without first  obtaining  the written  consent of the other
          party;  provided,  however,  that the  Association  shall  require any
          successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,
          consolidation  or  otherwise)  to  all  or  substantially  all  of the
          business and/or assets of the Association,  by an assumption agreement
          in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to  expressly
          assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement in the same manner and to
          the same extent that the  Association  would be required to perform it
          if no such  succession or assignment  had taken place.  Failure of the
          Association  to  obtain  such an  assumption  agreement  prior  to the
          effectiveness  of any such succession or assignment  shall be a breach
          of this Agreement and shall entitle the Employee to compensation  from
          the  Association  in the  same  amount  and on the  same  terms as the
          compensation   pursuant  to  Section  3(a)  hereof.  For  purposes  of
          implementing  the  provisions of this Section 7(a),  the date on which
          any such  succession  becomes  effective  shall be deemed  the Date of
          Termination.

                                       4

<PAGE>

     (b)  This Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to
          the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's personal and legal
          representatives,   executors,   administrators,   successors,   heirs,
          distributees,  devisees and legatees. If the Employee should die while
          any amounts  would still be payable to the  Employee  hereunder if the
          Employee had  continued to live,  all such amounts,  unless  otherwise
          provided  herein,  shall be paid in accordance  with the terms of this
          Agreement to the Employee's  devisee,  legatee or other designee or if
          there is no such designee, to the Employee's estate.

8.   Notice.  For  the  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  notices  and  all  other
     communications  provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall
     be deemed to have been duly  given  when  personally  delivered  or sent by
     certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,   postage  prepaid,   to  the
     Association at its home office,  to the attention of the Board of Directors
     with a copy to the Secretary of the Association, or, if to the Employee, to
     such home or other  address as the Employee has most  recently  provided in
     writing to the Association.

9.   Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement  shall be binding
     unless in writing and signed by both  parties,  except as herein  otherwise
     provided.

10.  Headings.  The headings  used in this  Agreement  are  included  solely for
     convenience  and shall  not  affect,  or be used in  connection  with,  the
     interpretation of this Agreement.

11.  Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement  shall be deemed  severable
     and the invalidity or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not affect
     the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

12.  Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the United
     States to the extent  applicable  and otherwise by the laws of the State of
     Illinois.

13.  Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with
     this  Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in accordance
     with the rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in  effect.
     Judgment  may be  entered  on the  arbitrator's  award in any court  having
     jurisdiction.

                                       5

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day
and year first above written.

     THIS  AGREEMENT  CONTAINS  A  BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION  WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

ATTEST:                                      FIRST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK


_____________________________                ___________________________________
Lila Maria Bodnar, Secretary                 By:     Julian E. Kulas
                                             Its:    President and Chief 
                                                     Executive Officer


                                             EMPLOYEE



                                             ___________________________________
                                             Harry I. Kucewicz


                                       6

                                                                    Exhibit 10.7

                      CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

     THIS  CHANGE  IN  CONTROL  SEVERANCE  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  is made and
entered into as of this _______ day of __________________,  1997, by and between
First  Security   Federal   Savings  Bank   (hereinafter   referred  to  as  the
"Association"  whether  in  mutual  or  stock  form),  and  Mary  H.  Korb  (the
"Employee").

     WHEREAS, the Employee is currently serving as Vice President-Lending of the
Association; and

     WHEREAS,  the  Association  has  adopted a plan of  conversion  whereby the
Association  will  convert to  capital  stock  form as the  subsidiary  of First
SecurityFed Financial, Inc. (the "Holding Company"),  subject to the approval of
the   Association's   members  and  the  Office  of  Thrift   Supervision   (the
"Conversion"); and

     WHEREAS,  the board of directors of the Association  ("Board of Directors")
recognizes that, as is the case with publicly held corporations  generally,  the
possibility of a change in control of the Holding Company and/or the Association
may exist and that such possibility,  and the uncertainty and questions which it
may raise among  management,  may result in the departure or  distraction of key
management  personnel to the detriment of the  Association,  the Holding Company
and their respective stockholders; and

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors believes it is in the best interests of the
Association  to enter into this  Agreement  with the Employee in order to assure
continuity of management of the  Association  and to reinforce and encourage the
continued  attention and dedication of the Employee to the  Employee's  assigned
duties without distraction in the face of potentially  disruptive  circumstances
arising from the  possibility  of a change in control of the Holding  Company or
the Association, although no such change is now contemplated; and

     WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors has approved and  authorized the execution
of this  Agreement  with the  Employee  to take  effect as  stated in  Section 2
hereof;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

1. Definitions.

     (a)  The term  "Change in Control"  means (1) an event of a nature that (i)
          results  in a change in  control  of the  Association  or the  Holding
          Company within the meaning of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933 and 12
          C.F.R.  Part 574 as in effect  on the date  hereof;  or (ii)  would be
          required to be reported in response to Item 1 of the current report on
          Form 8-K, as in effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant to Section 13 or
          15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"); (2)
          any  person  (as the term is used in  Section  13(d)  and 14(d) of the
          Exchange Act) is or becomes the  beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule
          13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly of securities of
          the Association or the Holding Company representing 20% or more of the
          Association's or the Holding  Company's  outstanding  securities;  (3)
          individuals  who  are  members  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the
          Association or the Holding  Company on the date hereof (the "Incumbent
          Board")  cease  for any  reason  to  constitute  at  least a  majority
          thereof,  provided that any person  becoming a director  subsequent to
          the date  hereof  whose  election  was  approved by a vote of at least
          three-quarters  of the directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board,  or
          whose  nomination for election by the Holding  Company's  stockholders
          was approved by the  nominating  committee  serving under an Incumbent
          Board,  shall be considered a member of the Incumbent  Board; or (4) a
          reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  sale of all or substantially
          all of the  assets of the  Association  or the  Holding  Company  or a
          similar transaction in which the Association or the Holding Company is
          not the  resulting  entity.  The term  "Change in  Control"  shall not
          include an  acquisition  of securities by an employee  benefit plan of
          the   Association  or  the  Holding  Company  or  the  acquisition  of
          securities  of the  Association  by the Holding  Company in connection
          with the Conversion.

                                       1

<PAGE>

     (b)  The term  "Commencement  Date"  means  the date of  completion  of the
          Association's conversion to stock form

     (c)  The term "Date of Termination"  means the earlier of (1) the date upon
          which the Association  gives notice to the Employee of the termination
          of the Employee's employment with the Association or (2) the date upon
          which the Employee ceases to serve as an employee of the Association.

     (d)  The term "Involuntary Termination" means termination of the employment
          of Employee without the Employee's express written consent, and shall,
          subject to the last  sentence  in this  paragraph,  include a material
          diminution   of  or   interference   with   the   Employee's   duties,
          responsibilities  and  benefits  as  Vice   President-Lending  of  the
          Association,  including  (without  limitation)  any of  the  following
          actions unless  consented to in writing by the Employee:  (1) a change
          in the principal  workplace of the Employee to a location outside of a
          30 mile radius from the  Association's  headquarters  office as of the
          date hereof;  (2) a material demotion of the Employee;  (3) a material
          reduction in the number or seniority  of other  Association  personnel
          reporting  to the Employee or a material  reduction  in the  frequency
          with  which,  or in the nature of the matters  with  respect to which,
          such personnel are to report to the Employee,  other than as part of a
          Association-  or  Holding  Company-wide  reduction  in  staff;  (4)  a
          material adverse change in the Employee's  salary,  other than as part
          of an overall program applied  uniformly and with equitable  effect to
          all members of the senior management of the Association or the Holding
          Company;  and (5) a material  permanent increase in the required hours
          of  work  or the  workload  of the  Employee.  The  term  "Involuntary
          Termination" does not include  Termination for Cause or termination of
          employment  due to  retirement,  death,  disability  or  suspension or
          temporary or permanent  prohibition from  participation in the conduct
          of the  Association's  affairs under Section 8 of the Federal  Deposit
          Insurance Act ("FDIA") and shall not include a material  diminution of
          or  interference  with the  Employee's  duties,  responsibilities  and
          benefits unless the employee or the Association submits written notice
          of involuntary termination within 120 days thereof.

     (e)  The terms  "Termination  for Cause" and  "Terminated  For Cause"  mean
          termination  of  the  employment  of  the  Employee   because  of  the
          Employee's  personal  dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful  misconduct,
          breach of a fiduciary  duty  involving  personal  profit,  intentional
          failure to perform stated duties,  willful violation of any law, rule,
          or regulation  (other than traffic  violations or similar offenses) or
          final  cease-and-desist  order, or material breach of any provision of
          this Agreement.

     2.   Term.  The  term of this  Agreement  shall be a  period  of two  years
          commencing on the Commencement Date, subject to earlier termination as
          provided   herein.   Beginning  on  the  first   anniversary   of  the
          Commencement Date, and on each anniversary  thereafter until the first
          anniversary of the  Commencement  Date after the Employee  reaches age
          65, the term of this  Agreement  shall be extended for a period of one
          year in addition to the then-remaining  term,  provided that, prior to
          such anniversary, the Board of Directors of the Association explicitly
          reviews and approves the  extension.  Reference  herein to the term of
          this Agreement shall refer to both such initial term and such extended
          terms.

                                       2

<PAGE>

3. Severance Benefits; Regulatory Provisions.

     (a)  Involuntary Termination in Connection With a Change in Control. In the
          event of  Involuntary  Termination  in  connection  with or  within 24
          months after a Change in Control  which occurs during the term of this
          Agreement,  the  Association  shall,  subject  to  Section  4 of  this
          Agreement,  (1) pay to the  Employee  in a lump sum in cash  within 25
          business days after the Date of Termination an amount equal to 200% of
          the  Employee's  "base  amount"  as  defined  in  Section  280G of the
          Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code");  and (2)
          provide to the Employee  during the remaining  term of this  Agreement
          such health  insurance  benefits  as the  Association  maintained  for
          executive officers at the Date of Termination on terms as favorable to
          the  Employee  as  applied  at the Date of  Termination.  The total of
          payments to the  Employee  under this  section  shall not exceed three
          times his average compensation from the Association over the five most
          recent taxable years (or, if employed by the Association for a shorter
          period, over the period of his employment by the Association).

     (b)  Temporary  Suspension  or  Prohibition.  If the  Employee is suspended
          and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
          Association's  affairs by a notice  served  under  Section  8(e)(3) or
          (g)(1)  of  the  FDIA,  12  U.S.C.  '  1818(e)(3)   and  (g)(1),   the
          Association's  obligations  under this Agreement shall be suspended as
          of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate  proceedings.  If
          the charges in the notice are dismissed,  the  Association  may in its
          discretion  (i) pay  the  Employee  all or  part  of the  compensation
          withheld while its obligations under this Agreement were suspended and
          (ii) reinstate in whole or in part any of its  obligations  which were
          suspended.

     (c)  Permanent Suspension or Prohibition. If the Employee is removed and/or
          permanently  prohibited  from  participating  in  the  conduct  of the
          Association's  affairs by an order  issued  under  Section  8(e)(4) or
          (g)(1) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. ' 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1), all obligations
          of the  Association  under this  Agreement  shall  terminate as of the
          effective  date of the  order,  but vested  rights of the  contracting
          parties shall not be affected.

     (d)  Default of the  Association.  If the  Association  is in  default  (as
          defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the FDIA),  all  obligations  under this
          Agreement  shall  terminate  as of  the  date  of  default,  but  this
          provision  shall not  affect  any  vested  rights  of the  contracting
          parties.

     (e)  Termination by Regulators.  All obligations under this Agreement shall
          be terminated,  except to the extent  determined that  continuation of
          this  Agreement  is  necessary  for  the  continued  operation  of the
          Association:  (1) by the Director of the Office of Thrift  Supervision
          (the  "Director")  or his or her  designee,  at the time  the  Federal
          Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or the Resolution  Trust  Corporation
          enters into an agreement to provide  assistance to or on behalf of the
          Association  under the  authority  contained  in Section  13(c) of the
          FDIA; or (2) by the Director or his or her  designee,  at the time the
          Director  or his or her  designee  approves  a  supervisory  merger to
          resolve  problems  related to operation of the Association or when the
          Association  is  determined  by the  Director  to be in an  unsafe  or
          unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
          however,  shall  not  be  affected  by any  such  action.  

                                       3

<PAGE>

4. Certain Reduction of Payments by the Association.

     (a)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this  Agreement,  if the value
          and amounts of benefits under this Agreement,  together with any other
          amounts  and the value of  benefits  received or to be received by the
          Employee in connection with a Change in Control would cause any amount
          to be  nondeductible  by the  Association  or the Holding  Company for
          federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, then
          amounts and benefits under this  Agreement  shall be reduced (not less
          than zero) to the extent  necessary so as to maximize  amounts and the
          value of benefits to the Employee without causing any amount to become
          nondeductible by the Association or the Holding Company pursuant to or
          by reason of such Section  280G.  The  Employee  shall  determine  the
          allocation  of such  reduction  among  payments  and  benefits  to the
          Employee.

     (b)  Any  payments  made to the  Employee  pursuant to this  Agreement,  or
          otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned  upon their compliance with
          12 U.S.C. ' 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

5.   No Mitigation. The Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount of
     any salary or other  payment or benefit  provided for in this  Agreement by
     seeking other employment or otherwise,  nor shall the amount of any payment
     or benefit  provided for in this  Agreement be reduced by any  compensation
     earned by the Employee as the result of employment by another employer,  by
     retirement benefits after the date of termination or otherwise.

6.   Attorneys and/or Fees. If the Employee is purportedly  Terminated for Cause
     and the  Association  denies payments and/or benefits under Section 3(a) of
     this Agreement on the basis that the Employee  experienced  Termination for
     Cause rather than Involuntary Termination,  but it is determined by a court
     of competent  jurisdiction or by an arbitrator  pursuant to Section 13 that
     cause as  contemplated  by Section 2(e) of this Agreement did not exist for
     termination  of  the  Employee's  employment,  or if  in  any  event  it is
     determined by any such court or arbitrator  that the Association has failed
     to make timely  payment of any amounts or provision of any benefits owed to
     the  Employee  under this  Agreement,  the  Employee  shall be  entitled to
     reimbursement for all reasonable costs, including attorneys' fees, incurred
     in challenging such termination of employment or collecting such amounts or
     benefits.  Such  reimbursement  shall be in addition to all rights to which
     the Employee is otherwise entitled under this Agreement.

7.   No Assignments.

     (a)  This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto,  and neither
          party  may  assign  or  delegate  any of  its  rights  or  obligations
          hereunder  without first  obtaining  the written  consent of the other
          party;  provided,  however,  that the  Association  shall  require any
          successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,
          consolidation  or  otherwise)  to  all  or  substantially  all  of the
          business and/or assets of the Association,  by an assumption agreement
          in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to  expressly
          assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement in the same manner and to
          the same extent that the  Association  would be required to perform it
          if no such  succession or assignment  had taken place.  Failure of the
          Association  to  obtain  such an  assumption  agreement  prior  to the
          effectiveness  of any such succession or assignment  shall be a breach
          of this Agreement and shall entitle the Employee to compensation  from
          the  Association  in the  same  amount  and on the  same  terms as the
          compensation   pursuant  to  Section  3(a)  hereof.  For  purposes  of
          implementing  the  provisions of this Section 7(a),  the date on which
          any such  succession  becomes  effective  shall be deemed  the Date of
          Termination.

                                       4

<PAGE>

     (b)  This Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to
          the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's personal and legal
          representatives,   executors,   administrators,   successors,   heirs,
          distributees,  devisees and legatees. If the Employee should die while
          any amounts  would still be payable to the  Employee  hereunder if the
          Employee had  continued to live,  all such amounts,  unless  otherwise
          provided  herein,  shall be paid in accordance  with the terms of this
          Agreement to the Employee's  devisee,  legatee or other designee or if
          there is no such designee, to the Employee's estate.

8.   Notice.  For  the  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  notices  and  all  other
     communications  provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall
     be deemed to have been duly  given  when  personally  delivered  or sent by
     certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,   postage  prepaid,   to  the
     Association at its home office,  to the attention of the Board of Directors
     with a copy to the Secretary of the Association, or, if to the Employee, to
     such home or other  address as the Employee has most  recently  provided in
     writing to the Association.

9.   Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement  shall be binding
     unless in writing and signed by both  parties,  except as herein  otherwise
     provided.

10.  Headings.  The headings  used in this  Agreement  are  included  solely for
     convenience  and shall  not  affect,  or be used in  connection  with,  the
     interpretation of this Agreement.

11.  Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement  shall be deemed  severable
     and the invalidity or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not affect
     the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

12.  Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the United
     States to the extent  applicable  and otherwise by the laws of the State of
     Illinois.

13.  Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with
     this  Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in accordance
     with the rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in  effect.
     Judgment  may be  entered  on the  arbitrator's  award in any court  having
     jurisdiction.

                                       5

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day
and year first above written.

     THIS  AGREEMENT  CONTAINS  A  BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION  WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

ATTEST:                                      FIRST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK


___________________________________          ___________________________________
Lila Maria Bodnar, Secretary                 By:     Julian E. Kulas
                                             Its:    President and Chief 
                                                     Executive Officer


                                             EMPLOYEE



                                             ___________________________________
                                             Mary H. Korb


                                       6


                                                                    Exhibit 10.8
            
                      CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

     THIS  CHANGE  IN  CONTROL  SEVERANCE  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  is made and
entered into as of this _______ day of __________________,  1997, by and between
First  Security   Federal   Savings  Bank   (hereinafter   referred  to  as  the
"Association"  whether  in  mutual or stock  form),  and  Irene S.  Subota  (the
"Employee").

     WHEREAS, the Employee is currently serving as Vice President-Savings of the
Association; and

     WHEREAS,  the  Association  has  adopted a plan of  conversion  whereby the
Association  will  convert to  capital  stock  form as the  subsidiary  of First
SecurityFed Financial, Inc. (the "Holding Company"),  subject to the approval of
the   Association's   members  and  the  Office  of  Thrift   Supervision   (the
"Conversion"); and

     WHEREAS,  the board of directors of the Association  ("Board of Directors")
recognizes that, as is the case with publicly held corporations  generally,  the
possibility of a change in control of the Holding Company and/or the Association
may exist and that such possibility,  and the uncertainty and questions which it
may raise among  management,  may result in the departure or  distraction of key
management  personnel to the detriment of the  Association,  the Holding Company
and their respective stockholders; and

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors believes it is in the best interests of the
Association  to enter into this  Agreement  with the Employee in order to assure
continuity of management of the  Association  and to reinforce and encourage the
continued  attention and dedication of the Employee to the  Employee's  assigned
duties without distraction in the face of potentially  disruptive  circumstances
arising from the  possibility  of a change in control of the Holding  Company or
the Association, although no such change is now contemplated; and

     WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors has approved and  authorized the execution
of this  Agreement  with the  Employee  to take  effect as  stated in  Section 2
hereof;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

1. Definitions.

     (a)  The term  "Change in Control"  means (1) an event of a nature that (i)
          results  in a change in  control  of the  Association  or the  Holding
          Company within the meaning of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933 and 12
          C.F.R.  Part 574 as in effect  on the date  hereof;  or (ii)  would be
          required to be reported in response to Item 1 of the current report on
          Form 8-K, as in effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant to Section 13 or
          15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"); (2)
          any  person  (as the term is used in  Section  13(d)  and 14(d) of the
          Exchange Act) is or becomes the  beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule
          13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly of securities of
          the Association or the Holding Company representing 20% or more of the
          Association's or the Holding  Company's  outstanding  securities;  (3)
          individuals  who  are  members  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the
          Association or the Holding  Company on the date hereof (the "Incumbent
          Board")  cease  for any  reason  to  constitute  at  least a  majority
          thereof,  provided that any person  becoming a director  subsequent to
          the date  hereof  whose  election  was  approved by a vote of at least
          three-quarters  of the directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board,  or
          whose  nomination for election by the Holding  Company's  stockholders
          was approved by the  nominating  committee  serving under an Incumbent
          Board,  shall be considered a member of the Incumbent  Board; or (4) a
          reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  sale of all or substantially
          all of the  assets of the  Association  or the  Holding  Company  or a
          similar transaction in which the Association or the Holding Company is
          not the  resulting  entity.  The term  "Change in  Control"  shall not
          include an  acquisition  of securities by an employee  benefit plan of
          the   Association  or  the  Holding  Company  or  the  acquisition  of
          securities  of the  Association  by the Holding  Company in connection
          with the Conversion.

                                       1

<PAGE>

     (b)  The term  "Commencement  Date"  means  the date of  completion  of the
          Association's conversion to stock form

     (c)  The term "Date of Termination"  means the earlier of (1) the date upon
          which the Association  gives notice to the Employee of the termination
          of the Employee's employment with the Association or (2) the date upon
          which the Employee ceases to serve as an employee of the Association.

     (d)  The term "Involuntary Termination" means termination of the employment
          of Employee without the Employee's express written consent, and shall,
          subject to the last  sentence  in this  paragraph,  include a material
          diminution   of  or   interference   with   the   Employee's   duties,
          responsibilities  and  benefits  as  Vice   President-Savings  of  the
          Association,  including  (without  limitation)  any of  the  following
          actions unless  consented to in writing by the Employee:  (1) a change
          in the principal  workplace of the Employee to a location outside of a
          30 mile radius from the  Association's  headquarters  office as of the
          date hereof;  (2) a material demotion of the Employee;  (3) a material
          reduction in the number or seniority  of other  Association  personnel
          reporting  to the Employee or a material  reduction  in the  frequency
          with  which,  or in the nature of the matters  with  respect to which,
          such personnel are to report to the Employee,  other than as part of a
          Association-  or  Holding  Company-wide  reduction  in  staff;  (4)  a
          material adverse change in the Employee's  salary,  other than as part
          of an overall program applied  uniformly and with equitable  effect to
          all members of the senior management of the Association or the Holding
          Company;  and (5) a material  permanent increase in the required hours
          of  work  or the  workload  of the  Employee.  The  term  "Involuntary
          Termination" does not include  Termination for Cause or termination of
          employment  due to  retirement,  death,  disability  or  suspension or
          temporary or permanent  prohibition from  participation in the conduct
          of the  Association's  affairs under Section 8 of the Federal  Deposit
          Insurance Act ("FDIA") and shall not include a material  diminution of
          or  interference  with the  Employee's  duties,  responsibilities  and
          benefits unless the employee or the Association submits written notice
          of involuntary termination within 120 days thereof.

     (e)  The terms  "Termination  for Cause" and  "Terminated  For Cause"  mean
          termination  of  the  employment  of  the  Employee   because  of  the
          Employee's  personal  dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful  misconduct,
          breach of a fiduciary  duty  involving  personal  profit,  intentional
          failure to perform stated duties,  willful violation of any law, rule,
          or regulation  (other than traffic  violations or similar offenses) or
          final  cease-and-desist  order, or material breach of any provision of
          this Agreement.

2.   Term. The term of this Agreement shall be a period of two years  commencing
     on the  Commencement  Date,  subject to  earlier  termination  as  provided
     herein. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, and on
     each anniversary thereafter until the first anniversary of the Commencement
     Date after the Employee reaches age 65, the term of this Agreement shall be
     extended for a period of one year in addition to the  then-remaining  term,
     provided  that,  prior to such  anniversary,  the Board of Directors of the
     Association explicitly reviews and approves the extension. Reference herein
     to the term of this  Agreement  shall refer to both such  initial  term and
     such extended terms.

                                       2

<PAGE>

3.   Severance Benefits; Regulatory Provisions.

     (a)  Involuntary Termination in Connection With a Change in Control. In the
          event of  Involuntary  Termination  in  connection  with or  within 24
          months after a Change in Control  which occurs during the term of this
          Agreement,  the  Association  shall,  subject  to  Section  4 of  this
          Agreement,  (1) pay to the  Employee  in a lump sum in cash  within 25
          business days after the Date of Termination an amount equal to 200% of
          the  Employee's  "base  amount"  as  defined  in  Section  280G of the
          Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code");  and (2)
          provide to the Employee  during the remaining  term of this  Agreement
          such health  insurance  benefits  as the  Association  maintained  for
          executive officers at the Date of Termination on terms as favorable to
          the  Employee  as  applied  at the Date of  Termination.  The total of
          payments to the  Employee  under this  section  shall not exceed three
          times his average compensation from the Association over the five most
          recent taxable years (or, if employed by the Association for a shorter
          period, over the period of his employment by the Association).

     (b)  Temporary  Suspension  or  Prohibition.  If the  Employee is suspended
          and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
          Association's  affairs by a notice  served  under  Section  8(e)(3) or
          (g)(1)  of  the  FDIA,  12  U.S.C.  '  1818(e)(3)   and  (g)(1),   the
          Association's  obligations  under this Agreement shall be suspended as
          of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate  proceedings.  If
          the charges in the notice are dismissed,  the  Association  may in its
          discretion  (i) pay  the  Employee  all or  part  of the  compensation
          withheld while its obligations under this Agreement were suspended and
          (ii) reinstate in whole or in part any of its  obligations  which were
          suspended.

     (c)  Permanent Suspension or Prohibition. If the Employee is removed and/or
          permanently  prohibited  from  participating  in  the  conduct  of the
          Association's  affairs by an order  issued  under  Section  8(e)(4) or
          (g)(1) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. ' 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1), all obligations
          of the  Association  under this  Agreement  shall  terminate as of the
          effective  date of the  order,  but vested  rights of the  contracting
          parties shall not be affected.

     (d)  Default of the  Association.  If the  Association  is in  default  (as
          defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the FDIA),  all  obligations  under this
          Agreement  shall  terminate  as of  the  date  of  default,  but  this
          provision  shall not  affect  any  vested  rights  of the  contracting
          parties.

     (e)  Termination by Regulators.  All obligations under this Agreement shall
          be terminated,  except to the extent  determined that  continuation of
          this  Agreement  is  necessary  for  the  continued  operation  of the
          Association:  (1) by the Director of the Office of Thrift  Supervision
          (the  "Director")  or his or her  designee,  at the time  the  Federal
          Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or the Resolution  Trust  Corporation
          enters into an agreement to provide  assistance to or on behalf of the
          Association  under the  authority  contained  in Section  13(c) of the
          FDIA; or (2) by the Director or his or her  designee,  at the time the
          Director  or his or her  designee  approves  a  supervisory  merger to
          resolve  problems  related to operation of the Association or when the
          Association  is  determined  by the  Director  to be in an  unsafe  or
          unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
          however,  shall  not  be  affected  by any  such  action.  

                                       3

<PAGE>

4. Certain Reduction of Payments by the Association.

     (a)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this  Agreement,  if the value
          and amounts of benefits under this Agreement,  together with any other
          amounts  and the value of  benefits  received or to be received by the
          Employee in connection with a Change in Control would cause any amount
          to be  nondeductible  by the  Association  or the Holding  Company for
          federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, then
          amounts and benefits under this  Agreement  shall be reduced (not less
          than zero) to the extent  necessary so as to maximize  amounts and the
          value of benefits to the Employee without causing any amount to become
          nondeductible by the Association or the Holding Company pursuant to or
          by reason of such Section  280G.  The  Employee  shall  determine  the
          allocation  of such  reduction  among  payments  and  benefits  to the
          Employee.

     (b)  Any  payments  made to the  Employee  pursuant to this  Agreement,  or
          otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned  upon their compliance with
          12 U.S.C. ' 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

5.   No Mitigation. The Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount of
     any salary or other  payment or benefit  provided for in this  Agreement by
     seeking other employment or otherwise,  nor shall the amount of any payment
     or benefit  provided for in this  Agreement be reduced by any  compensation
     earned by the Employee as the result of employment by another employer,  by
     retirement benefits after the date of termination or otherwise.

6.   Attorneys and/or Fees. If the Employee is purportedly  Terminated for Cause
     and the  Association  denies payments and/or benefits under Section 3(a) of
     this Agreement on the basis that the Employee  experienced  Termination for
     Cause rather than Involuntary Termination,  but it is determined by a court
     of competent  jurisdiction or by an arbitrator  pursuant to Section 13 that
     cause as  contemplated  by Section 2(e) of this Agreement did not exist for
     termination  of  the  Employee's  employment,  or if  in  any  event  it is
     determined by any such court or arbitrator  that the Association has failed
     to make timely  payment of any amounts or provision of any benefits owed to
     the  Employee  under this  Agreement,  the  Employee  shall be  entitled to
     reimbursement for all reasonable costs, including attorneys' fees, incurred
     in challenging such termination of employment or collecting such amounts or
     benefits.  Such  reimbursement  shall be in addition to all rights to which
     the Employee is otherwise entitled under this Agreement.

7.   No Assignments.

     (a)  This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto,  and neither
          party  may  assign  or  delegate  any of  its  rights  or  obligations
          hereunder  without first  obtaining  the written  consent of the other
          party;  provided,  however,  that the  Association  shall  require any
          successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,
          consolidation  or  otherwise)  to  all  or  substantially  all  of the
          business and/or assets of the Association,  by an assumption agreement
          in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to  expressly
          assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement in the same manner and to
          the same extent that the  Association  would be required to perform it
          if no such  succession or assignment  had taken place.  Failure of the
          Association  to  obtain  such an  assumption  agreement  prior  to the
          effectiveness  of any such succession or assignment  shall be a breach
          of this Agreement and shall entitle the Employee to compensation  from
          the  Association  in the  same  amount  and on the  same  terms as the
          compensation   pursuant  to  Section  3(a)  hereof.  For  purposes  of
          implementing  the  provisions of this Section 7(a),  the date on which
          any such  succession  becomes  effective  shall be deemed  the Date of
          Termination.

                                       4

<PAGE>

     (b)  This Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to
          the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's personal and legal
          representatives,   executors,   administrators,   successors,   heirs,
          distributees,  devisees and legatees. If the Employee should die while
          any amounts  would still be payable to the  Employee  hereunder if the
          Employee had  continued to live,  all such amounts,  unless  otherwise
          provided  herein,  shall be paid in accordance  with the terms of this
          Agreement to the Employee's  devisee,  legatee or other designee or if
          there is no such designee, to the Employee's estate.

8.   Notice.  For  the  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  notices  and  all  other
     communications  provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall
     be deemed to have been duly  given  when  personally  delivered  or sent by
     certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,   postage  prepaid,   to  the
     Association at its home office,  to the attention of the Board of Directors
     with a copy to the Secretary of the Association, or, if to the Employee, to
     such home or other  address as the Employee has most  recently  provided in
     writing to the Association.

9.   Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement  shall be binding
     unless in writing and signed by both  parties,  except as herein  otherwise
     provided.

10.  Headings.  The headings  used in this  Agreement  are  included  solely for
     convenience  and shall  not  affect,  or be used in  connection  with,  the
     interpretation of this Agreement.

11.  Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement  shall be deemed  severable
     and the invalidity or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not affect
     the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

12.  Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the United
     States to the extent  applicable  and otherwise by the laws of the State of
     Illinois.
 
13.  Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with
     this  Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in accordance
     with the rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in  effect.
     Judgment  may be  entered  on the  arbitrator's  award in any court  having
     jurisdiction.

                                       5

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day
and year first above written.

     THIS  AGREEMENT  CONTAINS  A  BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION  WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

ATTEST:                                      FIRST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK


___________________________________          ___________________________________
Lila Maria Bodnar, Secretary                 By:     Julian E. Kulas
                                             Its:    President and Chief 
                                                     Executive Officer


                                             EMPLOYEE



                                             ___________________________________
                                             Irene S. Subota


                                       6

                                                                    Exhibit 10.9
                                      
                      CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

     THIS  CHANGE  IN  CONTROL  SEVERANCE  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  is made and
entered into as of this _______ day of __________________,  1997, by and between
First  Security   Federal   Savings  Bank   (hereinafter   referred  to  as  the
"Association"  whether  in mutual  or stock  form),  and  Adrian  Hawryliw  (the
"Employee").

     WHEREAS,   the  Employee  is  currently  serving  as   Vice-President   and
Philadelphia Branch Manager of the Association; and

     WHEREAS,  the  Association  has  adopted a plan of  conversion  whereby the
Association  will  convert to  capital  stock  form as the  subsidiary  of First
SecurityFed Financial, Inc. (the "Holding Company"),  subject to the approval of
the   Association's   members  and  the  Office  of  Thrift   Supervision   (the
"Conversion"); and

     WHEREAS,  the board of directors of the Association  ("Board of Directors")
recognizes that, as is the case with publicly held corporations  generally,  the
possibility of a change in control of the Holding Company and/or the Association
may exist and that such possibility,  and the uncertainty and questions which it
may raise among  management,  may result in the departure or  distraction of key
management  personnel to the detriment of the  Association,  the Holding Company
and their respective stockholders; and

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors believes it is in the best interests of the
Association  to enter into this  Agreement  with the Employee in order to assure
continuity of management of the  Association  and to reinforce and encourage the
continued  attention and dedication of the Employee to the  Employee's  assigned
duties without distraction in the face of potentially  disruptive  circumstances
arising from the  possibility  of a change in control of the Holding  Company or
the Association, although no such change is now contemplated; and

     WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors has approved and  authorized the execution
of this  Agreement  with the  Employee  to take  effect as  stated in  Section 2
hereof;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

1.   Definitions.

     (a)  The term  "Change in Control"  means (1) an event of a nature that (i)
          results  in a change in  control  of the  Association  or the  Holding
          Company within the meaning of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933 and 12
          C.F.R.  Part 574 as in effect  on the date  hereof;  or (ii)  would be
          required to be reported in response to Item 1 of the current report on
          Form 8-K, as in effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant to Section 13 or
          15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"); (2)
          any  person  (as the term is used in  Section  13(d)  and 14(d) of the
          Exchange Act) is or becomes the  beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule
          13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly of securities of
          the Association or the Holding Company representing 20% or more of the
          Association's or the Holding  Company's  outstanding  securities;  (3)
          individuals  who  are  members  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the
          Association or the Holding  Company on the date hereof (the "Incumbent
          Board")  cease  for any  reason  to  constitute  at  least a  majority
          thereof,  provided that any person  becoming a director  subsequent to
          the date  hereof  whose  election  was  approved by a vote of at least
          three-quarters  of the directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board,  or
          whose  nomination for election by the Holding  Company's  stockholders
          was approved by the  nominating  committee  serving under an Incumbent
          Board,  shall be considered a member of the Incumbent  Board; or (4) a
          reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  sale of all or substantially
          all of the  assets of the  Association  or the  Holding  Company  or a
          similar transaction in which the Association or the Holding Company is
          not the  resulting  entity.  The term  "Change in  Control"  shall not
          include an  acquisition  of securities by an employee  benefit plan of
          the   Association  or  the  Holding  Company  or  the  acquisition  of
          securities  of the  Association  by the Holding  Company in connection
          with the Conversion.

                                       1

<PAGE>

     (b)  The term  "Commencement  Date"  means  the date of  completion  of the
          Association's conversion to stock form

     (c)  The term "Date of Termination"  means the earlier of (1) the date upon
          which the Association  gives notice to the Employee of the termination
          of the Employee's employment with the Association or (2) the date upon
          which the Employee ceases to serve as an employee of the Association.

     (d)  The term "Involuntary Termination" means termination of the employment
          of Employee without the Employee's express written consent, and shall,
          subject to the last  sentence  in this  paragraph,  include a material
          diminution   of  or   interference   with   the   Employee's   duties,
          responsibilities  and benefits as  Treasurer  and  Vice-President  and
          Philadelphia  Branch Manager of the  Association,  including  (without
          limitation)  any of  the  following  actions  unless  consented  to in
          writing by the Employee:  (1) a change in the  principal  workplace of
          the  Employee  to a  location  outside  of a 30 mile  radius  from the
          Association's  headquarters  office  as  of  the  date  hereof;  (2) a
          material  demotion of the  Employee;  (3) a material  reduction in the
          number or seniority of other  Association  personnel  reporting to the
          Employee or a material  reduction in the frequency  with which,  or in
          the nature of the matters with respect to which, such personnel are to
          report  to the  Employee,  other  than as part  of a  Association-  or
          Holding Company-wide reduction in staff; (4) a material adverse change
          in the  Employee's  salary,  other than as part of an overall  program
          applied  uniformly  and with  equitable  effect to all  members of the
          senior management of the Association or the Holding Company; and (5) a
          material  permanent  increase  in the  required  hours  of work or the
          workload of the Employee. The term "Involuntary  Termination" does not
          include  Termination  for Cause or  termination  of employment  due to
          retirement,  death, disability or suspension or temporary or permanent
          prohibition  from  participation  in the conduct of the  Association's
          affairs under Section 8 of the Federal Deposit  Insurance Act ("FDIA")
          and shall not include a material  diminution of or  interference  with
          the  Employee's  duties,  responsibilities  and  benefits  unless  the
          employee or the  Association  submits  written  notice of  involuntary
          termination within 120 days thereof.

     (e)  The terms  "Termination  for Cause" and  "Terminated  For Cause"  mean
          termination  of  the  employment  of  the  Employee   because  of  the
          Employee's  personal  dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful  misconduct,
          breach of a fiduciary  duty  involving  personal  profit,  intentional
          failure to perform stated duties,  willful violation of any law, rule,
          or regulation  (other than traffic  violations or similar offenses) or
          final  cease-and-desist  order, or material breach of any provision of
          this Agreement.

2.   Term. The term of this Agreement shall be a period of two years  commencing
     on the  Commencement  Date,  subject to  earlier  termination  as  provided
     herein. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, and on
     each anniversary thereafter until the first anniversary of the Commencement
     Date after the Employee reaches age 65, the term of this Agreement shall be
     extended for a period of one year in addition to the  then-remaining  term,
     provided  that,  prior to such  anniversary,  the Board of Directors of the
     Association explicitly reviews and approves the extension. Reference herein
     to the term of this  Agreement  shall refer to both such  initial  term and
     such extended terms.

                                       2

<PAGE>

3.   Severance Benefits; Regulatory Provisions.

     (a)  Involuntary Termination in Connection With a Change in Control. In the
          event of  Involuntary  Termination  in  connection  with or  within 24
          months after a Change in Control  which occurs during the term of this
          Agreement,  the  Association  shall,  subject  to  Section  4 of  this
          Agreement,  (1) pay to the  Employee  in a lump sum in cash  within 25
          business days after the Date of Termination an amount equal to 200% of
          the  Employee's  "base  amount"  as  defined  in  Section  280G of the
          Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code");  and (2)
          provide to the Employee  during the remaining  term of this  Agreement
          such health  insurance  benefits  as the  Association  maintained  for
          executive officers at the Date of Termination on terms as favorable to
          the  Employee  as  applied  at the Date of  Termination.  The total of
          payments to the  Employee  under this  section  shall not exceed three
          times his average compensation from the Association over the five most
          recent taxable years (or, if employed by the Association for a shorter
          period, over the period of his employment by the Association).

     (b)  Temporary  Suspension  or  Prohibition.  If the  Employee is suspended
          and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
          Association's  affairs by a notice  served  under  Section  8(e)(3) or
          (g)(1)  of  the  FDIA,  12  U.S.C.  '  1818(e)(3)   and  (g)(1),   the
          Association's  obligations  under this Agreement shall be suspended as
          of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate  proceedings.  If
          the charges in the notice are dismissed,  the  Association  may in its
          discretion  (i) pay  the  Employee  all or  part  of the  compensation
          withheld while its obligations under this Agreement were suspended and
          (ii) reinstate in whole or in part any of its  obligations  which were
          suspended.

     (c)  Permanent Suspension or Prohibition. If the Employee is removed and/or
          permanently  prohibited  from  participating  in  the  conduct  of the
          Association's  affairs by an order  issued  under  Section  8(e)(4) or
          (g)(1) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. ' 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1), all obligations
          of the  Association  under this  Agreement  shall  terminate as of the
          effective  date of the  order,  but vested  rights of the  contracting
          parties shall not be affected.

     (d)  Default of the  Association.  If the  Association  is in  default  (as
          defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the FDIA),  all  obligations  under this
          Agreement  shall  terminate  as of  the  date  of  default,  but  this
          provision  shall not  affect  any  vested  rights  of the  contracting
          parties.

     (e)  Termination by Regulators.  All obligations under this Agreement shall
          be terminated,  except to the extent  determined that  continuation of
          this  Agreement  is  necessary  for  the  continued  operation  of the
          Association:  (1) by the Director of the Office of Thrift  Supervision
          (the  "Director")  or his or her  designee,  at the time  the  Federal
          Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or the Resolution  Trust  Corporation
          enters into an agreement to provide  assistance to or on behalf of the
          Association  under the  authority  contained  in Section  13(c) of the
          FDIA; or (2) by the Director or his or her  designee,  at the time the
          Director  or his or her  designee  approves  a  supervisory  merger to
          resolve  problems  related to operation of the Association or when the
          Association  is  determined  by the  Director  to be in an  unsafe  or
          unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
          however,  shall  not  be  affected  by any  such  action.  

                                       3

<PAGE>

4. Certain Reduction of Payments by the Association.

     (a)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this  Agreement,  if the value
          and amounts of benefits under this Agreement,  together with any other
          amounts  and the value of  benefits  received or to be received by the
          Employee in connection with a Change in Control would cause any amount
          to be  nondeductible  by the  Association  or the Holding  Company for
          federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, then
          amounts and benefits under this  Agreement  shall be reduced (not less
          than zero) to the extent  necessary so as to maximize  amounts and the
          value of benefits to the Employee without causing any amount to become
          nondeductible by the Association or the Holding Company pursuant to or
          by reason of such Section  280G.  The  Employee  shall  determine  the
          allocation  of such  reduction  among  payments  and  benefits  to the
          Employee.

     (b)  Any  payments  made to the  Employee  pursuant to this  Agreement,  or
          otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned  upon their compliance with
          12 U.S.C. ' 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

5.   No Mitigation. The Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount of
     any salary or other  payment or benefit  provided for in this  Agreement by
     seeking other employment or otherwise,  nor shall the amount of any payment
     or benefit  provided for in this  Agreement be reduced by any  compensation
     earned by the Employee as the result of employment by another employer,  by
     retirement benefits after the date of termination or otherwise.

6.   Attorneys and/or Fees. If the Employee is purportedly  Terminated for Cause
     and the  Association  denies payments and/or benefits under Section 3(a) of
     this Agreement on the basis that the Employee  experienced  Termination for
     Cause rather than Involuntary Termination,  but it is determined by a court
     of competent  jurisdiction or by an arbitrator  pursuant to Section 13 that
     cause as  contemplated  by Section 2(e) of this Agreement did not exist for
     termination  of  the  Employee's  employment,  or if  in  any  event  it is
     determined by any such court or arbitrator  that the Association has failed
     to make timely  payment of any amounts or provision of any benefits owed to
     the  Employee  under this  Agreement,  the  Employee  shall be  entitled to
     reimbursement for all reasonable costs, including attorneys' fees, incurred
     in challenging such termination of employment or collecting such amounts or
     benefits.  Such  reimbursement  shall be in addition to all rights to which
     the Employee is otherwise entitled under this Agreement.

7.   No Assignments.

     (a)  This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto,  and neither
          party  may  assign  or  delegate  any of  its  rights  or  obligations
          hereunder  without first  obtaining  the written  consent of the other
          party;  provided,  however,  that the  Association  shall  require any
          successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,
          consolidation  or  otherwise)  to  all  or  substantially  all  of the
          business and/or assets of the Association,  by an assumption agreement
          in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to  expressly
          assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement in the same manner and to
          the same extent that the  Association  would be required to perform it
          if no such  succession or assignment  had taken place.  Failure of the
          Association  to  obtain  such an  assumption  agreement  prior  to the
          effectiveness  of any such succession or assignment  shall be a breach
          of this Agreement and shall entitle the Employee to compensation  from
          the  Association  in the  same  amount  and on the  same  terms as the
          compensation   pursuant  to  Section  3(a)  hereof.  For  purposes  of
          implementing  the  provisions of this Section 7(a),  the date on which
          any such  succession  becomes  effective  shall be deemed  the Date of
          Termination.

                                       4

<PAGE>

     (b)  This Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to
          the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's personal and legal
          representatives,   executors,   administrators,   successors,   heirs,
          distributees,  devisees and legatees. If the Employee should die while
          any amounts  would still be payable to the  Employee  hereunder if the
          Employee had  continued to live,  all such amounts,  unless  otherwise
          provided  herein,  shall be paid in accordance  with the terms of this
          Agreement to the Employee's  devisee,  legatee or other designee or if
          there is no such designee, to the Employee's estate.

8.   Notice.  For  the  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  notices  and  all  other
     communications  provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall
     be deemed to have been duly  given  when  personally  delivered  or sent by
     certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,   postage  prepaid,   to  the
     Association at its home office,  to the attention of the Board of Directors
     with a copy to the Secretary of the Association, or, if to the Employee, to
     such home or other  address as the Employee has most  recently  provided in
     writing to the Association.

9.   Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement  shall be binding
     unless in writing and signed by both  parties,  except as herein  otherwise
     provided.

10.  Headings.  The headings  used in this  Agreement  are  included  solely for
     convenience  and shall  not  affect,  or be used in  connection  with,  the
     interpretation of this Agreement.

11.  Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement  shall be deemed  severable
     and the invalidity or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not affect
     the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

12.  Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the United
     States to the extent  applicable  and otherwise by the laws of the State of
     Illinois.

13.  Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with
     this  Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in accordance
     with the rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in  effect.
     Judgment  may be  entered  on the  arbitrator's  award in any court  having
     jurisdiction.

                                       5

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day
and year first above written.

     THIS  AGREEMENT  CONTAINS  A  BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION  WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

ATTEST:                                      FIRST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK


___________________________________          ___________________________________
Lila Maria Bodnar, Secretary                 By:     Julian E. Kulas
                                             Its:    President and Chief
                                                     Executive Officer


                                             EMPLOYEE



                                             ___________________________________
                                             Adrian Hawryliw


                                       6

                                                                      Exhibit 21
          
                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Percent         Jurisdiction of
                                                                             of             Incorporation
          Parent                             Subsidiary                   Ownership        or Organization
          ------                             ----------                   ---------        ---------------

<S>                                 <C>                                     <C>                <C>       
First SecurityFed                   First Security Federal Savings          100%               Federal
  Financial, Inc.                                   Bank


First Security Federal               Western Security Corporation           100                Illinois
 Savings Bank

</TABLE>


                                                                    Exhibit 23.1



                  [SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P. LETTERHEAD]



                               CONSENT OF COUNSEL




         We  consent  to the  use  of our  opinions,  to  the  incorporation  by
reference of such  opinions as an exhibits to the Form S-1 and to the  reference
to our firm under the headings  "The  Conversion  Income Tax  Consequences"  and
"Legal and Tax Matters" in the  Prospectus  included in this Form S-1. In giving
this  consent,  we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose
consent is required  under Section 7 of the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
or  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
thereunder.



                                         /s/ SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.


                                         SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.


Washington, D.C.
July 17, 1997


                                                                    Exhibit 23.2



              CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


The Board of Directors
1st Security Federal Savings Bank

We consent to the use in this  Registration  Statment on Form S-1 filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission and Form AC filed with the Office of Thrift
Supervision  on July 21,  1997,  of our report  dated  February 8, 1997,  on the
financial  statements of 1st Security  Federal  Savings Bank. We also consent to
the  reference  to  us  under  the  headings   "The   Conversion  -  Income  Tax
Consequences" and "-The  Contribution" and "-Effects of Conversion to Stock Form
on Depositors and Borrowers of the Bank"; "Experts"; and "Legal and Tax Matters"
in this Registration Statement on Forms S-1 and AC.


                                             /s/ Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP

                                                 Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP

Oak Brook, Illinois
July 21, 1997


                                                                    Exhibit 23.3

July 18, 1997

Board of Directors
First Security Federal Savings Bank
936 North Western Avenue
Chicago, IL 60622

Dear Board Members:

We hereby consent to the use of our firm's name, FinPro,  Inc. ("FinPro") in the
Form AC Application for Conversion and the prospectus  included therein filed by
First  Security  Federal  Savings  Bank  and  any  amendments  thereto,  for the
Valuation Appraisal Report ("Report")  regarding the valuation of First Security
Federal Savings Bank provided by FinPro, and our opinion regarding  subscription
rights  filed as exhibits to the Form AC referred to above.  We also  consent to
the use of our firm's name and the  inclusion of,  summary of and  references to
our Report and Opinion in the prospectus of First Security  Federal Savings Bank
and any amendments thereto.


                                    Very Truly Yours,

                                    /s/ Donald J. Musso

                                    Donald J. Musso

Liberty Corner, New Jersey
July 18, 1997



                                                                    Exhibit 99.2




                       FIRST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
                            936 North Western Avenue
                          Chicago, Illinois 60622-4695
                                 (773) 772-4500

                                   ----------

                      NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF MEMBERS

                                   ----------

         Notice is hereby given that a Special  Meeting of Members (the "Special
Meeting")  of First  Security  Federal  Savings  Bank  ("First  Security" or the
"Bank") will be held at the main office of the Bank located at 936 North Western
Avenue, Chicago, Illinois, on ________ __, 1997 at __:__ _.m., Chicago, Illinois
Time. The purpose of this Special Meeting is to consider and vote upon:

  1.     A plan to convert the Bank from a federally  chartered  mutual  savings
         bank  to a  federally  chartered  stock  savings  bank,  including  the
         adoption of a federal stock  savings bank charter and bylaws,  with the
         concurrent  sale of all the Bank's  common  stock to First  SecurityFed
         Financial,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation (the "Holding Company"),  and
         sale by the Holding Company of shares of its common stock;

  2.     The  contribution of 250,000 shares of the Holding Company common stock
         to The Heritage Foundation of First Security Federal Savings Bank, Inc.
         (the "Foundation") a private  charitable  foundation under the Illinois
         General  Not-For-Profit  Corporation  Act dedicated to the promotion of
         charitable  purposes within the communities in which the Bank operates;
         and

such other  business as may  properly  come  before the  Special  Meeting or any
adjournment thereof. Management is not aware of any such other business.

         The  members  who  shall be  entitled  to  notice of and to vote at the
Special  Meeting and any  adjournment  thereof are depositors of the Bank at the
close of business on _______ __, 1997 and  borrowers  of the Bank as of ________
__, ____ and _______ __, 1997 who continue to be depositors  and borrowers as of
the date of the Special Meeting. In the event there are not sufficient votes for
approval  of the Plan of  Conversion  at the time of the  Special  Meeting,  the
Special  Meeting may be adjourned  from time to time in order to permit  further
solicitation of proxies.

                                              BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS




                                              Paul Nadzikewycz
                                              Chairman of the Board


Chicago, Illinois
________ __, 1997

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE
            FOR APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION BY COMPLETING THE
              ENCLOSED PROXY CARD AND RETURNING IT IN THE ENCLOSED
                   POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
                          YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>



                         SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CONVERSION

         This  summary  does not purport to be complete  and is qualified in its
entirety by the more  detailed  information  contained in the  remainder of this
Proxy Statement and the accompanying Prospectus.

         Under its present "mutual" form of organization,  First Security has no
stockholders.  Its  deposit  account  holders  are  members of the Bank and have
voting rights in that capacity. In the unlikely event of liquidation, the Bank's
deposit  account  holders would have the sole right to receive any assets of the
Bank  remaining  after payment of its  liabilities  (including the claims of all
deposit account holders to the withdrawal  value of their  deposits).  Under the
Plan of  Conversion  (the "Plan of  Conversion")  to be voted on at the  Special
Meeting,  the Bank would be converted  into a federally  chartered  savings bank
organized  in stock  form,  and all of the  Bank's  common  stock  would be sold
concurrently to the Holding Company (the "Conversion"). The Holding Company will
offer and sell its common  stock (the  "Common  Stock")  in an  offering  to (1)
account  holders  with an account  balance of $50 or more on  December  31, 1995
("Eligible Account Holders"),  (2) tax-qualified  employee plans of the Bank and
the Holding Company ("Tax- Qualified  Employee Plans") provided,  however,  that
the Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans shall have first priority  Subscription Rights
to the  extent  that the total  number of  shares  of Common  Stock  sold in the
Conversion  exceeds the maximum of the appraisal  range,  (3) account holders of
the Bank  with an  account  balance  of $50 or more as of  __________  __,  1997
("Supplemental Eligible Account Holders"), (4) certain other members of the Bank
as of ________ __, 1997 who are not Eligible or  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holders ("Other Members") and (5) employees,  officers and directors of the Bank
(the "Subscription  Offering").  It is anticipated that  Tax-Qualified  Employee
Plans will purchase 8% of the Common Stock sold in the Conversion.

         To the extent the  Common  Stock is not all sold to the  persons in the
foregoing  categories,  the Holding  Company may offer and sell the remainder of
the Common Stock in a direct community offering ("Direct Community Offering") or
public offering ("Public  Offering") through Friedman,  Billings,  Ramsey & Co.,
Inc.  ("FBR") to selected  persons to whom a prospectus  (the  "Prospectus")  is
delivered.  The  Subscription  Offering and the Public  Offering  and/or  Direct
Community  Offering are referred to collectively  as the "Offering."  Voting and
liquidation  rights  with  respect to the Bank would  thereafter  be held by the
Holding  Company,  except to the limited extent of the liquidation  account (the
"Liquidation  Account") that will be established for the benefit of Eligible and
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders of the Bank and voting and  liquidation
rights in the  Holding  Company  would be held only by those  persons who become
stockholders  of the Holding  Company  through  purchase of shares of its Common
Stock.  See  "Description  of the Plan of  Conversion  -  Principal  Effects  of
Conversion - Liquidation Rights of Depositor Members."

          THE CONVERSION WILL NOT AFFECT THE BALANCE,  INTEREST  RATE OR FEDERAL
INSURANCE  PROTECTION OF ANY SAVINGS DEPOSIT, AND NO PERSON WILL BE OBLIGATED TO
PURCHASE ANY STOCK IN THE CONVERSION.


Business Purposes
for Conversion              Net Conversion proceeds are expected to increase the
                            capital of First  Security,  which will  support the
                            expansion of its  financial  services to the public.
                            The  conversion  to  stock  form  and  the  use of a
                            holding  company  structure  are  also  expected  to
                            enhance  its  ability  to  expand  through  possible
                            mergers   and   acquisitions   (although   no   such
                            transactions are contemplated at this time) and will
                            facilitate its future access to the capital markets.
                            The   Bank   will   continue   to  be   subject   to
                            comprehensive  regulation  and  examination  by  the
                            Office of Thrift Supervision, Department of Treasury
                            ("OTS")   and   the   Federal   Deposit    Insurance
                            Corporation ("FDIC").


                                        i

<PAGE>


Subscription Offering       As part of the  Conversion,  Common  Stock  is being
                            offered for sale in the  Subscription  Offering,  in
                            the priorities  summarized  below, to the Bank's (1)
                            Eligible Account Holders, (2) Tax-Qualified Employee
                            Plans, (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (4)
                            Other  Members,  and  (5)  employees,  officers  and
                            directors. If necessary,  all shares of Common Stock
                            not purchased in the Subscription  Offering, if any,
                            may  be  offered  in  connection   with  the  Public
                            Offering and/or Direct  Community  Offering for sale
                            to selected persons through FBR.


Subscription Rights of
Eligible Account Holders    Each   Eligible   Account   Holder  has  been  given
                            non-transferable  rights to subscribe  for an amount
                            equal to the greater of  $250,000  of Common  Stock,
                            one-tenth  of one  percent  of the  total  number of
                            shares  offered in the  Subscription  Offering or 15
                            times the  product  (rounded  down to the whole next
                            number)  obtained by multiplying the total number of
                            shares  to be  issued  by a  fraction  of which  the
                            numerator  is the amount of  qualifying  deposits of
                            such  subscriber  and the  denominator  is the total
                            qualifying  deposits of all account  holders in this
                            category on the qualifying date.


Subscription Rights of
Tax-Qualified
Employee Plans              The Bank's  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans have been
                            given   non-transferable    rights   to   subscribe,
                            individually and in the aggregate,  for up to 10% of
                            the total  number of shares  sold in the  Conversion
                            after  satisfaction  of  subscriptions  of  Eligible
                            Account Holders.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  to
                            the extent  orders for shares  exceed the maximum of
                            the appraisal  range,  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans
                            shall  be  afforded  a first  priority  to  purchase
                            shares  sold  above  the  maximum  of the  appraisal
                            range. It is anticipated that Tax-Qualified Employee
                            Plans will  purchase 8% of the Common  Stock sold in
                            the Conversion.


Subscription Rights of
Supplemental Eligible
Account Holders             After  satisfaction  of  subscriptions  of  Eligible
                            Account  Holders and Tax- Qualified  Employee Plans,
                            each  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder (other
                            than  directors  and  officers of the Bank) has been
                            given  non-transferable  rights to subscribe  for an
                            amount  equal to the  greater of  $250,000 of Common
                            Stock,  one-tenth of one percent of the total number
                            of shares  offered in the Conversion or 15 times the
                            product  (rounded  down to the  whole  next  number)
                            obtained by  multiplying  the total number of shares
                            to be issued by a fraction of which the numerator is
                            the amount of qualifying deposits of such subscriber
                            and the denominator is the total qualifying deposits
                            of all  account  holders  in  this  category  on the
                            qualifying  date.  The  subscription  rights of each
                            Supplemental   Eligible   Account  Holder  shall  be
                            reduced to the extent of such person's  subscription
                            rights as an Eligible Account Holder.


Subscription  Rights of
Other Members               Each Other  Member  has been given  non-transferable
                            rights  to  subscribe  for an  amount  equal  to the
                            greater of $250,000 of Common  Stock or one-tenth of
                            one percent of the total number of shares offered in
                            the   Conversion    after    satisfaction   of   the
                            subscriptions   of  the  Bank's   Eligible   Account
                            Holders,    Tax-Qualified    Employee    Plans   and
                            Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.


                                       ii

<PAGE>


Subscription Rights of
Bank Personnel              Each  individual  employee,  officer and director of
                            the Bank has been given the right to  subscribe  for
                            an amount equal to the greater of $250,000 of Common
                            Stock after  satisfaction  of the  subscriptions  of
                            Eligible  Account  Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee
                            Plans,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders and
                            Other  Members.  Total shares  subscribed for by the
                            employees,  officers and  directors in this category
                            may not  exceed 20% of the total  shares  offered in
                            the Conversion.


Public Offering and/or
Direct Community Offering   Subject to prior  rights of holders of  subscription
                            rights,  the  Holding  Company  may also  offer  the
                            Common  Stock for sale to selected  persons  through
                            FBR in a Public  Offering  and/or  Direct  Community
                            Offering.


Purchase Limitations        No person may purchase  more than $250,000 of Common
                            Stock  in  the  Subscription  Offering.  No  person,
                            together  with  associates,  and  persons  acting in
                            concert,  may purchase  more than $750,000 of Common
                            Stock in the  Conversion.  No person,  together with
                            associates  of and  persons  acting in concert  with
                            such  person,  may  purchase  more than  $250,000 of
                            Common Stock in the Public  Offering  and/or  Direct
                            Community  Offering.   The  aggregate  purchases  of
                            directors   and   executive   officers   and   their
                            associates may not exceed 30% of the total number of
                            shares  offered in the  Conversion.  These  purchase
                            limitations do not apply to the Bank's Tax-Qualified
                            Employee Plans.


Expiration Date of the
Subscription Offering       All  subscriptions  for Common  Stock in  connection
                            with the  Subscription  Offering must be received by
                            noon, Chicago, Illinois Time on _____ __, 199_.


How to Subscribe for
Shares                      For information on how to subscribe for Common Stock
                            being offered in the Subscription  Offering,  please
                            read  the   Prospectus   and  the  order   form  and
                            instructions   accompanying  this  Proxy  Statement.
                            Subscriptions  will not become  effective  until the
                            Plan of  Conversion  has been approved by the Bank's
                            members and all of the Common  Stock  offered in the
                            Conversion  has been  subscribed  for or sold in the
                            Offering  or  through  such  other  means  as may be
                            approved by the OTS.


Price of Common Stock       All sales of Common  Stock in the  Offering  will be
                            made at the same price per share which is  currently
                            expected  to be $10.00  per share on the basis of an
                            independent  appraisal of the pro forma market value
                            of the Bank and the Holding Company upon Conversion.
                            On the basis of a  preliminary  appraisal by FinPro,
                            Inc. ("FinPro"), which has been reviewed by the OTS,
                            a minimum of  _________  and a maximum of  _________
                            shares will be offered in the  Conversion.  See "The
                            Conversion  - Stock  Pricing and Number of Shares to
                            be Issued" in the Prospectus.


Tax Consequences            The Bank has  received  an opinion  from its special
                            counsel,  Silver,  Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.,  stating
                            that the  Conversion is a nontaxable  reorganization
                            under Section  368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal  Revenue
                            Code.  The Bank has also  received  an opinion  from
                            Crowe,  Chizek  and  Company  LLP  ("Crowe  Chizek")
                            stating  that the  Conversion  will not be a taxable
                            transaction for Illinois income tax purposes.


Required Vote               Approval of the Plan of Conversion  will require the
                            affirmative vote of a majority of all votes eligible
                            to be cast at the Special Meeting.



                                       iii

<PAGE>



                  YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS URGES YOU TO VOTE FOR
                             THE PLAN OF CONVERSION

         SUMMARY OF PROPOSED STOCK CONTRIBUTION TO CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

         This  summary  does not purport to be complete  and is qualified in its
entirety by the more  detailed  information  contained in the  remainder of this
Proxy Statement and the accompanying Prospectus.

         As a reflection of the  Bank's  long-standing  commitment  to the local
community,  in 1996,  the Bank  established  The  Heritage  Foundation  of First
Security Federal Savings Bank, Inc., a private  charitable  foundation under the
Illinois General Not-For-Profit  Corporation Act. The Foundation was established
as a means of supporting the needs of the local community  while  simultaneously
increasing  the  visibility  and  reputation  of the Bank.  The  Foundation  was
initially funded by the Bank through several cash contributions aggregating $2.5
million,  all of which  were  accrued by the Bank  during the fourth  quarter of
1996. In addition,  under the Plan and subject to member  approval,  the Holding
Company will  contribute to the  Foundation  250,000  shares of its Common Stock
(the "Stock Contribution"). The Stock Contribution will be either in the form of
a direct  contribution  or a sale of the  shares for their  aggregate  par value
($.01 per share).  The Holding Company believes that the Stock Contribution will
be fully  tax-deductible  at $10.00  per share  for both  federal  tax and state
income tax purposes.


Purpose of the Stock
Contribution                The Holding  Company and the Bank  believe  that the
                            funding of the  Foundation  with Common Stock of the
                            Holding  Company is a means of reinforcing  the bond
                            among the Bank and the communities in which the Bank
                            operates, thereby enabling such communities to share
                            in the  potential  growth and success of the Holding
                            Company  over  the  long-term.  Although  the  Stock
                            Contribution  will  result  in a  reduction  in  the
                            Holding Company's  conversion  appraisal (but not in
                            its pro  forma  capital  per share or  earnings  per
                            share),   the   Board   believes   that  the   Stock
                            Contribution will enhance the long term value of the
                            Bank's  franchise by increasing  customer loyalty as
                            well as the size of its  customer  base.  The  Board
                            believes that customer loyalty and community support
                            are critical  for the success of community  oriented
                            institutions such as the Bank.


                            The Board believes that the Stock  Contribution will
                            facilitate the support of charitable activities even
                            during  periods when the Holding  Company may not be
                            in  a   position   to   support   such   activities.
                            (Similarly,  the Stock Contribution could enable the
                            Foundation  to offset  the impact of  variations  in
                            contribution  levels  from the  Holding  Company  by
                            accumulating  funds  during  periods  of  relatively
                            large contributions and disbursing such funds during
                            periods  of  relatively  small   contributions.)  In
                            addition,   the  Board   believes   that  the  Stock
                            Contribution  will have a highly  beneficial  public
                            relations impact.  Finally,  the Board believes that
                            the   Stock   Contribution   will   facilitate   the
                            participation  of non-Holding  Company  personnel in
                            charitable  activities.  The Board believes that the
                            Stock  Contribution  on the terms  described  herein
                            represents  an  opportunity  to  make a  significant
                            charitable   contribution  which  will  benefit  the
                            Holding  Company  and the Bank at a time  when  they
                            have  adequate  capital,  are  not  yet  subject  to
                            possible  earnings   pressure   resulting  from  the
                            Holding  Company's  status as a public  company  and
                            there is a need for charitable funding in the Bank's
                            market area.


                                       iv

<PAGE>


Structure of the
Foundation                  The  Foundation  is a private  foundation  under the
                            Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as  amended  (the
                            "Code"). As a private foundation,  the Foundation is
                            required  to   distribute   annually  in  grants  or
                            donations at least 5% of its net investment  assets.
                            The  Foundation  is  dedicated  to the  promotion of
                            charitable  purposes within the communities in which
                            the Bank  operates,  including,  but not limited to,
                            providing  grants or donations to community  groups,
                            cultural activities,  youth and elder care and other
                            types  of  organizations  or  projects.   While  the
                            Foundation  is  authorized  to  engage  directly  in
                            charitable  activities,  in order to limit  overhead
                            costs,   it  is  currently   anticipated   that  the
                            Foundation's primary activity will consist of making
                            grants  to  other  charitable   organizations.

                            The authority for the affairs of the  Foundation  is
                            vested in the Board of  Trustees  of the  Foundation
                            which  is   comprised   of   Chairman   Nadzikewycz,
                            President  Kulas and Director  Gawryk.  Such persons
                            excused   themselves   from   voting  on  the  Stock
                            Contribution.  Under the  terms of the  Foundation's
                            articles  of  incorporation,  new  trustees  may  be
                            selected only by the Foundation's Board of Trustees.

                            The Foundation's  articles of incorporation  provide
                            that the earnings of the Foundation shall not result
                            in any private benefit for its members,  trustees or
                            officers.  In addition,  it is anticipated  that the
                            Foundation will adopt a conflicts of interest policy
                            to  protect  against   inappropriate   benefits  for
                            trustees or officers.  While these  provisions would
                            not prohibit the payment of reasonable  compensation
                            for services  rendered,  the members of the Board of
                            Trustees do not  currently  receive fees for service
                            on the Board.


The Stock Contribution      If approved by members,  the Stock Contribution will
                            be  made  within   twelve   months   following   the
                            completion of the Conversion.  However, as discussed
                            below,   the  Holding  Company  will  recognize  the
                            expense  related  to the Stock  Contribution  in the
                            quarter in which the  Conversion is completed.  Once
                            made, the Stock Contribution will not be recoverable
                            by the  Company  or the  Bank.  The  Foundation  may
                            receive  working capital from any dividends that may
                            be paid on the Company's  Common Stock in the future
                            and,  subject to applicable  federal and state laws,
                            from loans  collateralized  by the  Common  Stock or
                            from the  proceeds  of the sale of any of the Common
                            Stock in the open market from time to time as may be
                            permitted to provide the Foundation  with additional
                            liquidity. One of the conditions imposed on the gift
                            of Common Stock by the Company is that the amount of
                            Common Stock that may be sold by the  Foundation  in
                            any one year  shall  not  exceed  5% of the  average
                            market  value of the assets held by the  Foundation,
                            except   where   the  Board  of   Trustees   of  the
                            Foundation,  by three-fourths vote,  determines that
                            the  failure  to  sell an  amount  of  Common  Stock
                            greater than such amount would result in a long-term
                            reduction  in the value of the  Foundation's  assets
                            and  as  such  would   jeopardize  the  Foundation's
                            capacity to carry out its charitable  purposes.  The
                            Stock   Contribution  is  also  subject  to  certain
                            conditions imposed by the OTS in connection with its
                            approval of the Conversion.


                                        v

<PAGE>


                            The Stock Contribution is subject to the approval of
                            a  majority  of the total  outstanding  votes of the
                            Bank's  members  eligible  to be cast at the Special
                            Meeting.  The Stock  Contribution will be considered
                            as a separate  matter  from the vote to approve  the
                            Plan of Conversion.  If the Bank's  members  approve
                            the   Plan  of   Conversion,   but  not  the   Stock
                            Contribution,  the  Bank  intends  to  complete  the
                            Conversion without the Stock Contribution.


Regulatory Conditions
Imposed on the Foundation   The Stock  Contribution  is subject to the following
                            conditions  imposed by the OTS:  (i) the  Foundation
                            will be subject to  examination  by the OTS,  at the
                            Foundation's  own expense;  (ii) the Foundation must
                            comply with  supervisory  directives  imposed by the
                            OTS;  (iii)  the  Foundation   will  provide  annual
                            reports to the OTS describing  grants made and grant
                            recipients;  (iv) the  Foundation  will  operate  in
                            accordance  with  written  policies  adopted  by the
                            board of directors, including a conflict of interest
                            policy;  (v)  the  Foundation  will  not  engage  in
                            self-dealing and will comply with all laws necessary
                            to  maintain  its  tax-exempt  status;  and (vi) any
                            shares of Common  Stock of the Holding  Company held
                            by the Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as
                            all other  shares of the  Holding  Company's  Common
                            Stock on all proposals considered by stockholders of
                            the Holding Company; provided, however, that the OTS
                            will waive this  voting  restriction  under  certain
                            circumstances   if   compliance   with  the   voting
                            restriction  would: (a) cause a violation of the law
                            of the State of Illinois and the OTS  determines the
                            federal law does not preempt the  application of the
                            laws of the State of Illinois to the Foundation; (b)
                            cause the Foundation to lose its  tax-exempt  status
                            or  otherwise   have  a  material  and  adverse  tax
                            consequence  on the  Foundation;  or (c)  cause  the
                            Foundation  to be  subject  to an  excise  tax under
                            Section  4941 of the  Code.  In order for the OTS to
                            waive such voting restriction, the Holding Company's
                            or the  Foundation's  legal  counsel  must render an
                            opinion satisfactory to OTS that compliance with the
                            voting  restriction  would have the effect described
                            in  clauses  (a),  (b) or  (c)  above.  Under  those
                            circumstances,  the OTS will  grant a waiver  of the
                            voting   restriction   upon   submission   of   such
                            opinion(s) by the Holding Company or the Foundation.

                  YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS URGES YOU TO VOTE FOR
              THE STOCK CONTRIBUTION TO THE HERITAGE FOUNDATION OF
                    FIRST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK, INC.


                                       vi

<PAGE>



                       FIRST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

                                 PROXY STATEMENT

           SPECIAL MEETING OF MEMBERS TO BE HELD ON ________ __, 1997

                               PURPOSE OF MEETING


         This Proxy  Statement is being  furnished to you in connection with the
solicitation  on behalf  of the Board of  Directors  of First  Security  Federal
Savings Bank ("First  Security" or the "Bank") of the proxies to be voted at the
Special Meeting of Members (the "Special Meeting") of the Bank to be held at the
Bank's  main  office  located at 936 North  Western  Avenue,  Chicago,  Illinois
60622-4695,  on ________ __, 1997 at __:__ _.m., Chicago,  Illinois Time, and at
any adjournments  thereof.  The Special Meeting is being held for the purpose of
considering  and voting upon a Plan of Conversion  under which the Bank would be
converted (the "Conversion") from a federally chartered mutual savings bank into
a federally  chartered stock savings bank, the concurrent sale of all the common
stock of the  stock  savings  bank to First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc.  (the
"Holding Company"), a Delaware corporation,  and the sale by the Holding Company
of shares of its common stock (the "Common  Stock") The Special  Meeting is also
being held to  consider  and vote upon the  contribution  of  250,000  shares of
common stock of the Holding Company to The Heritage Foundation of First Security
Federal  Savings  Bank,  Inc.  ("the  Foundation"),  a  charitable  organization
dedicated to the  promotion of charitable  purposes  within the  communities  in
which the Bank operates and such other  business as may properly come before the
meeting and any adjournment thereof.

                    RECOMMENDATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE
TO  APPROVE  THE PLAN OF  CONVERSION  AND IN FAVOR  OF THE  CONTRIBUTION  TO THE
HERITAGE  FOUNDATION OF FIRST  SECURITY  FEDERAL  SAVINGS BANK , INC. OF 250,000
SHARES OF HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK.

         The Bank is currently  organized in "mutual"  rather than "stock" form,
meaning that it has no  stockholders  and no authority  under its federal mutual
charter to issue  capital  stock.  The Bank's Board of Directors has adopted the
Plan of Conversion providing for the Conversion. The sale of Common Stock of the
Holding Company,  which was recently formed to become the holding company of the
Bank, will substantially increase the Bank's net worth. The Holding Company will
exchange  50% of the net  proceeds  from the sale of the  Common  Stock  for the
common  stock of the Bank to be issued  upon  Conversion.  The  Holding  Company
expects to retain the balance of the net proceeds as its initial capitalization,
a portion of which the Holding  Company  intends to lend to the ESOP to fund its
purchase of Common Stock.  This increased  capital will support the expansion of
the Bank's financial  services to the public. The Board of Directors of the Bank
also believes that the conversion to stock form and the use of a holding company
structure will enhance the Bank's ability to expand through possible mergers and
acquisitions  (although no such  transactions are contemplated at this time) and
will facilitate its future access to the capital markets.

         The Board of Directors of the Bank  believes that the  Conversion  will
further  benefit the Bank by  enabling  it to attract  and retain key  personnel
through prudent use of stock-related  incentive  compensation and benefit plans.
The Board of  Directors of the Holding  Company  intends to adopt a stock option
and incentive plan and a recognition and retention plan,  subject to approval of
Holding  Company  stockholders  following  completion  of  the  Conversion.  See
"Management - Benefit Plans" in the accompanying Prospectus.

         Voting in favor of the Plan of Conversion  will not obligate any person
to purchase any Common Stock.

         As a reflection  of the Bank's  long-standing  commitment  to the local
community,  in 1996,  the Bank  established  The  Heritage  Foundation  of First
Security Federal Savings Bank, Inc., a private  charitable  foundation under the
Illinois General Not-For-Profit  Corporation Act. The Foundation was established
as a means of supporting the needs of the local community  while  simultaneously
increasing  the  visibility  and  reputation  of the Bank.  The  Foundation  was
initially funded by the Bank through several cash contributions aggregating $2.5
million,  all of which  were  accrued by the Bank  during the fourth  quarter of
1996. In addition, under the Plan and subject to member approval, the Holding

                                        1

<PAGE>



Company will  contribute to the  Foundation  250,000  shares of its Common Stock
(the "Stock Contribution"). The Stock Contribution will be either in the form of
a direct  contribution  or a sale of the  shares for their  aggregate  par value
($.01 per share).  The Holding Company believes that the Stock Contribution will
be fully  tax-deductible  at $10.00  per share  for both  federal  tax and state
income tax purposes.

         The  Holding  Company  and the Bank  believe  that the  funding  of the
Foundation  with Common Stock of the Holding  Company is a means of  reinforcing
the bond among the Bank and the communities in which the Bank operates,  thereby
enabling such  communities  to share in the potential  growth and success of the
Holding Company over the long-term.  Although the Stock Contribution will result
in a reduction in the Holding Company's conversion appraisal (but not in its pro
forma  capital per share or earnings  per share),  the Board  believes  that the
Stock  Contribution  will enhance the long term value of the Bank's franchise by
increasing  customer loyalty as well as the size of its customer base. The Board
believes  that  customer  loyalty and  community  support are  critical  for the
success of community oriented institutions such as the Bank.

         Voting in favor of the Contribution to the Foundation will not obligate
any person to purchase any Common Stock.

         THE  OFFICE OF THRIFT  SUPERVISION  ("OTS")  HAS  APPROVED  THE PLAN OF
CONVERSION SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE BANK'S MEMBERS AND THE SATISFACTION OF
CERTAIN  OTHER  CONDITIONS.   HOWEVER,  SUCH  APPROVAL  DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE  A
RECOMMENDATION OR ENDORSEMENT OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION BY THE OTS.

              INFORMATION RELATING TO VOTING AT THE SPECIAL MEETING

         The  Board of  Directors  of the Bank  has  fixed , 1997 as the  voting
record date ("Voting Record Date") for the  determination of members entitled to
notice of the Special Meeting. All Bank depositors are members of the Bank under
its current  charter.  All Bank depositors of record as of the close of business
on the Voting  Record Date and  borrowers as of ________ __, ____ and the Voting
Record Date who continue to be  depositors  and  borrowers as of the date of the
Special  Meeting  will  be  entitled  to  vote  at the  Special  Meeting  or any
adjournment thereof.

         Each depositor member  (including IRA and Keogh account  beneficiaries)
will be  entitled  at the  Special  Meeting to cast one vote for each  $100,  or
fraction thereof,  of the aggregate  withdrawal value of all of such depositor's
accounts  in the Bank as of the  Voting  Record  Date,  up to a maximum of 1,000
votes.  In general,  accounts  held in different  ownership  capacities  will be
treated  as  separate  memberships  for  purposes  of  applying  the 1,000  vote
limitation.  For example,  if two persons hold a $100,000 account in their joint
names and each of the persons also holds a separate  account for $100,000 in his
own name, each person would be entitled to 1,000 votes for each separate account
and they would  together  be  entitled  to cast 1,000  votes on the basis of the
joint  account.  Where  no  proxies  are  received  from IRA and  Keogh  account
beneficiaries,  after due notification,  the Bank, as trustee of these accounts,
is entitled  to vote these  accounts  in favor of the Plan of  Conversion.  Each
member  borrower  is  entitled  to one vote in  addition  to any other  vote the
borrower may otherwise have.

         Approval of the Plan of Conversion  requires the affirmative  vote of a
majority of the total  outstanding  votes of the Bank's  members  eligible to be
cast at the Special  Meeting.  Approval of the contribution of 250,000 shares of
Holding Company Common Stock to the Foundation will also require the affirmative
vote of a majority of the total outstanding votes of the Bank's members eligible
to be cast at the  Special  Meeting.  As of  _______  __,  1997,  the  Bank  had
approximately  ______ members who were entitled to cast a total of approximately
_________ votes at the Special Meeting.

         Bank members may vote at the Special Meeting or any adjournment thereof
in person or by proxy.  Any member  giving a proxy will have the right to revoke
the  proxy  at any time  before  it is voted by  giving  written  notice  to the
Secretary  of the Bank,  provided  that such  written  notice is received by the
Secretary  prior to the  Special  Meeting or any  adjournment  thereof,  or upon
request if the member is present and chooses to vote in person.


                                        2

<PAGE>



         All properly executed proxies received by the Board of Directors of the
Bank will be voted in accordance with the instructions  indicated thereon by the
members giving such proxies.  If no instructions are given, such proxies will be
voted in favor of the Plan of Conversion and the establishment of the charitable
foundation.  If any other matters are properly  presented at the Special Meeting
and may properly be voted on, the proxies solicited hereby will be voted on such
matters in accordance with the best judgment of the proxy holders named thereon.
Management  is not aware of any other  business to be  presented  at the Special
Meeting.

         If a proxy is not executed and is returned and the member does not vote
in person,  the Bank is  prohibited by OTS  regulations  from using a previously
executed  proxy to vote  for the  Conversion  or the  Foundation.  As a  result,
failure  to vote  may  have  the  same  effect  as a vote  against  the  Plan of
Conversion and the Foundation.

         To the extent  necessary to permit  approval of the Plan of Conversion,
proxies may be  solicited by  officers,  directors  or regular  employees of the
Bank, in person,  by telephone or through other forms of  communication  and, if
necessary,  the Special  Meeting may be adjourned to a later date.  In addition,
FBR will assist the Bank in the  solicitation  of proxies.  Such persons will be
reimbursed  by the Bank for their  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with such
solicitation.  The Bank will bear all costs of this  solicitation.  The  proxies
solicited hereby will be used only at the Special Meeting and at any adjournment
thereof.

                      DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION

         The Plan of  Conversion  to be  presented  for  approval at the Special
Meeting  provides for the  Conversion  to be  accomplished  through  adoption of
amended  charter and bylaws for the Bank to  authorize  the  issuance of capital
stock along with the concurrent  formation of a holding company.  As part of the
Conversion,  the Plan of Conversion provides for the subscription  offering (the
"Subscription  Offering") of the Common Stock to the Bank's (i) Eligible Account
Holders  (deposit  account  holders with an account balance of $50 or more as of
December  31,  1995;  (ii)  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans,  (iii)  Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders (deposit account holders with an account balance of $50
or more as of __________ __, 1997);  (iv) Other Members (deposit account holders
eligible to vote at the Special Meeting who are not as Eligible  Account Holders
or  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders);  and  (v) the  Bank's  employees,
officers and directors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent orders for
shares exceed the maximum of the appraisal range,  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans
shall be afforded a first priority to purchase  shares sold above the maximum of
the appraisal  range. It is anticipated that  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans will
purchase 8% of the Common Stock sold in the Conversion. If necessary, all shares
of Common  Stock not  purchased  in the  Subscription  Offering,  if any, may be
offered to selected persons in connection with the Public Offering and/or Direct
Community Offering through FBR.

         THE  SUBSCRIPTION  OFFERING HAS  COMMENCED AS OF THE DATE OF MAILING OF
THIS PROXY  STATEMENT.  A PROSPECTUS  EXPLAINING  THE TERMS OF THE  SUBSCRIPTION
OFFERING,  INCLUDING HOW TO ORDER AND PAY FOR SHARES AND DESCRIBING THE BUSINESS
OF THE BANK AND THE HOLDING COMPANY; ACCOMPANIES THIS PROXY STATEMENT AND SHOULD
BE READ BY ALL PERSONS WHO WISH TO CONSIDER  SUBSCRIBING  FOR COMMON STOCK.  THE
SUBSCRIPTION  OFFERING EXPIRES AT NOON,  CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS TIME ON ________ __,
1997 UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE BANK AND THE HOLDING COMPANY.

         The federal conversion  regulations require that all stock offered in a
conversion  must be sold in order for the  conversion to become  effective.  The
conversion  regulations  require that the  offering be completed  within 45 days
after completion of the Subscription Offering period unless extended by the Bank
and the Holding Company with the approval of the OTS. This 45-day period expires
________ __, 1997 unless the Subscription  Offering is extended.  If this is not
possible,  an  occurrence  that is  currently  not  anticipated,  the  Board  of
Directors  of the Bank and the  Holding  Company  will  consult  with the OTS to
determine an appropriate  alternative method of selling all unsubscribed  shares
offered in the Conversion.  The Plan of Conversion  provides that the Conversion
must be completed within 24 months after the date of the Special Meeting.

         The Public Offering and/or Direct Community  Offering or any other sale
of the  unsubscribed  shares  will be made as  soon  as  practicable  after  the
completion of the  Subscription  Offering.  No sales of shares may be completed,
either in the Subscription Offering or otherwise,  unless the Plan of Conversion
is approved by the members of the Bank.


                                        3

<PAGE>



         The commencement and completion of the Offering, however, is subject to
market  conditions and other factors beyond the Bank's  control.  Due to adverse
conditions  in the  stock  market in the past,  a number  of  converting  thrift
institutions  encountered significant delays in completing their stock offerings
or were not able to complete  them at all. No  assurance  can be given as to the
length of time after  approval of the Plan of Conversion at the Special  Meeting
that will be required to complete the Public  Offering  and/or Direct  Community
Offering or other sale of the Common Stock to be offered in the  Conversion.  If
delays are experienced, significant changes may occur in the estimated pro forma
market value of the Holding Company's Common Stock,  together with corresponding
changes in the offering price and the net proceeds  realized by the Bank and the
Holding  Company  from the sale of the Common  Stock.  The Bank and the  Holding
Company may also incur substantial  additional printing,  legal,  accounting and
other expenses in completing the Conversion.

         The following is a brief summary of the  Conversion and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the Plan of Conversion, a complete copy of which is
attached  hereto.  The Bank's  federal stock charter and bylaws that will become
effective  upon  completion of the  Conversion  are available from the Bank upon
request.  A copy of the Holding  Company's  articles of incorporation and bylaws
are also available from the Bank upon request.

Principal Effects of Conversion

         Depositors.  The Conversion will not change the amount,  interest rate,
withdrawal rights or federal insurance protection of deposit accounts, or affect
deposit  accounts in any way other than with  respect to voting and  liquidation
rights as discussed below.

         Borrowers.  The rights and  obligations  of borrowers  under their loan
agreements with the Bank will remain unchanged by the Conversion.  The principal
amount,  interest  rate and  maturity  date of loans  will  remain  as they were
contractually fixed prior to the Conversion.

         Voting  Rights of  Members.  Under the Bank's  current  federal  mutual
charter,  depositors  have voting  rights as members of the Bank with respect to
the  election of  directors  and certain  other  affairs of the Bank.  After the
Conversion,  exclusive  voting  rights with  respect to all such matters will be
vested in the Holding  Company as the sole  stockholder of the Bank.  Depositors
will no longer  have any voting  rights,  except to the extent  that they become
stockholders  of the Holding  Company  through the purchase of its Common Stock.
Voting  rights  in  the  Holding  Company  will  be  held   exclusively  by  its
stockholders.

         Liquidation  Rights of Depositor  Members.  Currently,  in the unlikely
event of liquidation of the Bank, any assets remaining after satisfaction of all
creditors'  claims  in full  (including  the  claims  of all  depositors  to the
withdrawal  value of their  accounts)  would be  distributed  pro rata among the
depositors  of the  Bank,  with  the pro  rata  share  of each  being  the  same
proportion  of all  such  remaining  assets  as the  withdrawal  value  of  each
depositor's account is of the total withdrawal value of all accounts in the Bank
at the time of liquidation.  After the Conversion,  the assets of the Bank would
first be  applied,  in the  event of  liquidation,  against  the  claims  of all
creditors  (including the claims of all  depositors to the  withdrawal  value of
their  accounts).  Any remaining assets would then be distributed to the persons
who  qualified as Eligible  Account  Holders or  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holders  under the Plan of  Conversion  to the  extent of their  interests  in a
"Liquidation  Account" that will be established at the time of the completion of
the  Conversion and then to the Holding  Company as the sole  stockholder of the
Bank's  outstanding  common stock. The Bank's  depositors who did not qualify as
Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders would have no
right to share in any residual net worth of the Bank in the event of liquidation
after the  Conversion,  but would continue to have the right as creditors of the
Bank to  receive  the  full  withdrawal  value of  their  deposits  prior to any
distribution to the Holding Company as the Bank's sole stockholder. In addition,
the Bank's deposit  accounts will continue to be insured by the Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") to the maximum extent permitted by law, currently
up to $100,000 per insured  account.  The Liquidation  Account will initially be
established  in an  amount  equal to the net worth of the Bank as of the date of
the Bank's  latest  statement  of  financial  condition  contained  in the final
prospectus used in connection with the Conversion.  Each Eligible Account Holder
and/or Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder will receive an initial interest in
the  Liquidation  Account in the same  proportion  as the  balance in all of his
qualifying  deposit  accounts  was of the  aggregate  balance in all  qualifying
deposit  accounts of all  Eligible  Account  Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holders on December 31, 1995 or ________ __,  1997,  respectively.  For
accounts in existence on both dates, separate subaccounts shall be determined on
the basis of the  qualifying  deposits  in such  accounts  on the record  dates.
However, if the amount in the qualifying deposit account on any annual closing

                                        4

<PAGE>



date of the Bank is less than the lowest  amount in such deposit  account on the
Eligibility  Record Date and/or  Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date, and any
subsequent annual closing date, this interest in the Liquidation Account will be
reduced by an amount  proportionate  to such  reduction  in the related  deposit
account and will not thereafter be increased despite any subsequent  increase in
the related deposit account.

         The Bank.  Under federal law, the stock savings bank resulting from the
Conversion will be deemed to be a continuation of the mutual savings bank rather
than a new  entity  and will  continue  to have all of the  rights,  privileges,
properties,  assets and  liabilities  of the Bank prior to the  Conversion.  The
Conversion will enable the Bank to issue capital stock,  but will not change the
general  objectives,  purposes or types of business  currently  conducted by the
Bank,  and no  assets  of the Bank will be  distributed  in order to effect  the
Conversion,  other  than  to  pay  the  expenses  incident  thereto.  After  the
Conversion,  the Bank will remain subject to  examination  and regulation by the
OTS and will  continue to be a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System.  The
Conversion  will not cause any change in the executive  officers or directors of
the Bank.

         Tax   Consequences.   Consummation   of  the  Conversion  is  expressly
conditioned  upon prior receipt of either a ruling of the United States Internal
Revenue  Service ("IRS") or an opinion letter of the Bank's counsel with respect
to federal taxation, and either a ruling of the Illinois taxation authorities or
an opinion  letter  with  respect to Illinois  taxation,  to the effect that the
Conversion will not be a taxable transaction to the Holding Company, the Bank or
the Bank's deposit account holders receiving subscription rights.

         The Bank has  received  an  opinion  of its  special  counsel,  Silver,
Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., to the effect that (i) the Conversion will qualify as a
reorganization  under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as  amended,  and no gain or loss will be  recognized  to the Bank in either its
mutual form or its stock form by reason of the proposed Conversion, (ii) no gain
or loss will be  recognized  to the Bank in its stock  form upon the  receipt of
money and other property,  if any, from the Holding Company for the stock of the
Bank;  and no gain or loss will be  recognized  to the Holding  Company upon the
receipt of money for Common  Stock of the Holding  Company;  (iii) the assets of
the Bank in either its mutual or its stock form will have the same basis  before
and after the  Conversion;  (iv) the holding period of the assets of the Bank in
its stock form will include the period  during which the assets were held by the
Bank in its mutual form prior to Conversion;  (v) gain, if any, will be realized
by the  depositors  of the  Bank  upon  the  constructive  issuance  to  them of
withdrawable  deposit  accounts of the Bank in its stock  form,  nontransferable
subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock and/or interests in
the  Liquidation  Account (any such gain will be recognized by such  depositors,
but only in an amount not in excess of the fair market value of the subscription
rights  and  Liquidation  Account  interests  received);  (vi) the  basis of the
account  holder's  savings accounts in the Bank after the Conversion will be the
same as the  basis  of his or her  savings  accounts  in the  Bank  prior to the
Conversion; (vii) the basis of each account holder's interest in the Liquidation
Account is assumed to be zero; (viii) based on the FinPro Letter, as hereinafter
defined,  the basis of the  subscription  rights will be zero; (ix) the basis of
the Holding Company Common Stock to its stockholders  will be the purchase price
thereof;  (x) a  stockholder's  holding period for Holding  Company Common Stock
acquired through the exercise of subscription  rights shall begin on the date on
which the  subscription  rights are  exercised  and the  holding  period for the
Conversion  Stock  purchased in the Offering will commence on the date following
the date on which such stock is purchased;  (xi) the Bank in its stock form will
succeed to and take into account the earnings and profits or deficit in earnings
and  profits,  of the Bank,  in its mutual form,  as of the date of  Conversion;
(xii) the Bank,  immediately  after  Conversion,  will  succeed to and take into
account the bad debt reserve  accounts of the Bank, in mutual form,  and the bad
debt  reserves  will  have the same  character  in the  hands of the Bank  after
Conversion  as if no  Conversion  had  occurred;  and (xiii) the creation of the
Liquidation Account will have no effect on the Bank's taxable income, deductions
or addition to reserve for bad debts either in its mutual or stock form.

         The opinion from Silver,  Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. is based, among other
things,  on certain  assumptions,  including the  assumptions  that the exercise
price of the  Subscription  Rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock will
be approximately equal to the fair market value of that stock at the time of the
completion of the proposed Conversion.  With respect to the Subscription Rights,
the Bank will receive a letter from FinPro (the "FinPro Letter") which, based on
certain  assumptions,  will conclude that the Subscription Rights to be received
by Eligible  Account  Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders and other
eligible  subscribers do not have any economic value at the time of distribution
or at the time the  Subscription  Rights are exercised,  whether or not a Direct
Community or Public Offering takes place.


                                        5

<PAGE>



         The Bank has also  received  an  opinion  of  Silver,  Freedman & Taff,
L.L.P.  to the effect that,  based in part on the FinPro Letter:  (i) no taxable
income  will  be  realized  by  depositors  as  a  result  of  the  exercise  of
non-transferable  Subscription  Rights to  purchase  shares of  Holding  Company
Common Stock at fair market value;  (ii) no taxable income will be recognized by
borrowers,  directors,  officers  and  employees  of the Bank on the  receipt or
exercise of  Subscription  Rights to purchase  shares of Holding  Company Common
Stock at fair market value;  and (iii) no taxable income will be realized by the
Bank or Holding  Company on the  issuance  of  Subscription  Rights to  eligible
subscribers  to purchase  shares of Holding  Company Common Stock at fair market
value.

         Notwithstanding  the  FinPro  Letter,  if the  Subscription  Rights are
subsequently  found to have a fair market value and are deemed a distribution of
property,  it is Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P.'s opinion that gain or income
will be recognized by various recipients of the Subscription  Rights (in certain
cases,  whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Bank and/or the Holding
Company may be taxable on the distribution of the Subscription Rights.

         With  respect to Illinois  taxation,  the Bank has  received an opinion
from  Crowe,  Chizek  and  Company  LLP to the  effect  that  the  Illinois  tax
consequences  to the Bank,  in its mutual or stock form,  the  Holding  Company,
eligible  account  holders,   parties  receiving  Subscription  Rights,  parties
purchasing  conversion stock, and other parties  participating in the Conversion
will be the same as the federal income tax consequences described above.

         Unlike a private  letter  ruling,  the  opinions of Silver,  Freedman &
Taff,  L.L.P.  and Crowe,  Chizek and Company LLP, as well as the FinPro Letter,
have no binding  effect or official  status,  and no assurance can be given that
the  conclusions  reached in any of those opinions would be sustained by a court
if contested by the IRS or the Delaware or Illinois tax authorities.

Approval, Interpretation, Amendment and Termination

         Under the Plan of Conversion,  the letter from the OTS giving  approval
thereto, and applicable  regulations,  consummation of the Conversion is subject
to the  satisfaction  of the following  conditions:  (a) approval of the Plan of
Conversion  by  members of the Bank  casting  at least a  majority  of the votes
eligible to be cast at the Special Meeting;  (b) sale of all of the Common Stock
to be  offered  in the  Conversion;  and (c)  receipt  of  favorable  rulings or
opinions of counsel as to the  federal  and  Illinois  tax  consequences  of the
Conversion.

         The Plan of Conversion  may be  substantively  amended by the Boards of
Directors of the Bank and the Holding  Company with the  concurrence of the OTS.
If the Plan of Conversion is amended,  proxies which have been received prior to
such  amendment will not be resolicited  unless  otherwise  required by the OTS.
Also, as required by the federal  regulations,  the Plan of Conversion  provides
that the  transactions  contemplated  thereby may be  terminated by the Board of
Directors of the Bank alone at any time prior to the Special  Meeting and may be
terminated by the Board of Directors of the Bank at any time thereafter with the
concurrence  of the OTS,  notwithstanding  approval of the Plan of Conversion by
the members of the Bank at the Special Meeting.  All interpretations by the Bank
and the  Holding  Company of the Plan of  Conversion  and of the order forms and
related materials for the Subscription Offering will be final, except as regards
or affects the OTS.

Judicial Review

         Section 5(i)(2)(B) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended,  12 U.S.C.
ss.1464(i)(2)(B) and Section 563b.8(u) of the Rules and Regulations  promulgated
thereunder (12 C.F.R.  Section 563b.8(u)) provide: (i) that persons aggrieved by
a final  action  of the OTS  which  approves,  with or  without  conditions,  or
disapproves a plan of conversion, may obtain review of such final action only by
filing a written  petition in the United States Court of Appeals for the circuit
in which the principal office or residence of such person is located,  or in the
United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia, requesting that the
final action of the OTS be modified, terminated or set aside, and (ii) that such
petition must be filed within 30 days after  publication of notice of such final
action in the  Federal  Register,  or 30 days  after the date of  mailing of the
notice  and proxy  statement  for the  meeting of the  converting  institution's
members  at which the  conversion  is to be voted on,  whichever  is later.  The
notice of the  Special  Meeting  of the  Bank's  members  to vote on the Plan of
Conversion  described  herein  is  included  at  the  beginning  of  this  Proxy
Statement.  The statute and regulation referred to above should be consulted for
further information.


                                        6

<PAGE>



                  DESCRIPTION OF THE STOCK CONTRIBUTION TO THE
        HERITAGE FOUNDATION OF FIRST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK, INC.

Stock Contribution to the Charitable Foundation

         General. As a reflection of the Bank's long-standing  commitment to the
local  community,  the Bank established  during 1996 The Heritage  Foundation of
First Security Federal Savings Bank, Inc., a private charitable foundation under
the  Illinois  General  Not For  Profit  Corporation  Act.  The  Foundation  was
established  as a means of  supporting  the needs of the local  community  while
simultaneously  increasing  the  visibility  and  reputation  of the  Bank.  The
Foundation  was  initially   funded  by  the  Bank  through  a  series  of  cash
contributions  aggregating  $2.5 million,  all of which were accrued by the Bank
during the fourth  quarter of 1996.  In addition,  under the Plan and subject to
member approval,  the Holding Company will contribute to the Foundation  250,000
shares of its Common Stock. The Stock Contribution will either be in the form of
a direct  contribution  or a sale of the  shares for their  aggregate  par value
($.01 per share).

         The Stock Contribution will be considered as a separate matter from the
proposal to approve the Plan of Conversion.  If the Bank's  members  approve the
Plan of Conversion, but not the Stock Contribution, the Bank intends to complete
the  Conversion  without  the Stock  Contribution.  Failure to approve the Stock
Contribution  may  materially  affect the pro forma  market  value of the Common
Stock.  If the  resulting  pro  forma  market  value of the  Common  Stock  (not
including the shares to be issued  pursuant to the Stock  Contribution)  is less
than $____ million or more than $____ million,  or if the OTS otherwise requires
a  resolicitation,  the Bank will  establish  a new  Estimated  Price  Range and
commence a  resolicitation  of  subscribers.  In the event of a  resolicitation,
unless an affirmative  response is received  within a specified  period of time,
all funds will be promptly returned to investors, as described elsewhere herein.
See "The  Conversion  -- Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued" in the
Prospectus.

         Purpose of the Stock Contribution.  The purpose of the Foundation is to
provide funding to support  charitable  purposes within the communities in which
the Bank operates.  The Bank has long emphasized community lending and community
development  activities  and  currently  has a  satisfactory  rating  under  the
Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA"). The Foundation is a complement to the Bank's
existing community activities, not a replacement for such activities.

         The  Foundation  is a  means  of  supporting  the  needs  of the  local
community while  simultaneously  increasing the visibility and reputation of the
Bank.  The  Holding  Company  and the  Bank  believe  that  the  funding  of the
Foundation with Common Stock of the Holding Company is a means of establishing a
common bond  between  the Bank and the  communities  in which the Bank  operates
thereby  enabling such  communities to share in the potential growth and success
of the Holding Company over the long-term.  Although the Stock Contribution will
result in a reduction  in the Holding  Company's  conversion  appraisal  and pro
forma  capital  (although  not in its pro forma  capital per  share),  the Board
believes  that the Stock  Contribution  will  enhance the long term value of the
Bank's  franchise  by  increasing  customer  loyalty  as well as the size of its
customer base. The Board  believes that customer  loyalty and community  support
are  critical  for the success of community  oriented  institutions  such as the
Bank.

         The  Board  believes  that  the  Stock  Contribution  will  enable  the
Foundation  to support  charitable  activities  during  periods when the Holding
Company may not be in a position to support  such  activities.  (Similarly,  the
Stock  Contribution  would  enable  the  Foundation  to  offset  the  impact  of
variations  in  contribution  levels by  accumulating  funds  during  periods of
relatively  large  contributions  from the Holding  Company and disbursing  such
funds during periods of relatively small contributions.) In addition,  the Board
believes  that the  Stock  Contribution  will  have a highly  beneficial  public
relations impact.  Finally,  the Board believes that the Stock Contribution will
facilitate  the  participation  of non-Holding  Company  personnel in charitable
activities.  The  Board  believes  that the  Stock  Contribution  represents  an
opportunity to make a significant charitable contribution which will benefit the
Holding Company and the Bank at a time when they have adequate capital, they are
not yet  subject  to  possible  earnings  pressure  resulting  from the  Holding
Company's  status  as a  public  company  and  there  is a need  for  charitable
donations in the Bank's market area.

         Structure of the  Foundation.  The  Foundation is a private  foundation
under the Code.  As a private  foundation,  the  Foundation  will be required to
distribute  annually in grants or  donations  at least 5% of its net  investment
assets.  The  Foundation is dedicated to the  promotion of  charitable  purposes
within the  communities in which the Bank operates,  including,  but not limited
to, providing grants or donations to support cultural activities, not-for-profit

                                       7

<PAGE>


medical  facilities,  elder and youth care,  community groups and other types of
organizations or projects. While the Foundation is authorized to engage directly
in charitable  activities,  in order to limit overhead costs,  the  Foundation's
primary  activity  currently  consists  of  making  grants  to other  charitable
organizations.

         The authority for the affairs of the  Foundation is vested in the Board
of Trustees of the  Foundation  which will  initially  be  comprised of Chairman
Nadzikewycz,   President  Kulas  and  Director  Gawryk.   Although  all  of  the
Foundation's  initial  trustees  were  selected by the Bank,  future  Foundation
trustees  may be  nominated  and  elected  only by its Board of  Trustees.  As a
result, the Board of Trustees is self-perpetuating.

         The Foundation's articles of incorporation provide that the earnings of
the  Foundation  shall  not  result  in any  private  benefit  for its  members,
directors or officers.  In addition,  it is anticipated that the Foundation will
adopt a conflicts of interest  policy to protect against  inappropriate  insider
benefits.  While these  provisions  would not prohibit the payment of reasonable
compensation for services  rendered,  it is not currently  contemplated that the
members of the Board of Trustees will receive fees for such service.  Initially,
it is not contemplated that the Foundation will have any paid employees.

         The  trustees are  responsible  for  establishing  and carrying out the
policies  of  the  Foundation  with  respect  to  grants  or  donations  by  the
Foundation,   consistent   with  the  purposes  for  which  the  Foundation  was
established.  The trustees of the Foundation are also  responsible for directing
the activities of the Foundation, and managing its assets.

         While the Foundation  does not currently  intend to purchase any shares
of the Common Stock on the open market,  it is  authorized to do so. The OTS has
informed  the  Holding  Company  that any such  purchases  would be deemed to be
repurchases by the Holding  Company for the purposes of the OTS  restrictions on
post-conversion stock repurchases.

         Under the order of the OTS approving the Bank's conversion application,
all shares of Common  Stock held by the  Foundation,  including  those  acquired
pursuant to the Stock Contribution, must be voted in the same ratio as all other
shares of the Holding  Company's  Common Stock on all  proposals  considered  by
stockholders of the Holding Company; provided,  however, that the OTS will waive
this voting  restriction  under certain  circumstances  if  compliance  with the
restriction would: (i) cause a violation of the law of the State of Illinois and
the OTS  determines  that federal law would not preempt the  application  of the
laws of the State of Illinois to the  Foundation;  (ii) cause the  Foundation to
lose its  tax-exempt  status  or  otherwise  have a  material  and  adverse  tax
consequence on the Foundation; or (iii) cause the Foundation to be subject to an
excise tax under  Section  4941 of the Code.  In order for the OTS to waive such
voting restriction, the Holding Company's or the Foundation's legal counsel must
render  an  opinion   satisfactory  to  OTS  that  compliance  with  the  voting
restriction would have the effect described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above.
Under  those  circumstances,   the  OTS  will  grant  a  waiver  of  the  voting
restrictions  upon submission of such legal opinion(s) by the Holding Company or
the  Foundation.  In the event that the OTS waives the voting  restriction,  the
trustees  would  direct the voting of the Common  Stock held by the  Foundation.
However, a condition to the OTS approval of the Conversion  provides that in the
event such voting restriction is waived or becomes  unenforceable,  the Director
of the  OTS,  or his  designees,  at that  time  may  impose  conditions  on the
composition of the board of trustees of the Foundation or such other  conditions
or  restrictions  relating  to the  control  of the  Common  Stock  held  by the
Foundation, any of which could limit the ability of the board of trustees of the
Foundation to control the voting of the Common Stock held by the Foundation.

         There  are  no  agreements  or  understandings  with  trustees  of  the
Foundation  regarding the exercise of control  directly or indirectly,  over the
management or policies of the Holding Company or the Bank,  including agreements
related to voting, acquisition or disposition of the Holding Company's stock. As
trustees of a nonprofit corporation, trustees of the Foundation are at all times
bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the Foundation's  charitable  goals, to
protect the assets of the Foundation and to act in a manner  consistent with the
charitable purposes for which the Foundation is established.

         It is currently  anticipated  that the  Foundation  will adopt a policy
addressing  affiliated  transactions  between  the  Foundation  and the  Holding
Company  or the Bank.  Transactions  between  the  Foundation  and the Bank will
comply with applicable provisions of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve
Act,  as  amended.  Additionally,  the  Holding  Company  (but not the Bank) may
provide  office  space and  administrative  support  to the  Foundation  without
charge.

                                        8

<PAGE>



         The Stock  Contribution.  The Foundation  was initially  funded with an
aggregate of $2.5 million of contributions  from the Bank.  These  contributions
were accrued during 1996. In addition,  under the terms of the Plan, the Holding
Company  will  contribute,  either in the form of a donation in a sale for their
aggregate par value ($.01 per share), 250,000 shares to the Foundation,  subject
to  stockholder  approval.  Such  Stock  Contribution,  once  made,  will not be
recoverable  by the  Holding  or the  Bank.  The  Holding  Company  and the Bank
determined  to make the Stock  Contribution  with Common  Stock rather than cash
because  it  desired to form a bond with its  community  in a manner  that would
allow the community to share in the potential  growth and success of the Holding
Company and the Bank over the long term.  The funding of the Stock  Contribution
with stock also provides the Foundation with a potentially larger endowment than
if  the  Holding  Company  contributed  cash  to  the  Foundation  since,  as  a
shareholder,  the Foundation  will share in the potential  growth and success of
the Holding Company.  As such, the Stock Contribution of stock to the Foundation
has the potential to provide a  self-sustaining  funding mechanism which reduces
the  amount of cash that the  Holding  Company,  if it were not making the stock
contribution,  would have to  contribute  to the  Foundation  in future years in
order to maintain a level amount of charitable grants and donations.

         One of the  conditions  imposed  on the  gift of  Common  Stock  by the
Holding  Company  is that the  amount  of Common  Stock  that may be sold by the
Foundation  in any one year shall not exceed 5% of the average  market  value of
the assets held by the  Foundation,  except  where the board of directors of the
Foundation, by three-fourths vote, determines that the failure to sell an amount
of common stock  greater than such amount would result in a long-term  reduction
of the  value  of the  Foundation's  assets  and as such  would  jeopardize  the
Foundation's  capacity to carry out its charitable purposes.  While there may be
greater  risk  associated  with  a  one-stock   portfolio  in  comparison  to  a
diversified  portfolio,  the Holding Company believes any such risk is mitigated
by the ability of the Foundation's trustees to sell more than 5% of its stock in
such   circumstances.   Upon   completion  of  the   Conversion  and  the  Stock
Contribution,  the  Holding  Company  would have  _______ , _______  and _______
shares  issued and  outstanding  at the  minimum,  midpoint  and  maximum of the
Estimated Price Range. Because the Holding Company will have an increased number
of shares outstanding,  the voting and ownership interest of shareholders in the
Holding  Company's  common  stock  would be diluted by __%, as compared to their
interests in the Holding  Company if the Stock  Contribution  were not made. For
additional  discussion of the dilutive effect,  see "Comparison of Valuation and
Pro  Forma  Information  With  No  Foundation"  and  "Pro  Forma  Data"  in  the
Prospectus.

         If the Stock  Contribution  is  approved  by the  members,  the Holding
Company  will  recognize  a  $2.5  million  expense  (offset,   in  part,  by  a
corresponding  tax  deduction),  during the quarter in which the  Conversion  is
completed,  which is expected to be the third or fourth  quarter of fiscal 1997.
Assuming an initial  contribution of $2.5 million of stock,  the Holding Company
estimates a net tax effected  expense of $1.5 million.  Such expense will likely
eliminate  earnings in the quarter recognized and have a material adverse impact
on  the  Holding  Company's   earnings  for  fiscal  year  1997.  If  the  Stock
Contribution had been made at April 30, 1997, the Bank would have reported a net
loss of $_______ for the four months ended April 30, 1997 rather than net income
of  $761,000.  For  further  discussion  of the  Foundation  and its  impact  on
purchasers  in the  Conversion,  see "Risk Factors - Risks  Associated  with the
Stock  Contribution  to the Charitable  Foundation"  and "Pro Forma Data" in the
Prospectus.

         Although the Stock  Contribution will be accrued in the third or fourth
quarter of 1997 as described  above,  such  contribution may be paid at any time
during the twelve month period  following the completion of the Conversion.  The
reason for permitting the Holding Company to pay the Stock  Contribution in more
than one tax year is that the five year tax carry  forward  period  commences on
the date of payment rather than the date of accrual and thus that, by paying the
initial  contribution  over a more than one tax year,  the  Holding  Company can
lengthen the period over which the Stock Contribution may be carried forward for
tax purposes. See "--Tax Considerations" below.

         Because  the funding of the  Foundation  will  result in  dilution,  it
reduced the conversion  appraisal by approximately  $___ million at the midpoint
of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range.  As a result,  the pro forma capital of the
Holding  Company  will be $___ million  lower at the  midpoint of the  Estimated
Valuation Range than it would have been without the Foundation. However, because
of the lower number of shares which are being  offered (as a result of the lower
appraisal),  per share capital and earnings will be essentially  identical.  See
"Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma  Information with No Stock  Contribution"
in the Prospectus.


                                        9

<PAGE>



         As a result of the $___ million  reduction  of appraisal  caused by the
Stock  Contribution,  the amount of shares  purchased by directors and executive
officers,  assuming the sale of the midpoint  number of shares,  increases  from
___% to ___% of the shares sold. See "The Conversion--Participation by the Board
and Executive Officers" in the Prospectus.

         Tax  Considerations.  The  Holding  Company  has  been  advised  by its
independent  accountants  that the  Foundation  qualifies as a 501(c)(3)  exempt
organization  under the Code, and is classified as a private  foundation  rather
than a public charity. A private foundation  typically receives its support from
one person or one corporation whereas a public charity receives its support from
the public.  The  Foundation has submitted a request to the IRS to be recognized
as an exempt  organization.  As long as the IRS  approves the  application,  the
effective date of the Foundation's  status as a Section  501(c)(3)  organization
will be the date of its organization.

         A legal  opinion  of the  OTS  which  addresses  the  establishment  of
charitable  foundations  by savings  associations  opines that as a general rule
funds  contributed to a charitable  foundation  should not exceed the deductible
limitation set forth in the Code, and if an association's  contributions  exceed
the deductible  limit,  such action must be justified by the board of directors.
In addition, under Delaware law, the Holding Company is authorized by statute to
make charitable  contributions  and case law has recognized the benefits of such
contributions  to a Delaware  corporation.  In this  regard,  Delaware  case law
provides that a charitable  gift must merely be within  reasonable  limits as to
amount and purpose to be valid.  Under the Code, the Holding  Company may deduct
up to 10% of its taxable  income in any one year and any  contributions  made by
the Holding  Company in excess of the  deductible  amount will be deductible for
federal tax purposes over each of the five succeeding taxable years. The Holding
Company and the Bank believe that the conversion  presents a unique  opportunity
to make the Stock  Contribution  given  the  substantial  amount  of  additional
capital  being raised in the  Conversion.  In making such a  determination,  the
Holding  Company  and the Bank  considered  the  dilutive  impact  of the  Stock
Contribution on the conversion  appraisal.  See "Comparison of Valuation and Pro
Forma Information with No Stock  Contribution" in the Prospectus.  Based on such
considerations,  the Holding  Company and Bank believe that the  contribution to
the  Foundation in excess of the 10% annual  limitation  is justified  given the
Bank's capital  position and its earnings,  the substantial  additional  capital
being raised in the Conversion  and the potential  benefits of the Foundation to
the Bank's community.  In this regard,  assuming the sale of the Common Stock at
the midpoint of the Estimated  Valuation  Range,  the Holding Company would have
pro  forma  consolidated  capital  of $____  million  of the  Bank's  pro  forma
tangible,  core and risk-based  capital ratios would be ____%,  ____% and ____%,
respectively.   See  "Regulatory  Capital  Compliance,"   "Capitalization,"  and
"Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma  Information with No Stock  Contribution"
in the  Prospectus.  Thus,  the amount of the  contribution  will not  adversely
impact the  financial  condition  of the Holding  Company and the Bank,  and the
Holding Company and the Bank therefore believe that the amount of the charitable
contribution  is reasonable  given the Holding  Company and the Bank's pro forma
capital  positions.  As such, the Holding  Company and the Bank believe that the
contribution does not raise safety and soundness concerns.

         The  Holding  Company  and the Bank have  received  an opinion of their
independent accountants that the Holding Company's contribution of its own stock
to the  Foundation  will not  constitute  an act of  self-dealing,  and that the
Holding  Company  will be  entitled  to a  deduction  in the  amount of the $2.5
million,  subject to a limitation  based on 10% of the Holding  Company's annual
taxable income. The Holding Company, however, would be able to carry forward any
unused  portion of the deduction for five years  following the year in which the
contribution is made for federal and Illinois tax purposes.

         The Holding Company currently  estimates that  substantially all of the
Stock Contribution should be deductible. However, no assurances can be made that
the  Holding  Company  will have  sufficient  pre-tax  income  over the  periods
following  the year in which the  contributions  are made to  utilize  fully the
carryover related to the excess contribution.

         Although the Holding Company has received an opinion of its independent
accountants  that the Holding  Company is entitled to a deduction  for the Stock
Contribution,  there  can be no  assurances  that  the IRS  will  recognize  the
Foundation as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization or that the deduction will
be  permitted.  In  such  event,  the  Holding  Company's  contribution  to  the
foundation  would be expensed  without tax benefit,  resulting in a reduction in
earnings  in the year in which the IRS  makes  such a  determination.  See "Risk
Factors  - Risks  Associated  with  the  Stock  Contribution  to the  Charitable
Foundation" in the Prospectus. In cases of willful, flagrant or repeated acts or
failures to act which result in  violations of the IRS rules  governing  private
foundations, a private foundation's status

                                       10

<PAGE>



as a private  foundation  may be  involuntarily  terminated  by the IRS. In such
event,  the  managers of a private  foundation  could be liable for excise taxes
based on such  violations  and the  private  foundation  could be  liable  for a
termination tax under the Code. The  Foundation's  certificate of  incorporation
provides that it shall have a perpetual  existence.  In the event,  however, the
Foundation were  subsequently  dissolved as a result of a loss of its tax exempt
status,  the  Foundation  would be required  under the Code and its  articles of
incorporation  to distribute any assets remaining in the Foundation at that time
for one or more exempt purposes  within the meaning of Section  501(c)(3) of the
Code, or to distribute such assets to the federal  government,  or to a state or
local government, for a public purpose.

         As a private  foundation,  earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of
Common  Stock or other  assets  are  exempt  from  federal  and state  corporate
taxation.  However,  investment income, such as interest,  dividends and capital
gains,  will be subject to a federal excise tax of 2.0%. The Foundation  will be
required to make an annual  filing with the IRS within four and one-half  months
after the close of the  Foundation's  fiscal  year to  maintain  its  tax-exempt
status.  The  Foundation  will be  required  to publish a notice that the annual
information  return will be available for public  inspection for a period of 180
days after the date of such public notice.  The information return for a private
foundation must include, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made
or approved,  showing the amount of each grant, the recipient,  any relationship
between a grant recipient and the Foundation's  managers and a concise statement
of the purpose of each grant.

         Regulatory Conditions Imposed on the Foundation. The Stock Contribution
is subject to the following  conditions  imposed by the OTS: (i) the  Foundation
will be subject to examination by the OTS, at the Foundation's own expense; (ii)
the Foundation must comply with supervisory directives imposed by the OTS; (iii)
the Foundation will provide annual reports to the OTS describing grants made and
grant  recipients;  (iv) the Foundation  will operate in accordance with written
policies  adopted by the board of  directors,  including  a conflict of interest
policy;  (v) the Foundation will not engage in self-dealing and will comply with
all laws  necessary to maintain its  tax-exempt  status;  and (vi) any shares of
Common Stock of the Holding  Company held by the Foundation must be voted in the
same ratio as all other  shares of the  Holding  Company's  Common  Stock on all
proposals considered by stockholders of the Holding Company; provided,  however,
that the OTS will waive this voting  restriction under certain  circumstances if
compliance with the voting  restriction  would: (a) cause a violation of the law
of the State of Illinois and the OTS determines the federal law does not preempt
the  application  of the laws of the State of  Illinois to the  Foundation;  (b)
cause the Foundation to lose its tax-exempt  status or otherwise have a material
and adverse tax consequence on the Foundation; or (c) cause the Foundation to be
subject to an excise tax under Section 4941 of the Code. In order for the OTS to
waive such voting  restriction,  the Holding Company's or the Foundation's legal
counsel  must render an opinion  satisfactory  to OTS that  compliance  with the
voting  restriction  would have the effect  described in clauses (a), (b) or (c)
above.  Under  those  circumstances,  the OTS will  grant a waiver of the voting
restriction  upon  submission of such  opinion(s) by the Holding  Company or the
Foundation.  There  can be no  assurances  that  either a legal  or tax  opinion
addressing  these  issues will be rendered,  or if  rendered,  that the OTS will
grant an  unconditional  waiver of the voting  restriction.  In this  regard,  a
condition to the OTS approval of the Conversion  provides that in the event such
voting restriction is waived or becomes unenforceable,  the Director of the OTS,
or his designees,  at that time may impose  conditions on the composition of the
board of trustees of the  Foundation  to control the voting of Common Stock held
by the Foundation.  In no event will the voting restriction  survive the sale of
shares of the Common Stock held by the Foundation.

         The Stock  Contribution is subject to the approval of a majority of the
total outstanding votes of the Bank's members eligible to be cast at the Special
Meeting.  The Stock  Contribution  will be considered as a separate  matter from
approval of the Plan of Conversion.  If the Bank's  members  approve the Plan of
Conversion,  but not the Stock  Contribution,  the Bank  intends to complete the
Conversion without the Stock Contribution. Failure to approve the Foundation may
materially increase the pro forma market value of the Common Stock being offered
since the Estimated Valuation Range, as set forth herein, takes into account the
after-tax  impact  of the  Stock  Contribution.  See  "Pro  Forma  Data"  in the
Prospectus.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         The information contained in the accompanying  Prospectus,  including a
more detailed  description  of the Plan of  Conversion,  consolidated  financial
statements of the Bank and a description of the  capitalization  and business of
the

                                       11

<PAGE>


Bank and the Holding  Company,  including  the Bank's  directors  and  executive
officers and their  compensation,  the  anticipated use of the net proceeds from
the sale of the Common Stock, the stock contribution to The Heritage  Foundation
of First  Security  Federal  Savings Bank,  Inc. and a description of the Common
Stock, is intended to help you evaluate the Conversion and the  establishment of
the Foundation and is incorporated herein by reference.

         YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT TO US. PLEASE TAKE A MOMENT NOW TO COMPLETE
AND RETURN YOUR PROXY CARD IN THE POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE PROVIDED.  YOU MAY STILL
ATTEND THE  SPECIAL  MEETING  AND VOTE IN PERSON EVEN THOUGH YOU HAVE VOTED YOUR
PROXY. FAILURE TO SUBMIT A PROXY WILL HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS VOTING AGAINST THE
CONVERSION.

         If you have any questions,  please call our Information Center at (___)
___-____.

         IMPORTANT:  YOU MAY BE  ENTITLED  TO VOTE IN MORE  THAN  ONE  CAPACITY.
PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND PROMPTLY RETURN EACH PROXY CARD YOU RECEIVE.

                                   ----------


         THIS PROXY STATEMENT IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE  SOLICITATION OF AN
OFFER TO BUY STOCK. THE OFFER WILL BE MADE ONLY BY THE PROSPECTUS.

         THE  COMMON  STOCK IS NOT A DEPOSIT  OR  ACCOUNT  AND IS NOT  FEDERALLY
INSURED OR GUARANTEED.



                                       12

<PAGE>



                                 REVOCABLE PROXY

                       FIRST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK


         THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE  BOARD OF  DIRECTORS  OF FIRST
SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

         The  undersigned  member of First  Security  Federal  Savings Bank (the
"Bank")  hereby  appoints  the Board of Directors of the Bank as proxies to cast
all votes which the undersigned  member is entitled to cast at a Special Meeting
of Members to be held at the Bank's office located at 936 North Western  Avenue,
Chicago,  Illinois  60622-4965,  at the  hour  and  date  stated  in  the  Proxy
Statement, and at any and all adjournments and postponements thereof, and to act
with  respect to all votes that the  undersigned  would be entitled to cast,  if
then personally present, in accordance with the instructions on the reverse side
hereof to vote FOR or AGAINST:

          1)   The adoption of the Plan of Conversion to convert the Bank from a
               federally  chartered mutual savings bank to a federally chartered
               stock  savings  bank,  including  the adoption of a federal stock
               savings bank charter and bylaws,  with the simultaneous  issuance
               of its  common  stock to First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc.,  a
               Delaware  corporation  (the  "Holding  Company")  and sale by the
               Holding Company of shares of its Common Stock; and

          2)   The  contribution  of 250,000  shares of Holding  Company  Common
               Stock  to The  Heritage  Foundation  of  First  Security  Federal
               Savings  Bank,  Inc.  (the  "Foundation")  a  private  charitable
               foundation  dedicated  to the  promotion of  charitable  purposes
               within the communities in which the Bank operates.

         This proxy will be voted as directed by the undersigned member.  UNLESS
CONTRARY  DIRECTION IS GIVEN,  THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR ADOPTION OF THE PLAN
OF  CONVERSION  AND IN FAVOR OF THE STOCK  CONTRIBUTION  TO THE  FOUNDATION.  In
addition,  this proxy will be voted at the  discretion of the Board of Directors
upon any other matter as may properly come before the Special Meeting.

         The  undersigned  member may revoke this proxy at any time before it is
voted by delivering to the Secretary of the Bank either by a written  revocation
of the proxy or a duly  executed  proxy bearing a later date, or by appearing at
the  Special  Meeting  and  voting in  person.  The  undersigned  member  hereby
acknowledges receipt of the Notice of Special Meeting and Proxy Statement.


             (IMPORTANT: PLEASE VOTE, DATE AND SIGN ON REVERSE SIDE)


<PAGE>


                       FIRST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK



Please Mark Votes Below

Approval of the Plan of Conversion

        FOR  o        AGAINST  o            DATE:                , 1997
                                                  ---------------


Approval of the Contribution to the Foundation

        FOR  o        AGAINST  o            DATE:                , 1997
                                                  ---------------



                                            X
                                              ----------------------------------



                                            X
                                              ----------------------------------

                                            IMPORTANT:  Please  sign  your  name
                                            exactly as it appears on this proxy.
                                            Joint   accounts   need   only   one
                                            signature.   When   signing   as  an
                                            attorney,   administrator,    agent,
                                            corporation,    officer,   executor,
                                            trustee or  guardian,  etc.,  please
                                            add   your   full   title   to  your
                                            signature.


NOTE:    IF YOU  RECEIVE  MORE THAN ONE PROXY  CARD,  PLEASE SIGN AND RETURN ALL
         CARDS IN THE ACCOMPANYING ENVELOPE.





                                                                    Exhibit 99.3

STOCK ORDER FORM &                 First SecurityFed Financial, Inc.
CERTIFICATION FORM     (Holding Company for First Security Federal Savings Bank)

Note:  Please  read the Stock Order Form Guide and  Instructions  on the back of
this form before completion.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deadline
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Subscription Offering ends at Noon, Chicago, Illinois, Time, XXXXX XX, 1997.
Your Stock Order Form and  Certification  Form,  properly  executed and with the
correct  payment,  must be received at the address on the bottom of this form by
this deadline, or it will be considered void.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Shares
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (1) Number of Shares        Price Per Share       (2) Total Amount Due
  --------------------                              --------------------
                          X       $10.00        =
  --------------------                              --------------------
      (minimum 25)

The minimum  number of shares that may be  subscribed  for is 25 and the maximum
purchase  is  250,000   shares  in  the   Subscription   and  Public   Offering,
respectively.  No person,  together with the associates of and persons acting in
concert with such persons,  may purchase more than 750,000  shares of the Common
Stock in the  Conversion.  The price per share is based on a  valuation  that is
subject to review prior to filling individual stock orders.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Method of Payment                
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) [ ] Enclosed  is  a check,  bank  draft  or  money  order  payable  to First
        SecurityFed for $___________ (or cash if presented in person).

(4) [ ] I authorize First Security Federal Savings Bank to make withdrawals from
        my  First Security  account(s)  shown  below,  and  understand  that the
        amounts will not otherwise be available for withdrawal:

        Account Number(s)                                        Amount(s)
        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 $
        ------------------------------------------------------------------

        ------------------------------------------------------------------

        ------------------------------------------------------------------

        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Total Withdrawal  $
                                                                 ---------
There is no penalty for early withdrawals used for this payment.
To withdraw from an account with checking privileges, please write a check.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Purchaser Information
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) [ ] Check here  if you are a director, officer or employee of First Security
        Federal Savings Bank or a member of such person's immediate family.

    [ ] Check here  if you  are a  depositor  or  a  borrower  and  enter  below
        information for  all accounts  you had  at the  Eligibility Record  Date
        (12/31/95) or Voting Record Date  (XXXXX, 1997).  If additional space is
        needed, please utilize the back of this form.  Please confirm account(s)
        by initialing here. ______________

        Account Title (Names on Accounts)                   Account Number
        ------------------------------------------------------------------

        ----------------------------------------------------

        ------------------------------------------------------------------

        ----------------------------------------------------

        ------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock Registration
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6) Form of Stock Ownership

    [ ] Individual                     [ ] Corporation
    [ ] Joint Tenants                  [ ] Partnership
    [ ] Tenants in Common              [ ] Individual Retirement Account
    [ ] Uniform Transfer to Minors     [ ] Fiduciary/Trust (Under
    [ ] Uniform Gift to Minors             Agreement Dated______________)
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(7) Name                                Social Security or Tax I.D.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Name                                Daytime Telephone
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Street Address                      Evening Telephone
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    City            State     Zip Code  County of Residence
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NASD  Affiliation  (This  section  applies  to those  individuals  who  meet the
delineated criteria)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[ ] Check here if you are a member of the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), a person associated with an NASD member, a member of the
immediate  family of any such person to whose  support such person  contributes,
directly or  indirectly,  or the holder of an account in which an NASD member or
person associated with an NASD member has a beneficial interest.  To comply with
conditions under which an exemption from the NASD's  Interpretation With Respect
to Free-Riding and Withholding is available,  you agree, if you have checked the
NASD affiliation  box: (i) not to sell,  transfer or hypothecate the stock for a
period of 90 days following the issuance and (ii) to report this subscription in
writing to the  applicable  NASD member  within one day of the payment therefor.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acknowledgment
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
By signing below, I acknowledge  receipt of the Prospectus dated XXXXX, 1997 and
the  provisions  therein and understand I may not change or revoke my order once
it is received by First  SecurityFed  Financial . I also certify that this stock
order  is for my  account  only  and  there  is no  agreement  or  understanding
regarding  any further  sale or transfer of these  shares.  Federal  regulations
prohibit any persons from transferring,  or entering into any agreement directly
or  indirectly  to transfer,  the legal or  beneficial  ownership of  conversion
subscription  rights or the  underlying  securities  to the  account  of another
person.  First Security  Federal  Savings Bank will pursue any and all legal and
equitable remedies in the event it becomes aware of the transfer of subscription
rights and will not honor orders known by it to involve such transfer.

Under  penalties of perjury,  I further  certify that:  (1) the social  security
number or taxpayer  identification  number given above is correct;  and (2) I am
not subject to backup  withholding.  You must cross out this item, (2) above, if
you have been notified by the Internal  Revenue  Service that you are subject to
backup withholding  because of underreporting  interest or dividends on your tax
return.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sign and date this form.  When  purchasing  as a custodian,  corporate  officer,
etc.,  include your full title.  An  additional  signature  is required  only if
payment is by  withdrawal  from an account that requires more than one signature
to withdraw funds.

YOUR ORDER WILL BE FILLED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE  PROSPECTUS.
THIS ORDER IS NOT VALID IF NOT SIGNED.  If you need help  completing  this Form,
you may call the Stock Information Center at (800) XXX-XXXX.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Authorized Signature                Title (if applicable)                  Date

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Authorized Signature                Title (if applicable)                  Date

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED  HEREBY ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT
INSURED  BY THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION,  SAVINGS  ASSOCIATION
INSURANCE FUND OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
            Date Rec'd ___/___/___  Order #  ____________  Batch ____________
            Check # ______________  Category ____________
            Amount $______________  Initials ____________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            STOCK INFORMATION CENTER
                            936 North Western Avenue
                          Chicago, Illinois 60622-4695
                                 (800) XXX-XXXX

<PAGE>

                        First SecurityFed Financial Inc.

                                Stock Order Form
                             Guide and Instructions
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock Ownership Guide
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Individual

The Stock is to be registered  in an  individual's  name only.  You may not list
beneficiaries for this ownership.

Joint Tenants

Joint tenants with right of  survivorship  identifies  two or more owners.  When
stock  is  held  by  joint  tenants  with  rights  of  survivorship,   ownership
automatically  passes to the  surviving  joint  tenant(s)  upon the death of any
joint tenant. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.

Tenants in Common

Tenants in common may also identify two or more owners. When stock is to be held
by tenants in common,  upon the death of one  co-tenant,  ownership of the stock
will be held by the surviving  co-tenant(s) and by the heirs of the the deceased
co-tenant.  All  parties  must agree to the  transfer  or sale of shares held by
tenants in common. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.

Individual Retirement Account

Individual  Retirement  Account  ("IRA")  holders may make stock  purchases from
their deposits through a prearranged  "trustee-to-trustee"  transfer.  Stock may
only be held in a  self-directed  IRA. First Security  Federal Savings Bank does
not offer a  self-directed  IRA. Please contact the Stock Center if you have any
questions  about  your IRA  account.  There will be no early  withdrawal  or IRS
penalties incurred by these transactions.

Uniform Gift to Minors

For  residents of many states,  stock may be held in the name of a custodian for
the benefit of a minor under the Uniform  Transfer to Minors Act. For  residents
in other  states,  stock may be held in a similar  type of  ownership  under the
Uniform Gift to Minors Act of the individual states.  For either ownership,  the
minor  is  the  actual  owner  of the  stock  with  the  adult  custodian  being
responsible for the investment until the child reaches legal age.

Instructions:  See your  legal  advisor  if you are  unsure  about  the  correct
registration of your stock.

On the first "Name" line, print the first name,  middle initial and last name of
the  custodian,  with the  abbreviation  "CUST" after the name.  Print the first
name,  middle initial and last name of the minor on the second "NAME" line. Only
one custodian and one minor may be designated.

Corporation/Partnership

Corporations/Partnerships    may   purchase    stock.    Please    provide   the
Corporation/Partnership's  legal name and Tax I.D. To have depositor rights, the
Corporation/Partnership  must have an account in the legal name.  Please contact
the Stock Center to verify depositor rights and purchase limitations.

Fiduciary/Trust

Generally,  fiduciary  relationships  (such as Trusts,  Estates,  Guardianships,
etc.) are  established  under a form of trust  agreement  or pursuant to a court
order.  Without a legal  document  establishing a fiduciary  relationship,  your
stock may not be registered in a fiduciary capacity.

Instructions: On the first "Name" line, print the first name, middle initial and
last name of the fiduciary if the fiduciary is an  individual.  If the fiduciary
is a corporation,  list the corporate title on the first "NAME" line.  Following
the name,  print the  fiduciary  "title"  such as  trustee,  executor,  personal
representative, etc.

On the second "Name" line, print either the name of the maker, donor or testator
OR the name of the beneficiary.  Following the name,  indicate the type of legal
document establishing the fiduciary relationship (agreement, court order, etc.).
In the blank after  "Under  Agreement  Dated",  fill in the date of the document
governing the relationship.  The date of the document need not be provided for a
trust created by a will.

An example of a fiduciary  ownership of stock in the case of a trust is: John D.
Smith, Trustee for Thomas A. Smith Under Agreement Dated 06/09/87.

<PAGE>



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Item Instruction
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Items 1 and 2 -

Fill in the number of shares  that you wish to  purchase  and the total  payment
due. The amount due is  determined  by  multiplying  the number of shares by the
subscription  price of $10.00 per share. The minimum purchase is 25 shares.  The
maximum purchase amount in the Conversion by any person is 250,000 shares in the
Subscription  and Public  Offering.  No person,  together with associates of and
persons  acting in concert  with such  person,  may  purchase  more than 750,000
shares of the Common Stock in the Conversion.

First  Security  Federal  Savings  Bank has  reserved  the right to  reject  the
subscription of any order received in the Public  Offering,  if any, in whole or
in part.

Item 3 -

Payment for shares may be made in cash (only if  delivered  by you in person) by
check, bank draft or money order made payable to First SecurityFed Financial. DO
NOT MAIL CASH. If you choose to make a cash payment, take your Stock Order Form,
signed  Certification Form, and payment in person to an office of First Security
Federal  Savings Bank.  Your funds will earn interest at First Security  Federal
SAvings Bank's passbook rate, currently x.00% per annum.

Item  4 -

To pay by withdrawal  from a savings  account or  certificate  at First Security
Federal Savings Bank, insert the account number(s) and the amount(s) you wish to
withdraw from each account.  If more than one signature is required to withdraw,
each must sign in the  Signature box on the front of this form. To withdraw from
an account with checking  privileges,  please write a check. No early withdrawal
penalty will be charged on funds used to purchase  stock.  A hold will be placed
on  the  account(s)  for  the  amount(s)  you  show.  Payments  will  remain  in
certificate account(s) until the stock offering closes and will continue to earn
interest  at the  account  rate until  then.  However,  if a partial  withdrawal
reduces  the  balance  of a  certificate  account  to less  than the  applicable
minimum,  the remaining  balance will  thereafter  earn interest at the passbook
rate.

Item 5 -

Please  check this box if you were a depositor  on the  Eligibility  Record Date
(December  31,  1995),  and/or a depositor or borrower on the Voting Record Date
(XXXXXX  xx,  1997) and list all the  names on the  account(s)  and all  account
number(s)  of  those   accounts  you  had  at  these  dates  to  ensure   proper
identification of your purchase rights.

Account Title (Names on Accounts)                           Account Number
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Items 6 and 7 -

The stock  transfer  industry  has  developed  a uniform  system of  shareholder
registrations  that we will use in the issuance of First SecurityFed  Financial,
Inc. common stock.  Print the name(s) in which you want the stock registered and
the mailing address of the registration.  Include the first name, middle initial
and last name of the  shareholder.  Avoid the use of two  initials.  Please omit
words  that do not  affect  ownership  rights,  such as  "Mrs.",  "Mr.",  "Dr.",
"special account", etc.

Subscription  rights are not  transferable.  If you are a qualified  member,  to
protect your priority over other purchasers as described in the Prospectus,  you
must take ownership as your account  relationship is  established.  If you, as a
qualified  member,  include a non-qualified  member on your order, your priority
will be lowered.

Enter the Social  Security  or Tax I.D.  number of one  registered  owner.  This
registered  owner must be listed on the first  "Name"  line.  Be sure to include
your  telephone  number because we will need to contact you if we cannot execute
your order as given.  Review the Stock Ownership Guide on this page and refer to
the  instructions  for  Uniform  Gift to  Minors/Uniform  Transfer to Minors and
Fiduciaries.

<PAGE>

                               CERTIFICATION FORM
              (This Form Must Accompany A Signed Stock Order Form)



     I  ACKNOWLEDGE  THAT THE  SHARES  OF COMMON  STOCK,  NO PAR VALUE PER SHARE
("COMMON STOCK"),  OF FIRST SECURITYFED  FINANCIAL,  INC.  ("CORPORATION"),  THE
PROPOSED  HOLDING  COMPANY  FOR FIRST  SECURITY  FEDERAL  SAVINGS  BANK  ("FIRST
SECURITY"), ARE NOT FEDERALLY INSURED AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED BY THE CORPORATION,
FIRST SECURITY OR THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT.

     If anyone asserts that the shares of Common Stock are federally  insured or
guaranteed,  or are as safe as an insured  deposit,  I should call the Office of
Thrift Supervision Central Regional Director, Ronald N. Karr, at (312) 917-5000.

     I further certify that, before purchasing the shares of Common Stock of the
Corporation, I received a copy of the Prospectus dated _____________, 1997 which
discloses  the nature of the shares of Common  Stock being  offered  thereby and
describes  the  following  risks  involved in an  investment in the Common Stock
under the heading "Risk Factors" beginning on page __ of the Prospectus:


     1. Interest Rate Risk Exposure (Page__)

     2. Risk Associated with the Stock  Contribution to a Charitable  Foundation
        (Page__)

     3. Competition (Page__)

     4. Geographic Concentration of Business Activities (Page__)

     5. Takeover Defense Provisions (Page__)

     6. Post Conversion Overhead Expense (Page__)

     7. Regulatory Oversight (Page__)

     8. Risk of Delayed Offering (Page__)

     9. Absence of Active Market for the Common Stock (Page__)



Signature:_______________________

Signature:_______________________

(Note: All parties named in registration must sign Certification Form)


Date:  ____________



                                                                    Exhibit 99.4




                                      STOCK

                                    OFFERING

                                   QUESTIONS

                                       and

                                     ANSWERS







                                     FIRST
                                  SECURITYFED
                                FINANCIAL, INC.



<PAGE>



STOCK OFFERING
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

Facts About the Conversion

The Board of Directors of First Security Federal Savings Bank ("First Security")
unanimously  adopted a Plan of Conversion to convert (the  "Conversion")  from a
federal mutual savings bank to an federal stock savings bank.

This brochure  answers some of the most  frequently  asked  questions  about the
Conversion and about your opportunity to invest in First SecurityFed  Financial,
Inc., ("the Company"), the holding company for First Security.

Investment in the stock of First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc. involves certain
risks. For a discussion of these risks and other factors, investors are urged to
read the accompanying Prospectus.


Why is First Security converting to stock form?

The  stock  form of  ownership  is used by  most  business  corporations  and an
increasing number of savings institutions.  Through the sale of the stock, First
Security will raise additional capital enabling it to:

o    support and expand its current financial and other services.

o    allow  customers  and  friends to  purchase  stock and share in the Holding
     Company's and First Security's future.


Will the Conversion affect any of my deposit accounts or loans?

No. The  Conversion  will have no effect on the  balance or terms of any savings
account or loan, and your deposits will continue to be federally  insured by the
Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation ("FDIC") to the maximum legal limit. Your
savings account is not being converted to stock.

Who is eligible to purchase stock in the subscription and community offerings?

Certain past and present customers of First Security,  First Security's Employee
Stock Ownership Plan, and members of the general public.

How many shares of stock are being offered and at what price?

First  Security  Financial is offering up to X,XXXX  shares of common stock at a
price of $10.00 per share through the Prospectus.

How much stock may I buy?

The minimum order is 25 shares.  The maximum  purchase is $250,000  however,  no
person,  together  with  associates  of and persons  acting in concert with such
person, may purchase more than $750,000 of the common stock sold.

Do members have to buy stock?

No. However, the Conversion will allow First Security's depositors and borrowers
an  opportunity  to buy stock and become  charter  shareholders  of the  holding
company for the local financial institution with which they do business.


<PAGE>



How do I order stock?

A properly executed Stock Order Form and the Certification  Form (together,  the
"Order  Form") with full payment must be received at one of the Bank's  branches
by 12:00 Noon XXXXX, xx, 1997. Instructions for completing your Stock Order Form
and  Certification  Form are found on the back of the Order Form. The Company is
not  obligated to accept  orders  submitted on  photocopied  or facsimile  Order
Forms. Once tendered,  subscription orders cannot be revoked or modified without
the consent of the Bank and the Company.

How may I pay for my shares of stock?

First,  you may pay for stock by check,  cash or money order.  Interest  will be
paid by First Security on these funds at the passbook  rate,  which is currently
X.XX% per annum,  from the day the funds are received  until the  completion  or
termination of the  Conversion.  Second,  you may authorize us to withdraw funds
from your First  Security  savings  account or  certificate  of deposit  for the
amount of funds you specify for payment. You will not have access to these funds
from the day we receive your order until the  completion or  termination  of the
Conversion.

How do I register the shares of stock?

The stock  transfer  industry  has  developed  a uniform  system of  shareholder
registrations  that we will use in the issuance of First  SecurityFed  Financial
Inc.   common  stock.  A  detailed   listing  and  explanation  of  the  various
registrations  can be  found  on  the  back  of the  Order  Form.  Please  note:
Subscription  rights are not  transferable.  If you are a qualified  member,  to
protect your priority over other purchasers as described in the Prospectus,  you
must take ownership as your account  relationship is  established.  If you, as a
qualified  member,  include a non-qualified  member on your order, your priority
will be lowered.

Can I purchase shares using funds in my First Security IRA account?

Federal  regulations  do not permit the purchase of  conversion  stock from your
existing First Security IRA account. A depositor  interested in using his or her
IRA funds to purchase Common Stock must do so through a self-directed IRA. Since
the Bank does not offer  such  accounts,  it will  allow a  depositor  to make a
trustee-to-trustee   transfer  of  the  IRA  funds  to  a  trustee   offering  a
self-directed  IRA program  with the  agreement  that such funds will be used to
purchase  the  Company's  Common Stock in the  Offering.  There will be no early
withdrawal or IRS interest  penalties for such transfers.  The new trustee would
hold the Common Stock in a self-directed  account in the same manner as the Bank
now holds the depositor's IRA funds. An annual administrative fee may be payable
to the new  trustee.  Depositors  interested  in  using  funds  in a Bank IRA to
purchase  Common  Stock  should  contact the Stock Center at the Bank as soon as
possible so that the necessary forms may be forwarded for execution and returned
prior to the Expiration Date.

Will the stock be insured?

No. Like any other common stock, First SecurityFed Financial's stock will not be
insured.



<PAGE>


Will dividends be paid on the stock?

First SecurityFed Financial has no plans to pay dividends. However, the Board of
Directors may consider a policy to pay a cash dividend in the future, subject to
regulatory limits and requirements.

How will the stock be traded?

First SecurityFed  Financial's stock has received  preliminary approval to trade
over-the-counter  through the Nasdaq  National  Market under the symbol  "XXXX".
However,  no  assurances  can be given  that an active and  liquid  market  will
develop.

Are officers and directors of First Security planning to purchase stock?

Yes! First Security's executive officers and directors plan to purchase,  in the
aggregate,  $2.12  million  worth of stock or  approximately  ____% of the stock
offered at the midpoint of the offering range.

Must I pay a commission?

No. You will not be charged a commission or fee on the purchase of shares in the
Conversion.

What is the Charitable Foundation?

As a reflection of the Bank's  long-standing  commitment to the local community,
in 1996 the Bank  established The Heritage  Foundation of First Security Federal
Savings  Bank,  Inc.,  a  private  charitable  foundation.  The  Foundation  was
established  as a means of  supporting  the needs of the local  community  while
simultaneously  increasing  the  visibility  and  reputation  of the  Bank.  The
Foundation was initially  funded by the Bank through several cash  contributions
aggregating $2.5 million. In addition,  subject to member approval,  the Company
will contribute 250,000 shares of its common stock.

Should I vote?

Yes.  Your "Yes" vote is very important!

Why did I get several proxy cards?

If you have more than one account,  you could  receive more than one proxy card,
depending on the ownership  structure of your  accounts.  PLEASE VOTE,  SIGN AND
RETURN ALL PROXY CARDS!

How many votes do I have?

Your proxy card(s) show the number of votes you have.  Every depositor  entitled
to vote may cast one vote for each $100, and a proportionate fractional vote for
any fraction thereof, on deposit as of the voting record date.

May I vote in person at the special meeting?

Yes,  but we would  still  like you to sign and mail your  proxy  today.  If you
decide  to revoke  your  proxy  you may do so by  giving  notice at the  special
meeting.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION YOU MAY CALL OUR STOCK CENTER AT (800) XXX-XXXX.

The shares of common stock offered in the Conversion are not savings accounts or
deposits and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation,  the
Bank  Insurance  Fund,  the  Savings  Association  Insurance  Fund or any  other
government  agency.This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to
buy stock. The offer will be made only by the Prospectus.




                                                                    Exhibit 99.5

                       [Blue Sky Letter - FBR Letterhead]









To Members and Friends of First Security:

Friedman,  Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc., a member of the National Association of
Securities  Dealers  ("NASD"),  is assisting First Security Federal Savings Bank
("First  Security") in its  conversion  from a federal mutual savings bank to an
federal stock savings bank and the concurrent offering of shares of common stock
by  its  holding  company,  First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc.  (the  "Holding
Company").

At the request of the Holding  Company,  we are enclosing  materials  explaining
this process and your options,  including an  opportunity to invest in shares of
the Holding  Company's common stock being offered to customers and the community
through  ____________,   1997.  Please  read  the  enclosed  offering  materials
carefully. The Holding Company has asked us to forward these documents to you in
view of certain requirements of the securities laws in your state.

If you  have  any  questions,  please  visit  our  Stock  Center  at the  Bank's
headquarters  office at 936 North Western  Avenue in Chicago,  Illinois 60622 or
our satellite Stock Center at the Bank's  Philadelphia  branch at 7918 Bustleton
Avenue,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19152.  Also, please feel free to call the
Stock Center at (800)  ___-____ or, for the  Philadelphia  Stock  Center,  (610)
___-____ .

Sincerely,



Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.



<PAGE>




  [Dear Member "Dark Blue Sky" & Foreign Accounts - First Security Letterhead]



                                                              ____________,1997


Dear Member:

          We are pleased to announce that First  Security  Federal  Savings Bank
(the "Bank" or "First  Security") is converting  from a federal  mutual  savings
bank to a federal  stock  savings  bank (the  "Conversion")  and forming a stock
holding  company,  First  SecurityFed  Financial,   Inc.  (the  "Company").   In
conjunction with the Conversion,  the Company is offering shares of common stock
in a  subscription  and  community  offering to certain of our  depositors,  our
Employee Stock Ownership Plan and some members of the general public pursuant to
a Plan of Conversion (the "Offering").

         Unfortunately, the Company is unable to either offer or sell its common
stock  to  you  because  the  small  number  of  eligible  subscribers  in  your
jurisdiction  makes  registration or qualification of the common stock under the
securities  laws  of  your  jurisdiction  impractical,  for  reasons  of cost or
otherwise. Accordingly, this letter should not be considered an offer to sell or
a solicitation of an offer to buy the common stock of the Company.

         However,  as a member of First Security,  you have the right to vote on
the  Plan  of  Conversion  at the  Special  Meeting  of  Members  to be  held on
__________, 1997. Therefore,  enclosed is a proxy card, a Proxy Statement (which
includes  the Notice of the  Special  Meeting),  a  Prospectus  (which  contains
information  incorporated  into the Proxy  Statement) and a return  envelope for
your proxy card.

         I invite  you to  attend  the  Special  Meeting  on  __________,  1997.
However,  if you are unable to attend,  please  complete the enclosed proxy card
and return it in the enclosed envelope.

Sincerely,



Julian E. Kulas
President and Chief Executive Officer


The shares of common  stock  being  offered  in this  offering  are not  savings
accounts  or  deposits  and are not  insured by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation,  the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association  Insurance Fund
or any other government  agency.  This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation
of an offer to buy stock.



<PAGE>


                 [Dear Member Letter, First Security Letterhead]

                                                                __________, 1997

Dear Member:

         We are pleased to announce  that First  Security  Federal  Savings Bank
("First  Security" or the "Bank") is converting  from a mutual savings bank to a
stock savings bank (the "Conversion"). In conjunction with the Conversion, First
SecurityFed  Financial,   Inc.,  the  newly-formed  holding  company  for  First
Security,  is offering  shares of common  stock in a  subscription  offering and
public offering to certain of our depositors, our Employee Stock Ownership Plan,
and some members of the general public pursuant to a Plan of Conversion.

         The Board of Directors of First Security feels that the Conversion will
offer  a  number  of  advantages,  such as an  opportunity  for  depositors  and
customers of First Security to become shareholders. Please remember:

*    Your  accounts  at First  Security  will  continue  to be insured up to the
     maximum legal limit by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC").

*    There will be no change in the balance,  interest  rate, or maturity of any
     deposit accounts because of the Conversion.

*    Members have a right, but no obligation,  to buy stock before it is offered
     to the public.

*    Like all stock,  stock issued in this  offering  will not be insured by the
     FDIC.

         Enclosed are materials  describing the stock  offering.  We urge you to
read these materials  carefully.  If you are interested in purchasing the common
stock of First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc.,  you must submit your Stock Order
Form, Certification Form, and payment prior to 12:00 noon, ___________, 1997.

         If you have any questions,  please visit our Stock Center at the Bank's
headquarters  office at 936 North Western  Avenue in Chicago,  Illinois 60622 or
our satellite Stock Center at the Bank's  Philadelphia  branch at 7918 Bustleton
Avenue,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19152.  Also, please feel free to call the
Stock Center at (800)  ___-____ or, for the  Philadelphia  Stock  Center,  (610)
___-____.

Sincerely,



Julian E. Kulas
President and Chief Executive Officer


The shares of common  stock  being  offered  in this  offering  are not  savings
accounts  or  deposits  and are not  insured by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation,  the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association  Insurance Fund
or any other government  agency.  This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation
of an offer to buy stock. The offer will be made only by the Prospectus.



<PAGE>


                 [Dear Friend Letter -First Security Letterhead]

                                                                __________, 1997
Dear Friend:

         We are pleased to announce  that First  Security  Federal  Savings Bank
("First  Security" or the "Bank") is converting  from a mutual savings bank to a
stock savings bank (the "Conversion"). In conjunction with the Conversion, First
SecurityFed  Financial,   Inc.,  the  newly-formed  holding  company  for  First
Security,  is offering  shares of common  stock in a  subscription  offering and
public offering to certain of our depositors, our Employee Stock Ownership Plan,
and some members of the general public pursuant to a Plan of Conversion.

         Because we believe you may be  interested  in  learning  more about the
merits of First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc.'s stock as an investment,  we are
sending you the following materials which describe the stock offering.

     PROSPECTUS:  This document provides detailed information about the business
     and results  from  operations  at First  Security  and the  proposed  stock
     offering.

     QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS:  Key questions and answers about the stock  offering
     are found in this pamphlet.

     STOCK  ORDER FORM &  CERTIFICATION  FORM:  These forms are used to purchase
     stock by returning  them with your payment in the enclosed  business  reply
     envelope.   The  deadline  for   ordering   stock  is  12:00  p.m.,   noon,
     ____________, 1997.

         As a friend of First  Security,  you will have the  opportunity  to buy
stock directly from First SecurityFed Financial, Inc. without commission or fee.
If you  have  any  questions,  please  visit  our  Stock  Center  at the  Bank's
headquarters  office at 936 North Western  Avenue in Chicago,  Illinois 60622 or
our satellite Stock Center at the Bank's  Philadelphia  branch at 7918 Bustleton
Avenue,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19152.  Also, please feel free to call the
Stock Center at (800)  ___-____ or, for the  Philadelphia  Stock  Center,  (610)
___-____.

         We are  pleased  to offer  you this  opportunity  to  become a  charter
shareholder of First SecurityFed Financial, Inc.

Sincerely,


Julian E. Kulas
President and Chief Executive Officer


The shares of common  stock  being  offered  in this  offering  are not  savings
accounts  or  deposits  and are not  insured by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation,  the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association  Insurance Fund
or any other government  agency.  This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation
of an offer to buy stock. The offer will be made only by the Prospectus.



<PAGE>


            (Prospective Investor Letter -First Security letterhead)

                                                                  ________, 1997
Dear Prospective Investor:

         We are pleased to announce  that First  Security  Federal  Savings Bank
("First  Security" or the "Bank") is converting  from a mutual savings bank to a
stock savings bank (the "Conversion"). In conjunction with the Conversion, First
SecurityFed  Financial,   Inc.,  the  newly-formed  holding  company  for  First
Security,  is offering  shares of common  stock in a  subscription  offering and
public offering to certain of our depositors, our Employee Stock Ownership Plan,
and some members of the general public pursuant to a Plan of Conversion.

         Because we believe you may be  interested  in  learning  more about the
merits of First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc.'s stock as an investment,  we are
sending you the following materials which describe the stock offering.

     PROSPECTUS:  This document provides detailed information about the business
     and results  from  operations  at First  Security  and the  proposed  stock
     offering.

     QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS:  Key questions and answers about the stock  offering
     are found in this pamphlet.

     STOCK  ORDER FORM &  CERTIFICATION  FORM:  These forms are used to purchase
     stock by returning  them with your payment in the enclosed  business  reply
     envelope.   The  deadline  for   ordering   stock  is  12:00  p.m.,   noon,
     ____________, 1997.

         Through this offering you have the  opportunity  to buy stock  directly
from the Bank, without commission or fee. In case of  oversubscription of orders
for stock,  orders will be allocated  pursuant to the Bank's Plan of  Conversion
described in the Prospectus.

         If you have any questions,  please visit our Stock Center at the Bank's
headquarters  office at 936 North Western  Avenue in Chicago,  Illinois 60622 or
our satellite Stock Center at the Bank's  Philadelphia  branch at 7918 Bustleton
Avenue,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19152.  Also, please feel free to call the
Stock Center at (800)  ___-____ or, for the  Philadelphia  Stock  Center,  (610)
___-____.

Sincerely,



Julian E. Kulas
President and Chief Executive Officer


The shares of common  stock  being  offered  in this  offering  are not  savings
accounts  or  deposits  and are not  insured by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation,  the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association  Insurance Fund
or any other government  agency.  This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation
of an offer to buy stock. The offer will be made only by the Prospectus.




<PAGE>



                                   Proxy Gram

We recently  forwarded to you a proxy  statement  and letter  advising  that the
Board  of  Directors  of  First  Security  Federal  Savings  Bank  had  received
regulatory approval to convert from a mutual to a stock form of ownership.

Your vote on our Plan of Conversion has not yet been  received.  Failure to Vote
has the Same Effect as Voting Against the Plan of Conversion and Stock Offering.

Your vote is important to us, and we,  therefore,  are requesting  that you sign
the  enclosed  duplicate  proxy  card and  return it  promptly  in the  enclosed
postage-paid envelope.

Voting for the Plan does not obligate you to purchase  stock or affect the terms
or insurance on your accounts.

The Board of Directors unanimously recommends that you vote "FOR" the Plan.

FIRST SECURITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

Julian E. Kulas
President and Chief Executive Officer

If you mailed the proxy,  please accept our thanks and  disregard  this request.
For further information call (xxx) xxx-xxxx.

The shares of common  stock  being  offered  in this  offering  are not  savings
accounts  or  deposits  and are not  insured by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation,  the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association  Insurance Fund
or any other government  agency.  This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation
of an offer to buy stock. The offer is made only by the Prospectus.



<PAGE>



Marketing Banner :  8'x 2'


                          Become a Charter Shareholder
                             In Your Community Bank!

                        First SecurityFed Financial, Inc.
                                               

<PAGE>



                       Community Meeting Invitation Cards



You Are Cordially Invited......

to an informational  Community  Investor  Meeting  regarding the mutual to stock
conversion  of First  Security  Federal  Savings Bank and the offering of common
stock by First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc., the Bank's  newly-formed  holding
company.  We invite all of our members  and  interested  community  members to a
presentation  given  by the  Bank's  management  team and  representatives  from
Friedman,  Billings, Ramsey & Co., an investment banking firm assisting the Bank
in the  conversion and offering  process.  The  presentation  will highlight the
financial   condition  and  operating  results  of  the  Bank  as  well  as  the
opportunities  and risks in  purchasing  the common  stock of First  SecurityFed
Financial, Inc.

Please call the Stock Center at (800) xxx-xxxx if you have any questions.


Date:
Place:
Time:


Date:
Place:
Time:


Date:
Place:
Time:


Date:
Place:
Time:






<PAGE>



    (Oversubscription Letter- check, First SecurityFed Financial Letterhead]






                                                                 _________, 1997

Dear Subscriber:

I want to thank  you for your  interest  in First  SecurityFed  Financial,  Inc.
common shares.  We are extremely proud of the  overwhelming  support we received
from our customers and the  community as we  successfully  completed the sale of
xxx,xxx shares of common stock.

However,   due  to  the   oversubscription  of  our  common  shares  during  the
Subscription Offering, we regret we were unable to fill a portion of your order.
Enclosed  is a refund  check for the amount of your order we were unable to fill
plus interest.  The stock  certificates  for the balance of your order are being
sent to you directly from our transfer agent, XXXXXXX.

If you continue to be interested in acquiring common shares of First SecurityFed
Financial  Inc., the following  brokerage  firms have indicated  their intent to
make a market in our stock. You may contact any of them for assistance.


                             [List of Market Makers]


Again,  thank you for your interest.  If you have any  questions,  please do not
hesitate to contact me.

Sincerely,



Julian E. Kulas
President and Chief Executive Officer




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission